目录

内容提要

前言

第1章 定语从句

I. 限制性定语从句

i. 关系代词that, who

ii. 关系代词which, that

iii. 关系代词whom, whose

iv. 关系代词which, whom, whose

v. that, which, who引导限制性定语从句时的用法区别

vi. 关系代词but, what

vii. 关系代词as

viii. 关系代词在从句中作主语时的主谓一致

ix. 关系副词 when, where

x. 关系副词why, that

II. 非限制性定语从句

i. 关系代词as, which引导修饰句子的定语从句

ii. 关系代词who, whom, which, whose；关系副词where, when, why

iii. 非限制性定语从句的重要特点

III. 定语从句应注意的问题补充

第2章 名词性从句

i. 主语从句

ii. 宾语从句

iii. 表语从句

iv. 同位语从句

v. 名词性从句需要注意的几个问题

第3章 状语从句

i. 时间状语从句

ii. 地点状语从句

iii. 条件状语从句

iv. 原因状语从句

v. 让步状语从句

vi. 比较状语从句

vii. 方式状语从句和目的状语从句

viii. 结果状语从句

ix. 关于状语从句的其他问题

第4章 非谓语动词

I. 动词不定式

i. 不定式作主语和表语

ii. 不定式作宾语

iii. 不定式作宾语补足语

iv. 不定式作定语

v. 不定式作状语

vi. 不定式的时态和语态意义

vii. 省去to的动词不定式

viii. 带介词to的动词短语和不定式的省略

ix. 不定式结构与从句的转换

II. 动名词

i. 动名词作主语和表语

ii. 动名词作动词宾语

iii. 动名词作介词宾语

iv. 动名词作定语和状语

v. 动名词的复合结构: 逻辑主语+动名词

vi. 动名词的时态与语态意义

vii. 动名词需要注意的问题

III. 分词

i. 现在分词与过去分词的区别

ii. 分词作定语

iii. 分词作表语

iv. 分词作宾语补语

v. 分词作状语

vi. 分词的逻辑主语

vii. 分词构成的独立主格结构

viii. 分词的时态和语态形式

IV. 非谓语动词用法比较

i. 不定式、动名词作主语时的区别

ii. 不定式、动名词作宾语时的区别

iii. 不定式、动名词、分词作表语

iv. 不定式、动名词作介词宾语

v. 不定式、分词作宾补：其逻辑主语是主句的宾语

vi. 非谓语动词作定语：其逻辑主语是被修饰的名词

vii. 非谓语动词作状语：其逻辑主语就是整个句子的主语

第5章 强调句型

i. 强调谓语或者其他成分

ii. 被强调成分的多样性

iii. 强调句的疑问句形式

iv. 强调句的被分隔

v. 从句中的强调句

vi. 强调句的特殊情况

第6章 it的专项用法

i. it作为代词

ii. it作为形式主语

iii. it作为形式宾语

iv. it is ...的其他句型

v. it的常用句型和固定短语

第7章 倒装句

I. 全倒装：谓语+主语

i. 表示存在意义的全倒装句

ii. 方向副词前置的全倒装句

iii. 用于直接引语中及分词前置的全倒装句

iv. so/neither/nor/表语前置的全倒装句

v. 表语/地点状语前置引起的完全倒装

II. 部分倒装

i. 否定词前置的部分倒装句

ii. only前置的部分倒装句

iii. 几个固定的部分倒装句

iv. 虚拟语气中的部分倒装句

v. 让步状语从句中的部分倒装形式

vi. 频率副词及so, such, neither ... nor前置时部分倒装句

第8章 情态动词

i. can, could

ii. may, might

iii. must, have to, have got to

iv. shall, should, ought to

vi. dare

vii. need

viii. 情态动词表示推测

ix. “can/may/might/could/must/should/need +完成式”表示对过去情况的推测

第9章 虚拟语气

i. 虚拟语气在条件句中的用法

ii. 虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法

iii. 虚拟语气用于同位语从句和表语从句中

iv. wish从句中的虚拟语气

v. If only ...!和as if/as though引出的从句中虚拟语气的用法

vi. 在would rather/prefer/sooner和but that后引出从句时虚拟语气的用法

第10章 独立主格结构

i. 独立主格结构的构成及类型

ii. 独立主格结构表达的意义

第11章 主谓一致

i. 并列主语的主谓一致

ii. 名词作主语

iii. 复数形式的专有名词作主语

iv. “名词+短语”作主语

v. what从句作主语

vi. 定语从句中的主谓一致

vii. 其他情况

第12章 as的常见用法

i. as作连词引导时间状语从句，表示“当……的时候”

ii. as作连词引导原因状语从句，与because的区别

iii. as作连词引导方式状语从句和让步状语从句

iv. as作连词引导比较状语从句

v. as用于固定短语中

vi. as用作关系代词

参考答案与解析

图书在版编目（CIP）数据

全新高中英语语法专练：详解版/范虎彪主编.—上海：上海交通大学出版社，2014

（中学英语专练百分百）

ISBN 978-7-313-10164-8

Ⅰ. ①全…　Ⅱ. ①范…　Ⅲ. ①英语—语法—高中—题解　Ⅳ. ①G634.415

中国版本图书馆CIP数据核字（2013）第188599号

全新高中英语语法专练（详解版）

主　　编：范虎彪

出版发行：上海交通大学出版社　地　　址：上海市番禺路951号

邮政编码：200030　电　　话：021-64071208

出 版 人：韩建民

印　　制：上海交大印务有限公司　经　　销：全国新华书店

开　　本：787mm×1092mm　1/16　印　　张：21.5

字　　数：750千字

版　　次：2014年1月第1版　印　　次：2014年1月第1次印刷

书　　号：ISBN 978-7-313-10164-8/G

定　　价：46.00元

版权所有　侵权必究

告读者：如发现本书有印装质量问题请与印刷厂质量科联系

联系电话：021-54742979

内容提要

本书是“中学英语专练百分百系列“之一，针对高中英语语法的重点和难点编写。本书根据中学英语学科教学的基本要求，将高中阶段所要求掌握的语法项目，分12章归纳总结出来，条分缕析，层次清楚，重点突出，为读者搭建一个完整科学的语法框架，使读者在复杂的语言现象中找到规律，轻松掌握语言学习的捷径。针对每个语法知识点，配有与讲解内容相应的专项练习，并在每一章后面提供足量的综合训练。综合训练题目大部分选自各地英语高考真题，题目设计经典，具有代表性，能够真实地反映出高考英语语法的命题特点，并针对综合训练的内容提供详尽的解析，便于读者查阅和自学。

本书专门为高考总复习第一轮以及英语自学者而设计，亦可成为英语学习者案头常备的参考工具书。

前言

《全新高中英语语法专练（详解版）》是根据《中学英语教学大纲》编写的适用于全国各省市高中师生学习自测英语语法的一部最新力作。本书是在《高中英语语法专练（第三版）》的基础上，为了满足广大英语学习者课堂学习和课下自学的需要，由一批长期从事一线外语教学的、具有丰富教学经验的高、中级骨干英语教师以及教学科研人员，在做了大量准备工作的情况下编写而成的。

众所周知，英语学习离不开语法。英语考试中任何一种题型包括阅读理解、完形填空、选词填空、汉译英，短文改错以及书面表达甚至听力都蕴含着丰富的语法内容，如果语法不通，理解就会出现偏差，下笔就会出现病句。

本书把高中阶段所要求掌握的语法项目，分十二章归纳总结出来，条分缕析，层次清楚，重点突出，为读者搭建一个完整科学的语法框架，使读者在复杂的语言现象中找到规律，轻松掌握学习语言的捷径。针对每个语法知识点，配有与讲解内容相应的专项练习，并在每一章后面提供足量的综合训练。综合训练题目大部分选自各地英语高考真题，题目设计经典，具有代表性，能够真实地反映出高考英语语法的命题特点，并针对综合训练的内容提供详尽的解析，便于读者查阅和自学，这也是本书的最大特点之一。

本书专门为高考总复习第一轮以及英语自学者而设计，亦可成为英语学习者案头常备的参考工具书。

由于编者水平有限，本书内容定有很多不足之处，欢迎读者多提宝贵意见和建议。

编者

第1章　定语从句

【答案链接】

I. 限制性定语从句

i. 关系代词that, who

1. that, who用来指人，在从句中用作主语或宾语，可互换使用；that也可用来指物，但是不能用who指物。

They are the boys who/that I got to know at school.

他们是我上学时认识的男生。

2. 关系代词who, that在从句中作宾语时，常可省略。

This is the pen (that) I bought the day before yesterday.

这是我前天买的那支钢笔。

Do you know the new teacher (who/that) my father is talking to?

你认识我父亲正在与其谈话的那位新老师吗？

3. 在从句中作主语时，从句谓语与先行词在人称和数上保持一致。

I don't know the students who are talking aloud.

我不认识那些正在大声谈话的学生。

He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.

不到长城非好汉。

4. 一般说来，人们倾向于用who指人，用that指物，尤其在口语中。

Mike's father is a driver that/who can only drive a taxi.

迈克的父亲是一个只会开出租车的司机。

This is the book that I'm looking for.

这就是我正在找的那本书。

专项练习

1. The six blind men asked for money from people _______ by.

A. passed

B. who passed

C. who were passed

D. who passing

2. Mr. Brown is the very person _______ can help us to solve the problem.

A. which

B. whom

C. that

D. of whom

3. Ms Chancery is the teacher _______.

A. I like her best

B. I like best

C. that I like her best

D. whom like best

4. He is a man _______ means what he says.

A. whom

B. whose

C. which

D. who

5. The woman _______ was John's wife.

A. I spoke to her

B. whom I spoke to her

C. that I spoke

D. I spoke to

答案速查　1-5　BCBDD

ii. 关系代词which, that

which, that都可指物，在从句中用作主语或宾语时可以互换使用；指人可用that，但不能用which。

Where is the book (which/that) I bought this morning?

今天上午我买的那本书哪里去了？

A monkey is an animal which/that is good at climbing trees.

猴子是一种擅长爬树的动物。

The boy that is crying is Tom's brother.

正在哭的那个男孩子是汤姆的弟弟。

专项练习

1. Is this book _______ you wanted to borrow last time? Which of the following is wrong?

A. which

B. that

C. the one

D. /

2. Is this the calculator _______ you borrowed from Jane?

A. one

B. the one what

C. the one that

D. which

3. Can you tell me the name of the museum _______ you visited last month?

A. what

B. where

C. that

D. when

4. He made another wonderful discovery _______ of great importance to science.

A. which I think it is

B. which I think is

C. which I think it

D. I think which

5. They showed us around the factory _______ was equipped with modern machines.

A. where

B. what

C. in which

D. which

6. Have you ever asked him the reason _______ may explain his absence?

A. why

B. when

C. that

D. what

7. This is the TV station _______ we visited last year.

A. where

B. that

C. to which

D. in which

8. Are you pleased with _______ I have said?

A. that

B. all that

C. all what

D. all which

答案速查　1-5　CDCBD　6—8　CBB

iii. 关系代词whom, whose

1. whom, whose指人，whom是who的宾格，whose是所有格，分别在从句中作宾语和定语。

The man who is reading over there is our class teacher.（作主语）

在那边读书的那个人是我们的班主任。

The person whom you saw just now is our new headmaster.（作宾语）

你刚才见到的那个人是我们的新校长。

Do you know the man whose i-Phone 5 was stolen this morning?（作定语）

你认识那个他的i-Phone 5今天早上被盗的人吗？

2. whom在非正式文体中可省略，也可由that或who代替。

The teacher (whom/who/that) you were just talking to now teaches us English.

你刚才与其谈话的那个老师现在教我们英语。

3. whose是who和which的所有格，既可指人，也可指物或动物。

The classroom whose windows are round is ours.

窗户是圆的那个教室是我们的。

The camel whose right eye isn't bright is lost.

右眼不亮的那头骆驼丢了。

4. 当whose用来指物时，whose=the+名词+of which/of which + the +名词：

The book whose cover/the cover of which/of which the cover is new is mine.

封面很新的那本书是我的。

5. 当whose用来指人时，whose=the+名词+of whom/of whom + the +名词

The boy whose eyes/the eyes of whom/of whom the eyes are big is our monitor.

大眼睛的那个男孩儿是我们班长。

专项练习

1. In the police station I saw the man from _______ room the thief had stolen the TV set.

A. whom

B. which

C. that

D. whose

2. Chapin _______ money is now no problem, will start a new film company with his friends.

A. whose

B. which

C. for whom

D. who

3. It was a meeting _______ importance I didn't realize at that time.

A. which

B. of which

C. that

D. whose

4. The classroom _______ face south is ours.

A. whose window

B. whose windows

C. which window

D. that window

5. This book is specially written for the students _______ native language is not English.

A. who's

B. that

C. their

D. whose

答案速查　1-5　DCDBD

iv. 关系代词which, whom, whose

1. which, whom在从句中作介词的宾语。

The house which/that Lu Xun once lived in is now Lu Xun Museum.

= The house in which Lu Xun once lived is now the Lu Xun Museum.

鲁迅曾经住过的那座房子现在是鲁迅博物馆。

2. 介词一般放在which, whom之前，也可放在从句的原位。如果从句中的谓语是含有介词的动词短语，则介词只能放在原来的位置上，介词不能前置，固定动词短语一般不拆分。

Is this the book which you just now were looking for?

这就是你刚才正在找的那本书吗？

The child whom Xiao Liu is taking care of is ill.

小刘正在照料的那个孩子病了。

3. that在从句中可代替who, whom, which用来指人或物，但是，当介词前置时，指人只能用whom，不能用who/that。指物只能用which，不能用that。而且，whom或which不能省略。

The man that/whom/who you talked to yesterday is our headmaster.

=The man to whom you talked yesterday is our headmaster.

你昨天与其谈话的那个人是我们校长。

The ink in which you write is red.

=The ink (that)/which you write in is red.

你书写用的墨水是红的。

4. 介词不前置时，在口语中或非正式文体中，关系代词常可省略。

This is the man (that/whom) I talked about yesterday.

这就是我昨天谈论的那个人。

Is this the room (that/which) you lived in last night?

这就是你昨天住过的房间吗？

5. which有时也可以在从句中作定语，即“which+名词”。这样的名词词组在定语从句中既能作主语，又能作宾语，也能作前置介词的宾语。

I called him by the wrong name, for which mistake I apologized to him.

我叫错了他的名字，为此错误我向他道了歉。

He is studying economics, which knowledge is very important today.

他在研究经济学，这种知识当今很重要。

He saw her coming in, and advised me to hide behind the door, which advice I took at once.

他看见她进来，并建议我藏在门后面，我马上接受了此建议。

Tom spent four years in college, during which time he learned French.

汤姆在大学度过了四年，期间他学习了法语。

6. 有时“whose+名词”也可作介词的宾语。

He went away with a pair of thick glasses, without whose glasses he would be like a blind man.

他戴着一副深度眼镜走了，没有了他的眼镜他就像一个瞎子。

Here comes the girl of whose singing performances we speak highly.

歌唱表演受到我们高度评价的女孩儿来了。

Mr. Wang, from whose window he can see our school playground clearly, often watches us play football.

王先生经常看我们踢足球，从他的窗口他能很清楚的看到我们学校的操场。

专项练习

1. American women usually identify their best friend as someone _______ they can talk frequently.

A. who

B. as

C. about which

D. with whom

2. My glasses _______ I was like a blind man, fell to the ground and broke.

A. which

B. with which

C. without which

D. that

3. A harvester is a machine _______ we harvest crops or a person _______ is harvesting.

A. which; who

B. that; that

C. with which; who

D. /; that

4. The house _______ there is a big tree was built more than 1000 years ago.

A. which

B. that

C. in the front of which

D. in front of which

5. They will give you some desks and chairs _______ you can furnish the room.

A. which

B. to which

C. with those

D. with which

6. My sister spent five years at university _______ she studied medicine.

A. during which time

B. during that time

C. during which

D. during that

7. Five years of life in prison changed him greatly, for _______ she could hardly recognize him at first sight.

A. which

B. which reason

C. that

D. that reason

8. He is old, _______ is important.

A. it

B. that

C. which fact

D. this fact

9. He may come, _______ I'll ask him.

A. which

B. in which

C. in which case

D. which case

10. This form of land-taking was characteristic of Wales rather than England, _______ the main settlement was over the low moorlands of Cornwall.

A. in which

B. in which country

C. which country

D. which

11. The driver was the man _______ she had stolen the maps.

A. from whose room

B. from whom room

C. in which room

D. of whom room

答案速查　1-5　DCCDD　6—11　ABCCBA

v. that, which, who引导限制性定语从句时的用法区别

1. 当先行词是指物的不定代词如all, much, little, everything, nothing, some, any, anything等时，只能用that引导从句，而且在从句中作宾语时常常可省略。

I have told you all that I know.

我已经告诉了你我所知道的一切。

Do you have anything that you want to say for yourself?

你还有什么要为自己说的吗？

There's too much that I have to do today.

今天我必须做的事情太多了。

2. 当先行词是序数词或受序数词修饰时只能用that引导从句。

This is the first question that I want to ask.

这是我想问的第一个问题。

She is the last that I would like to make friends with.

她是我最不想与其交朋友的人。

3. 当先行词是最高级或受最高级修饰时，只能用that引导从句。

This is the most interesting TV play that I have watched.

这是我看过的最有趣的电视剧。

4. 当先行词受the very, the only, the right, just the, exactly the, no, none, every之类的词修饰时，只能用that不用which, who, whom引导从句。

This is the very pen (that) I am looking for.

这正是我在寻找的那支笔。

He was the only person that was present at that time.

他是当时唯一在场的人。

There's no book (that) I can read.

没有我能读的书。

5. 先行词是既指人又指物的并列名词短语时，只能用that，不用which引导从句。

The boy and his story that you told me about are very interesting.

你告诉我的有关这个男孩子和他的故事很有意思。

I'll never forget the persons and the places that I visited yesterday.

我永远也忘不了昨天拜访过的人和参观过的地方。

6. 当关系代词在从句中作前置介词的宾语时，用指物的which或指人的whom，而不用that或who引导从句。

This is the book that/which I spoke to you about.

这就是我对你提起过的那本书。

This is the book about which I spoke to you.

这就是我对你提起过的那本书。

Lei Feng was a comrade from whom we all should learn.

雷锋是一位我们都应该向其学习的同志。

7. 当先行词是指人的不定代词everyone, everybody, anyone, anybody, nobody等时，用who,而不用that引导从句。

Is there anyone who can lend me a little money?

有能借给我一点钱的人吗？

It isn't everybody who can do that.

并非每个人都能干这件事。

8. 当先行词是指人的指示代词these, those等时，用who/whom引导定语从句，而不用that。

Those who break the laws must be punished.

那些违法的人必须受到惩罚。

Don't you think these who work hard and obey the rules should be praised?

难道你不觉得学习努力且遵守纪律的这些人应该受到表扬吗？

9. 当先行词是指人的人称代词时，用who引导定语从句，而不用that。

He who plays with fire will get burnt.

玩儿火者必自焚。

10. 当先行词指人，但是在定语从句中是表示职业或身份时，用which而不用who。

After graduating from college, he became a lawyer, which his parents wanted him to be.

大学毕业后，他当了律师。这是他父母希望他从事的职业。

He is a writer, which is respectable.

他是位作家，作家是受人尊敬的。

11. 当指人的关系代词在定语从句中作表语时，用that引导定语从句。

The factory is quite different from the one that is used to be.

这个工厂已与从前完全不同了。

Mr. Smith isn't the person that he was the year before last.

前年史密斯先生可不是这个样子。

12. 当先行词是疑问代词或主句是以who或which开头的特殊疑问句时，为了避免重复用that引导定语从句。

Who is the person that is making the speech on the stage?

正在舞台上发言的人是谁呢？

Which of you that would like to go swimming with me this afternoon?

你们中哪位愿意今天下午和我去游泳呢？

13. 当定语从句在There/Here be句型中时，用that引导定语从句。

Here is the i-Phone 5 that you are looking for.

这就是你在找的i-Phone 5.

There is a seat in the corner that is still empty.

角落里还有一个空位。

14. 如果作先行词的集体名词着眼于集体的整体，关系代词用which；若是指集体中的各个成员，则用who。

Class 4 who are having English lessons now are all league members.

正在上英语课的四班全都是团员。

Our class which is made up of six small groups is a very large class.

我们班是由六个小组构成的大班。

专项练习

1. They talked for about an hour of things and persons _______ they remembered in the school.

A. which

B. that

C. who

D. whom

2. Is there anything _______?

A. that you don't understand

B. which you don't quite sure

C. about which you are not quite sure

D. you are not sure

3. The second question _______ with pollution is the most difficult.

A. which has something to do

B. has something to do

C. that has something to do

D. that has anything to do

4. This is the third week _______ the dustmen haven't come for the rubbish.

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. on which

5. This is the least interesting book _______ during my holidays.

A. which I have ever read

B. what I have ever read

C. I have ever read

D. that I have ever read it

6. The last question _______ was obviously the most difficult for me to answer.

A. which he asked

B. that he was asked it

C. he asked

D. he asked it

7. Along the wall stand several bookshelves _______ are all kinds of books.

A. on that

B. on which

C. which

D. at which

8. I will give your daughter a toy plane _______ she will like to play.

A. which

B. that

C. for which

D. with which

9. In the bag he found a piece of paper _______ some special words.

A. which was written

B. on that were written

C. on which were written

D. on it were written

10. The invention _______ she spent two years will do good to the world.

A. which

B. that

C. on which

D. when

11. All the apples _______ fell down were eaten by the pigs.

A. those

B. that

C. which

D. what

12. Is oxygen the only gas _______ helps fire burn?

A. that

B. /

C. which

D. it

13. I'll tell you _______ he told me last week.

A. all which

B. all what

C. that all

D. all that

14. Did you see the man _______?

A. I nodded just now

B. whom I nodded just now

C. whom I nodded to him

D. whom I nodded to just now

15. —How do you like the book ?

—It's quite different from _______ I read last month.

A. that

B. which

C. the one what

D. the one

16. In the dark street, there wasn't a single person _______ she could turn for help.

A. to whom

B. who

C. from whom

D. that

17. It is the third time _______ arrived late this month.

A. that you

B. when you

C. when you've

D. that you've

18. They arrived at a small house _______ there was an old tree.

A. in front of which

B. in the front of which

C. in which

D. before that

19. Can you tell me the name of the factory _______ you paid a visit last weak?

A. what

B. which

C. to which

D. to that

20. He showed me the house _______ he was born.

A. which

B. in which

C. in where

D. in that

21. We should learn from those _______ are always ready to help others.

A. that

B. whom

C. they

D. who

22. His sister has become a teacher, _______ was what he wanted to be.

A. who

B. what

C. that

D. which

23. Who _______ has common sense will do such a thing?

A. that

B. who

C. which

D. whom

24. He's not the naughty boy _______ you thought him to be.

A. that

B. who

C. whom

D. whose

25. Here's the pen _______ you left behind the other day.

A. which

B. that

C. with which

D. of which

答案速查　1-5　BACAC　6—10　CBDCC　11—15　BADDD　16—20　ADACB　21—25　DDAAA

vi. 关系代词but, what

1. but作为关系代词常与具有否定或疑问意义的主句连用，其引导的从句修饰的先行词多是否定意义的，but=who ... not/which ... not/that ... not，意为“无不/没有不/谁不”。

There's no one but knows the importance of English.

没有不懂得英语重要性的人。

Not a single room in this hotel but is empty.

这个宾馆没有一个房间不是空的。

2. who ... but（=that ... not）意为“谁不……的？”

Who is there but makes some mistakes？

=Who is there that does not make any mistakes?

人哪有不犯错误的？

3. what引导定语从句时既可指人也可指物，指人时what=the person(s) that，指物时what=the thing/all/everything that。

That is exactly what he told me.

= That is exactly the thing he told me.

那正是他告诉我的。

4. what本身的作用已经包含有先行词和关系代词。有一身兼两职的作用，分别在主句和从句中作相应的成分。

Don't do what you shouldn't do.

不要做你不应该做的事。

Never pretend to know what you really don't know.

不要假装知道你并非真正知道的事情。

5. 用what时，前无先行词；若有先行词，应视其情况选择使用that, which，或who。

What can be done has been done.

能做的都已经做了。

All that can be sold has been sold.

所有能卖的都已经卖了。

I have known everything that you want to tell me.

我已经知道了你想告诉我的一切。

专项练习

1. Generally speaking, there is no one _______ loves their parents in the world.

A. that

B. but

C. who

D. A or B or C

2. All _______ is needed is a supply of oil.

A. the thing

B. that

C. what

D. which

3. _______ is over is over.

A. What

B. That

C. What all

D. All what

4. _______ were once truth are true no longer.

A. What

B. That

C. Which

D. All

5. _______ you have done might do harm to other people.

A. That

B. What

C. Which

D. This

6. A computer can only do _______ you have instructed it to do.

A. how

B. after

C. what

D. whom

7. They want to know _______ do to help us.

A. what can they

B. what they can

C. how they can

D. how can they

8. This is the longest train _______ I have ever seen.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. whom

9. Who studies here _______ wants to go to college?

A. that

B. but

C. who

D. whom

10. There's none of us _______ wishes to go to Tsinghua University.

A. but

B. that

C. who

D. which

答案速查　1-5　BBAAB　6—10　CBBBA

vii. 关系代词as

1. as可指人也可指物，多与such, the same连用，构成such ... as,　the same ... as结构。

I don't like such books as you are reading these days.

我不喜欢这些天来你们在读的这类书籍。

They are the same people as I met with in Shanghai the other day.

他们就是前几天我在上海见过的同一些人。

2. such ... as意为“诸如……之类的”，as在从句中作主语、宾语或表语。

Such books as you bought yesterday are good.

昨天你买的这类书很好。

Such friends as you have made are good persons.

你所交的这些朋友都是好人。

I have never heard of such a clever boy as　he is!

我从来没有听说过像他这样聪明的孩子!

Have you heard of such a story as he told just now?

你听说过刚才他讲述的这样的故事吗？

注意：such ... that意为“如此……以至于”时，引导的是结果状语从句，that在从句中不作任何成分。

He is such a good student that all the teachers like very much. （定语从句）

他是所有老师都喜欢的这么一个好学生。

He is such a good student that all the teachers like him very much.(结果状语从句)

他是如此好的学生以至于所有老师都喜欢他。

3. the same ... as意为“与……相同的”，as在从句中作主语、宾语、表语；在意义上，定语从句指与先行词同一类的人/物。

I'd like to buy the same pen as you are using.

我想买与你正在用的相同的钢笔。

Don't make the same mistakes as you made last time.

不要犯你上次犯过的同样的错误。

This is the same pen as was lost by me last night.

这与我昨天夜里丢的那支钢笔一模一样。

4. the same ... that在意义上，定语从句指与先行词是同一个人/物。

This is the same book that I read last week.

这就是我上周读的那本书。

This is the same boy that helped me the other day.

这就是前几天帮过我的男孩儿。

专项练习

1. Don't trust such men _______ overpraise you to your face.

A. as

B. that

C. which

D. what

2. I'd like to buy the same book _______ was read by Tom yesterday.

A. which

B. as

C. that

D. B or C

3. That is the same man _______ asked me for money yesterday.

A. as

B. which

C. that

D. A or C

4. She is the same girl _______ I sat next to in class last week.

A. as

B. who

C. that

D. A or C

5. Keep way from such things _______ will do you harm.

A. as

B. that

C. to which

D. which

6. It wasn't such a good dinner _______ she had promised us.

A. that

B. as

C. which

D. what

7. He spoke for such a long time _______ people began to fall asleep.

A. that

B. as

C. which

D. what

8. He is not such a fool _______ he looks.

A. that

B. as

C. who

D. whom

9. It is such a difficult problem _______ nobody can work out.

A. that

B. as

C. so that

D. which

10. Are these the same people _______ we saw last week?

A. as

B. whom

C. who

D. that

答案速查　1-5　ABCCA　6—10　BABBD

viii. 关系代词在从句中作主语时的主谓一致

1. 从句谓语动词要与先行词在人称和数上保持一致。

I have read the books which are on the shelf.

我读完了书架上的那些书。

The boy who is standing there is my brother.

那边站着的那个男孩是我弟弟。

2. “one of + the + 复数名词”作先行词时，若one前面有限定词，从句谓语与one保持一致；否则，用复数。

The boy is one of the students who haven't been to Beijing.

这个男孩是没有去过北京的学生之一。

The boy is the only one of the students who has been to Beijing.

这个男孩是学生们中唯一去过北京的。

I've never seen one of the films that were introduced by you.

我从来没有看过你介绍的任何一部电影。

He is the only one of the teachers in our school that knows Japanese.

他是我校教师们中唯一懂日语的老师。

3. what在从句中作主语，从句谓语一般用单数，或与表语保持一致：

What has been done can't be done again.

已经做过的事情不能再做了。

What he asked for were two books.

他要的是两本书。

4. 集体名词作先行词根据意义一致原则，强调整体时从句谓语用单数，强调个体成员时，从句谓语用复数形式。

Mr. Smith's family who are all workers are having a party.

史密斯先生家现在在开晚会，全家都是工人。

Our football team which is made up of 12 members was defeated in the match last week.

我们由12人组成的足球队上周被打败了。

专项练习

1. Why! I have nothing to confess. _______ you want me to say?

A. What is it that

B. What it is that

C. How is it that

D. How it is that

2. Mr. Herpin is one of the foreign experts who _______ in China.

A. works

B. is working

C. are working

D. has been working

3. What he wants to get from his parents _______ nothing but money.

A. are

B. is

C. was

D. were

4. The family who _______ upstairs _______ all model workers.

A. lives, are

B. live, is

C. lives, is

D. live, are

5. The class _______ in the next room _______ Class 5.

A. that are, is

B. who is, is

C. which is, is

D. who are, are

答案速查　1-5　ACBDC

ix. 关系副词 when, where

1. 先行词指时间并在从句中作时间状语时，用when引导从句。when=in/at/on which。

We'll never forget the day when/on which we attend the opening ceremony of the Olympic Games.

我们永远也忘不了参加奥运会开幕式的那一天。

I still remember the day five weeks ago when we fought each other.

我仍然记得五周前我们打架的那一天。

2. 当先行词是表示时间的名词，但在从句中作动词remember, spend, take, forget等动词的宾语时，用that或which引导从句。

My birthday is a day that I'll never forget.

我的生日是我永远也不会忘记的日子。

3. 先行词指地点并在从句中作地点状语时，用where引导从句。where=in/at/on which。

We all want to visit the place where/in which Shanghai Expo was held.

我们都想去参观上海举办世博会的地方。

This is the hotel where/in which we stayed last night.

这就是我们昨天夜里住过的那家宾馆。

4. 当先行词是表示地点的名词，但在从句中作动词visit, forget, remember, build等动词的宾语时，用that或which而不用where。

This is the house where he was born.

这就是他出生的那座房子。

This is the house that he built last year.

这就是他去年建的房子。

5. 当先行词是case, situation, circumstance等名词，表示从句主语处于某种状况、境地或阶段时，用where引导从句。

It's helpful to put children in a situation where they can see themselves differently.

把孩子们放在他们能不同地看到自己的环境中很有帮助。

I can think of many cases where students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn't write a good essay.

我能想出很多情况，在此情况下学生们很明显懂得很多英语词汇和短语，却不能写出一篇好文章。

专项练习

1. I shall never forget those years _______ I lived in the country with the farmers.

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. where

2. Do you still remember the days _______ we spent together in Australia?

A. when

B. during which

C. which

D. on which

3. This is the third week _______ the dustmen haven't come for the rubbish.

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. on which

4. The years and months _______ we spent together are really wonderful to us all.

A. when

B. on which

C. in which

D. that

5. We often think of the days _______ we spent together on the island.

A. when

B. which

C. in which

D. during which

6. If a shop has chairs _______ women can park their men, women will spend more time in the shop.

A. that

B. which

C. when

D. where

7. He's got himself into a dangerous situation _______ he is likely to lose control over the plane.

A. where

B. which

C. while

D. why

8. I can think of many cases _______ students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn't write a good essay.

A. why

B. which

C. as

D. where

9. After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small town _______ he grew up as a child.

A. which

B. where

C. that

D. when

10. Fie has left for Beijing, _______ a meeting is to be held.

A. when

B. where

C. as

D. which

答案速查　1-5　BCADB　6—10　DADBB

x. 关系副词why, that

1. 先行词是reason并在从句中作原因状语时，用关系副词why引导从句，why=for which。

That's the reason why I didn't come to school.

那就是我没有来上学的原因。

I can never understand the reason why/for which he did that foolish thing.

我永远也不可能明白他为什么做了那件傻事。

2. 先行词是reason但是在从句中作主语或某些动词如explain, remember, forget等的宾语时，不能用why引导从句，这时要用that或which引导从句。

I can never understand the reason that/which he explained to me.

我永远也不理解他向我解释的原因。

3. that有时可用作关系副词，代替where, when或why引导从句，并且可以省略。

That was the year (that= in which) he was born.

他就是那年出生的。

This is the reason (that= for which) he didn't come.

这就是他没有来的原因。

4. 先行词是the way并在从句中作方式状语时，用in which/that引导从句或者不用关系词。不能用how引导从句。

This is the way (that=by which) we came last time.

这就是我们上次来的方式。

I don't like the way (that= in which) she looks at me.

我不喜欢她看我的那种方式。

专项练习

1. The reason _______ I write to you is to tell you about my new friend Henry.

A. because

B. why

C. for

D. as

2. Have you ever asked him the reason _______ may explain his absence?

A. why

B. when

C. that

D. what

3. I don' know the reason _______ she was late.

A. when

B. where

C. what

D. why

4. The gardener was called to tell the way _______ the poor dog had died.

A. that

B. which

C. A or D

D. in which

5. In English, words are not always spelled _______ they sound.

A. just same

B. the same as

C. the way

D. by the means

答案速查　1-5　BCDCC

II. 　非限制性定语从句

i. 关系代词as, which引导修饰句子的定语从句

1. as, which引导非限制性定语从句，先行词可以是整个主句或主句的一部分。

China is in Asia, as is known to us all.

正如我们都知道的那样，中国在亚洲。

Light goes faster than sound, which is a fact.

光比声跑得快，这是事实。

He said he had been to America, which isn't true.

他说他去过美国，这并不真实。

2. as, which在从句中作主语时，其从句的谓语总是用第三人称单数形式。

They are invited to dinner, which makes them very happy.

他们被邀请去进餐，这使他们很高兴。

3. as意为“正如”，引导的从句可放主句前，但which引导的从句不能放主句前。

As we all know, China is a third world country.

正如我们都知道的那样，中国是个第三世界国家。

4. 从句是被动语态时，多用as引导从句。

China has sent up another man-made satellite, as was reported.

正如报道的那样，中国又发射了一颗人造卫星。

5. 从句谓语是know, see等时，一般用as引导从句。

This man, as you know, is good for nothing.

正如你所知道的那样，这个人一事无成。

6. as可用于the same ... as, such ... as结构中，但which不能：

We're facing the same problem as we did years ago.

我们正面临几年前面对的相同问题。

They're just such persons as we trust.

他们就是我们信任的这类人。

7. which=and that意为“这一点”，当从句是否定的，或者从句的谓语是系表结构，或者从句的宾语是复合结构时多用which引导从句。

They said they were from France, which wasn't true.

他们说他们来自法国，这并不真实。

Last night I dreamed a spirit, which kept me awake all the night.

昨天夜里我梦见鬼了，这使我一夜未眠。

8. as, which引导非限制性定语从句时，不仅可以在定语从句中作主语，也可以作宾语或表语，但是不能省略。

As you told me, he is always very kind to everyone he works with.

正如你告诉我的那样，他总是对一起工作的所有人都很和善。

He is a foreigner, which/as I know from his accent.

他是个外国人，这从他的口音我就知道。

He seemed a foreigner, as/which in fact he was.

他好像是个老外，其实他就是个老外。

专项练习

1. He must be from Africa, _______ can be seen from his skin.

A. that

B. as

C. it

D. what

2. They have decided to stay at home, _______ I think, _______ a wise choice.

A. which; are

B. which; is

C. that; are

D. that; is

3. William became the first American woman to win three Olympic gold medals in track, _______ made her mother very happy.

A. it

B. that

C. which

D. this

4. _______ everybody knows, he is very good at speaking English.

A. Which

B. That

C. Who

D. As

5. She heard a terrible noise, _______ brought her heart into her mouth.

A. it

B. which

C. this

D. that

6. The weather turned out to be very good, _______ was more than we could expect.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. it

7. The number of the people present, _______ we had expected, was very large.

A. who

B. whom

C. that

D. as

8. That house, the doors _______ are painted white, is my grandpa's.

A. whose

B. which

C. of which

D. that

9. _______ has already been pointed out, grammar is not a set of dead rules.

A. As

B. It

C. That

D. Which

10. _______ is natural, he married Mary.

A. It

B. What

C. Which

D. As

答案速查　1-5　BBCDB　6—10　BDCAD

ii. 关系代词who, whom, which, whose；关系副词where, when, why

1. why不能引导非限制性定语从句。

This is the reason why he came late.

这就是他来晚的原因。

2. 非限制性定语从句一般不用that引导，指人用who或whom，指物用which。

His new house, which has four rooms, is very clean.

他的新房子很干净，有四个房间。

We're listening to our English teacher, who is thirty.

我们正在听英语老师讲课，他三十岁了。

3. 先行词指人，在从句中作主语用who引导从句；在从句中作宾语用whom引导从句，而且whom不能省略。

The driver, who was very young, had only just got his licence.

那个司机刚刚拿到驾照，他还很年轻。

Yesterday I happened to see John, whom I hadn't met for twenty years.

昨天我碰巧遇见约翰了，我20年没有见到他了。

4. 先行词指人或物并在从句中作定语时，用whose引导从句。

The boy over there is John, whose father works in New York.

那边那个男孩就是约翰，他父亲在纽约工作。

The first building is our teaching building, whose top is round.

第一幢楼是我们的教学楼，顶部是圆的。

5. 先行词指物并在从句中作主语或宾语时，用which引导从句，而且which不能省略。

I bought an i-Phone 5 yesterday, which cost me much money.

昨天我买了一部i-Phone 5，花了我不少钱。

Last week he found a wallet on the way to school, which he handed in to the teacher afterwards.

上周上学路上他捡了一个钱包，后来上交了老师。

6. 先行词在从句中作地点状语用where引导从句。

The day before yesterday we visited Lu Xun museum, where we stayed for two hours.

前天我们参观了鲁迅博物馆，我们在那里逗留了两小时。

7. 先行词在从句中作时间状语用when引导从句。

October 1 is our National Day, when we always enjoy a holiday.

十月一日是国庆日，这一天我们总是享受假日。

8. 表示人名或地名的专有名词后经常跟有非限制性定语从句。

Tom, who is our monitor, is always ready to help others.

汤姆，我们的班长，总是乐于助人。

Beijing， which is the capital of China, lies in the north of China.

北京，中国的首都，位于中国的北部。

专项练习

1. The Chairman, _______ spoke first, sat on my right.

A. who

B. whom

C. he

D. that

2. His speech, _______ bored everyone, went on and on.

A. that

B. and that

C. it

D. which

3. His wife, _______ you met at my house, was bored too.

A. /

B. whom

C. whose

D. that

4. The Chairman's daughter, _______ is Ann, gave me a patient smile.

A. whose the name

B. whose name

C. the name of who

D. name of whom

5. On April 1st, they flew to Beijing, _______ they stayed several days.

A. which

B. in that

C. where

D. on which

6. I'm going to see the manager tomorrow, _______ he will be back from New York.

A. when

B. which

C. in which

D. on which

7. The conference will be put off till next month, _______ we will have made all the preparations.

A. during that

B. at which

C. by it

D. when

8. York, _______ last year, is a nice old city.

A. that I visited

B. which I visited

C. where I visited

D. in which I visited

9. Alice received an invitation from her boss, _______ came as a surprise.

A. it

B. which

C. that

D. he

10. I told the story to John, _______ later did it to his brother.

A. whom

B. that

C. who

D. he

答案速查　1-5　ADBBC　6—10　ADBBC

iii. 非限制性定语从句的重要特点

1. 非限制性定语从句总是用逗号与主句隔开。

They have four children, all of whom are now at school.

他们有四个孩子，现在都在上学。

2. 引导非限制性定语从句的关系代词无论是否在从句中作宾语都不能省略。

Yesterday I met Jack, whom his parents were looking for at that time.

昨天我见到了杰克，当时他父母正在找他呢。

3. 用both/some/each/most/all/several/many/a few/ten of + whom/which引导非限制性定语从句用which指物，用whom指人。

Her parents, both of whom work in Beijing, ring her up every week.

他父母每周都给他打电话，两人都在北京工作。

The house was full of desks, several of which were made of stone.

这间房子里全是课桌，好几张都是石头做的。

4. 注意逗号与and的不同功能。and连接的是并列句，需用人称代词；仅有逗号没有并列连词时用关系代词引导非限制性定语从句。

This is our school, in front of which lies a road.

这就是我们学校，前面有一条路。

This is our school, and in front of it lies a road.

这就是我们学校，它前面有条路。

5. 非限制性定语从句在意义上相当于一个并列句。

I told the story to John, who later did it to his brother.

=I told the story to John, and he later told it to his brother.

我把那个故事告诉了约翰，他后来把故事告诉了他的弟弟。

The next day John went with me to the station, where I bought a ticket for Beijing.

=The next day John went with me to the station, and there I bought a ticket for Beijing.

第二天约翰和我一起去了火车站，在那里买了去北京的车票。

6. 非限制性定语从句有时相当于一个状语从句，表示原因、目的、结果、条件或让步意义。

He is clever and quick at his work, for which he is honoured with the title of model worker.

=He is clever and quick at his work so that he is honoured with the title of model worker.

他工作很聪明很快捷，因此他被授予模范工人的称号。

Mr. Wang, who had carefully read through the instructions before doing his experiments, could not obtain satisfactory results, because he followed them mechanically.

=Mr. Wang, though he had carefully read through the instructions before doing his experiments, could not obtain satisfactory results, because he followed them mechanically.

尽管王先生在做实验前仔细通读了说明书，却还是没能获得满意的结果，因为他机械地遵照说明书进行实验。

Chinese delegations have been sent to Asian-African countries, who will negotiate trade agreements with the respective governments.

=Chinese delegations have been sent to Asian-African countries, so that they may negotiate trade agreements with the respective governments.

中国代表团已经被派往亚非国家，以便与那些国家谈判贸易协定。

专项练习

1. He is a newcomer, _______ at the library just now.

A. we met

B. who we meet

C. whom we met

D. that we met

2. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, _______ was very reasonable.

A. which price

B. the price of which

C. its price

D. the price of whose

3. He is a boy, _______ has always had his own way.

A. which

B. who

C. whom

D. who's

4. He lived in London for 3 months, during _______ time he learned some English.

A. this

B. which

C. that

D. same

5. I don't like _______ you speak to her.

A. the way

B. the way in that

C. the way which

D. the way of which

6. Jing Haipeng, a Chinese astronaut, made another wonderful trip to space, _______ of great importance to the Chinese space science and technology.

A. which I think is

B. which I think it is

C. which I think it

D. I think which is

7. He was very rude to the customs officer, _______ , of course, made things even worse.

A. who

B. whom

C. what

D. which

8. Jack failed to pass the mid-term exam, _______ came as a surprise to everyone of his family.

A. it

B. that

C. which

D. he

9. Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, _______ , of course, made the others unhappy.

A. who

B. which

C. this

D. what

10. I'll do everything I _______ him.

A. must help

B. should help

C. can to help

D. can help

11. Let's go and visit Mr. Brown, _______ you know visited us last year.

A. that

B. who

C. whom

D. whose

12. Mary is good at English and mathematics, _______ we all know very well in our school.

A. that

B. what

C. /

D. as

13. Carol said the work would be done by October, _______ personally I doubt very much.

A. it

B. that

C. when

D. which

14. The buses, _______ were already full, were surrounded by an angry crowd.

A. most of them

B. most of which

C. which most

D. that most

15. There were two small rooms in the beach house, _______ served as a kitchen.

A. the smaller of them

B. the smallest of which

C. the smaller of which

D. smallest of which

16. They have three daughters, all _______ are doctors.

A. of whom

B. of them

C. of which

D. who

17. The workers produced 200,000 TV sets, _______ are of great quality.

A. most of them

B. most of which

C. most of that

D. which of most

18. The house _______ we live is not large.

A. which

B. in which

C. on which

D. at which

19. He was late for school again this morning, _______ made his teacher very angry.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. when

20. The house was full of boys, ten of _______ were his sons.

A. it

B. that

C. them

D. whom

21. The house was full of boys, and ten of _______ were his sons.

A. whom

B. that

C. it

D. them

22. He is a man of great experience, _______ much can be learned.

A. who

B. from him

C. from whom

D. whom

23. They have two daughters, both _______ are doctors.

A. of whom

B. of them

C. of which

D. who

24. China has hundreds of islands, _______ Taiwan is the largest.

A. in which

B. at which

C. among which

D. which

答案速查　1-5　CBBBA　6—10　ADCBC　11—15　BDDBC　16—20　ABBCD　21—24　DCAC

III. 定语从句应注意的问题补充

1. 有时候一个先行词由两个定语从句限制，这叫双重限制或多层修饰。

Is there anything else you'd like that you don't see on the shelves?

有别的任何你想要的却在架子上你看不到的东西吗？

There was one thing he told me which I don't believe.

有一件他告诉我但我不相信的事情。

2. 为了加强语气，有时先行词可用不同的词语或代词重复，形成一个同位语结构。

People wore their summer clothes, the clothes they had gone to work in.

人们穿着夏装，穿着他们上班去时穿的衣服。

Beijing is the capital of China, a city we all want to visit again and again.

北京是中国的首都，一个我们都想再三浏览的城市。

Jack is a good student, one we all should learn from.

杰克是个好学生，一个我们都应该向其学习的学生。

3. 一个先行词其后跟有两个并列的定语从句时，第二个从句须重复相应的关系代词。

This practice book is intended for foreign engineers who have already mastered the elements of English, and who now want to use their knowledge of the language to read books on their own subjects.

这本实用手册是为那些已经掌握了英语基础以及现在想用这种知识来读自己专业书的外国工程师准备的。

4. 引导并列定语从句的关系代词在定语从句中作宾语时，第一个从句的关系代词可以省略，但是引导第二个从句的关系代词不能省略。

The house (which) he bought in 1968, and which he sold two years later, is again on the market.

他1968年买进，两年后又卖出的那座房子现在又在售了。

5. 如果并列定语从句是由不同的关系代词引导，第二个定语从句的关系代词通常总是用wh-词。

She bought many houses that were not only better than what I had bought, but which were cheaper.

她买了很多房子，不仅比我买的好，也比我买的便宜。

6. “介词+which”可以引导非限制性不定式定语从句。

I had nothing on which to focus.

=I had nothing on which I can focus.

=I had nothing to focus on.

我没有任何可专注的事情。

专项练习

1. He always considered that the bed was a good place _______ his legal briefs.

A. where to read

B. in which to read

C. which to read

D. which to read in

2. The house _______ he bought in 1968, and _______ he repaired twenty years later, is again under repair.

A. /,　/

B. /, which

C. which, what

D. which,　/

3. She possessed gifts _______ were not only higher than a ready longue, but _______ paid better in the long run.

A. /, what

B. that, what

C. that, which

D. that,/

4. But now we hear that a new campaign has been launched in China, _______ urges greater efforts to develop agriculture.

A. one that

B. one which

C. that

D. and which

5. The three tough guys wore their sun glasses, _______ they had gone to rob the bank with.

A. the glasses

B. that

C. ones which

D. the glasses with which

6. Mr. Lee is the only dealer _______ I know _______ gives good prices.

A. whom, whom

B. who,　/

C. /, who

D. /,　/

7. Is there anything _______ he told you _______ you don't believe?

A. /, what

B. which, that

C. what, which

D. that, which

答案速查　1-5　BBCAC　6—7　CD

综合练习

1. Stephen Hawking believes that the earth is unlikely to be the only planet _______ life has developed gradually.

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. whose

2. I've become good friends with several of the students in my school _______ I met in the English speech contest last year.

A. whom

B. where

C. when

D. which

3. The girl arranged to have piano lessons at the training centre with her sister _______ she would stay for an hour.

A. where

B. who

C. which

D. what

4. That's the new machine _______ parts are too small to be seen.

A. that

B. which

C. whose

D. What

5. Wind power is an ancient source of energy _______ we may return in the near future.

A. on which

B. by which

C. to which

D. from which

6. —Can you believe I had to pay 30 dollars for a haircut?

—You should try the barber's _______ I go. It's only 15.

A. as

B. which

C. where

D. that

7. After graduating from college, I took some time off to go travelling, _______turned out to be a wise decision.

A. that

B. which

C. when

D. where

8. As a child, Jack studied in a village school, _______ is named after his grandfather.

A. which

B. where

C. what

D. that

9. The newly built caf, the walls of _______ are painted light green, is really a peaceful place for us, specially after hard work.

A. that

B. it

C. what

D. which

10. The old temple _______ roof was damaged in storm is now under repair.

A. where

B. which

C. its

D. whose

11. I refuse to accept the blame for something _______ was someone else's fault.

A. who

B. that

C. as

D. what

12. Children who are not active or _______ diet is high in fat will gain weight quickly.

A. what

B. whose

C. which

D. that

13. In china, the number of cities is increasing _______ development is recognized across the world.

A. where

B. which

C. whose

D. that

14. The settlement is home to nearly 1,000 people, many of _______ left their village homes for a better life in the city.

A. whom

B. which

C. them

D. those

15. Whenever I met her, _______ was fairly often, she greeted me with a sweet smile.

A. who

B. which

C. when

D. that

16. She brought with her three friends, none of _______ I had ever met before.

A. them

B. who

C. whom

D. these

17. Because of the financial crisis, days are gone _______ local 5-star hotels charged 6,000 yuan for one night.

A. if

B. when

C. which

D. since

18. A person _______ e-mail account is full won't be able to send or receive any e-mails.

A. who

B. whom

C. whose

D. whoever

19. Gun control is a subject _______ Americans have argued for a long time.

A. of which

B. with which

C. about which

D. into which

20. Mozart's birthplace and the house _______ he composed ‘The Magic Flute’ are both museums now.

A. where

B. when

C. there

D. which

21. The house I grew up _______ has been taken down and replaced by an office building.

A. in it

B. in

C. in that

D. in which

22. She'll never forget her stay there _______ she found her son who had gone missing two years before.

A. that

B. which

C. where

D. when

23. They've won their last three matches, _______ I find a bit surprising.

A. that

B. when

C. what

D. which

24. It's helpful to put children in a situation _______ they can see themselves differently.

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. where

25. I have reached a point in my life _______ I am supposed to make decisions of my own.

A. which

B. where

C. how

D. why

26. Life is like a long race _______ we compete with others to go beyond ourselves.

A. why

B. what

C. that

D. where

27. I was born in New Orleans, Louisiana, a city _______ name will create a picture of beautiful trees and green grass in our mind.

A. which

B. of which

C. that

D. whose

28. My friend showed me round the town, _______ was very kind of him.

A. which

B. that

C. where

D. it

29. —What do you think of teaching, Bob？

—I find it fun and challenging. It is a job _______ you are doing something serious but interesting.

A. where

B. which

C. when

D. that

30. I'll give you my friend's home address, _______ I can be reached most evenings.

A. which

B. when

C. whom

D. where

31. All the neighbors admire this family, _______ the parents are treating their child like a friend.

A. why

B. where

C. which

D. that

32. Later in this chapter cases will be introduced to readers _______ consumer complaints have resulted in changes in the law.

A. where

B. when

C. who

D. which

33. The growing speed of a plant is influenced by a number of factors, _______ are beyond our control.

A. most of them

B. most of which

C. most of what

D. most of that

34. The man pulled out a gold watch, _______ were made of small diamonds.

A. the hands of whom

B. whom the hands of

C. which the hands of

D. the hands of which

35. For many cities in the world, there is no room to spread out further, _______ New York is an example.

A. for which

B. in which

C. of which

D. from which

36. They will fly to Washington, _______they plan to stay for two or three days.

A. where

B. there

C. which

D. when

37. Yesterday she sold her car, _______ she bought a month ago.

A. when

B. where

C. that

D. which

38. By nine o'clock, all the Olympic torch bearers had reached the top of Mount Qomolangma, _______ appeared a rare rainbow soon.

A. of which

B. on which

C. from which

D. above which

39. The Science Museum, _______we visited during a recent trip to Britain, is one of London's tourist attractions.

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. where

40. Occasions are quite rare_______I have the time to spend a day with my kids.

A. who

B. which

C. why

D. when

41. Some pre-school children go to a day care center, _______ they learn simple games and songs.

A. then

B. there

C. while

D. where

42. We shouldn't spend our money testing so many people, most of _______ are healthy.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. whom

43. His movie won several awards at the film festival, _______ was beyond his wildest dream.

A. which

B. that

C. where

D. it

44. Those successful deaf dancers think that dancing is an activity _______ sight matters more than hearing.

A. when

B. whose

C. which

D. where

45. Last week, only two people came to look at the house, _______ wanted to buy it.

A. none of them

B. both of them

C. none of whom

D. neither of whom

46. After graduation she reached a point in her career _______ she needed to decide what to do.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. where

47. By serving others, a person focuses on someone other than himself or herself, _______ can be very eyeopening and rewarding.

A. who

B. which

C. what

D. that

48. Today, we'll discuss a number of cases _______ beginners of English fail to use the language properly.

A. which

B. as

C. why

D. where

49. It is reported that two schools, _______ are being built in my hometown, will open next year.

A. they both

B. which both

C. both of them

D. both of which

50. Women _______ drink more than two cups of coffee a day have a greater chance of having heart disease than those _______ don't.

A. who； /

B. /; who

C. who； who

D. /; /

51. Human facial expressions differ from those of animals in the degree _______ they can be controlled on purpose.

A. with which

B. to which

C. of which

D. for which

52. Chan's restaurant on Baker Street, _______ used to be poorly run, is now a successful business.

A. that

B. which

C. who

D. where

53. The village has developed a lot _______ we learned farming two years ago.

A. when

B. which

C. that

D. where

54. Eric received training in computer for one year, _______ he found a job in a big company.

A. after that

B. after which

C. after it

D. after this

55. He was educated at the local high school, _______ he went on to Peking University.

A. after which

B. after that

C. in which

D. in that

56. —Where did you get to know her?

—It was on the farm _______ we worked.

A. that

B. there

C. which

D. where

57. The book was written in 1946, _______ the education system has witnessed great changes.

A. when

B. during which

C. since then

D. since when

58. The Beatles, _______ many of you are old enough to remember, came from Liverpool.

A. what

B. that

C. how

D. as

59. There is much chance _______ Bill will recover from his injury in time for the race.

A. that

B. which

C. until

D. if

60. I was told that there were about 50 foreign student _______ Chinese in the school, most _______ were from Germany.

A. study; of whom

B. study; of them

C. studying; of them

D. studying; of whom

61. I was given three books on cooking, the first _______ I really enjoyed.

A. of that

B. of which

C. that

D. which

62. Look out! Don't get too close to the house _______ roof is under repair.

A. whose

B. which

C. of which

D. that

63. She was educated at Peking University, _______ she went on to have her advanced study abroad.

A. after which

B. from which

C. from that

D. after that

64. We saw several natives advancing towards our party, and one of them came up to us, _______ we gave some bells and glasses.

A. to which

B. to whom

C. with whom

D. with which

65. The owner of the cinema needed to make a lot of improvements and employ more people to keep it running, _______ meant spending tens of thousands of pounds.

A. who

B. that

C. as

D. which

66. —Do you have anything to say for yourselves？

—Yes, there's one point _______ we must insist on.

A. why

B. where

C. how

D. /

67. Is that the lab _______ we did physics experiments during our middle school days.

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. the one

68. We're just tying to reach a point _______ both sides will sit down together and talk.

A. where

B. that

C. when

D. which

69. I saw a woman running to ward me in the dark. Before I could recognize who she was, she had run back in the direction _______ she had come.

A. of which

B. by which

C. in which

D. from which

70. I'd like to borrow _______ typewriter as was used yesterday.

A. as

B. the same

C. the other

D. same

71. I, _______ one of the sports-lovers,often spend some time on training in the stadium.

A. who am

B. who is

C. that am

D. whom is

72. Let's discuss _______ questions _______ are about the future of the youth.

A. so,as

B. as,that

C. such,that

D. such,as

73. The man _______ talked to you just now is an engineer.

A. who

B. whose

C. which

D. what

74. In fact the Swede did not understand the three questions _______ were asked in French.

A. where

B. who

C. in which

D. which

75. We should learn form those _______ are always ready to help others.

A. that

B. whom

C. they

D. who

76. I can still remember the sitting-room _______ my mother and I used to sit in the evening.

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. where

77. He didn't know which room _______.

A. they lived

B. they lived in

C. did they live

D. did they live in

78. Is this the house _______ he was born?

A. at where

B. which

C. in which

D. at which

79. A child _______ parents are dead is called an orphan.

A. which

B. his

C. whose

D. with

80. His parents would let her marry anyone _______ family was very rich.

A. of whom

B. whom

C. of whose

D. whose

81. To get the job started, _______ I need is your permission.

A. only what

B. all what

C. all that

D. only that

82. Tom is the only one of the students who _______ to shanghai.

A. have gone

B. has been

C. have been

D. had been

83. The doctor _______ is leaving for Africa next month.

A. the nurst is talking to him

B. whom the nurse is talking

C. the nurse is talking to

D. who the nurse is talking

84. After graduation he asked to be sent to the place _______.

A. where he is most needed

B. where he need

C. where he is mostly needed

D. where is he mostly needed.

85. The professor _______ she sent her friend is Mr. Smith who works in a famous university.

A. for whom

B. to whose

C. whom

D. at whom

86. The day _______ you are looking forward to will certainly come.

A. in which

B. when

C. which

D. what

87. Is hydrogen the only gas _______ we can get from the store?

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. it

88. Those _______ not only from books but through practice will succeed.

A. who learn

B. who

C. who learns

D. learn

89. It is the second time _______ you have made such a mistake.

A. what

B. that

C. which

D. when

90. Who _______ has common sense will do such a thing?

A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. that

91. That tree, the branches _______ are almost bare ,is a very old one.

A. whose

B. in which

C. on which

D. of which

92. The babies _______ are very healthy.

A. after whom the nurses look

B. whom the nurses look after

C. whom the nurses look

D. whom the nurses look after them

93. There is a great deal of oxygen around us, _______ we could not live.

A. without it

B. which

C. without which

D. that

94. I can't believe that the restaurant, _______ I have eaten such wonderful meals is going to close down.

A. at where

B. at that

C. which

D. in which

95. What especially impressed us was the way _______ our teacher studied foreign language.

A. /

B. which

C. by which

D. what

96. The students in Tianjin are using the same teaching books _______ we are now using.

A. whose

B. that

C. which

D. as

97. The beautiful dress _______ Miss Jones went to the ball was borrowed from a friend of hers.

A. in which

B. wearing which

C. that

D. wearing that

98. My hometown is no longer the same _______ it used to be.

A. like

B. that

C. as

D. which

99. She hasn't got enough money _______ she is going to buy the rings.

A. for which

B. with which

C. that

D. which

100. Do you know the reason _______ she got so angry yesterday?

A. why

B. which

C. for that

D. for why

101. I'll show you the store _______ you may buy all _______ you need.

A. that, that

B. which, that

C. where, which

D. in which,/

102.Can you lend me the book _______ the other day?

A. which you talked

B. that you talked

C. you talked

D. you talked about

103.This is one of the best films _______ this year.

A. which has been shown

B. that have been shown

C. that have shown

D. have been shown

104. He talked happily about the men and books _______ interested him greatly in the school.

A. that

B. when

C. who

D. which

105. Lily would never forget the evening _______ she lost the ring.

A. which

B. when

C. at which

D. where

106. The police wrote down the things and persons _______ the boys remembered in the accident.

A. which

B. that

C. who

D. whom

107. I, _______ your good friend, will try my best to help you out.

A. who is

B. who am

C. that is

D. which am

108. Those _______ want to see the film please put down your names here.

A. which

B. what

C. whose

D. who

109. We are living in an age _______ many things are done on computer.

A. which

B. that

C. whose

D. when

110. _______ has been announced, we shall have our final exams next month.

A. That

B. As

C. It

D. What

111. We will be shown around the city: schools, museums, and some other places， _______ other visitors seldom go.

A. what

B. which

C. where

D. when

112. Alec asked the policeman _______ he worked to contact whenever there was an accident.

A. with him

B. who

C. with whom

D. whom

113. Then came the great day _______ he was to march past the palace in the parade.

A. where

B. since

C. when

D. till

114. —I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.

—Is that the reason _______ you had a few days off?

A. why

B. when

C. what

D. where

115. The old man has two sons, _______ are lawyers.

A. both of them

B. both of whom

C. both of who

D. both of they

116. The gentleman _______ you told me yesterday proved to be a thief.

A. who

B. about whom

C. whom

D. with whom

117. The result of the experiment was very good， _______ we hadn't expected.

A. when

B. that

C. which

D. what

118. I shall never forget those years _______ I lived in the country with the farmer， _______ has a great effect on my life.

A. that； which

B. when； which

C. when； who

D. which； that

119. After living in Paris for fifty years, he returned to the small town _______ he grew up as a child.

A. which

B. where

C. that

D. when

120. This is the first sum of money _______ the children's family has received.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. as

121. This is not the only apple _______ has rotten away.

A. which

B. that

C. /

D. what

122. He seldom finishes his work on time， _______ always makes his boss very angry.

A. that

B. as

C. this

D. which

123. She is such a lovely girl _______ is liked by everybody.

A. what

B. as

C. that

D. which

124. You'll find taxis waiting at the bus station _______ you can hire to reach your host family.

A. which

B. where

C. when

D. as

125. The old town has narrow streets and small houses _______ are built close to each other.

A. they

B. where

C. what

D. that

126. She showed the visitors around the museum, the construction _______ had taken more than three years.

A. for which

B. with which

C. of which

D. to which

127. Between the two parts of the concert is an interval, _______ the audience can buy ice-cream.

A. when

B. where

C. that

D. which

128. Whatever is left over may be put into the refrigerator, _______ it will keep for two or three weeks.

A. when

B. which

C. where

D. while

129. English is a language shared by several diverse cultures, each of _______ uses it somewhat differently.

A. which

B. what

C. them

D. those

130. A bank is the place _______ they lend you an umbrella in fair weather and ask for it back when it begins to rain.

A. when

B. that

C. where

D. there

131. She has a gift for creating an atmosphere for her students _______ allows them to communicate freely with each other.

A. which

B. where

C. what

D. who

132. It was April 29, 2001_______Prince William and Kate Middleton walked into the palace hall for the wedding ceremony.

A. that

B. when

C. since

D. before

133. The school shop, _______ customers are mainly students, is closed for the holidays.

A. which

B. whose

C. when

D. where

134. The days are gone _______ physical strength was all you needed to make a living.

A. when

B. that

C. where

D. which

135. I walked up to the top of the hill with my friend, _______ we enjoyed a splendid view of the lake.

A. which

B. where

C. who

D. that

136. Julie was good at German, French and Russian , all of _______ she spoke fluently.

A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. that

137. The prize will go to the writer _______ story shows the most imagination.

A. that

B. which

C. whose

D. what

138. Ted came for the weekend wearing only some shorts and a T-shirt, _______ is a stupid thing to do in such weather.

A. this

B. that

C. what

D. which

139. Mary was much kinder to Jack than she was to the others, _______ , of course, made all the others upset.

A. who

B. which

C. what

D. that

140. In our class there are 46 students, _______ half wear glasses.

A. in whom

B. in them

C. of whom

D. of them

141. It is the third time that she has won the race, _______ has surprised us all.

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. what

142. When deeply absorbed in work, _______ he often was, he would forget all about eating or sleeping.

A. that

B. which

C. where

D. when

143. That evening, _______ I will tell you more about later, I ended up working very late.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. when

144. I wish to thank Professor Smith, without _______ help I would never have got this far.

A. who

B. whose

C. whom

D. which

145. Samuel survived when the car_______he was a passenger in turned off the road and hit a tree.

A. where

B. that

C. as

D. why

146. Sailing across the ocean alone was an achievement _______ took courage.

A. what

B. who

C. which

D. where

147. Ellen was a painter of birds and of nature, _______ , for some reason, had withdrawn from all human society.

A. which

B. who

C. where

D. whom

148. We live in an age _______ more information is available with greater ease than ever before.

A. why

B. when

C. to whom

D. on which

149. After the flooding, people were suffering in that area, _______ urgently needed clean water, medicine and shelter to survive.

A. which

B. who

C. where

D. what

150. Sales director is a position _______ communication ability is just as important as sales.

A. which

B. that

C. when

D. where

第2章　名词性从句

【答案链接】

i. 主语从句

1. that从句作主语通常用it作形式主语，常见的这样的主语从句结构有：

1）It + be +名词（a pity/fact/problem/shame/surprise/no wonder等）+that从句

It is a pity that we missed the interesting film.

很遗憾我们错过了那场有趣的电影。

It is an honor that I am often invited to dinner.

真荣幸我经常被邀请去赴宴。

2）It+be+形容词（natural/certain/clear/obvious/evident/necessary/true/likely/probable/possible/strange/important等）+that从句

It is likely that it will snow this afternoon.

很有可能今天下午要下雪。

注意： 当形容词是important/natural/necessary/strange/essential/surprising等时，从句谓语用（should）+动词原形

It is necessary that we (should) buy a new car.

我们很有必要买辆车。

3）It+不及物动词（seems/turns out/happens/appears/follows/occurs to sb.）+that从句

It seems that our sports meeting will have to be put off because of the weather.

我们的运动会似乎因天气原因将不得不被推迟。

It occurred to her that she had forgotten to lock the door.

她突然想起忘记锁门了。

4）It+be+过去分词（known/said/reported/believed/announced/accepted/found/claimed/declared/thought/hoped/suggested）+that从句

It is said that they have succeeded in passing the college entrance exam.

据说他们成功地通过了大学入学考试。

It has been proved that light runs much faster than sound.

已证实光速比声速快得多。

注意：当过去分词是suggested/demanded/required/commanded/recommended/ordered等时，从句谓语用 (should) +动词原形

It is required that every one (should) obey the traffic rules.

要求每一个人都应该遵守交通规则。

注意：

1）在正式文体中，为了强调that从句，可将that从句置于句首。

That China is in the east of Asia is well known to all of us.

中国位于亚洲东部这是众所周知的。

That the driver could not control his car was obvious.

很明显司机不能控制他的车了。

2）在疑问句中只能用形式主语it结构。

Is it true that he would take the risk?

他是真的要冒险吗？

Isn't it amazing that so many passengers were unhurt in the accident?

那么多旅客在事故中没有受伤难道不令人吃惊吗？

2. wh-从句

1）表示“是否”意义时，只能用whether不能用if引导主语从句。

Whether a new product sells well depends on its quality and price.

一种新产品是否畅销取决于它的质量和价格。

2）it经常用来作形式主语，而把wh-从句放句尾，常见的结构为：

It is not yet clear wh- ....

It is strange wh- ....

It is uncertain wh- ....

It it not known wh- ....

It depends on ... wh- ....

It depends on its quality and price whether a new product sells well.

一种新产品是否畅销取决于它的质量和价格。

It isn't clear whether she would come.

她是否愿意来还不清楚。

3）wh-从句经常可以放句首。

What he said didn't refer to me.

他所说的并非指我。

Who should be chosen to do the job hasn't been decided.

谁应该被选中做这件工作还没决定。

What he needs is more experience.

他所需要的是更多的经验。

Where we will go for our holiday hasn't been decided.

我们去哪儿度假还没有决定。

专项练习

1. _______ she couldn't understand was _______ fewer students showed interest in her lessons.

A. What; why

B. That; what

C. What; because

D. Why; that

2. It worried her a bit _______ her hair was turning gray.

A. while

B. that

C. if

D. for

3. It is pretty well understood _______ controls the flow of carbon dioxide in and out the atmosphere today.

A. that

B. when

C. what

D. how

4. _______ man first made use of electricity is not exactly known.

A. When

B. If

C. That

D. What

5. _______ we will have a meeting hasn't been decided yet.

A. If

B. That

C. What

D. Whether

6. _______ we are saying is more than _______ we will do.

A. That; that

B. What; what

C. Whatever; that

D. As; as

7. _______ leaves last turns off the light.

A. Who

B. Whoever

C. No matter who

D. Whomever

8. _______ wins the prize may get the car.

A. Who

B. Whom

C. Whomever

D. Whoever

9. _______ a pity that I didn't see you last week.

A. That's

B. What's

C. It's

D. There's

10. _______ she will come is certain.

A. That

B. What

C. /

D. Whether

11. _______ we go swimming every day _______ us a lot of good.

A. If; do

B. That; do

C. That; does

D. If; does

12. _______ has questions can ask the teacher after class.

A. Who

B. Whoever

C. Anybody

D. One

13. _______ is one of the most useful and fascinating divisions of human knowledge is widely accepted.

A. Where chemistry

B. That chemistry

C. What chemistry

D. Chemistry

14. It's known to us _______ chewing gum helps prevent tooth decay.

A. why

B. that

C. whether

D. how

15. Does _______ matter if he can't finish the job on time?

A. this

B. that

C. he

D. it

16. _______ water can be used to _______ electricity is true.

A. That; producing

B. That; produce

C. This; producing

D. This; produces

17. After Yang Liwei succeeded in circling the earth, _______ our astronauts desire to do is walk in space.

A. where

B. what

C. that

D. how

18. It is doubtful _______ he knows it or not.

A. that

B. if

C. what

D. whether

19. _______ caused the accident is still a complete mystery.

A. What

B. That

C. How

D. Where

20. _______ we will have a meeting hasn't been decided yet.

A. If

B. That

C. What

D. Whether

21. It doesn't matter _______ will take charge of the work.

A. who

B. whoever

C. whom

D. whomever

22. _______ is worth doing at all is worth doing well.

A. That

B. Which

C. Whatever

D. It

23. _______ land ownership in some countries is unfair _______ obvious.

A. What; is

B. Whether; are

C. That; is

D. If; is

24. _______ some mammals came to live in the sea is not known.

A. That

B. Since

C. Although

D. How

25. _______ troubles me is _______ my son can finish all _______ he is expected to do.

A. That; whether; /

B. What; if; that

C. That; if; what

D. What; whether; /

答案速查　1-5　ABCAD　6—10　BBDCA　11—15　CBBBD　16—20　BBDAD　21—25　ACCDD

ii. 宾语从句

1. 动词后的宾语从句

1）that引导的宾语从句

常跟that从句的动词：admit, agree, answer, believe, decide, declare, expect, explain, feel, hear, hope, intend, insist, mean, notice, order, remember, reply, say, suggest, think, wish等。

Jim suggested that we go to Huangshan Mountain during the summer.

吉姆建议我们应该夏季去黄山。

I remember that I have seen her somewhere in the past.

我记得过去在哪有个地方看见过她。

2）wh-, if引导的宾语从句

常跟wh-, if从句的动词有：advise, ask, discuss, doubt, find out, imagine, inform, inquire, know, question, tell, understand, wonder, discover等。

I don't know what she has bought for father's birthday.

我不知道她为父亲生日买了什么。

He wondered if the letter had been received.

他不知信是否已经收到。

3）“动词+间接宾语+宾语从句”

常使用此类结构的动词有：advise, ask, inform, promise, question, remind, show, teach, tell, warn, assure等。

He has informed me when they are going to discuss the question.

他告知我了什么时候他们要讨论这个问题。

She promised me that she would give us more help later on.

她向我承诺她日后要给我们更多的帮助。

4）“动词+ it +形容词/名词/过去分词+ that从句”

常见的后跟it作形式宾语的动词：find, feel, think, believe, make, consider等。

I heard it said that she had gone abroad.

我听人说她出国了。

We think it necessary that we should learn English well.

我们认为我们学好英语是必要的。

He has made it a rule that we should come to school in time.

他规定我们应该按时到校。

5）it作形式宾语的特殊句型

常见的有：see to it that ...; hate it that ...; owe it to sb. that ...; take it for granted that ...; put it to sb. that ...; take it that ...; depend on it that ...; count on it that ....

Children take it for granted that parents provide them everything they need.

孩子们把父母提供给他们所需要的一切当作理所当然的事情。

We should owe it to our teachers that in class we learn what we can't get at home.

我们应该把课堂上学到在家里学不到的东西归功于我们的老师。

2. 形容词后的宾语从句

后常接宾语从句的形容词有：afraid, sure, anxious, aware, certain, determined, glad, proud, surprised, worried, sorry, thankful, ashamed, disappointed, pleased, content, proud, annoyed, convinced, confident等。

I am afraid (that) I've made a mistake.

恐怕我犯了错误。

We are not sure whether/if we can persuade him out of smoking.

我不敢肯定是否能说服他戒烟。

3. 介词后的宾语从句

1）that从句不作介词宾语，但是可以作介词in, but, except的宾语。

The article was perfect except that there were some spelling mistakes.

这篇文章很好只是有一些拼写错误。

He came late for school that morning in that he missed the early bus.

那天早上他上学迟到是在于他错过了早班车。

2）wh-从句常作介词宾语。

Whether we can succeed depends on how well we get prepared.

我们是否成功取决于我们准备得多么好。

He was not interested in what we would do next.

他对我们下一步做什么并不感兴趣。

4. 宾语从句要注意的问题

1）当主句是一般现在时或者一般将来时，宾语从句可根据实际情况选用所需要的时态。

I have told you three times that I failed in the exam.

我已经告诉了你三次我这次考试失败了。

He often says that he used to get up late.

他经常说他过去常常起床很晚。

2）当主句是一般过去时，宾语从句必须用相应的过去时态。

I was told that it would rain tomorrow.

我被告知明天有雨。

3）但是当宾语从句表达的是普遍真理或客观规律时，从句时态不受主句时态限制而用一般现在时。

The teacher told us that the earth goes around the sun.

老师告诉我们地球绕着太阳转。

4）当主句谓语是think, believe, suppose, expect, imagine等时，宾语从句谓语的否定要转移到主句中；但当从句有否定意义的never, seldom, hardly, scarcely等词时，否定可不转移。上述结构后接反义疑问句时，用肯定形式反问。

I don't think that he is stupid.

我认为他不傻。

I believe he has never been to America.

我相信他从来没有去过美国。

I can hardly imagine that he has lived on the lonely island alone for 40 years, has he?

我几乎无法想像他在孤岛上独自生活了40年，真有此事？

5）当主句中谓语是think, believe, suppose, expect, imagine, guess等，同时，wh-连词引导表示疑问的宾语从句时，应将连词wh-置于主句前面，主句若是疑问语序，从句语序不变。例如：

When do you think he will come back?（√）

Do you think when he will come back?（×）

你认为他何时回来呢？

What do you think will happen to him next?

你认为他随后会发生什么事情？

Where do you suppose she will go for her holiday？

你认为她会去什么地方度假？

6）当主句动词是wish时，从句的时态要用虚拟语气；当主句的动词是suggest, demand, require等词时，从句要用可省略should的虚拟语气。

I wish I could fly to the moon one day.

但愿有一天我能飞到月球上去！

How I wish I were you!

但愿我是你！

I wish he hadn't told me of you, but he hadn't meant to hurt you.

但愿他没有告诉我你的情况，不过他并没有伤害你的意思。

He suggested that we (should) hurry up.

他建议我们快一点儿。

7）if常可代替whether，但是当从句作介词宾语时，只能用whether。

We should pay much attention to whether it will rain tonight.

我们应该关注今夜是否会下雨。

8）引导宾语从句的that常可省略，但是当两个that从句由and或or连接时，第二个从句的that不能省略。

I have been told (that) I was chosen to make a speech at the meeting and that I would have to get prepared for it.

我已经被告知我被选中在会议上发言而且必须准备一下。

I was told (that) he had been chosen monitor of our class and that he would take office next week.

我被告知他被选为班长而且下周上任。

专项练习

1. He was born in _______ is now known as Xiangyang.

A. that

B. what

C. where there

D. where

2. They were surprised that a child _______ the problems _______ they themselves couldn't.

A. would solve; once

B. worked out; them

C. should work out; while

D. would settle; but

3. _______ we can't get seems better than _______ we have.

A. What; what

B. What; that

C. That; that

D. That; what

4. When we arrived in _______ our apartment was supposed to be, all I could see was a school.

A. where

B. what

C. that

D. which

5. Don't always _______ that parents will give children whatever they want.

A. take it for granted

B. take it as granted

C. take for granted

D. grant it

6. Evidence came up _______ specific speech sounds are recognized by babies as young as six months old.

A. what

B. whose

C. that

D. which

7. We all consider _______ of great importance that we should combine theory with practice.

A. that

B. it

C. which

D. this

8. I'm not sure _______.

A. what is the assignment of tomorrow

B. what will the assignment for tomorrow be

C. what will be the assignment of tomorrow

D. what the assignment for tomorrow is

9. Give the prize to _______ you think did the work well.

A. who

B. whoever

C. whomever

D. whatever

10. Could you tell me where _______?

A. is the nearest bus stop located

B. the nearest bus stop is located

C. is located the nearest bus stop

D. located is the nearest bus stop

11. —Did you go to watch the football match?

—No, but I wish I _______.

A. did

B. went

C. had

D. would

12. Thoroughly confused, he hesitated to report _______.

A. what did he see

B. what he had seen

C. what had he seen

D. what he was seen

13. I don't doubt _______ she will learn a lot during her stay in Paris.

A. whether

B. if

C. that

D. what

14. Everything depends on _______ we have enough experience.

A. if

B. what

C. which

D. whether

15. He usually goes to work on his bike except _______ it rains.

A. that

B. what

C. when

D. whether

16. The boy has not changed at all except _______ he is no longer so talkative.

A. why

B. that

C. what

D. if

17. You can write about _______ topic you can think of.

A. however

B. wherever

C. whenever

D. whatever

18. The owner of the shop came to see what _______.

A. the matter was

B. the wrong was

C. was the matter

D. was the wrong

19. We don't care _______ they will not come tomorrow.

A. whether

B. if

C. when

D. that

20. We made _______ a rule that we read English in the morning.

A. it

B. that

C. what

D. which

21. We cannot figure out _______ quite a number of insects, birds, and animals are dying-out.

A. that

B. as

C. why

D. when

22. Mr. Wang is to give us a report on _______ he saw and heard in Australia.

A. that

B. what

C. whether

D. which

23. I know nothing about the accident _______ I read in the newspaper.

A. except what

B. except that

C. except for

D. except

24. Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see _______.

A. who is he

B. who he is

C. who is it

D. who it is

25. The true value of life is not in _______ , but in _______.

A. how you get; that you give

B. which you get; what you give

C. what do you get; what do you give

D. what you get; what you give

26. When we arrived in _______ our apartment was supposed to be, all I could see was a school.

A. where

B. what

C. that

D. which

27. Sarah hopes to become a friend of _______ shares her interests.

A. anyone

B. whomever

C. no matter who

D. whoever

28. These wild flowers are so special that I would do _______ I can to save them.

A. whatever

B. that

C. which

D. whichever

29. You can't imagine _______ when they received these nice Christmas presents.

A. how they were excited

B. how excited they were

C. how excited were they

D. they were how excited

30. Eat _______ cake you like and leave the others for _______ comes late.

A. any; who

B. whichever; whoever

C. whatever; whom

D. every; who

31. His words don't agree with _______ the boss asks for, so we don't know what to do.

A. what

B. whom

C. which

D. when

32. It was _______ he said _______ disappointed me.

A. what; that

B. that; that

C. what; what

D. that; what

33. What has made America _______ it is today?

A. that

B. for

C. which

D. what

34. I hope that I _______ you at the party this weekend.

A. would see

B. should see

C. am to see

D. see

35. —I blamed Mary yesterday.

—I would rather you _______.

A. didn't do that

B. hadn't done that

C. wouldn't do that

D. shouldn't have done that

答案速查　1-5　BCABA　6—10　CBDBB　11—15　CBCDC　16—20　BDCDA　21—25　CBADD　26—30　BDABB　31—35　AADCB

iii. 表语从句

1. that表语从句

1）常接表语从句的联系动词有be, look, remain, seem等。

It seems that/as if it is going to snow.

好像天要下雪。

The truth is that she was ill that day.

真相是那天她病了。

2）引导表语从句的that不可省略。

All I can tell you is that he gives me the book every time I pass it to him.

我所有能告诉你的是每次我把书本给他他都把书本给我。

3）表示事实、真理等实际内容的表语从句其主语常是：fact, truth, advantage, odd, explanation, position, problem等。

The fact is that he didn't notice the car till too late.

事实是他直到为时已晚才注意到了那辆车。

The advantage of solar energy is that it will never run out.

太阳能的优点是它永远不会耗尽。

4）表示某人的意见、信念等的实际内容的表语从句，其主句主语常是：opinion, belief, view, feeling, explanation等。

My opinion is that we take the money into our hands.

我的意见是我们把这些钱掌握在手中。

5）名词性wh-从句若作主语，总是用that从句作表语。

What surprised us is that he made so much progress in such a short time.

我们吃惊的是他在这么短的时间内取得了这么大的进步。

What impressed us deeply was that he could speak English so fluently.

使我们印象深刻的是他能说如此流利的英语。

2. wh-表语从句

1）当表示“是否”时，引导表语从句不能用if, 只能用whether。

The question remains whether we can win the support of the people.

问题仍然是我们是否能赢得人民的支持。

2）常见的句型：that is why ...; this is because ...; the reason is that ...; it is because; the reason why ... is that ..., this is where ..., this is what ..., that is when ..., this is how ..., the problem is wh- ....

He was short of money. That was why he would come to see me.

他缺钱了，这就是为什么他来见我的原因。

The reason why he killed himself was that he wouldn't live any longer.

他自杀的原因是他不想活了。

He was late for school, and that was because he missed the early bus.

他上学迟到了，那是因为他误了早班车。

This is where he was born.

这就是他的出生地。

专项练习

1. —Are you still thinking about yesterday's game?

—Oh, that's _______.

A. what makes me feel excited

B. whatever I feel excited about

C. how I feel about it

D. when I feel excited

2. He never works hard. And that's _______ he seldom passes the exams.

A. what

B. that

C. which

D. why

3. The reason _______ she gave for not being present was _______ the heavy snow prevented her coming.

A. /; because

B. why; because

C. /; that

D. why; whether

4. Air to us is _______ water is to fish.

A. what

B. that

C. which

D. is that

5. I don't know _______ is _______ I was born.

A. that; when

B. that; what

C. that; where

D. what; where

答案速查　1-5　ADCAC

iv. 同位语从句

1. that同位语从句

1）同位语从句一般由that引导，而且不能省略，相当于表语从句所起的作用。

We should face the fact that we have run out of money.

我们应该面对我们已经花完钱的事实。

There's no doubt that we will finish our work within two hours.

毫无疑问我们两小时内将完成我们的工作。

2）有时候，为了避免句子头重脚轻，同位语从句可以与名词分割开来。

Word came that the front was in great need of medical workers.

传来消息说前方急需医疗工作者。

News reached Shanghai that Liu Xiang broke the world record in the match.

传到上海的消息说刘翔在比赛中破世界纪录了。

3）后可接同位语从句的抽象名词有：fact, belief, hope, idea, doubt, news, rumor, conclusion, evidence, suggestion, problem, order, answer, decision, discovery, explanation, information, knowledge, law, truth, opinion, promise, report, thought, statement, possibility, advice等。

The news that we won the game is exciting.

我们赢得比赛的消息令人激动。

The advice that we should have a rest is reasonable.

我们应该休息一下的建议是合情合理的。

2. wh- 引导同位语从句

1）引导同位语从句的wh-连词在从句中作一定的成分，而且表达意义。

The problem where we can get money hasn't been solved.

我们去哪里搞到钱的问题仍然没有解决。

2）引导同位语从句的wh-连词不能省略。

Have you any idea how soon they are coming?

你不知道他们多久就回来了吗？

My original question, why he did it at all, has not been answered.

我原先的问题——为什么他做了此事——还没有得到答复。

3）同位名词多含有疑问意义，如doubt, wonder, problem, question, no idea等。

I have no idea what has happened to him.

我不知道他出了什么事情。

有时候，为避免句子头重脚轻，同位语从句可与名词分隔开来。

3. 同位语从句与定语从句之区别：

1）that在定语从句中既代替先行词，又在从句中作一定成分。而that在同位语从句中只起连接作用，不在句中作任何成分。

The news that our team was defeated surprised all of us students. （同位语从句）

我们队被打败的消息使我们学生都很吃惊。

The news that we heard at the meeting was surprising. （定语从句，先行词在主句中作heard的宾语）

我们在会议上听到的消息是令人吃惊的。

2）定语从句是形容词性的，对先行词进行修饰、限定，描述其性质和特征。同位语从句是名词性的，对名词进行补充说明和解释。

The proposal he put forward is to be discussed at the meeting. （定语从句，省略关系代词）

他提出的建议将要在会议上讨论。

The proposal that we should learn a second foreign language is to be discussed at the meeting. （同位语从句）

我们应该学习一门二外的建议将要在会议上讨论。

3）名词doubt在肯定句中，后跟whether引导的同位语从句；doubt在否定句或疑问句中，后跟that引导的同位语从句。

I have no doubt that our class will win the game.

我不怀疑我们班将会赢得比赛。

There's still some doubt whether he is telling a lie.

她是否在说谎仍然有疑问。

Do you still have any doubt that I can finish the work in time?

你仍然怀疑我是否能按时完成这项工作吗？

4）who引导的疑问句中，doubt后跟that引导的同位语从句。

Who will have the doubt that he can do the job well?

谁会怀疑他能做好这项工作呢？

4. 常见的同位语从句与同位名词分割开来的句型有：

- Word came that ...有消息传来说……

- News arrived that ...有消息传来说……

- Order reached sb. that ...某人收到命令……

- A story goes that ...有个故事这样说……

- Information has been put forward that ...传来的信息为……

- The fact remains that ...事实仍然是……

- Suddenly the thought came to me that ...我突然想起……

- The fact has to be faced that ... 不得不面对的事实是……

The fact has to be faced that we have run out our money.

我们面对的事实是我们已经花光了钱。

专项练习

1. Word came _______ I was wanted on the phone.

A. which

B. why

C. that

D. whether

2. An idea came to her _______ she might do the experiment in another way.

A. which

B. why

C. that

D. whether

3. Along with the letter was his promise _______ he would visit me this coming Christmas.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. whether

4. Information has been put forward _______ more middle school graduates will be admitted into universities.

A. while

B. that

C. when

D. why

5. A story goes _______ Elizabeth I of England liked nothing more than being surrounded by clever and qualified noblemen at court.

A. when

B. where

C. what

D. that

6. I have no doubt _______ he will get through the examination.

A. that

B. whether

C. if

D. as

7. One of the men held the view _______ the book said was right.

A. that what

B. what that

C. that

D. whether

8. He always works hard even if he knows the fact _______ he is not in good health.

A. which

B. that

C. why

D. while

9. We all know the truth _______ there is air, water and sunlight, there are living things.

A. in wherever

B. that wherever

C. where

D. that

10. The social problem _______ it is right or wrong has not yet been decided.

A. whether

B. if

C. what

D. which

11. Do you have any idea _______?

A. how I was worried

B. how worried I was

C. how worried was I

D. what I was worried

12. _______ came that we would go to Nanjing for social investigation.

A. Words

B. The word

C. A word

D. Word

13. Today there is evidence _______ the resources of the sea are as seriously threatened as those of the land.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. /

14. The news _______ Lincoln was murdered filled the American people's hearts with deep sorrow.

A. which

B. when

C. that

D. how

15. There is no doubt _______ Premier Wen Jiabao is an excellent leader.

A. that

B. whether

C. if

D. /

答案速查　1-5　CCBBD　6—10　AABBA　11—15　BDACA

v. 名词性从句需要注意的几个问题

1. that, what, whether, if需注意的情况

1）that, whether, if在从句中不作成分，而what在从句中既引导从句又作成分。

That he has done his homework is not true.

他完成了家庭作业这事并不真实。

What he said has nothing to do with me.

他所说的话与我无关。

What we can't get seems better than what we have.

我们不能得到的似乎好于我们已经拥有的。

2）whether在从句中不作任何成分，但有不肯定的意义，而that无任何意义。

Whether the 2020 Olympic Games will be held in Beijing isn't known yet.

2020年奥运会是否将要在北京举行还不知道。

That the 2016 Olympic Games will be not held in Beijing is already known.

2016年奥运会将不在北京举行已经众所周知。

2. whether, if引导名词性从句的区别

1）whether可以引导表语从句、主语从句、同位语从句和介词后接的宾语从句，而if则不能。

The question is whether the film is worth seeing.

问题是这部电影是否值得一看。

The news whether our team has won is unknown.

我们队是否赢了这消息还无人知道。

Whether we shall attend the meeting hasn't been decided yet.

我们是否要出席会议还没有决定。

It all depends on whether they will support us.

这完全取决于他们是否支持我们。

2）whether和if引导的从句都可以作动词宾语，这时whether=if。但当从句置于句首时只能用whether。后接有or not时，也只能用whether。

The chairman hasn't decided whether/if we shall attend the meeting.

主席还没有决定我们是否将要出席会议。

Whether he will come this afternoon, no one knows.

没有人知道他今天下午是否来。

We didn't know whether or not she was ready.

我们不知道他是否准备好了。

We didn't know whether/if she was ready.

我们不知道她是否准备好了。

3. whether, if与that的选择

1）doubt, wonder, not know, not decide, still a problem, still a question后面多接whether, if从句。

It is still a problem whether we can find a way out.

我们是否能找到出路仍然是一个问题。

I doubt whether he will come soon.

我怀疑他是否很快要来。

2）no wonder, no doubt, well known后多接that从句。

There's no doubt that he will come soon.

毫无疑问他不久就要来。

No one will doubt that he will win the game.

没有人怀疑他将要赢得比赛。

You work so hard. No wonder that you have made so much progress.

你学习那么努力，难怪你取得如此大的进步。

4. 名词性从句的虚拟语气

1）suggestion, order, advice后的同位语或表语从句用虚拟语气。

Have you made a suggestion that the sports meet be put off until next Sunday?

你建议过运动会应该推迟到下一周吗？

Our advice is that he should work harder at his lessons.

我们的忠告是他应该更努力地学习功课。

2）insist, order, command, demand, suggest, advise, propose, require, request后接的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，其形式是“should +动词原形”，should可省略。

The commander ordered that his soldiers should fight back immediately.

司令官命令他的士兵立刻反攻。

3）若insist后接的宾语从句是已经发生或存在的事实。suggest作“暗示”讲时，宾语从句要用陈述语气。

He insisted that he hadn't stolen the i-Phone5 and that he shouldn't be punished.

他坚持自己没有偷i-Phone 5，不应该受惩罚。

The class teacher's expression on her face suggested that she was pleased with our behaviour.

班主任脸上的表情暗示她对我们的表现很满意。

5. where引导名词性从句、定语从句和状语从句的区别

1）where引导表语从句时，从句紧跟在联系动词之后，而且从句前面没有先行词；where= the place where。

The house is where （= the place where） he worked a few years ago.

这房子是他几年前工作的地方。

2）where引导定语从句时，从句要跟在先行词后面, where = in/on/at which。

He lives in the house where （=　in which） I lived ten years ago.

他居住在我十年前住过的房子里面。

3）where引导状语从句时，从句前面也没有先行词，且where在主从句中都作成分，where = in/at/on/to the place where

Where there is a will, there is a way.

= There is a way in the place where there is a will.

有志者事竟成。

6. who, whoever与no matter who

1）名词性从句表示某个人时，用who引导从句。

Who will come to see us hasn't been known.

谁要来看我们还不知道。

2）名词性从句表示任何人时，用whoever引导从句，whoever=anyone who。

Whoever/Anyone who comes late should be punished.

无论谁来晚了都应该受到惩罚。

3）No matter + wh- 只用来引导让步状语从句，主从句之间有逗号隔开。

No matter what you do, you should try your best to do it well.

无论你干什么事，都应尽力干好。

4）Wh-+ever可以引导名词性从句，也可代替no matter + wh- 引导的状语从句。

Whoever breaks the law should be punished.

无论谁违法都应该受到惩罚。

No matter who/Whoever breaks the law, we should punish him.

无论谁违法，我们都应该惩罚他。

7. 名词性从句都用陈述语序

No one can be sure what man will look like in a million years.

没有人能肯定一百万年后人类看上去会是什么样子。

I wonder what's wrong with him/what's the trouble with him/what's the matter with him.

我不知道他怎么了。

Who do you think he can have gone to Beijing with?

你觉得他可能和谁一起去北京了呢？

8. 从句作主语时，主句中的谓语动词一般用单数，或者与表语保持一致

Where we can get the money is still being discussed.

我们能从哪里搞到钱仍在讨论。

What he wants to get are three books.

他想得到的是三本书。

专项练习

1. The difficulty lies _______ we have no money.

A. in which

B. in the fact that

C. in the fact

D. that

2. She's a different girl from _______ she was five years ago.

A. whom

B. that

C. who

D. what

3. That is _______ happened to the tribe of Indians that then lived in _______ is now Plymouth.

A. what; which

B. whatever; whichever

C. that; that

D. what; what

4. They buried themselves in their studies in the belief _______ they would serve their country with their knowledge.

A. in which

B. that

C. which

D. where

5. The reason why she burst into tears was _______ she didn't want to part with her friends.

A. because

B. since

C. for

D. that

6. The possibilities _______ many species of whales may become extinct soon don't stop some fishermen from continuing to kill them.

A. /

B. of which

C. that

D. why

7. _______ I like best _______ bread and butter.

A. That; is

B. That; are

C. What; are

D. What; is

8. Does it matter _______ will represent us to attend the meeting?

A. you think whoever

B. who do you think

C. you think

D. who you think

9. _______ is _______ me.

A. It rains or not; no concern for

B. Whether it rains or not; of no concern to

C. If or not it rains; no concern about

D. Whether or not it rains; of no concern with

10. You can imagine _______ to skate or ski in Japan, Norway or Canada!

A. how much love

B. what great love

C. how funny love

D. what a love

11. Mike's uncle insists _______ in the hotel.

A. staying not

B. not to stay

C. that we would not stay

D. that he not stay

12. We agreed to accept _______ they thought was the best tourist guide.

A. whatever

B. whomever

C. whichever

D. whoever

13. Although many people view conflict as bad, conflict is sometimes useful _______ it forces people to test the relative merits of their attitudes and behaviors.

A. by which

B. to which

C. in that

D. so that

14. It is essential that these application forms _______.

A. must be sent back as soon as possible

B. will be sent back as soon as possible

C. are sent back as quick as it can

D. be sent back as soon as possible

15. Our teacher recommends that we _______ as attentive as possible when we visit the museum.

A. are

B. shall be

C. ought to be

D. be

16. I suppose that when I come back in ten years' time, all these old houses _______ down.

A. will have been pulled

B. will have pulled

C. will be pulling

D. will be pulled

17. There is _______ the fact that failure is the mother of success.

A. no denying

B. to not deny

C. not to deny

D. of denying

18. She loves the newly born baby so much that her only happiness lies in _______ she can take care of her child by herself.

A. that

B. what

C. when

D. where

19. What do you think _______ we should do with the polluted water?

A. that

B. /

C. how

D. which

20. What the doctors really doubt is _______ my mother will ever recover from the serious disease soon.

A. when

B. how

C. whether

D. why

21. _______ is no possibility _______ Bob can win the first prize in the match.

A. There; that

B. There; whether

C. It; whether

D. It; that

22. He was asked of all the stories he had read _______ was the most interesting.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. as

23. The two areas are similar _______ they both have a high rainfall during this season.

A. except that

B. in that

C. in which

D. despite of

24. It is recommended that the project _______ until all the preparations have been made.

A. is not started

B. was not started

C. will not be started

D. not be started

25. We all agreed to the suggestion _______ we have an outing, but we had a problem _______ we could get there.

A. that; how

B. which; how

C. which; which

D. that; that

答案速查　1-5　BDDBD　6—10　CDDBD　11—15　DDCDD　16—20　AAABC　21—25　ACBDA

综合练习

1. We should respect food and think about the people who don't have _______ we have here and treat food nicely.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. whether

2. Cindy shut the door heavily and burst into tears. No one in the office knew _______ she was so angry.

A. where

B. whether

C. that

D. why

3. As a new graduate, he doesn't know_______it takes to start a business here.

A. how

B. what

C. when

D. which

4. _______ some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.

A. Whether

B. What

C. That

D. How

5. —How about camping this weekend, just for a change?

—OK, _______ you want.

A. whichever

B. however

C. whatever

D. whoever

6. It is uncertain _______ side effect the medicine will bring about, although about two thousand patients have taken it.

A. that

B. what

C. how

D. whether

7. One reason for her preference for city life is _______ she can have easy access to places like shops and restaurants.

A. that

B. how

C. what

D. why

8. Before the sales start, I make a list of _______ my kids will need for the coming season.

A. why

B. what

C. how

D. which

9. When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know _______.

A. he is entering which lane

B. which lane he is entering

C. is he entering which lane

D. which lane is he entering

10. How much one enjoys himself travelling depends largely on_______he goes with, whether his friends or relatives

A. what

B. who

C. how

D. why

11. We haven't discussed yet _______ we are going to place our new furniture.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. where

12. I want to be liked and loved for _______ I am inside.

A. who

B. where

C. what

D. how

13. —Have you finished the book？

—No, I've read up to _______ the children discover the secret cave.

A. which

B. what

C. hat

D. where

14. —I prefer shutting myself in and listening to music all day on Sundays.

—That's _______ I don't agree .You should have a more active life.

A. where

B. how

C. when

D. what

15. Part of the reason why Charles Dickens loved his own novel, David Copperfield, was _______ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.

A. what

B. that

C. why

D. whether

16. _______ a certain doubt among the people as to the practical value of the project.

A. It has

B. They have

C. It remains

D. There remains

17. She is very dear to us. We have been prepared to do _______ it takes to save her life.

A. whichever

B. however

C. whatever

D. whoever

18. The fact has worried many scientists _______ the earth is becoming warmer and warmer these years.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. though

19. Could I speak to _______ is in charge of International Sales please?

A. who

B. what

C. whoever

D. whatever

20. One of the most important questions they had to consider was _______ of public health

A. what

B. this

C. that

D. which

21. The how-to book can be of help to _______ wants to do the job.

A. who

B. whomever

C. no matter who

D. whoever

22. As a new diplomat, he often thinks of _______ he can react more appropriately on such occasions.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. how

23. News came from the school office _______ Wang Lin had been admitted to Peking University.

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. where

24. It is obvious to the students _______ they should get well prepared for their future.

A. as

B. which

C. whether

D. that

25. —Is there any possibility _______ you could pick me up at the airport?

—No problem.

A. when

B. that

C. whether

D. what

26. We should consider the students' request _______ the school library provide more books on popular science.

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. where

27. Many young people in the West are expected to leave _______ could be life's most important decision—marriage—almost entirely up to luck.

A. as

B. that

C. which

D. what

28. The little girl who got lost decided to remain _______ she was and wait for her mother.

A. where

B. what

C. how

D. who

29. The companies are working together to create_______they hope will be the best means of transport in the 21st century.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. who

30. The last time we had great fun was _______ we were visiting the Water Park.

A. where

B. how

C. when

D. why

31. Students are always interested in finding out _______ they can go with a new teacher.

A. how far

B. how soon

C. how often

D. how long

32.When asked _______they needed most, the kids said they wanted to feel important and loved.

A. what

B. why

C. whom

D. which

33. Tomorrow is Tom's birthday. Have you got any idea _______ the party is to be held？

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. where

34. People in Chongqing are proud of _______they have achieved in the past ten years.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. how

35. Some children want to challenge themselves by learning a language different from _______ their parents speak at home.

A. what

B. that

C. which

D. one

36. _______ is known to us all is that the 2008 Olympic Games will take place in Beijing.

A. It

B. What

C. As

D. Which

37. _______ was most important to her, she told me, was her family.

A. It

B. This

C. What

D. As

38. _______ matters most in learning English is enough practice.

A. What

B. Why

C. Where

D. Which

39. The seaside here draws a lot of tourists every summer. Warm sunshine and soft sands make _______ it is.

A. what

B. which

C. how

D. where

40. You can only be sure of _______ you have at present; you cannot be sure of something _______ you might get in the future.

A. that; what

B. what; /

C. which; that

D. /; that

41. Having checked the doors were closed, and _______ all the lights were off, the boy opened the door to his bedroom.

A. why

B. that

C. when

D. where

42. _______ parents say and do has a life-long effect on their children.

A. That

B. Which

C. What

D. As

43. Why not try your luck downtown, Bob? That's _______ the best jobs are.

A. where

B. what

C. when

D. why

44. It is none of your business _______ other people think about you. Believe yourself.

A. how

B. what

C. which

D. when

45. Choosing the right dictionary depends on _______ you want to use it for.

A. what

B. why

C. how

D. whether

46. Can _______ leaves last please lock up?

A. anyone

B. someone

C. whoever

D. no matter who

47. _______ worries me is the way he keeps changing his mind.

A. This

B. That

C. What

D. It

48. —Could you do me a favor?

—It depends on _______ it is.

A. which

B. whichever

C. what

D. whatever

49. What we used to think _______ impossible now does seem possible.

A. is

B. was

C. has been

D. will be

50. _______ team wins on Saturday will go through to the national championships.

A. No matter what

B. No matter which

C. Whatever

D. Whichever

51. A warm thought suddenly came to me _______ I might use the pocket money to buy some flowers for my mother's birthday.

A. if

B. when

C. that

D. which

52. —It's thirty years since we last met.

—But I still remember the story, believe it or not, _______ we got lost on a rainy night.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. when

53. See the flags on top of the building? That was _______ we did this morning.

A. when

B. which

C. where

D. what

54. —What did your parents think about your decision?

—They always let me do _______ I think I should.

A. when

B. that

C. how

D. what

55. _______ makes this shop different is that it offers more personal services.

A. What

B. Who

C. Whatever

D. Whoever

56. Mary wrote an article on _______ the team had failed to win the game.

A. why

B. what

C. who

D. that

57. Elephants have their own way to tell the shape of an object and _______ it is rough or smooth.

A. /

B. whether

C. how

D. what

58. Do you have any idea _______ is actually going on in the classroom?

A. that

B. what

C. as

D. which

59. Danby left word with my secretary _______ he would call again in the afternoon.

A. who

B. that

C. as

D. which

60. Mum is coming. What present _______ for your birthday?

A. you expect she has got

B. you expect has she got

C. do you expect she has got

D. do you expect has she got

61. I was surprised by her words, which made me recognize _______ silly mistakes I had made.

A. what

B. that

C. how

D. which

62. The old lady's hand shook frequently. She explained to her doctor _______ this shaking had begun half a year before, and _______ , only because of this, she had been forced to give up her job.

A. when; how

B. how; when

C. how; how

D. why; why

63. The shopkeeper did not want to sell for _______ he thought was not enough.

A. where

B. how

C. what

D. which

64. The way he did it was different _______ we were used to.

A. in which

B. in what

C. from what

D. from which

65. Great changes have taken place in that school. It is no longer _______ it was 20 years ago, _______ it was so poorly equipped.

A. what; when

B. that; which

C. what; which

D. which; that

66. —I believe _______ you've done your best and _______ things will happen.

—Thank you.

A. that; /

B. /; /

C. what; that

D. /; that

67. The fire destroyed _______ was in the building.

A. all

B. what

C. that

D. which

68. The question he asked was _______ the electrical equipment should be stored.

A. what

B. which

C. where

D. because

69. These photographs will show you _______.

A. what our village looks like

B. what does our village look like

C. how our village looks like

D. how does our village look like

70. A man's worth lies not so much in _______ he has as in _______ he is.

A. that; what

B. what; what

C. that; that

D. what; that

71. _______ I told you just now was _______ had been written in the letter.

A. What; what

B. That; that

C. Whether; what

D. If; who

72. _______ studies hard will pass the examination.

A. Whoever

B. Any student

C. Who

D. Those who

73. Does _______ matter if he can't finish the job in time?

A. it

B. this

C. that

D. he

74. _______ is unknown to us all.

A. Where did he get it

B. Where he got it

C. That where he got

D. Which he got it

75. _______ he will be sent to Hainan is certain.

A. Why

B. Whether

C. That

D. How

76. It isn't decided yet _______ we will attend the meeting.

A. if

B. why

C. that

D. whether

77. _______ they have won the game made us excited.

A. /

B. That

C. What

D. Where

78. The gentleman insisted that he _______ the wallet.

A. had not seen

B. not see

C. would not see

D. did not see

79. You can write about _______ topic you like.

A. which

B. whose

C. whatever

D. no matter what

80. _______ think will take care of the children?

A. Who you

B. Who do you

C. Whom you

D. Whom do you

81. He'd like to know what _______ today.

A. the weather looks

B. does the weather look

C. the weather looks like

D. does the weather look like

82. —Is that your watch?

—No, I can't tell _______.

A. whose is that watch

B. whose that watch is

C. whose watch is that

D. whose watch is

83. No one can be sure _______ in a million years.

A. what man will look like

B. what will man look like

C. man will look like what

D. what look will man like

84. I'd like to know _______ tomorrow.

A. if it rain

B. how is the weather like

C. what the weather is like

D. if will the weather be fine

85. I wonder _______ to come here and get my false teeth fixed.

A. I have how many times

B. how many times have I

C. how many times will I have

D. how many times I have

86. I don't doubt _______ my friend, John will come to China soon.

A. that

B. whether

C. if

D. when

87. Who is _______ spoke first?

A. what that

B. it that

C. that it

D. that what

88. —Do you see why the machine doesn't work?

—Sorry, let's ask the engineer _______.

A. what is the matter

B. what the matter is

C. how is the matter

D. how the matter is

89. You may choose one from _______ was left.

A. that

B. all

C. those which

D. what

90. _______ get this machine?

A. Do you think where can we

B. Where do you think we can

C. Where you think we can

D. Where can you think we

91. The point is _______ we will have our sports meet next week.

A. that

B. if

C. when

D. whether

92. He got the highest marks in the exam. It was all _______ he has worked very hard.

A. why

B. which

C. that

D. because

93. The reason why he failed is _______ he was too careless.

A. because

B. that

C. for

D. because of

94. The book will show you _______ can be used in another context.

A. how what you have observed

B. how you have observed

C. that you have observed

D. how that you have observed

95. The small city was not at all _______ a stranger who dropped into a desert city would expect.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. where

96. _______ college students should learn more about Chinese history.

A. I consider important that

B. I consider it important

C. I consider what is important

D. I consider it important that

97. It is my suggestion that the visit _______ again.

A. will be arranged

B. to be arranged

C. should arrange

D. be arranged

98. _______ is _______ your business.

A. I shall take what measures; something of

B. What measures shall I take; anything of

C. It is what measures I shall take; everything of

D. What measures I shall take; none of

99. His success was due to _______ he had been working hard.

A. the fact that

B. the fact

C. that

D. the fact which

100. _______ we'll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather.

A. If

B. Whether

C. That

D. Where

101. Can you tell me _______?

A. who is that gentleman

B. that gentleman is who

C. who the gentleman is

D. whom is that gentleman

102. All the students cried out, “_______ !”

A. What great fun is it to go swimming now

B. What great fun it is to go swimming now

C. How great a fun is it to go swimming now

D. How great a fun it is to go swimming now

103. I wonder _______.

A. if the coat fit for you

B. if the coat fits you

C. whether does the coat fit you

D. whether the coat fit for you

104. I'm satisfied _______ should be done has already been done.

A. with that

B. by that

C. that what

D. that

105. I wonder _______ he really meant _______ he said.

A. that; that

B. if; that

C. that; what

D. if; what

106. _______ you don't like him is none of my business.

A. What

B. Who

C. That

D. Whether

107. _______ doesn't matter much _______ dress you are going to wear.

A. This; that

B. That; who

C. It; which

D. It; who

108. _______ is unfit for the office.

A. It seems to me that

B. It seems to me that he

C. That seems he

D. That seems to him that

109. Can you tell me _______ you go to the evening school per week?

A. how soon

B. how often

C. how much time

D. how long

110. It makes no difference _______ we'll share the office with.

A. if

B. whether

C. who

D. that

111. I don't know _______ they will do with this old machine.

A. how

B. what

C. that

D. when

112. My idea is _______ we should get more people to do the work.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. all

113. _______ you can cure a patient or not depends on your skills.

A. That

B. Whether

C. Which

D. If

114. It surprised me _______ she had married three times.

A. that

B. when

C. whether

D. if

115. _______ has recently been done to provide more buses for people, a shortage of public vehicles in some areas remains a serious problem.

A. That

B. Though what

C. In spite of what

D. What

116. When we observe the language behavior of _______ we regard as primitive cultures, we find it surprisingly complicated.

A. whose

B. that

C. which

D. what

117. Australia has offered to send a small team of police to help investigate the siege, _______ includes identifying victims and assisting the families to get over _______ is now one of the world's biggest tragedies.

A. who; that

B. which; which

C. what; which

D. which; what

118. Word got round quickly throughout the country _______ the national women's volleyball team had won the championship in the Olympic Games.

A. which

B. that

C. how

D. where

119. After _______ seemed to be a long time, the singer appeared on the stage, facing the excited audience.

A. it

B. that

C. which

D. what

120. Scientists are not sure where the first plant was grown or even _______.

A. what plant it was

B. it was what plant

C. what plant was it

D. what plant was

121. Online shopping is different from traditional shopping _______ our customers don't need to go out but select anything you like at home.

A. in that

B. in which

C. in what

D. in this

122. It was with great joy _______ he received the news _______ he succeeded in his final examination.

A. which; that

B. which; which

C. that; which

D. that; that

123. A hinge joint is _______ permits the forward and backward movement of a door.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. how

124. It is required that every citizen, whoever he _______ , _______ the laws of the country.

A. were; would obey

B. may be; must obey

C. is; obey

D. should be; obey

125. —Do you think the thief entered through the side door?

—No, if he had, I don't believe he _______ the living room window.

A. broke

B. would have broken

C. would break

D. had broken

126. _______ be sent to work there?

A. Who do you suggest

B. Who do you suggest that should

C. Do you suggest who should

D. Do you suggest whom should

127. All of us were so excited at the news _______ we'll go abroad for holidays _______ we jumped with joy.

A. that; that

B. what; and then

C. what; that

D. which; so

128. He never turns to me _______ he is in great trouble.

A. besides

B. but

C. except for

D. except when

129. _______ kinds of animals in the world died out _______ proved true.

A. All; has

B. When some; have

C. While all; have

D. That some; has

130. Tom is different from _______ he was ten years ago, _______ we all know.

A. what; that

B. that; as

C. which; which

D. what; as

131. The doctors are trying to reduce the patient's fear _______ he would die of the disease.

A. which

B. when

C. that

D. if

132. _______ is the center of our planetary system was a difficult concept to grasp in the Middle Ages.

A. It's the sun and not the earth

B. The sun and not the earth

C. Being the sun and not the earth

D. That the sun and not the earth

133. The city is still beautiful, but it is not _______ it used to be.

A. like what

B. as which

C. like that

D. that

134. It's strange you _______ say that.

A. must

B. would

C. might

D. should

135. The problem is _______ he will recover _______ the Olympic Games open.

A. whether; before

B. that; when

C. that; until

D. when; till

136. It was _______ he showed us at the conference _______ shocked all of us.

A. that; that

B. what; that

C. what; which

D. which; that

137. _______ does not strike the hours on a bell should not be called a clock.

A. What

B. It

C. That

D. This

138. What he emphasized over and over again was _______ , no matter how difficult it might be, they should never retreat even for an inch.

A. whether

B. what

C. it

D. that

139. We must make sure that definite results _______ achieved.

A. will be

B. are to

C. have

D. is

140. Evidence has been found through years of study _______ children's early sleeping problem is likely to continue when they grow up.

A. why

B. how

C. whether

D. that

141. I made a promise to myself _______ this year, my first year in high school, would be different.

A. whether

B. what

C. that

D. how

142. The notice came around two in the afternoon _______ the meeting would be postponed.

A. when

B. that

C. whether

D. how

143. No one has given clear evidence _______ he is a spy.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. where

144. The limits of a person's intelligence, generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but _______ he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.

A. where

B. whether

C. that

D. why

145. It doesn't matter _______ you turn right or left at the crossing—both roads lead to the park.

A. whether

B. how

C. if

D. when

146. The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for _______ he could find about Mark Twain.

A. wherever

B. however

C. whatever

D. whichever

147. Scientists study _______ human brains work to make computers.

A. when

B. how

C. that

D. whether

148. As many as five courses are provided, and you are free to choose _______ suits you best.

A. whatever

B. whichever

C. whenever

D. wherever

149. Jerry did not regret giving the comment but felt _______ he could have expressed it differently.

A. why

B. how

C. that

D. whether

150. It suddenly occurred to him _______ he had left his keys in the office.

A. whether

B. where

C. which

D. that

151. Everyone in the village is very friendly. It doesn't matter _______ you have lived there for a short or a long time.

A. why

B. how

C. whether

D. when

152. It is by no means clear _______ the president can do to end the strike.

A. how

B. which

C. that

D. what

153. It doesn't matter _______ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.

A. how

B. whether

C. what

D. why

154. We promise _______ attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.

A. who

B. whom

C. whoever

D. whomever

155. There is clear evidence _______ the most difficult feeling of all to interpret is bodily pain.

A. what

B. if

C. how

D. that

156. The message you intend to convey through words may be the exact opposite of _______ others actually understand.

A. why

B. that

C. which

D. what

157. I am afraid he's more of a talker than a doer, which is _______ he never finishes anything.

A. that

B. when

C. where

D. why

158. We've offered her the job, but I don't know _______ she'll accept it.

A. where

B. what

C. whether

D. which

159. The villagers have already known _______ we'll do is to rebuild the bridge.

A. this

B. that

C. what

D. which

160. The shocking news made me realize _______ terrible problems we would face.

A. what

B. how

C. that

D. why

161. It is still under discussion _______ the old bus station should be replaced with a modern hotel or not.

A. whether

B. when

C. which

D. where

162. It is not always easy for the public to see _______ use a new invention can be of to human life.

A. whose

B. what

C. which

D. that

163. Before a problem can be solved, it must be obvious _______ the problem itself is.

A. what

B. that

C. which

D. why

164. _______ Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.

A. Which

B. What

C. That

D. Whom

165. It was never clear _______ the man hadn't reported the accident sooner.

A. that

B. how

C. when

D. why

166. His writing is so confusing that it's difficult to make out _______ it is he is trying to express.

A. that

B. how

C. who

D. what

167. Our teachers always tell us to believe in _______ we do and who we are if we want to succeed.

A. why

B. how

C. what

D. which

168. Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach _______ to read fast.

A. what

B. who

C. how

D. why

169. When the news came _______ the war broke out, he decided to serve in the army.

A. since

B. which

C. that

D. because

170. Modern science has given clear evidence _______ smoking can lead to many diseases.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. where

171. I'd like to start my own business-that's _______ I'd do if I had the money.

A. why

B. when

C. which

D. what

172. Despite the fact _______ they lacked food, the explorers continued towards the goal.

A. which

B. that

C. what

D. whether

173. Portable videophones will show us _______ is happening at the other end of the line.

A. which

B. what

C. how

D. why

174. I have no idea _______ the journalist could have got his information from.

A. that

B. why

C. when

D. where

175. _______ comes will be welcomed to the open-air concert.

A. Whatever

B. Whoever

C. No matter what

D. No matter who

第3章　状语从句

【答案链接】

i. 时间状语从句

1. when, while, as

1）当表示主句的动作正在进行的过程中从句的动作发生了，这时when, while, as可以换用。

He entered the room when/while/as the meeting was going on.

他进入房间时，会议正在进行。

2）当表示两个短动作同时发生时，when= as

As/When Jim finished the speech, the audience burst into applause.

当吉姆结束自己的讲话时，听众们突然发出热烈的掌声。

2. 只能用when的情况：

1）当主句的谓语是was/were doing,从句的动作突然发生时；

I was reading when the bell rang.

我正在读书时突然门铃响了。

2）当主句的谓语是was/were about to do时；

He was about to go when the policeman arrived.

他正要走时，警察来了。

3）当主句的谓语是was/were going to do时；

I was going out when it started to rain.

我正要出去呢，就在这时天下雨了。

4）当主句的谓语是was/were on the point of doing时；

She was on the point of falling asleep when the earthquake happened.

她正要入睡呢，就在这时地震发生了。

5）当主句的谓语是had just done sth.时；

He had just got off the car when it caught fire.

他刚下车，车就着火了。

6）When it comes to ...意为“当提到……时”

When it comes to his childhood, a sweet smile always can be seen on his face.

当提到他的童年的时候，总能看到甜蜜的微笑浮现在他的脸上。

3. 用while的情况

1）while引导的时间状语从句的谓语必须是延续性动词，而不能是非延续性动词。

He fell asleep while he was reading.

他在阅读的时候睡着了。

While she was cooking, I was watching TV.

她在做饭而我在看电视。

Please buy me some postcards while you are in Beijing.

你在北京的时候请给我买几张明信片。

They got married while they were still at university.

他们在上大学的时候结了婚。

2）while可以表示主、从句所言的两种情况相反或相对比，可译为“而，然而”，但此时while引导的不是时间状语从句。

She thought I was talking about her daughter, while in fact, I was talking about my daughter.

她以为我在谈论她女儿，然而事实上我在谈论我的女儿。

I noticed that Harold's marbles grew fewer and fewer, while the other boys' pockets grew fatter and fatter.

我注意到哈罗德的弹子越来越少，而别的男孩子衣袋却越来越鼓。

4. 只能用as的情况

1）as表示“随着……”之意时；

As the day went on, the weather got worse.

随着日子的一天天过去，天气变得更糟了。

2）as表示“一边……一边”时；

As/while she was milking, she was singing.

她一边挤奶一边唱歌。

3）当表示主从句两个短暂性动作同时发生时;

He fell to the ground just as he reached the school gate.

就在他到达学校门口时摔倒在了地上。

4）与名词连用，表示“在作为……的时候”

As a young man, he was a storekeeper and a postmaster.

年轻的时候，他当过店主和邮政局长。

5. 表示“一……就……”的连词或短语

1）as soon as当主句是一般将来时时，从句必须用一般现在时表示将来。

As soon as I finish my homework, I will watch TV.

我一做完作业就看电视。

2）在hardly ... when/no sooner ... than/scarcely ... when结构中，当hardly/scarcely/no sooner放在句首时，主句必须用倒装语序；主句的时态须用过去完成时，从句须用一般过去时。

Hardly had I entered the room when I heard a loud noise.

我一进房间就听到一声巨响。

No sooner had I got home than I turned on TV.

我一到家就打开电视。

3）the moment/the minute/the second/the instance ...后直接接从句。

The moment he arrives at school, he will telephone me.

他一到学校就会给我打电话。

4）immediately, instantly ...后直接接从句

Every morning we get up immediately/instantly we hear the bell ring.

每天早上我们一听到铃响就起床。

6. every morning/every time/every day/every year（每……）后直接接从句

Every time he comes to Shanghai, he comes to see me.

每次他来上海，都来看我。

7. It was +时间点+ when引导从句

1）it指时间点，时间前无介词，when从句是状语从句；当主句是一般将来时时，when从句用一般现在时。

It was 11 o'clock when I got home last night.

昨天夜里我到家时是十一点。

2）注意：时间前有介词是强调句。

It was at 11 o'clock that I got home last night.

昨天夜里我正是在十一点到家的。

8. before

1）... before ... could表示“没有来得及做某事就……”，主句经常用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时。

He (had) hit me in the face before I could have time to explain to him.

我还没有来得及向他解释呢，他就打了我一耳光。

2）在“it was(not) + 一段时间+ before从句（一般过去时）”结构中，

主句是肯定句时，意为“过多长时间才……”；主句是否定句时，意为“没过多久就……”。

It was 3 days before he came to himself.

过了三天他才苏醒了。

It wasn't long before he realized the mistakes he had made.

没过多久他就认识到自己犯的错误。

3）“it will be (not) +一段时间+before从句（一般现在时）”主句是一般将来时，从句要用一般现在时表示将来。

It won't be long before we meet again.

过不了多久我们就会又见面的。

It will be 9 months before she takes the college entrance exam.

再过九个月他就要参加高考了。

9. until

1）（not）... until ...在肯定句中主句的谓语动词必须是延续性动词；在否定句中主句的谓语动词经常是非延续性动词，也可以是延续性动词。

He stayed here until he finished his work.

他一直呆在这里直到工作完成。

I didn't go to bed until the TV play was over.

直到电视剧结束了我才睡了。

2）It was not until ... that ...强调从句时，需把not放在从句前面。

It was not until he finished his job that he went home.

直到工作完成了他才回家。

3）not until在句首时，主句要部分倒装。

Not until he finished his speech did he go back to his seat.

直到他讲完了话，才回到了座位上。

4）until相当于till,语气上until更甚于till，当在句首时，只能用until。

Not until he finished his work did he go home.

直到做完了家庭作业他才回家。

10. since

1）since从句总是与时态是现在完成时的主句连用，从句用一般过去时。

He has worked in this school since he came here.

自从他来这里到现在一直在这个学校工作。

2）“It is/has been +一段时间+ since从句”意为 “从……到现在多久了”。

It is ten years since he came here.

自从他来这里到现在已经十年了。

It has been two month since the school started.

自从学校开办到现在已经两个月了。

3）some time has passed since ...表示“从……到现在过去多久了”。

Ten years has passed since he came here.

自从他来这里到现在十年过去了。

—How was the party?

—Wonderful, it's years since I enjoyed myself so much.

——晚会开得怎么样？

——棒极了，好多年都没有这么高兴过了。

11. the first time, the last time, next time, each time相当于连词引导时间状语从句。

The first time I came to Shanghai, I lost my way.

第一次来上海我就迷路了。

Each time I go to Beijing, I go to visit Tiananmen Square.

每次去北京我都要去参观天安门。

12. by the time引导时间状语从句时，主句谓语动词须用完成时态。

By the time he comes back, I will have finished my homework.

到他回来的时候，我将会已经完成了我的作业。

By the time I arrived there, he had left for Shanghai.

到我到达那里的时候，他已经动身去上海了。

13. 时间状语从句的时态一致

1）当主句是一般将来时，时间状语从句必须用一般现在时表示将来。

I will telephone you as soon as I get the news from him.

我一得到来自他的消息就会马上给你打电话。

2）当主句是一般将来时时，若是状语从句强调动作完成，从句也可以用现在完成时。

Don't get off the bus until it has stopped.

公交车停了再下车。

专项练习

1. A good storyteller must be able to hold his listeners' curiosity _______ he reached the end of the story.

A. when

B. unless

C. after

D. until

2. He transplanted the little tree to the garden _______ it was the best time for it.

A. where

B. when

C. that

D. until

3. He was about to tell me the secret _______ someone patted him on the shoulder.

A. as

B. until

C. while

D. when

4. _______ you understand this rule, you'll have no further difficulty.

A. While

B. Once

C. Though

D. Unless

5. Substances will expand or contract _______ heated or cooled, but this is not the case with water.

A. when they will be

B. if they will be

C. as they being

D. when

6. It will not be long _______ man can harness the solar energy and make it serve mankind.

A. since

B. before

C. when

D. after

7. It was found that although the girl could perceive things with her fingers, this ability ceased, _______ her hands were wet.

A. the moment when

B. the moment

C. in that moment

D. before

8. A man escaped from the prison last night. It was a long time _______ the guards discovered what had happened.

A. before

B. until

C. since

D. when

9. We hadn't met for 20 years, but I recognized her _______ I saw her.

A. the moment

B. the moment when

C. for the moment

D. at the moment when

10. _______ he entered the university, his English has been much improved.

A. Before

B. After

C. When

D. Since

11. He has been to Beijing for several times _______ he came to China.

A. before

B. when

C. since

D. as

12. I watched him _______ he disappeared from sight in the distance.

A. unless

B. until

C. as

D. when

13. It was going to be some time _______ he would see his parent again.

A. since

B. until

C. when

D. before

14. Many young people rose and shouted _______ the pop singer appeared on the stage.

A. at the moment

B. on seeing

C. the moment

D. when they saw

15. _______ air traffic is closely controlled, flying is relatively safe.

A. Once

B. Unless

C. Although

D. As soon as

16. They had only been married for no more than three months _______ they began to quarrel with each other.

A. since

B. until

C. after

D. before

17. Scarcely had I finished the work _______ I went home.

A. before

B. than

C. as

D. when

18. We were walking down the street _______ he saw one of his old friends.

A. then

B. when

C. so

D. but

19. It _______ he returns to his native land.

A. is long before that

B. is long before

C. won't be long before

D. will be long since

20. _______ the Europeans knew what a compass was, the Chinese had put it into practical use.

A. Before long

B. Long since

C. Long ago

D. Long before

21. _______ on a clear day far from the city crowds, the mountains give him a sense of infinite peace.

A. Walking

B. When one is walking

C. If walking

D. When walking

22. I thought him a pleasant person to work with _______ I met him.

A. the first time

B. for the first time

C. first time

D. by the first time

23. He has been in hospital _______ he had his right leg broken last month.

A. because

B. when

C. after

D. since

24. _______ he decided to go there alone, none of us can stop him.

A. Once

B. Unless

C. Before

D. Since

25. Doing your homework is a sure way to improve your test scores, and this is especially true _______ it comes to the classroom tests.

A. before

B. as

C. since

D. when

答案速查　1-5　DBDBD　6—10　BBAAD　11—15　CBDCA　16—20　DDBCD　21—25　BADAD

ii. 地点状语从句

1. where引导的状语从句表示特定的地点。

1）where = in/on/to/at the place where

You should put the book where it was.

你应该把书本放回原处。

Go where you would like to.

你想去哪里就可以去哪里。

2）where引导的状语从句经常在谓语动词后，从句前没有先行词。

He lives where he used to.

他就住在他原来住的地方。

3）where引导的地点状语从句，从句经常出现在主句前。

Where there is smoke, there's fire.

无风不起浪。

4）在状语从句中，where不能像引导定语从句那样可与in/on which互换。

She stayed where her father was born.

她呆在他父亲的出生地。

2. wherever引导的状语从句表示非特定的地点。

1）wherever=in/on/to/at any place where。

You can stay wherever you want to.

你可以住在任何你想住的地方。

2）wherever可引导地点状语从句，也可以引导让步状语从句。

They must go wherever we send them.

我们派他们去哪里，他们就得去哪里。

Wherever you go, I go too.

无论你到什么地方，我都去。

3）引导地点状语从句时，从句总是放在主句的谓语动词后，而引导让步从句时，从句总是放在主句前面。

Wherever you go, you should do your work well.

无论你到哪里，你都应该做好工作。

3. 由-where构成的复合词也可以引导地点状语从句，常见的复合词是：anywhere, everywhere。

Everywhere I go, I find the same thing.

不管我走到哪里，我都发现同样的情况。

With a special train ticket you can travel anywhere you like in Europe.

持有专用火车票，就可以到欧洲你喜欢的任何地方去旅游。

4. 地点状语也可以采取无动词从句结构，如：where(ver) possible, where necessary, wherever feasible。

Where(ver) possible, all moving parts should be tested.

只要有可能，所有的可移动的零件都应得到测验。

Wherever feasible, the illustrations have been taken from standard literature.

在可行的情况下，插图都已经从标准文献中取出了。

专项练习

1. I have kept this picture _______ I can see it every day, as it always reminds me of school days in America.

A. which

B. where

C. whether

D. when

2. You should be firm _______ you think yourself to be right.

A. in which

B. where

C. what

D. however

3. —Where do you plan to go?

—I've made up my mind to go _______ I'm most needed.

A. to the place

B. to which

C. that

D. where

4. _______ human beings live in great numbers, the waters are very likely to become contaminated.

A. That

B. Where

C. Even if

D. Though

5. There were dirty marks on her trousers _______ she had wiped her hands.

A. where

B. which

C. when

D. that

6. Don't leave that sharp knife _______ our little Jane can get it.

A. in which

B. to which

C. that

D. where

7. I can't temenber the sitting room _______ my mother and I used to sit in the evening.

A. what

B. which

C. that

D. where

8. When you read the book, you'd better make a mark _______ you have any questions.

A. at which

B. at where

C. the place where

D. where

9. Sit _______ you like.

A. any place

B. wherever

C. any place where

D. any place that

10. They must go _______ we send them.

A. to the place which

B. to any place that

C. there where

D. wherever

答案速查　1-5　BBDBA　6—10　DDDBD

iii. 条件状语从句

1. 当主句是一般将来时时，条件状语从句必须用一般现在时表将来。

We'll hold a sports meeting next Sunday if it is fine.

如果下周日是晴天我们将举行运动会。

2. If表示正面的条件，unless表示反面的条件，unless=if ... not。

I shall go there tomorrow if it doesn't rain.

如果明天不下雨我就去那里。

I shall go there tomorrow unless it rains.

我明天要去那里除非天下雨。

3. if可以引导虚拟条件句，其他连词不可以。

If I were you, I would not have followed his idea.

若我是你，我当初是不会听从他的建议的。

4. if only引导的从句谓语必须用虚拟语气。only if“只有”，从句用陈述语气，主句语序须倒装。

If only I were studying in a famous university now!

若我现在就在一所名牌大学学习该多好啊！

Only if you work hard can you pass the college entrance examination.

只有努力学习，你才能通过大学入学考试。

5. so/as long as意为“只要”。

As （So) long as you keep on trying, you will surely succeed in the end.

只要你坚持尝试，你最终就一定能成功。

6. supposing that= suppose that表示假设。

Supposing that it rains, I won't come to school tomorrow.

假如天下雨，我明天就不上学了。

7. providing (that) = provided (that)意为“如果，只要”。

You may come providing (that) you are allowed.

许你来你就来。

I will go with you, provided (that) my expenses are paid.

只要有人给我出钱，我就同你一起去。

8. on condition that表示“以……为条件”。

You can do anything well on condition that you put your heart into it.

只要你把全部身心投入进去，就能做好任何事情。

9. in case= for fear that意为“以免，以防”。

Take an umbrella with you in case it snows.

带上雨伞吧以免天下雪。

10. given that意为“倘若考虑到……”。

Given that he is only a child, he has done very well.

倘若考虑到他还是个孩子的话，他已经做得很好了。

11. 可与含有if条件状语从句的复合句进行转换的两个句型：

1）祈使句/名词短语+ and/or +简单句

Think hard and you'll have a good idea.

=If you think hard, you'll have a good idea.

仔细想一想你就会有好办法的。

2）分词+简单句

Thinking hard, you'll have a good idea.

仔细想一想，你就会有好主意的。

12. 当will, shall用于条件从句中时，不表示将来时间，而表示现在的意愿、意图等。

If you will listen to me, I'd like to give you a suggestion.

如果你愿意听我说，我想给你提一条建议。

专项练习

1. I think our boat can pass the treacherous water _______ cautiously handled.

A. until

B. if

C. lest

D. with

2. I'll give you a lift _______ I get home _______ you get off.

A. before; if

B. after; as

C. if; before

D. until; before

3. You'll succeed in time _______ you study hard.

A. unless

B. as long as

C. even if

D. even though

4. The robber told him that he had better keep silent _______ he wanted to get into trouble.

A. if

B. unless

C. otherwise

D. whether

5. I have made a promise _______ anyone can tell me the secret, I'll give him a little present.

A. that if

B. that

C. when

D. so long as

6. Don't let her leave the department _______ she is not ready to.

A. if

B. though

C. unless

D. till

7. I wrote these words down _______ I should forget.

A. for

B. so

C. lest

D. since

8. We are sure to do the work well _______ we don't lose heart.

A. for

B. so long as

C. as if

D. since

9. He would be punished _______ he should make the same mistake again.

A. unless

B. if

C. provided

D. lest

10. Anyone can borrow books from this library _______ he keeps them clean and returns them in time.

A. even if

B. unless

C. so that

D. as long as

11. _______ you return those books to the library immediately, you will have to pay a fine.

A. Until

B. Unless

C. If

D. Provided

12. The parents did not allow their son to swim in the sea _______ he might have an accident some day.

A. for fear that

B. in case of

C. besides

D. and that

13. It is a gripping story and one can't put it down _______ one has finished reading it.

A. after

B. when

C. unless

D. until

14. They agreed to rent the house　 _______ the roof should be repaired.

A. on condition that

B. as soon as

C. when

D. unless

15. The more civilized man has become, _______ he is limited by the disadvantage of his environment.

A. and the more

B. the less

C. test

D. and the less

答案速查　1-5　BABBA　6—10　ACBBD　11—15　BADAB

iv. 原因状语从句

1. because意为“因为”。

1）回答why引出的疑问句，只能用because回答。

—Why did you come late?

—Because I missed the bus.

——你为什么来晚了呢？

——因为我没有赶上公交车。

2）对原因状语从句强调时，只能强调because引导的状语从句。

It was because he didn't obey the rule that he was punished.

他正是因为不遵守规章而受了惩罚。

3）在only, just, simple等强调词后，只能用because。

He didn't learn English well just because he didn't work hard at it.

他没有学好英语只是因为他没有下功夫学。

4）与not连用，构成并列because分句时，只能用because。

He didn't come to the party, not because he refused to, but because he was badly ill.

他没有来参加晚会，不是因为他拒绝来，而是因为他得了重病。

2. as意为“由于”，语气比because弱。

As it is going to rain, we'd better hurry up.

由于天要下雨了，我们最好快点吧。

3. since=now that意为“既然”，通常位于句首。

1）since引导的从句总是位于主句前面。

Since you say so, I suppose it is true.

既然你这么说，我就假设它是真的。

2）表示明显的原因或事实。

Since everyone may make mistakes in life, we will give him a chance.

既然每个人一辈子都会犯错误，我们就给他一次机会吧。

3）now that具有时间概念，所引导的从句中的谓语动词多为现在时态。

Now that you are old enough to judge things, you'd better decide what to do next.

既然你大了能够做出判断了，你最好决定下一步做什么吧。

4. for意为“因为”。

1）经常把结果当原因，即用于倒果为因的说法，为主句所说的话提供推断的理由。

Someone in the house must be ill, for the doctor has just come out.

房子里一定有人病了，因为医生刚刚从里面出来。

2）for引导的从句只能放在主句后面，而且需要逗号与主句隔开。

He must have seen the film, for he knows so much about it.

他肯定看过那部电影，因为他对那部电影了解很多。

5. in that是复合连词，意为“因为；在于，在……方面”。

He didn't go abroad for further study in that he couldn't afford to do that.

他没有出国深造在于他付不起出国的钱。

6. considering that= seeing that意为“既然……；考虑到……”。

Considering that he was badly ill, he shouldn't keep on working so hard.

既然他病的那么重，就不应该继续那么卖劲儿工作了。

7. 介词短语+ that

1）on the grounds that ...

He left on the grounds that he was ill.

他以生病为由离开了。

2）for the reason that ...

He cannot be charged with murder for the simple reason that he was not in town when the crime was committed.

他不可能被指控谋杀，原因很简单：案发时他不在城里。

3）by reason that ...

He was not severely punished for his crime by reason that he was very young.

他没有因其犯罪而受到严厉惩罚因为他很年轻。

4）for fear (that) ...

Shut the window for fear that it may rain.

关上窗户以防下雨。

8. 复合介词+the fact that ...

1）on account of the fact that ...

On account of the fact that all the trains were delayed, the station was crowded with people.

由于所有火车都晚点了，火车站里挤满了人。

2）in the view of the fact that ...

We had to speed up in view of the fact that we had no time left.

我们只好加速，因为我们没有时间了。

3）Owing to the fact that ...

Owing to the fact that I had lost his address, I did not know where I could find him.

由于丢了他的地址，我不知道在哪里能找到他。

4）Because of the fact that ...

Because of the fact that they got to the airport too late, they could not buy the tickets they wanted.

由于到机场太晚，他们未能买到想要的票。

5）Due to the fact that ...

In summer very few visitors travel in Africa due to the fact that the weather is extremely hot.

由于天气很热，夏天非洲游客很少。

专项练习

1. Parents should take seriously their children's request for sunglasses _______ eye protection is necessary in sunny weather.

A. because

B. though

C. unless

D. if

2. _______ the weather was fine, I opened all the windows.

A. As

B. Because of

C. For

D. With

3. _______ you wouldn't like to go there, you might as well stay here.

A. Even if

B. Even

C. Now that

D. Although

4. _______ time went on, what our teacher said proved true.

A. As

B. Since

C. With

D. Because

5. He married _______ he loved her but because he was indebted to her.

A. because not

B. not because

C. because

D. though

答案速查　1-5　AACAB

v. 让步状语从句

1. although引导的让步状语从句不能倒装，经常放在主句之前。

Although she is rich, she is unhappy.

尽管她很富有但是却不幸福。

2. though引导的让步状语从句可以倒装也可以不倒装，可以放主句前后。

Though English is hard to learn, we must learn it well.

= Hard to learn though English is, we must learn it well.

尽管英语难学，我们一定要把它学好。

3. as意为“尽管”。

1）引导让步从句时，从句必须倒装。

Strong as he is, he can't lift the heavy stone.

尽管他很强壮，他却不能扛起这块石头。

2）倒装是把从句的表语提前，表语是名词时，名词前面不用冠词，无论是否有形容词修饰。

Child as/though he is, he knows a lot.

尽管他是个孩子，却知道很多东西。

Young man as he is, he is respected by his colleagues.

尽管他是个年轻人，却受到同事们的尊敬。

3）没有表语时，将状语提前。

Hard as he worked, he didn't pass yesterday's English exam.

尽管他学习很努力，却没有通过昨天的英语考试。

4）没有状语时，将部分谓语提前。

Try as he may, he won't succeed.

尽管他可能会去尝试，但不会成功。

4. even if= even though意为“即使”。

Even though/if you don't like wine, you can just try a little.

尽管你不喜欢酒，你也可以尝一点。

5. while=although意为“虽然”，从句只能放在主句前面，而且不能倒装。

While the house prices are very high, he has bought quite a few of the good houses.

虽然房价很高，他却买了好几套漂亮房子。

6. wh-ever意为“无论……”。whatever/whenever/wherever/whoever/whichever/however=no matter what/when/where/who/which/how。

Whatever/No matter what you do, you should do it well.

无论你干什么，你都应该把它干好。

Whoever/No matter who you are, you must obey the rules.

无论你是谁，都应该遵守规章制度。

1）whoever, whichever, whatever可以引导状语从句也可以引导名词性从句。

Whatever you do, you should think it over first.

无论你干什么事，都应事先仔细考虑。

You can give the book to whoever likes to read.

你可以把书本给任何喜欢读书的人。

2）no matter wh-只能引导让步状语从句，不能引导名词性从句。

No matter what I did/Whatever I did, no one paid any attention.

无论我做什么，没有人关注。

No matter when and how the invaders come, they will be wiped out clean.

无论侵略者何时, 以何种方式来，他们都将被彻底地消灭。

Whatever should be done/No matter what should be done is worth doing well.

任何应该做的事，都值得做好。

3）whenever, wherever, however只能引导让步状语从句。

However often you ring, no one will answer.

无论你怎样不停地打电话，都不会有人接。

Wherever he is/may be, he must be found.

无论他在哪里，都必须找到。

7. however +形容词/副词=no matter how +形容词/副词意为“无论多么……”。

However cold it is tomorrow, I'll come to help you.

无论明天多么冷，我都会来帮助你的。

8. whether ... or (not)意为“无论（是否）”。

Whether you like English or not, you must learn it well.

无论你是否喜欢英语，都必须学好它。

9. despite the fact that ... = in spite of the fact that意为“不管”。

Despite the fact that he has made a mistake, he is still a noble man.

=In spite of his mistakes, he is still a noble man.

尽管他犯了错误，仍然是一位高尚的人。

He came to the meeting despite his illness/despite the fact that he was ill.

尽管生了病，他还是来参加会议。

10. 让步状语从句都不能与but连用。

While I admit that the problems are difficult, I don't agree that they cannot be solved.

尽管我承认这些问题很难， 但是我不认为它们不能解决。

11. that有时相当于as，也可以引导让步状语从句，这时从句须倒装，其倒装形式与as从句相同。

Child that he was, he knew what was the right thing to do.

尽管是个孩子，他也知道什么是正确的该做的事情。

12. 用-ed分词结构表示让步状语，含有被动完成的含义。

Though invited, I didn't go.

尽管受到邀请，我也没有去。

Even though given every attention, the man was not satisfied.

尽管备受关注，那人还是不满意。

13. 用-ing分词结构表示让步状语，含有主动伴随的含义。

Waking or sleeping, this subject is always in my mind.

无论醒着还是睡眠中，这个主题总是在我的脑子里。

14. 用无动词分句表示让步概念。

Well or sick, calm or worried, she is always paying much attention to her child's safety.

无论身体好坏，安逸还是烦恼，她总是很关注孩子的安全。

Whatever your problems (are), they can't be worse than mine.

无论你的问题是什么，都不会比我的更糟糕。

专项练习

1. _______ , Mother will wait for him to have dinner together.

A. However late is he

B. However he is late

C. However is he late

D. However late he is

2. If we work with a strong will, we can overcome any difficulty, _______ great it is.

A. what

B. how

C. however

D. whatever

3. _______ , I have never seen anyone who's as capable as John.

A. As long as I have traveled

B. Now that I have traveled so much

C. Much as I have traveled

D. As I have traveled so much

4. —Dad, I've finished my assignment.

—Good, and _______ you play or watch TV, you mustn't disturb me.

A. whenever

B. whether

C. whatever

D. no matter

5. If that idea is wrong, the project is bound to fail, _______ good all the other ideas might be.

A. whatever

B. though

C. how

D. however

6. _______ , I have never seen any interest place is as beautiful as Zhangjiajie.

A. As long as I have traveled

B. Now that I have traveled so much

C. Much as I have traveled

D. As I have traveled so much

7. _______ we want to help each other, we should point out each other's shortcomings.

A. Now that

B. Although

C. Unless

D. When

8. —Did you enjoy yourself at the party?

—Yes, _______ I didn't know anybody.

A. even

B. even though

C. as if

D. as though

9. _______ difficulties we meet, we will always keep on trying to do our best.

A. How

B. However

C. What

D. Whatever

10. Naughty _______ Tom is, he is never late _______ his homework.

A. as; for

B. though; with

C. that; by

D. while; with

11. The landowners in India would not vote to lose their land and wealth, _______ it resulted _______ a fairer society.

A. whether; of

B. even though; of

C. as if; in

D. even if; in

12. No matter how _______ , he couldn't do any better.

A. he worked hard

B. hard he worked

C. hardly he worked

D. he worked hardly

13. My father doesn't want to buy a car now, _______ he needs one in fact.

A. but

B. so

C. because

D. though

14. _______ Shanghai many times, but he still doesn't know the city very well.

A. He has been to

B. He has gone to

C. Though he has been to

D. Having been to

15. _______ life in a poor country can be difficult, it can broaden a person's view of the world.

A. If

B. Although

C. Because

D. When

16. _______ it is that you've found, you must give it back to the person it belongs to.

A. That

B. Because

C. Whatever

D. However

17. He gave up the hope of passing the examination _______ he had already failed it twice.

A. unless

B. if

C. because

D. until

18. _______ as he is, he has rich experience in teaching.

A. The young

B. The young man

C. A young man

D. young man

19. Rod is determined to get a seat for the concert _______ it means standing in a queue all night.

A. as if

B. provided

C. even if

D. whatever

20. The engineers are going on with their highway project, _______ the expenses have risen.

A. even though

B. just because

C. now that

D. as though

答案速查　1-5　DCCBD　6—10　CABDB　11—15　DBDAB　16—20　CCDCA

vi. 比较状语从句

1. than/as后主语若是人称代词，该代词既可用主格，也可用宾格。若代词后还有动词，则只能用主格。

China is stronger than she used to be.

中国比以前更强大。

He is taller than me by three years.

他比我大三岁。

2. 表示相同程度的比较：

1）as +原级+ as

She dances as well as her sister.

她舞跳得和她姐姐一样好。

2）the same (+表示量度的名词)+ as

Your watch is not the same as mine.

你的手表和我的不一样。

3）as ... as从句中，若副词as后的形容词修饰一个单数可数名词时，注意语序应为：as +形容词+a/an+名词+ as

I am not as good a student as you.

我不是你这样的好学生。

3. 表示较高程度的比较：

1）“the +比较级……，the +比较级……”表示“越……,就越……”

The more you read, the more you will know.

你读的东西越多，你就知道得越多。

2）“the + 形容词比较级+ of +名词”表示两者之间较为突出者“更加……”。

Tom is the older of the two students.

汤姆是两个学生中较大的那个。

3）当形容词比较级修饰可数名词作定语时，前面通常加不定冠词。

John has a higher opinion of Mary than of Jane.

约翰对玛丽评价要比对简的评价高。

4. 表示最高程度时的结构：

1）the +最高级+比较范围

Changjiang River is the longest river in China.

长江是中国最长的河流。

He is the tallest student of us three.

他是我们三个中个子最高的。

2）比较级+ than + any other +名词单数

=比较级+ than + any of the other +名词复数

=比较级+ than + anyone else/anybody else/anything else。

China is larger than any other country in Asia.

=　China is larger than any of the other countries in Asia.

= China is larger than any country else in Asia.

中国比亚洲任何国家都大。

3）比较级+ than + any +名词单数（比较双方不属于同一范围）

India is larger than any country in Africa.

印度比非洲的任何国家都大。

4）否定词+ as/so ... as

No one is as old as our monitor in our class.

我们班里没有人比我们班长年纪大。

5）否定词+比较级

No student is cleverer than our monitor in our class.

我们班里没有学生比我们班长聪明。

6）second to none意为“首屈一指，最好”

America is second to none in the world in terms of wealth.

美国是世界上首屈一指的富国。

7）有时候形容词最高级前面不加定冠词或加不定冠词，表示“非常”。

English is a most useful language in our daily life.

英语是我们日常生活中一种很有用的语言。

5. 表示“最……之一”：

1）among +形容词最高级+名词复数

Nile River is the longest among the rivers in the world.

尼罗河是世界上最长的河流之一。

2）one of the + 形容词最高级+名词复数

Nile River is one of the longest rivers in the world.

尼罗河是世界上最长的河流之一。

6. 表示较低程度的比较

1）not + as/so +原级+ as

English is not so easy for me to learn as Chinese.

对我来说英语不如汉语容易学。

2）less +原级+ than

Japanese is less interesting to me than English.

对我来说日语不如英语有趣。

7. 可以修饰比较级的词有：rather, much, many, still, even, far, any, a bit, a little, a lot, a great deal,还有表倍数和度量的名词。

1）many修饰的比较级后接可数名词

There are many more books in our library than in our class.

我校图书馆里的书远比我们班里的书多得多。

2）much修饰的比较级后接不可数名词

Though he has much more money, he isn't as happy as me.

尽管他有更多的钱，他却没有我快乐。

8. 可用于修饰最高级的词有almost, nearly, much, very, by far, the next, the+序数词。

This hat is by far/nearly/almost the biggest one I have seen.

这是我见过的最大的帽子。

9. 表示倍数的比较结构有：

1）A is twice/three times, etc. + bigger/longer/higher/older, etc. + than B

This building is twice taller than the one we built last year.

这座楼是我们去年建的楼的两倍高。

2）A is three times/four times, etc. + as big/long/high/old, etc. + as B

Huanghe River is three times as long as this river.

黄河是这条河的三倍长。

3）A is three times/four times, etc. + the size/length/height/age, etc. + of B

Nanjing Road is four times the width of the road in front of our school.

南京路是我校前面路宽的四倍。

4）A is one-third/one-fourth, etc. + the size/length/height/width/age, etc + of B

This tree is one-third the height of the one in front of our teaching building.

这棵树是我们教学楼前那棵树的三分之一高。

10. 比较状语从句中的避免重复：

1）than引导从句时，从句中常常省略与主句相同的部分。

This house is less expensive than the other one (is).

这座房子不如那座房子贵。

2）than从句中，常用助动词do或其他助动词或情态动词代替与主句相同的部分。

He works harder than I do.

他学习比我更努力。

3）从句中用one, that或those分别代替主句中的相应可数名词单数、不可数名词或可数名词复数。

The population in China is larger than that in India.

中国的人口比印度的人口多。

4）than ever/before/usual/never/reported/was necessary/to do sth.

He works harder than before.

他比以前学习更努力。

专项练习

1. In recent years, travel companies have succeeded in selling us the idea that the further we go, _______.

A. our holiday will be better

B. our holiday will be the better

C. the better our holiday will be

D. the better will our holiday be

2. John plays football _______ , if not better than, David.

A. as well

B. as well as

C. so well

D. so well as

3. How beautifully she sings! I have never heard _______?

A. the better voice

B. a good voice

C. the best voice

D. a better voice

4. “The cloth is _______ magnificent!” they said.

A. the most

B. very most

C. most

D. much more

5. I've got _______ work to do on such a _______ cold day.

A. much too; much too

B. too much; too much

C. too much; much too

D. much too; too much

6. The price was very reasonable; I would gladly have paid _______ he asked.

A. three times much as

B. three times as many as

C. as three times much as

D. three times as much as

7. She wore a dress to the party that was far more attractive than _______.

A. other girls

B. that of other girls

C. the other girls

D. those of other girls.

8. He can play tennis better than _______ in the class.

A. any boys

B. any other boy

C. any boy

D. any other

9. _______ the child expresses his interest in an activity, the stronger it will become.

A. The more frequent

B. The frequenter

C. The more frequently

D. the frequentlier

10. I was worried very much because I'll miss my flight if the bus arrives _______.

A. lately

B. late

C. latter

D. more later

11. I like _______ one of the two books.

A. the older

B. oldest

C. the oldest

D. older

12. Of the two cups, he bought _______.

A. the smaller

B. the smallest

C. small

D. smaller

13. China is larger than _______ in Africa.

A. any other country

B. other countries

C. the other countries

D. any country

14. Your room is _______ mine.

A. twice as large than

B. twice the size of

C. bigger twice than

D. as twice large as

15. The earth is about _______ as the moon.

A. as fifty time big

B. fifty times as big

C. as big fifty times

D. fifty as times big

答案速查　1-5　CBDCC　6—10　DDBCB　11—15　AADBB

vii. 方式状语从句和目的状语从句

1. as if = as though意为 “好像，仿佛”，两者用法相同，从句既可以用陈述语气也可以用虚拟语气。

It looks as if/as though it is going to rain.

天看上去要下雨。

He treats me as if I were a child.

她就像对待小孩子一样对待我。

2. as意为“像……,犹如……,正如……，按照……”。

Please do it as I told you.

请按照我说的去做。

When in Rome do as the Romans do.

入乡随俗。

Just as water is the most important to fish, so is air to man.

正如水对鱼来说是最重要的一样，空气对我们来说也是如此。

3. the way意为“……的方式/样子”，相当于the way （that/in which)，引导定语从句。

I don't like the way you treat me.

我不喜欢你对待我的那种方式。

He doesn't like the way I speak to him.

他不喜欢我对他说话的方式。

4. 目的状语从句的谓语动词通常含有may, might, can, could等情态动词；从句若为否定句，谓语多用should结构。

Study hard (so) that you can pass the entrance examination next year.

努力学习明年你就能考上大学。

Start early tomorrow in order that you should not arrive at the station late.

明天早点儿动身以便到火车站不会迟到。

5. lest, in case,和for fear (that)意为“以防”，引导目的状语从句，从句中通常用虚拟语气。

Take an umbrella with you in case it rains/should rain.

随身带把雨伞吧，以免天下雨。

She emphasized it again and again lest/for fear that he (should) forget.

她再三强调以免他忘记。

6. so that引导的从句通常位于主句之后；而in order that引导的从句可以位于主句的前后。

In order that everyone should hear him clearly, he spoke aloud.

为了大家都能听清楚，他提高了嗓门。

7. so that既可以引导目的状语从句，也可以引导结果状语从句。当从句谓语中含有情态动词时，该从句是目的状语从句，若从句谓语不用情态动词，而多用动词过去时，该从句是结果状语从句。

They study hard so that they can pass the college entrance examination this year.

他们努力学习以便能够今年通过大学入学考试。

They studied hard so that they passed the college entrance examination last year.

他们学习很努力，结果去年考上了大学。

8. that, so都可以引导目的状语从句。

Take this medicine (so) that you can recover soon.

吃了这药，以便康复得更快。

Speak louder so (that) the people in the hall can all hear you.

大声讲，让大厅里的人都能听清楚。

专项练习

1. He spoke in a careless way _______ he cared nothing about it.

A. as if

B. though

C. even if

D. even though

2. When a gun was pointing against your head, you should do _______.

A. like you were told to

B. as to what told to

C. like what you were told to

D. as you were told to

3. Helen listened carefully _______ she might discover exactly what John wanted.

A. so as that

B. in case

C. providing

D. in order that

4. Just tell me what subject you'd like me to talk on _______ I could get some notes ready.

A. so that

B. in order

C. so

D. just as

5. John may phone again tonight. I don't want to go out _______ he phones.

A. as long as

B. in order that

C. in case

D. so that

答案速查　1-5　ADDAC

viii. 结果状语从句

1. so that, so ... that都可以引导结果状语从句。

He left for the station very early so that he caught the train to Shanghai.

他动身去火车站很早，于是赶上了去上海的火车。

The weather was so hot that we had to put off the sports meeting.

天气如此的热，我们只好推迟了运动会。

2. so +形容词/副词+ that从句

The wind was so strong that we could hardly move forward.

风如此大，以至于我们几乎不能前行。

3. so +形容词+ a/an +名词+ that从句

It was so hot a day that no one would like to go out and play.

天那么热以至于没有人想出去玩。

4. such + a/an +(形容词)+名词+ that从句

I gave him such a shock that his face turned white.

我把他吓了一跳，他的脸都变白了。

5. such +形容词+名词 (复数/不可数)+ that从句

They are such difficult problems that no one in our class can work them out.

它们是如此难的问题以至于我们班里没有人能够算出来。

6. such + a/an +形容词+名词+ that从句= so +形容词+ a/an +名词+ that从句

It was such a hot day that no one would like to go out and play.

=It was so hot a day that no one would like to go out and play.

天如此的热以至于没有人想出去玩。

7. so + many/much/few/little（少）+名词+ that从句

He made so many mistakes in the exam that his teacher was very angry.

他考试中犯了那么多错误，老师都生气了。

8. “so +形容词/副词”放在句首时，要引起主句的部分倒装。

So difficult were the maths problems in yesterday's exam that almost no one in our class worked them out all correctly.

昨天的数学考试题那么难，我们班几乎没有一个学生全做出来。

9. “such+(a/an)+形容词+名词”放句首时，要引起主句的部分倒装。

Such rapid progress did he made that he soon began to write articles in English.

他取得这样快的进步，所以他不久就开始用英文写稿了。

10. so和that都可以单独用来引导结果状语从句。

That animal has so small a mouth (that) it can hardly eat anything.

这个动物嘴很小，以至于几乎不能吃食。

I'm not a fool that you shouldn't expect me to be cheated by you from time to time.

我不是傻瓜，所以你不应当指望我再三受你的骗。

11. with the result that引导从句。

He had never worked hard at his lessons with the result that he couldn't pass the college entrance examination last year.

他从来不在功课上下功夫结果去年没有通过高考。

专项练习

1. He has _______ that it is difficult for him to travel.

A. such heavy a work load

B. too heavy a work load

C. so heavy a work load

D. much heavy a work load

2. She was so angry at all _______ he was doing _______ she walked out, and closed the door.

A. that; that

B. what; that

C. what, as

D. that, which

3. There was such a long line at the exhibition _______ we had to wait for about half an hour.

A. as

B. that

C. so

D. hence

4. _______ that I couldn't support myself at that moment.

A. I was weak enough

B. I was too weak

C. So weak I was

D. So weak was I

答案速查　1—4　CABD

ix. 关于状语从句的其他问题

1. as/so far as意为“至于……，就……”, 可以引导状语从句，表示程度、范围等。

1）as/so far as sb. know据某人所知。

2）as/so far as sb. can see在某人看来。

3）as/so far as sb. judge据某人判断。

4）as/so far as sth./sb. be concerned就某人/某事而言，对某人/某事来说。

5）as/so far as sth. goes就某事而言。

2. 状语从句的省略条件：

1）主从句的主语一致，从句的谓语动词是be的某种形式

He fell off the tall tree while (he was) playing in it.

他在树上玩的时候从上面掉了下来。

Her mother works very hard although (she is) badly ill.

她妈妈工作很努力尽管病得很厉害。

2）从句的主语是it，从句的谓语动词是be的某种形式

If (it is) necessary I'll have the letter copied.

如果必要的话，我可以请人把这信复制一下。

If (it is) possible, I should like to have two copies of it.

可能的话我希望有两本。

As scheduled, they met on January 20 at the Chinese Embassy.

他们按原计划于1月20日在中国大使馆见了面。

3. 几种常见的可省略的状语从句：

1）if/unless +主语+ be的条件状语从句

Unless (it is) well managed, the work cannot be finished in time.

这项工作不可能如期完成，除非妥善管理。

2）although/though/even if/even though +主语+ be的让步状语从句

He knows a lot though (he is) a child.

尽管他是个孩子，却知道得很多。

3）when/while/as/before/after/until/till+主语+be的时间状语从句

Be careful when (you are) crossing the street.

过马路的时候要当心。

4）as/as if +主语+be的方式状语从句

He was in a hurry as if (he was) looking for something.

他如此匆忙好像在找什么东西。

5）as/than +主语+be的比较状语从句

They will try to put the plan into practice as quickly as (it is) possible.

他们将尽快把这个计划付诸实施。

4. 状语从句省略后的几种情况：

1）连词+形容词（if necessary/possible, when very young, wherever possible ...）

Fill in the blanks with articles where necessary.

在空格中必要的地方填入冠词。

2）连词+名词（as if a fool, although a child ...）

He always acts as if a fool.

他总是表现得像个傻瓜一样。

3）连词+分词(when arriving, until asked to, even if invited to, than expected ...)

Don't go to the party even if invited to.

即使受到邀请也不要去参加晚会。

4）连词+不定式（as if to speak ...）

He opened his mouth from time to time as if to speak.

他张了张嘴，好像要说什么话。

5）连词+介词短语（while at college, as if in search of something ...）

He looked here and there as if in search of something.

他瞧瞧这里看看那里好像找什么东西。

专项练习

1. _______ I know, the computer can never take the place of the human brain.

A. As for

B. As long as

C. So far for

D. So/As far as

2. If _______ , he will help you out of the difficulty.

A. he is possible

B. it was possible

C. possible

D. was possible

3. Although _______ his best in maths these days, he has still got no good marks.

A. he did

B. he doing

C. is doing

D. doing

4. It's a perfectly good law _______ , but it doesn't deal with the real problems.

A. as far as it goes

B. as long as it goes

C. so long as it goes

D. so far as I know

5. The boy will make a lot of trouble when _______ alone.

A. leaving

B. leave

C. left

D. being left

6. Try to explain this new theory and give actual examples _______.

A. if it needed

B. when necessary

C. where they are possible

D. when you are possible

7. If _______ , his experiment will be successful.

A. do carefully

B. did carefully

C. carefully done

D. doing carefully

8. _______ in the dark, his head hit against a tree.

A. When walking

B. When he was walking

C. Walked

D. He was walking

9. —Will you go and attend her party？

—No， _______ invited to.

A. if

B. when

C. for not

D. Even if

10. You mustn't touch it unless _______.

A. asking to do

B. asked to

C. asking to

D. to be asked

答案速查　1-5　DCDAC　6—10　BCBDB

综合练习

1. Tim is in good shape physically _______ he doesn't get much exercise.

A. if

B. even though

C. unless

D. as long as

2. The school rules state that no child shall be allowed out of the school during the day, _______ accompanied by an adult.

A. once

B. when

C. if

D. unless

3. _______ you may have, you should gather your courage to face the challenge.

A. However a serious problem

B. What a serious problem

C. However serious a problem

D. What serious a problem

4. Because of the heavy traffic, it was already time for lunch break_______ she got to her office.

A. since

B. that

C. when

D. until

5. John thinks it won't be long _______ he is ready for his new job.

A. when

B. after

C. before

D. since

6. Today, we will begin _______ we stopped yesterday so that no point will be left out.

A. when

B. where

C. how

D. what

7. She had just finished her homework_______her mother asked her to practice playing the piano yesterday.

A. when

B. while

C. after

D. since

8. My parents don't mind what job I do _______ I am happy.

A. even though

B. as soon as

C. as long as

D. as though

9. You can't borrow books from the school library _______ you get your student card.

A. before

B. if

C. while

D. as

10. Peter was so excited _______ he received an invitation from his friend to visit Chongqing.

A. where

B. that

C. why

D. when

11. All the dishes in this menu, _______ otherwise stated, will serve two to three people.

A. as

B. if

C. though

D. unless

12. Because of the financial crisis, days are gone _______ local 5-star hotels charged 6,000 yuan for one night.

A. if

B. when

C. which

D. since

13. _______ unemployment and crime are high, it can be assumed that the latter is due to the former.

A. Before

B. Where

C. Unless

D. Until

14. What a table! I've never seen such a thing before. It is _______ it is long.

A. half not as wide as

B. wide not as half as

C. not half as wide as

D. as wide as not half

15. Simon thought his computer was broken _______ his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on.

A. until

B. unless

C. after

D. because

16. I'd like to arrive 20 minutes early _______ I can have time for a cup of tea.

A. as soon as

B. as a result

C. in case

D. so that

17. It wasn't until nearly a month later _______ I received the manager's reply.

A. since

B. when

C. as

D. that

18. Unlike watching TV, reading is a highly active process (过程) _______ it requires attention as well as memory and imagination.

A. until

B. but

C. unless

D. for

19. The old tower must be saved, _______ the cost.

A. however

B. whatever

C. whichever

D. wherever

20. You must keep on working in the evening _______ you are sure you can finish the task in time.

A. as

B. if

C. when

D. unless

21. That was really a splendid evening. It's years _______ I enjoyed myself so much.

A. when

B. that

C. before

D. since

22. John is the tallest boy in the class, _______ according to himself.

A. five foot eight as tall as

B. as tall as five foot eight

C. as five foot eight tall as

D. as tall five foot eight as

23. —Did Jack come back early last night?

—Yes. It was not yet eight o'clock _______ he arrived home.

A. before

B. when

C. that

D. until

24. Allow children the space to voice their opinions, _______ they are different from your own.

A. until

B. even if

C. unless

D. as though

25. The more I think about him, the more reasons I find for loving him _______ I did.

A. as much as

B. as long as

C. as soon as

D. as far as

26. _______ you've tried it, you can't imagine how pleasant it is.

A. Unless

B. Because

C. Although

D. When

27. —How long do you think it will be _______ China sends a manned spaceship to the moon?

—Perhaps two or three years.

A. when

B. until

C. that

D. before

28. Jenny was very sad over the loss of the photos she had shot at Canada, _______ this was a memory she especially treasured.

A. as

B. if

C. when

D. where

29. “You can't have this football back _______ you promise not to kick it at my cat again,” the old man said firmly.

A. because

B. since

C. when

D. until

30. I had just stepped out of the bathroom and was busily drying myself with a towel _______ I heard the steps.

A. while

B. when

C. since

D. after

31. _______ environmental damage is done, it takes many years for the ecosystem (生态系统) to recover.

A. Even if

B. If only

C. While

D. Once

32. He was about halfway through his meal _______ a familiar voice came to his ears.

A. why

B. where

C. when

D. while

33. _______ he has limited technical knowledge, the old worker has a lot of experience.

A. Since

B. Unless

C. As

D. Although

34. We're just trying to reach a point _______ both sides will sit down together and talk.

A. where

B. that

C. when

D. which

35. How can you expect to learn anything _______ you never listen？

A. in case

B. even if

C. unless

D. when

36. His plan was such a good one _______ we all agreed to accept it.

A. so

B. and

C. that

D. as

37. This is a very interesting book. I'll buy it, _______.

A. how much may it cost

B. no matter how it may cost

C. however much it may cost

D. how may it cost

38. My parents were quarrelling about me _______ I could not quite tell why.

A. since

B. though

C. if

D. until

39. —Mom, what did your doctor say?

—He advised me to live _______ the air is fresher.

A. in where

B. in which

C. the place where

D. where

40. —Why didn't you tell him about the meeting?

—He rushed out of the room _______ I could say a word.

A. before

B. until

C. when

D. after

41. The cost of living in Glasgow is among the lowest in Britain, _______ the quality of life is probably one of the highest.

A. since

B. when

C. as

D. while

42. If you are traveling _______ the customs are really foreign to your own, please do as the Romans do.

A. in which

B. what

C. when

D. where

43. In time of serious accidents, _______ we know some basic things about first aid, we can save lives.

A. whether

B. until

C. if

D. unless

44. _______ most of the earth's surface is covered by water, fresh water is very rare and precious.

A. As

B. Once

C. If

D. Although

45. I won't call you _______ something unexpected happens.

A. unless

B. whether

C. because

D. while

46. We all know that, _______ , the situation will get worse.

A. not if dealt carefully with

B. if not carefully dealt with

C. if dealt not carefully with

D. not if carefully dealt with

47. _______ he had not hurt his leg, John would have won the race.

A. If

B. Since

C. Though

D. When

48. Pop music is such an important part of society _______ it has even influenced our language.

A. as

B. that

C. which

D. where

49. Small sailboats can easily turn over in the water _______ they are not managed carefully.

A. though

B. before

C. until

D. if

50. _______ I really don't like art, I find his work impressive.

A. As

B. Since

C. If

D. While

51. The field research will take Joan and Paul about five months; it will be a long time _______ we meet them again.

A. after

B. before

C. since

D. when

52. Leave your key with a neighbor _______ you lock yourself out one day.

A. ever since

B. even if

C. soon after

D. in case

53. The village has developed a lot _______ we learned farming two years ago.

A. when

B. which

C. that

D. since

54. You will be successful in the interview _______ you have confidence.

A. before

B. once

C. until

D. though

55. Most birds find it safe to sleep in the trees, but _______ they have eggs or young chicks, they don't use a nest.

A. why

B. how

C. unless

D. where

56. He was told that it would be at least three more months _______ he could recover and return to work.

A. when

B. before

C. since

D. that

57. _______ there is a snowstorm or some other bad weather, the mail always comes on time.

A. Because

B. If

C. When

D. Unless

58. _______ tomorrow, our ship will set sail for Macao.

A. However the weather is like

B. However is the weather like

C. Whatever is the weather like

D. Whatever the weather is like

59. It is difficult for us to learn a lesson in life _______ we've actually had that lesson.

A. until

B. after

C. since

D. when

60. Many of them turned a deaf ear to his advice, _______ they knew it to be valuable.

A. as if

B. now that

C. even though

D. so that

61. My parents live in a small village. They always keep candles in the house _______ there is power out.

A. if

B. unless

C. in case

D. so that

62. We had to wait half an hour _______ we had already booked a table.

A. since

B. although

C. until

D. before

63. —Have you got any idea for the summer vacation？

—I don't mind where we get _______ there's sun, sea and beach.

A. as if

B. as long as

C. now that

D. in order that

64. The weather was _______ cold that I didn't like to leave my room.

A. really

B. such

C. too

D. so

65. A small car is big enough for a family of three _______ you need more space for baggage.

A. once

B. because

C. if

D. unless

66. —Did you return Fred's call？

—I didn't need to _______ I'll see him tomorrow.

A. though

B. unless

C. when

D. because

67. I'm sorry you've been waiting so long, but it'll still be some time _______ Brian gets back.

A. before

B. since

C. till

D. after

68. Please remind me of the meeting again tomorrow _______ I forget.

A. thought

B. so that

C. in case

D. until

69. _______ this is only a small town, it's crowded with tourists who come here all year round.

A. Since

B. Unless

C. Once

D. Although

70. —Are you ready for Spain？

—Yes, I want the girls to experience that _______ they are young.

A. while

B. until

C. if

D. before

71. _______ well prepared you are, you still need a lot of luck in mountain climbing.

A. However

B. Whatever

C. No matter

D. Although

72. We'll have a picnic in the park this Sunday _______ it rains or it's very cold.

A. since

B. if

C. unless

D. until

73. All people, _______ they are old or young, rich or poor, have been trying their best to help those in need since the disaster.

A. even if

B. whether

C. no matter

D. however

74. _______ hungry I am, I never seem to be able to finish off this loaf of bread.

A. Whatever

B. Whenever

C. Wherever

D. However

75. I used to love that film _______ I was a child, but I don't feel it that way any more.

A. once

B. when

C. since

D. although

76. You'd better not leave the medicine _______ kids can get at it.

A. even if

B. which

C. where

D. so that

77. Animals suffered at the hands of Man _______ they were destroyed by people to make way for agricultural had to provide food for more people.

A. in which

B. for which

C. so that

D. in that

78. —Do you have a minute? I've got something to tell you.

—Ok, _______ you make it short.

A. now that

B. if only

C. so long as

D. every time

79. Don't promise anything _______ you are one hundred percent sure.

A. whether

B. after

C. how

D. unless

80. _______ the Internet is of great help. I don't think it's a good idea to spend too much time on it.

A. If

B. While

C. Because

D. As

81. —What was the party like?

—Wonderful. It's years _______ I enjoyed myself so much.

A. after

B. before

C. when

D. since

82. Mother was worried because little Alice was ill, especially _______ father was away in France.

A. as

B. that

C. during

D. if

83. Why do you want a new job _______ you got such a good one already？

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. when

84. After the war, a new school building was put up _______ there had once been a theatre.

A. that

B. where

C. which

D. when

85. You will be late _______ you leave immediately.

A. unless

B. until

C. if

D. or

86. If we work with a strong will, we can overcome any difficulty, _______ great it is.

A. what

B. how

C. however

D. whatever

87. She doesn't speak _______ her friend, but her written work is excellent.

A. as well as

B. so often as

C. so much as

D. as good as

88. He'll be happy _______ he may be.

A. when

B. if

C. because

D. wherever

89. We'll build a power station _______ water resources are plentiful.

A. where

B. in which

C. because

D. wherever

90. The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as he _______.

A. will arrive

B. arrives

C. is arriving

D. is going to arrive

91. The volleyball match will be put off if it _______.

A. will rain

B. rains

C. rained

D. is raining

92. Remember to send me a photo of your son next time you _______ to me.

A. write

B. will write

C. are writing

D. would write

93. If city noises _______ from increasing, people _______ shout to be heard even at the dinner table in 20 years from now.

A. are not kept; will have to

B. are not kept; have to

C. do not keep; will have to

D. do not keep; have to

94. I need one more stamp before my collection _______.

A. has completed

B. completes

C. has been completed

D. is completed

95. As she _______ the newspaper, Granny _______ asleep.

A. read; was falling

B. was reading; fell

C. was reading; was falling

D. read; fell

96. If it _______ for the snow, we _______ the mountain yesterday.

A. were not; could have climbed

B. were not; could climb

C. had not been; could have climbed

D. had not been; could climb

97. —If he _______ , he _______ that food.

—Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.

A. was warned; would not take

B. had been warned; would not have taken

C. would be warned; had not taken

D. had warned; wouldn't have got

98. It is 50 years _______ the People's Republic of China was founded.

A. after

B. before

C. when

D. since

99. Not until I began to work _______ how much time I had wasted.

A. didn't I realize

B. did I realize

C. I didn't realize

D. I realized

100. Not until all the fish died in the river _______ how serious the pollution was.

A. did the villagers realize

B. the villagers realized

C. the villagers did realize

D. didn't the villagers realize

101. It was _______ it rained heavily that they didn't come.

A. as

B. because

C. for

D. since

102. Why not buy a cheaper one, _______ you don't have enough money？

A. since

B. because

C. for

D. though

103. It is ten years _______ I left home.

A. when

B. after

C. since

D. as

104. He speaks English _______ he speaks his mother tongue.

A. so good as

B. as good as

C. so well as

D. as well as

105. Try _______ he might, he couldn't get out of difficulty.

A. when

B. where

C. till

D. as

106. _______ I saw the computer,I showed great interest in it.

A. At first

B. For the first time

C. Until

D. The first time

107. I don't think you'll be able to understand this formula(公式) _______ you finish school.

A. as if

B. only when

C. even

D. even when

108. I often visited Tian An Men Square _______ I was staying in Beijing.

A. until

B. during

C. while

D. throughout

109. He always thinks I'm wrong, _______ I say.

A. no matter whatever

B. whatever

C. what

D. that

110. _______ the rain has stopped, let's continue to work.

A. For

B. Now that

C. That

D. Because

111. _______ , I am sure that the boy is honest.

A. Whatever people say

B. No matter people say

C. What people say

D. It doesn't matter people say

112. I knew Mr. Green _______ I knew Mrs. Green.

A. long before

B. before long

C. long ago

D. after long

113. They waited _______ it was dark before leaving, _______ they didn't want anyone to see them leave.

A. since; because

B. until; as

C. unless; for

D. so; because

114. _______ often you ring, no one will answer.

A. How

B. However

C. Whom

D. Whenever

115. I will never give up _______ they do to stop me.

A. no matter what

B. how

C. what

D. though

116. Father was _______ busy in working _______ he often forgot rest or meals.

A. very; that

B. so; that

C. such; as

D. enough; as

117. We made a decision _______ there would be rain, we should stay at home.

A. that

B. if

C. that if

D. whether

118. I usually watch TV in the evening _______ I have to study for an examination.

A. because

B. unless

C. while

D. the moment

119. I had lived there for over thirty years _______ I wanted to return to my motherland again.

A. until

B. after

C. while

D. when

120. It was a long time _______ I went to sleep again.

A. when

B. while

C. before

D. until

121. He must be ill, _______ he looks so pale.

A. since

B. because

C. as

D. for

122. I'll take no steps _______ you arrive.

A. and

B. since

C. until

D. while

123. You will catch cold _______ put on more clothes.

A. if you

B. if you will not

C. unless you

D. until you

124. _______ he woke _______ slept, this subject was always in his mind.

A. If; and

B. Both; and

C. Either; or

D. Whether; or

125. We had hardly got to the station _______ it began to rain.

A. until

B. since

C. while

D. when

126. They were surprised that a child should work out the problem _______ they themselves couldn't.

A. once

B. then

C. while

D. if

127. My name is Robert, _______ most of my friends call me Bob for short.

A. then

B. instead

C. however

D. but

128. _______ difficulties are ahead, _______ we are sure to make greater achievements.

A. Although; yet

B. Although; still

C. /; yet

D. all of the above

129. People don't know the value of health _______ they lose it.

A. till

B. before

C. after

D. Either A or B

130. I didn't help him, not _______ I was unwilling.

A. because

B. since

C. as

D. for

131. I really wonder _______ he has posted me many parcels _______ we worked together.

A. how; after

B. why; when

C. when; before

D. why; since

132. _______ the desert can be called a sea, _______ the camels are the ships in the sea.

A. When; so

B. If; then

C. Because; so

D. If; so

133. One never expects his success to come _______ he decides to take up hard work.

A. while

B. when

C. until

D. since

134. _______ you talk to someone or write a message, you show your skills to others.

A. At times

B. Every time

C. By the time

D. Some times

135. Although he is so considered a great writer, _______.

A. his works are not widely read

B. but his works are not widely read

C. however his works are not widely read

D. still his works is not widely read

136. _______ he came to town, he would visit our school.

A. After

B. When

C. As

D. While

137. I hurried _______ I wouldn't be late for class.

A. since

B. so that

C. as if

D. unless

138. _______ he comes, we won't be able to go.

A. Without

B. Unless

C. Except

D. Even

139. Leave your key with your neighbor _______ you lock yourself out one day.

A. as long as

B. even though

C. in case

D. as if

140. If you happen to get lost in the wild, you'd better stay _______ you are and wait for help.

A. why

B. where

C. who

D. what

141. Hot _______ the night air was, we slept deeply because we were so tired after the long journey.

A. although

B. as

C. while

D. however

142. One's life has value _______ one brings value to the life of others.

A. so that

B. no matter how

C. as long as

D. except that

143. _______ hard you try, it is difficult to lose weight without cutting down the amount you eat.

A. However

B. Whatever

C. Whichever

D. Whenever

144. _______ I always felt I would pass the exam, I never thought I would get an A.

A. While

B. Once

C. If

D. Until

145. —Coach, can I continue with the training?

—Sorry, you can't _______ you haven't recovered from the knee injury.

A. until

B. before

C. as

D. unless

146. A number of high buildings have arisen _______ there was nothing a year ago but ruins.

A. when

B. where

C. before

D. until

147. He smiled politely _______ Mary apologized for her drunken friends.

A. as

B. if

C. unless

D. though

148. It is hard for the Greek government to get over the present difficulties _______ it gets more financial support from the European Union.

A. if

B. unless

C. because

D. since

149. You can borrow my car _______ you promise not to drive too fast.

A. unless

B. even if

C. in case

D. as lone as

150. All the photographs in this book, _______ stated otherwise, date from the 1950s.

A. unless

B. until

C. once

D. if

151. —Look at those clouds!

—Don't worry. _______ it rains, we'll still have a great time.

A. Even if

B. As though

C. In case

D. If only

152. I had hardly got to the office _______ my wife phoned me to go back home at once.

A. when

B. than

C. until

D. after

153. Everything was placed exactly _______ he wanted it for the graduation ceremony.

A. while

B. when

C. where

D. though

154. I don't believe we've met before, _______ I must say you do look familiar.

A. therefore

B. although

C. since

D. unless

155. Tom looked upon the test as an obstacle _______ his classmates regarded it as a challenge.

A. while

B. because

C. unless

D. if

156. _______ you take a photo, you should always check the position of the sun.

A. Before

B. After

C. Because

D. Though

157. The police officers in our city work hard _______ the rest of us can live a safe life.

A. in case

B. as if

C. in order that

D. only if

158. He had his camera ready _______ he saw something that would make a good picture.

A. even if

B. if only

C. in case

D. so that

159. To show our respect, we usually have to take our gloves off _______ we are to shake hands with.

A. whichever

B. whenever

C. whoever

D. wherever

160. Jack wasn't saying anything, but the teacher smiled at him _______ _______ he had done something very clever.

A. as if

B. in case

C. while

D. though

161. _______ volleyball is her main focus, she's also great at basketball.

A. Since

B. Once

C. Unless

D. While

162. If a lot of people say a film is not good, I won't bother to see it, or I'll wait _______ it comes out on DVD.

A. whether

B. after

C. though

D. until

163. It was a nice meal, _______ a little expensive.

A. though

B. whether

C. as

D. since

164. Please call my secretary for a meeting this afternoon, or _______ it is convenient to you.

A. whenever

B. however

C. whichever

D. wherever

165. One Friday, we were packing to leave for a weekend away _______ my daughter heard cries for help.

A. after

B. while

C. since

D. when

166. It was April 29, 2001 _______ Prince William and Kate Middleton walked into the palace hall for the wedding ceremony.

A. that

B. when

C. since

D. before

167. Frank insisted that he was not asleep _______ I had great difficulty in waking him up.

A. whether

B. although

C. for

D. so

168. As is reported, it is 100 years _______ Tsinghua University was founded.

A. when

B. before

C. after

D. since

169. No matter how _______ , it is not necessarily lifeless.

A. a desert may be dry

B. dry a desert may be

C. may a desert be dry

D. dry may a desert be

170. He had no sooner finished his speech _______ the students started cheering.

A. since

B. as

C. when

D. than

171. The new stadium being built for the next Asian Games will be _______ the present one.

A. as three times big as

B. three times as big as

C. as big as three times

D. as big three times as

172. _______ regular exercise is very important, it's never a good idea to exercise too close to bedtime.

A. It

B. As

C. Although

D. Unless

173. _______ all of them are strong candidates, only one will be chosen for the post.

A. Since

B. While

C. If

D. As

174. _______ some people come here for a short break , others have decided to stay forever.

A. Because

B. If

C. Once

D. While

175. Viewers continue to watch TV _______ they complain about the quality of the programming.

A. even though

B. as if

C. as long as

D. unless

第4章　非谓语动词

【答案链接】

I. 动词不定式

i. 不定式作主语和表语

To think of you makes me old.

想你使我变老。

To see one time is better than to hear a hundred times.

眼见一遍胜过耳听百遍。

1. 口语中常用it作形式主语。

It takes me thirteen minutes to get to school from home.

从家到学校要花我13分钟。

It made me angry to hear him talk like that.

听到他那样说让我愤怒。

2. 若说明不定式动作对于执行者的影响，常在不定式前加for sb.。

It is not hard for us to learn English well in six years.

六年内学好英语对我们来说不算难。

It is a great honor for me to be present at the meeting.

我很荣幸来出席这个会议。

3. 但是以表示人的行为品质的形容词作表语时（如kind, good, nice, wise, clever, silly, wrong, right, foolish, stupid, careless, considerate, rude, naughty, polite, agreeable），不定式前加of sb.。

It's very kind of you to come and help us.

你真好来帮助我。

It's nice of you to be so considerate.

你这么体贴人真好。

4. 不定式作表语，表示目的、结果、同意、命令、安排、决定、劝告等意义。

His wish is to be a doctor.

他的愿望是当大夫。

They are to marry next week.

他们计划下周结婚。

My job is to teach you English.

我的工作是教你英语。

5. 用it作形式主语，其真正的主语也可以是for + there to be结构。

It was a pity for there to be any disagreement in the family.

家庭有不一致的观点是很遗憾的事。

6. 当主语和表语都是不定式时，其含义一是条件，二是结果。

To see is to believe.

眼见为实。

7. 不定式作表语时，主语也常是what引导的名词性从句，表语说明其内容。

What he is considering is to get enough money to buy a car.

他在考虑的是搞到足够的钱买辆车。

8. 不定式作表语时，主语部分有行为动词do，不定式也可省略to。

What he wants to do now is （to） find a good job.

他现在想做的是找到一份好工作。

专项练习

1. How _______ the problem will be discussed some time later this afternoon.

A. to solve

B. to be solve

C. being solved

D. solving

2. Is it necessary _______ the geography book at once?

A. for her to return

B. that she must return

C. her returning

D. of him to return

3. It _______ forty-five minutes _______ there by bus.

A. costs; to get

B. costs; getting

C. takes; to get

D. takes; getting

4. This grammar point is _______ later.

A. to explain

B. to have been explained

C. to be explained

D. to be explaining

5. Tom seemed _______ the good news.

A. to learn

B. to be learning

C. to have learned

D. to have been learning

答案速查　1-5　AACCC

ii. 不定式作宾语

1. 只能以不定式作宾语，而不能以动名词作宾语的动词有：

(“希”“望”干) wish, hop, expect, long, desire；

(早“打算”) plan, mean, prepare, attempt, intend;

(“同意”“否”) agree, consent, refuse, decline;

（“寻”“问” 看）seek, ask, beg;

(“选”“定”了) choose, decide, determine, promise;

(“尽”“自愿”) manage, volunteer, tend;

(“称”“失败”) claim, fail;

（“敢”“装蒜”）dare, pretend

We decided to have a meeting this afternoon.

我们决定今天下午开会。

He promised to buy me a present for my birthday.

他承诺给我买个生日礼物。

She pretended to be sleeping when I came in.

我进来的时候她假装在睡觉。

2. 可用于“动词+ it +形容词/名词+ to do sth.结构中的动词：feel, find, make, think, believe,　consider等。

I find it difficult to work with him.

我发现难以和他一起工作。

I believe it best to give up smoking.

我认为最好戒烟。

He thought it a great pity not to have invited her.

他认为没有邀请她是很遗憾的。

3. 后接动词不定式作宾语的形容词有：happy, glad, pleased, sure, ready, anxious, eager, free, afraid, willing等。

He is always ready to help others.

他总是乐于助人。

I am pleased to meet you.

我很高兴认识你。

4. 有些介词后也可以用不定式作宾语，如介词but, about, except, save等。当介词前有行为动词do时，不定式省去to。

I had no choice but to lie down and sleep.

我无可选择只有躺下睡觉。

He did nothing but play yesterday.

昨天他除了玩没有干任何事情。

She would like to do anything except study.

除了学习，她什么都愿意干。

5. “疑问词+不定式”常作下列动词的宾语：decide, find, forget, know, learn, remember, settle, consider, wonder等，疑问词可以是what, where, who(m), when, how, whether, which等，why除外。

I don't know what to do next.

我不知道下一步该做什么。

6. 有些双宾语及物动词也可以跟“疑问词+不定式”作直接宾语。

The teacher taught us how to sing the English songs last week.

老师上周教授我们如何唱英语歌曲。

7. 带疑问词的不定式通常也可以作介词的宾语。

Whether we will hold the sports meet next week depends on who to decide it.

我们是否下周开运动会取决于谁决定此事。

专项练习

1. The flu is believed _______ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cells inside the human nose and throat.

A. causing

B. being caused

C. to be caused

D. to have been caused

2. There is a new problem involved in the popularity of private cars _______ road conditions need _______.

A. that; to be improved

B. which; to be improved

C. where; improving

D. when; improving

3. Remember _______ the magazine when you have finished reading it.

A. putting back

B. having put back

C. to put back

D. will put back

4. —I'm sorry I forgot _______ your dictionary.

—Let's use Li Hua's.

A. to take

B. taking

C. to bring

D. bringing

5. At the moment, Jason is considering _______ next.

A. to do what

B. what to do

C. doing what

D. what doing

6. I first considered _______ to him, but then I decided _______ him.

A. writing; phoning

B. to write; to phone

C. writing; to phone

D. to write; phoning

7. Tom is always forgetting things he has done. Yesterday, he forgot _______ and looked for it everywhere.

A. to post the letter

B. to have the letter posted

C. to having posted the letter

D. having posted the letter

8. You didn't hear us come in last night. We tried _______ noisy.

A. to be not

B. not to be

C. not being

D. being not

9. My brother regretted _______ a lecture given by Prof. Wang.

A. missing

B. to miss

C. missed

D. being missing

10. I regret _______ you that we are unable to offer you a job.

A. informing

B. having informed

C. to inform

D. to informing

11. He felt tired with typing the lecture. So he stopped _______ a short break.

A. having

B. to have

C. taking

D. to taking

12. In order to gain a bigger share in the international market, many state-run companies are striving _______ their products more competitive.

A. to make

B. making

C. to have made

D. having made

13. She had no choice but _______ in the corner of the room _______.

A. to sit; wept

B. to sit; weeping

C. sit; wept

D. sat; weeping

14. —You have come just in time to help us.

—Fine. What needs _______?

A. I do

B. done

C. to be done

D. to do

15. That evening, he set about _______ the report _______ the next morning.

A. write; to hand in

B. to write; handing in

C. written; to hand in

D. writing; to be handed in

16. There seemed nothing _______ to do but _______ for the doctor.

A. leave; send

B. left; to send

C. left; send

D. leaving; send

17. Do you think it difficult _______ a dolphin _______?

A. to train; jumping

B. training; for jumping

C. to train; jump

D. to train, to jump

18. I prefer _______ rather than _______.

A. to do some reading; watching TV

B. doing some reading; watching TV

C. to do some reading; watch TV

D. doing some reading; to watch TV

19. The two boys pretended _______ very hard, though they did nothing.

A. study

B. studying

C. to be studied

D. to be studying

答案速查　1-5　CACCB　6—10　CDBAC　11—15　BABCD　16—19　CDCD

iii. 不定式作宾语补足语

1. 常见的跟不定式作宾语补语的动词及短语：ask, allow, advise, beg, call on, expect, force, forbid, invite, teach, would like, depend on, wait for等。

I'll wait for you to come at the gate tomorrow.

明天我要在大门口等你来。

The children asked their parents to take them to the park.

孩子们请他们的父母带他们去公园。

2. 跟不带to不定式作补语的感官动词：feel（一感），listen to, hear（二听）；have, let, make（三使）；look at, see, watch, observe, notice（五看），但在被动语态中必须带to。

She felt someone pat her on the shoulder.

她感觉某人拍了拍她的肩膀。

He was noticed to go out.

有人注意到他出去了。

3. 在consider, declare, find, prove, think后常跟to be不定式作宾语补足语，且to be常可以省略；如不定式是完成式，不定式to be不省略。

We consider our class teacher (to be) our friend.

我们把我们班主任看作朋友。

He is considered to have stolen our money.

有人认为他偷了我们的钱。

He was found to have been to America for three times.

有人发现他去过三次美国。

4. 在 love, hate, like, prefer, want等表示情感状态的动词后作宾语补语。

I prefer him to tell me what happened on earth last night.

我更希望他告诉我昨天夜里到底发生了什么事情。

5. 在arrange for, ask for, long for, prepare for, provide for, vote for, wait for, call on, count on, depend on, rely on等动词短语后作宾语补足语。

He depended on us to finish the task ahead of time.

他指望我们提前完成任务。

专项练习

1. An army spokesman stressed that all the soldiers had been ordered _______ clear warnings before firing any shots.

A. to issue

B. being issued

C. to have issued

D. to be issued

2. The girl is often heard _______ songs in the next room.

A. practise to sing

B. practise singing

C. to practise to sing

D. to practise singing

3. —What can we do to help Li Ming?

—All we can do is to try _______ that he should study even harder.

A. making him to realize

B. making him realize

C. to make him realize

D. to make him to realize

4. Soon they saw the two strangers _______ in the crowd.

A. disappear

B. to disappear

C. disappearing

D. disappeared

5. Professor Smith has his students _______ compositions every Friday.

A. to write

B. written

C. write

D. writing

6. The boys were seen _______ model ships in the room when someone rang the bell.

A. made

B. to make

C. making

D. to be making

7. I heard the guide _______ so.

A. says

B. saying

C. say

D. said

8. Mr. Brown was made _______ his teaching because of his poor health.

A. give up

B. giving up

C. to give up

D. to giving up

9. Shall we go and listen to the reviewers _______ on the new book?

A. to comment

B. comment

C. to commenting

D. being commented

10. Mrs. White made her pupils _______ the text every day.

A. recite

B. recited

C. reciting

D. to recite

11. The student asked the teacher _______.

A. to repeat the question again

B. repeating the question

C. to repeating the question

D. to repeat the question

12. The museum is said _______ in a big fire five years ago.

A. to be destroyed

B. to have been destroyed

C. to be destroying

D. to have been destroying

13. Jane wishes us _______ with her.

A. to go along

B. going along

C. went along

D. will go along

14. My motor-cycle has broken down. Would you help me _______?

A. to get it to start

B. get it start

C. to get it started

D. getting it started

15. The boss ordered the hall _______.

A. to sweep

B. to be swept

C. should sweep

D. being swept

答案速查　1-5　ADCAC　6—10　CCCBA　11—15　DBACB

iv. 不定式作定语

1. 不定式与所修饰的名词成动宾关系，不定式后接的若是不及物动词应加上合适的介词。

He is a pleasant fellow to work with.

他是一个与其工作起来令人愉快的人。

There's nothing to worry about.

没有什么可担心的。

There's no need to take so much money with you.

你没有必要随身带那么多钱。

I have no room to live in.

我没有房间居住。

2. 数词和最高级修饰的名词后常跟不定式：the first, the second, the last, the best等。不定式与所修饰的名词在意义上构成主谓关系。

He is always the first to answer questions in class.

他总是课堂上第一个回答问题。

He would be the last to agree to the plan.

他将是最不同意此计划的人。

3. 有些名词后常跟不定式：time, way, right, chance, reason等，不定式与所修饰的名词成动状关系。

We have not enough time to do the job.

我们没有足够的时间做这项工作。

There's a long way to go.

还有很长的路要走。

Do you have the right to treat me like this?

你有权利这样对待我吗？

Thank you for giving me a chance to make a speech here.

谢谢你给了我在这里发言的机会。

4. 作定语的不定式，为了明确其逻辑主语，有时可用“for+名词/代词+to-不定式结构”作定语。

Here's a book for you to read.

这是你要读的书。

He gave orders for the visitors to be shown in.

他发出要游客被领进来的命令。

专项练习

1. —I'd like to buy a car made in Shanghai.

—Okay, Sir. You have several models _______.

A. to choose

B. to be chosen from

C. to choose from

D. for choosing

2. It's time _______ rice.

A. for transplant

B. of transplanting

C. to transplant

D. to transplanting

3. It is a very difficult problem. I need a few days _______.

A. of thinking over it

B. to think it over

C. of thinking it over

D. to think over it

4. People need homes _______ and food _______.

A. to live; to eat

B. to live in; to eat

C. live; to eat

D. to live in; to eat for

5. Columbus was the first _______ the New Continent.

A. to have discovered

B. to discover

C. discovering

D. having discovered

答案速查　1-5　CCBBB

v. 不定式作状语

1. 不定式作状语主要表目的、结果和原因。

They ran over to welcome the guests.

他们跑过去欢迎客人。

2. 常用的表示目的短语有：to do, in order to do, so as to do (不能放在句首)。不定式作目的状语，其否定式必须用in order not to do或so as not to do; 不能只用not to do。

He got up early so as not to be late.

他很早起床以便不迟到。

In order to catch up the others in her class, she works very hard.

为了赶上班里其他人，她学习很用功。

3. 不定式表示目的，常用在go/come and (do sth.)这样的结构中。主要用于祈使句或go, come是动词原形的句子中。

Let's go and have a look at the pictures over there.

咱们去看看那边的图画吧！

4. 常用too ... to, enough to, so +形容词/副词+ as to, such a +名词+ as to, only to等结构表示结果。

The child is too young to go to school.

这个孩子太小不能上学。

They lifted the rock only to drop it on their own feet.

他们搬起石头砸了自己的脚。

She is such a diligent girl as to study till midnight ever day.

她是如此勤奋的女孩子每天都学习到深夜。

5. too ... to ...结构中间的形容词若是表示情感的kind, ready, eager, pleased等时，不表示结果，也无否定意义。

Would you be too kind to help us to work out the problem?

你能帮我算出这道题吗？

6. only+to不定式表示结果，通常是一个未曾预料的不愉快的结果。

He hurried to the station, only to find the train gone.

他匆忙赶到火车站，却发现火车已经走了。

7. 常用表示情绪的动词surprised, joy, glad, pleased等表示原因。

We were very surprised to hear the news that he had left without saying goodbye to us.

我们很吃惊听说他走了而没有向我们告别。

We jumped with joy to hear the news that we were admitted to university

听到考上了大学的消息，我们都欣喜若狂。

He was surprised to find all the houses on fire.

他吃惊地发现所有的房子都着火了。

8. 常用独立成分，表示说话人的态度（插入语）：to tell you the truth, to be exact, to be sure, to be frank with you, to be honest, to cut a long story short, to start with, to begin with, to say nothing, to be brief等。

To be sure, we can do it very well.

毫无疑问，我们能做得很好。

To tell you the truth, this is all ABC to me.

给你说实话吧，这对我来说很简单。

专项练习

1. The flat is much too small _______.

A. for the family to live

B. for the family to live in

C. that the family can't live in

D. that the family can't live

2. The teacher didn't speak clearly enough _______.

A. so everyone to understand

B. for every one understood

C. for everyone to understand

D. for understanding

3. Do you think Julia is easy _______?

A. to get along with

B. to get along

C. to be got along with

D. to getting along with

4. Prof. Bush's talk in English was easy _______.

A. for us in following

B. for us to be followed

C. to be followed

D. for us to follow

5. The water-melon juice is nice _______.

A. to drink it

B. to be drunk

C. to drink

D. to be drinking

6. The patients were waiting _______ the doctor.

A. to see

B. for to see

C. for seeing

D. seeing

7. _______ , I don't want to argue with them about the matter.

A. To tell you the truth

B. Telling the truth

C. Having told you the truth

D. Out of the truth

8. The soldier spoke to the boy kindly _______ him.

A. to not frighten

B. so as not to frighten

C. in order to not frighten

D. for not frightening

9. Would you be good enough _______ to the bus station?

A. showing me the way

B. as to show me the way

C. to show me the way

D. so you can show me the way

10. Tom was so careless _______ his car unlocked.

A. to leave

B. that he leaves

C. as to leave

D. leaving

答案速查　1-5　BCADC　6—10　AABCC

vi. 不定式的时态和语态意义

1. 不定式的时态意义

1）一般式：不定式的动作与谓语动词的动作同时发生或是在其后发生。

They are learning to skate on the river. (同时)

他们正在河上学滑冰。

Where can we get some money to buy a computer？ (未来)

我们能到哪里搞一些钱买一台电脑呢？

2）进行式：不定式的动作与谓语动词的动作是同时的，而且正在进行。

They seem to be getting on quite well.

他们似乎相处得很好。

He happened to be crying when I went to see him this morning.

今天上午我去看他的时候他正在哭呢。

3）完成式：不定式的动作先于谓语动词的动作。

a. happen, seem, be reported, be said, be likely等动词的复合谓语中，多使用完成式。

He happened to have gone out when I went to visit him yesterday.

=It happened that he had gone out when I went to visit him yesterday.

昨天我去拜访他的时候他碰巧外出了。

She seemed to have heard about it already.

=It seemed that she had heard about it already.

她似乎已经听说过此事了。

She is not likely to have got your letter.

她不可能收到了你的信。

He was said to have written a new book about space.

=It was said that he had written a new book about space.

据说他写了一本有关太空的新书。

b. 在 “be +形容词”结构后使用完成式。

I am glad to have seen your father.

很高兴见到了你父亲。

I am sorry to have given you so much trouble.

很抱歉给你添了这么多麻烦。

You are lucky to have got the tickets to the concert of Zhou Jielun.

你很幸运搞到了周杰伦的音乐会的票。

He felt shamed to have been late for class again.

他又上课迟到了，觉得很没有脸面。

c. 完成式用在某些动词，如pretend, intend, expect, mean, hope, wish, think, was, were, want, would like等各表示过去未实现的愿望、期待或计划。

I wished to have finished the work ahead of time.

我原希望提前完成这项工作的。

I intended to have come to see you.

我原打算来看你的。

They were to have been married in May but had to put off the wedding till June.

他们原打算五月结婚的，但是不得不把婚礼推迟到六月。

He pretended to have been to America many times.

他假装去过美国很多次。

2. 不定式的语态意义

1）当不定式的逻辑主语是动作的承受者时，不定式用被动语态。

He was glad to be invited to give a speech at the meeting.

他很高兴受到邀请在会议上发言。

He hates to be laughed at in public.

他讨厌在公共场合受到嘲笑。

He wanted the letters to be typed at once.

他要求信件立刻打出来。

2）be + easy/difficult/fit/hard结构中，不定式的主动语态表被动意义。

English is not easy to learn well without working hard.

不下功夫英语是不容易学好的。

He is hard to get on well with.

很难与他相处好。

The food is not fit to eat.

这食物不适合吃。

3）there be结构中不定式多用主动语态表被动意义，也可用被动语态来表示。

There are a lot of work to do/to be done this afternoon.

今天下午有很多工作要做。

There is nothing to worry about/to be worried about.

没有任何可担心的事情。

There are many letters to write/to be written.

有很多信件需要写。

4）当不定式在句子中没有逻辑主语时，不定式最好用被动语态。

I will go to Beijing tomorrow. Have you anything to be taken to your parents?

我明天要去北京，你有什么要给父母带去的东西吗？

—I have finished typing your letters, sir.

先生，我打完了您的信件。

—I have no more letters to be typed, thank you.

我没有更多的信件需要打了，谢谢。

Let me show you the room to be used as reading room.

让我领你看看用作阅览室的房间吧。

5）在“be to+不定式”结构中，如果主语是不定式动作的承受着，通常用不定式的被动语态。

The results of the research are to be published soon.

研究结果不久将公布。

He was not to be disheartened by the failure.

他不会被失败搞得心灰意冷的。

6）当不定式动词是let（出租），blame, do等时，通常be to不定式结构中仍用不定式的主动式表示被动意义。

A lot remains to do.

很多事情有待完成。

You are to blame for what you have done.

你应该为你所做的受到谴责。

This house is to let.

这座房子要出租。

专项练习

1. Do let your mother know all the truth. She appears _______ everything.

A. to tell

B. to be told

C. to be telling

D. to have been told

2. Robert is said _______ abroad, but I don't know what country he studied in.

A. to have studied

B. to study

C. to be studying

D. to have been studying

3. One of the salesman in this shop is _______.

A. saying to have been fired

B. said to have been fired

C. saying to have fired

D. said do have fired

4. Mr. Brown is said _______ for Italy last week.

A. to have left

B. to have

C. to be leaving

D. to have been left

5. He claimed _______ in the supermarket when he was doing shopping yesterday.

A. being badly treated

B. to be treated badly

C. treating badly

D. to have been treated

答案速查　1-5　DABAD

vii. 省去to的动词不定式

1. 并列不定式to只用于第一个动词之前，之后的动词前的to要省略。

He asked me to go to his office and help him clean the room.

他请我去他办公室帮助他打扫房间。

2. 在had better, would rather, would rather ... than, rather than, would sooner, would sooner ... than, cannot but, cannot help but, do nothing but, might as well, do nothing besides, do nothing　than (except, save) 等结构后的动词不定式要省略to。

He could do nothing but wander about all day.

除了整天游逛他不能做任何事情。

You might as well try another time.

你还是再尝试一次的好。

They would rather (would sooner, had rather, had sooner) die than give in.

他们宁死不屈。

What else do you like to do besides swim?

除了游泳你还想干什么？

I cannot help but sleep at such a deep night.

这么深的夜晚我不得不睡觉。

3. 在（一“感”）feel，（二“听”）hear, listen to，（三“使”）have, let, make，（五“看”）look at, see, watch, notice, observe后以不定式作宾补时要省略to；但这些动词用在被动语态的句子中时，则不能省略to。

He made us read English aloud every morning.

他让我们每天早上都大声朗读英语。

She was seen to go out alone at night.

有人看到她夜间独自外出。

4. 当动词help意为“帮忙”时，其后的动词不定式可省略也可不省略to; 在can't help意为“不由自主”时，后需接动名词形式；在cannot help but意为“不得不”时，后需接省略to的动词不定式。

Can anyone help me (to) carry the suitcase upstairs.

有人能帮我把箱子扛到楼上去吗？

I can't help work out the problem.

我不能帮助解出这道题目。

On hearing the news, I can't help bursting into tears.

一听到这个消息，我禁不住泪如雨下。

We can't help but respect our teacher.

我们不得不尊敬我们的老师。

5. rather than, sooner than位于句首时，其后的不定式省略to。

Rather than travel by air, he preferred a train on his tour.

他更愿意乘火车旅行，不愿意乘飞机旅行。

Sooner than run the risk of losing more money, he agreed to the plan.

他同意了这个计划而不愿冒失去更多钱的风险。

6. 主语是all, what引导的从句，或者主语受only, the first, one, least或最高级修饰，且从句或短语中有do时，作表语的不定式一般省略to。

The least you can do is help up a little.

你能做的就是帮一点忙。

What she did to the matter was keep silent.

对此事她能做的就是保持沉默。

The only thing I can do is go alone.

我唯一能做的事情就是独自去。

All she does is gossip about others.

她做的一切就是搬弄是非。

7. 在以why引导的疑问句中不用to。

Why worry about such a problem?

为什么担心这么一个问题呢？

Why not do it right now?

为什么不马上做呢？

专项练习

1. I'd rather lose the game _______.

A. not to hurt him

B. not hurt him

C. than to hurt him

D. than hurt him

2. Has he any other choice but _______ as you have told him?

A. to do

B. do

C. doing

D. he'll do

3. Tom did nothing else but _______ back all he owned.

A. taken

B. took

C. taking

D. take

4. All the people in the hall couldn't but _______ , hearing such an absurd story.

A. to laugh

B. laugh

C. laughing

D. to laughing

5. —You should have thanked her before you left.

—I meant _______ , but when I was leaving I couldn't find her anywhere.

A. to do

B. to

C. doing

D. doing so

答案速查　1-5　DADBB

viii. 带介词to的动词短语和不定式的省略

1. 有些动词短语中的to是介词，后需要跟名词或动名词，注意要与动词不定式区分。

这些动词短语有get down to, keep to, find one's way to, put one's heart to, admit to, turn to, lead to, look forward to, put one's mind to, stick to, be related to, be familiar to, be accustomed to, get used to, be faithful to, see to, be equal to, be object to, in addition to, be open to等。

What led to his failing to pass the university examination this year?

是什么使他今年考不上大学呢？

Have you got used to living here?

你已经习惯了这里的生活吗？

Who sees to dealing with these problems?

是谁负责处理这些问题呢？

2. 一些情态动词ought to, need to, dare to, would/would like to, would love to, used to, have to, be going to, be able to后省略已经提到的或已知的内容。

—Does he live here？

—No, but he used to.

——他居住在这里吗？

——不，但是他过去在这里居住。

—Has she done washing？

—No, but she's going to.

——她洗过衣服了吗？

——没有，但是她就要洗呢。

I know you aren't willing to do it, but you have to.

我知道你不愿意做那件事情，但是你不得不做。

She wanted to go, but she wasn't able to.

她想去，但是不能去。

3. 动词want, plan, decide, love, like, promise, know, forget, prepare, hope, wish, try, refuse, hate, expect, fail, manage, agree, pretend, afford后省略已提到的或已知的内容。

—Did you get a ticket?

—No, I tried to. But there wasn't any left.

——你搞到票了吗？

——没有，我尝试了。但是没有余票了。

—Did you ask her to go with you?

—Yes, but she refused to.

——你请她和你一起去了吗？

——请过了。但是她拒绝了。

—Do you like playing jokes?

—Yes, but now I hate to.

——你喜欢开玩笑吗？

——是的。但是现在不想开。

4. 疑问词接不定式作宾语时，不定式后可省略已提到的或已知的内容。

I want to repair this TV set, but I don't know how to.

我想修理这台电视机，但是我不知道如何修理。

I'm going to buy a pen. Could you tell me where to?

我要买一支钢笔，你能告诉我在哪里能买到吗？

Tom is the first to sing. I don't know who is the next to.

汤姆第一个要唱歌。我不知道下一个会是谁。

5. 形容词afraid, anxious, careful, eager, glad, happy, kind, lucky, proud, ready, sorry, able后可省略已提到的或已知的内容。

—Can the baby walk yet?

—No, he's not able to.

——这小孩会走路了吗？

——不，他还不会。

—Would you mind going to the cinema with me?

—No, I'll be glad to.

——你介意和我去看电影吗？

——不介意。我很喜欢去呢。

—Shall we have a drink?

—Ok. I'm eager to.

——我们喝点东西好吗？

——好吧。我很想喝。

6. 动词allow, ask, beg, cause, encourage, expect, force, get, order, permit, teach, prefer, want, warn, wish, command, forbid后作主补或者宾补的不定式可省略已提及或已知的内容。

—Why didn't you come this morning?

—Because I wasn't told to.

——今天早上你为什么不来呢？

——因为我没有被告知要来。

—I don't want to learn English, but my parents forced me to.

—Yesterday she wanted to go swimming alone, but the teacher didn't allow her to.

——我不想学英语，但是我父母强迫要我学。

——昨天她想独自去游泳，但是老师没有允许。

7. 作名词time, chance, duty, right, way定语的不定式可省略已提及或已知的内容。

I'll come as soon as I get a chance to.

我一有机会就来。

I'd like to do it now, but I haven't the time to.

我现在就想做此事，但是没有时间做。

8. it作形式主语，不定式作逻辑主语时，可省略已提及或已知的内容。

—Shall I give the dog a chocolate?

—It's better not to.

——我给那条狗一根巧克力好吗？

——最好别给它。

—Why didn't you get up at 4 o'clock this morning?

—Because it was impossible for me to.

——今天早上你为什么不在4点钟起床呢？

——因为对我来说那是不可能做到的。

9. 如果重复的不定式是 to be或者 to have时，通常保留be或have。

—Are you a party member?

—No, but I want to be.

——你是党员吗？

——不是。但是我也想成为党员。

—He hasn't finished his homework yet.

—Well, he ought to have.

——他还没有完成家庭作业呢。

——哦，他本应该完成了。

10. 作有些感官动词（feel, hear, listen to, let, have, make, see等）的宾补时，to也必须省去。

I don't want to steal, but my father made me.

我不想偷窃。但是我父亲迫使我那样做。

—Did anyone enter the room?

—No. I saw no one.

——有人进去过吗？

——没有，我没有看到任何人进去。

专项练习

1. Have you got used _______ here now?

A. to live

B. living

C. to living

D. to be living

2. Those who were object _______ the suggestions were asked to put up their hands.

A. to accepting

B. to accept

C. for accepting

D. for

3. —Would you like to go with us for an outing tomorrow？

—Yes, _______.

A. I'd like

B. I'd like to go

C. I'd love

D. I'd like to

4. Thomas wanted to buy a sports car, but he _______.

A. wasn't able to

B. wasn't able to afford

C. wasn't able

D. didn't able to

5. Will you show me _______ a guide book?

A. where to get

B. where to getting

C. where getting

D. where in getting

答案速查　1-5　CADAA

ix. 不定式结构与从句的转换

1. 不定式作宾语相当于that引导的宾语从句。

I hope to be able to come on time next week.

=I hope that I'll be able to come on time next week.

我希望下周准时到。

I consider him to be very trustworthy.

=I consider that he is very trustworthy.

我认为他很可靠。

We thought it wrong to punish him.

=we thought it wrong that he should be punished.

我们认为他被惩罚（惩罚他）是错的。

I expect to have read this book by next Tuesday.

=I expect that I'll have read this book by next Tuesday.

我估计下周二之前就读完这本书。

2. 带疑问词的不定式作宾语相当于wh-引导的宾语从句。

I don't know what to do.

=I don't know what I should do.

我不知道该做什么。

I wonder when to leave.

= I wonder when I should leave.

我不知道该何时动身。

Please tell me which to take.

=Please tell me which I should take.

请告诉我我该拿哪一个。

I showed them how to do it.

=I showed them how they should do it.

我给他们演示了他们该如何做。

The question of what to sell is still undecided.

= The question of what we should sell is still undecided.

我们该卖什么的问题还没有决定。

3. 不定式作定语相当于定语从句。

He has a large family to support.

= he has a large family that he must support.

他有个大家庭要养活。

George is the man to vote for.

= George is the man for whom we should vote.

乔治就是那个我们应投其票的人。

There are many difficulties to overcome.

=There are many difficulties that will have to be overcome.

有很多需要克服的困难。

The place to go is Brown's.

=The place where you should go is Brown's.

你应该去的地方是布朗家。

The way to start it is to give it a push.

=The way you should start it is to give it a push.

开始此事的办法是推一下。

4. 不定式作原因、目的、结果状语，相当于because, so that, so ... that, such ... that等引导的状语从句。

George was lucky to find it.

= George was lucky because he found it.

乔治很幸运找到了它。

She stood up to be seen better.

= She stood up so that people could see her better.

她站起来以便人们更好地看见她。

He was in such bad health as to be obliged to resign.

=He was in such had health that he was obliged to resign.

他身体很差以至于不得不辞职了。

To hear him speak, you would think he owned the whole world.

=If you should hear him speak, you would think he owned the whole world.

若是听他讲话，你会以为他拥有着整个世界。

阶段练习

1. That is the only way we can imagine _______ the overuse of water in students' bathrooms.

A. reducing

B. to reduce

C. reduced

D. reduce

2. David threatened _______ his neighbor to the police if the damages were not paid.

A. to be reported

B. reporting

C. to report

D. having reported

3. _______as an Olympic event, a sport must be played in at least 75 countries on at least 4 continents.

A. To accept

B. Having accepted

C. To be accepted

D. Accepting

4. If there's a lot of work _______ , I'm happy to just keep on until it is finished.

A. to do

B. to be doing

C. done

D. doing

5. Due to the heavy rain and flooding, ten million people have been forced _______ their homes.

A. leaving

B. to leave

C. to be left

D. being left

6. There is nothing more I can try _______ you to stay, so I wish you good luck.

A. being persuaded

B. persuading

C. to be persuaded

D. to persuade

7. _______ the safety of gas, the government has checked the city's gas supply system thoroughly.

A. To ensure

B. Ensuring

C. Having ensured

D. To have ensured

8. Energy drinks are not allowed _______ in Australia but are brought in from New Zealand.

A. to make

B. to be made

C. to have been made

D. to be making

9. The mother felt herself _______ cold and her hands trembled as she read the letter from the battlefield.

A. grow

B. grown

C. to grow

D. to have grown

10. _______ the employees' working efficiency, the supervisor will allow them to have a coffee break.

A. Improving

B. To improve

C. Having improved

D. Improved

11. China has promised to revise its existing regulations and _______ new policies according to WTO requirements.

A. forming

B. to form

C. to be forming

D. have formed

12. It was unbelievable that the fans waited outside the gym for three hours just _______ a look at the sports stars.

A. had

B. having

C. to have

D. have

13. I'm going to the supermarket this afternoon. Do you have anything _______?

A. to be buying

B. to buy

C. for buying

D. bought

14. The flu is believed _______ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cells inside the human nose and throat.

A. causing

B. being caused

C. to be caused

D. be have caused

15. An army spokesman stressed that all the soldiers had been ordered _______ clear warnings before firing any shots.

A. to issue

B. being issued

C. to have issued

D. to be issued

16. There is a new problem involved in the popularity of private cars _______ road conditions need _______.

A. that; to be improved

B. which; to be improved

C. where; improving

D. when; improving

17. She will tell us why she feels so strongly that each of us has a role _______ in making the earth a better place to live.

A. to have played

B. to play

C. to be played

D. to be playing

18. In order to gain a bigger share in the international market, many state-run companies are striving _______ their products more competitive.

A. to make

B. making

C. to have made

D. having made

19. —Would you like to come to dinner tonight?

—I'd like _______ but I'm too busy.

A. so

B. that

C. to come

D. to

20. Don't try to tell lies to your class teacher about that. He seems _______ everything.

A. to tell

B. to be told

C. to be telling

D. to have been told

21. In order to improve English, _______.

A. Jenny's father bought her a lot of tapes

B. Jenny bought a lot of tapes for herself

C. a lot of tapes were bought by Jenny

D. a lot of tapes were bought by Jenny's father

22. Sandy could do nothing but _______ to his teacher that he was wrong.

A. admit

B. admitted

C. admitting

D. to admit

23. They're not very good, but we like _______.

A. anyway to play basketball with them

B. to play basketball with them anyway

C. to play with them basketball anyway

D. with them to play basketball anyway

24. Someone took away my umbrella; I'd never expect it _______.

A. returning

B. to be returned

C. return

D. to return

25. Wet umbrellas are not allowed _______ into this hotel.

A. to be taken

B. to take

C. taken

D. taking

26. —I'll be away on a business trip. Would you mind looking after my cat?

—Not at all, _______.

A. I've no time

B. I'd rather not

C. I'd like it

D. I'd be happy to.

27. —Does your brother intend to study German?

—Yes, he intends _______.

A. /

B. to

C. so

D. that

28. —You should have thanked her before you left.

—I meant _______ , but when I was leaving I couldn't find her anywhere.

A. to do

B. to

C. doing

D. doing so

29. There are so many things in my bag that it took me quite some time _______ the key.

A. finding

B. find

C. found

D. to find

30. For centuries, people from all over the world have claimed _______ strange sights: lights in the sky, flying objects and even creatures from other planets.

A. to have seen

B. having seen

C. to see

D. seeing

II. 动名词

i. 动名词作主语和表语

Seeing is believing.

眼见为实。

Saying is easier than doing.

说比做容易。

Her job is keeping the hall as clean as possible.

她的工作是尽量保持大厅整洁。

Reading is learning, but applying is also learning and the more important kind of learning.

读书是学习，使用也是学习而且是更重要的学习。

1. 名词use, good, pity, time, fun, bore, a waste of time, worth（形容词）等作表语时，常用it作形式主语而把真正的主语动名词后置：

It is no use waiting for him; he won't come.

等他没用，他不会来的。

It is no good staying up so late every evening.

每天晚上熬夜是没有好处的。

It is a waste of time talking about it here.

在这里谈论它是浪费时间。

2. “there is no +动名词”结构相当于It is impossible to do sth.,此时动名词通常带有宾语。

There's no joking about such matters.

对这样的事情没有玩笑可言。

There's no getting along well with him.

不可能和他相处好。

There's no hiding of the evil but not to do it.

要想人不知除非己莫为。

3. 用于布告形式的省略结构中，意义上相当于祈使句。动名词通常不带宾语。

No smoking！ = Don't smoke.

不许抽烟。

No parking! = Don't park.

不许停车。

专项练习

1. _______ to the sunlight for too much time will do harm to one's skin.

A. Exposed

B. Having exposed

C. Being exposed

D. After being exposed

2. It is no _______ arguing with Tim, as he will never change his mind.

A. use

B. help

C. useful

D. time

3. _______ his homework made his father lose his temper.

A. The boy's not having done

B. The boy not having done

C. The boy's having not done

D. The boy having not done

4. —What has made you so upset?

—_______ my pet cat.

A. Lost

B. Losing

C. Because of losing

D. Since I lost

5. It is no good _______. You should give _______.

A. drinking; it up

B. to smoke; it up

C. smoking; up it

D. to drink; up it

6. This news sounds _______.

A. encouraging

B. encouraged

C. encourage

D. to encourage

7. What worried the child most was _______ to visit his mother in the hospital.

A. his not allowing

B. his not being allowed

C. his being not allowed

D. having not been allowed

8. The problem is _______ land for it.

A. find

B. found

C. finding

D. to found

答案速查　1-5　CAABA　6—8　ABC

ii. 动名词作动词宾语

1. 记住常见的只能跟动名词不能跟不定式作宾语的动词，可以避免在使用时产生错误。

表示“建议”、“完成”、“推迟”和“想象”：suggest, finish, postpone, delay, imagine

表示“需要”、“承认”、“介意”和“原谅”：require, admit, mind, pardon, excuse

表示“避免”、“冒险”、“练逃”和“错过”：avoid, risk, practice, escape, miss

表示“允许”、“考虑”、“理解”和“欢”“赏”：allow, permit, consider, understand, enjoy,appreciate

He avoided giving us a definite answer.

他避免给我们作肯定的回答。

I am sorry I missed seeing you while in Beijing.

很遗憾在北京时我没有见到你。

Having finished correcting the students' papers?

学生的卷子改完了吗？

1）上述动词后接的动名词其逻辑主语与句子的主语不一致时，可以加上逻辑主语，通常用名词或代词的宾格表示，也可用它们的属格表示。

Would you mind my/me opening the window?

我把窗户打开你介意吗？

I quite appreciated Tom/Toms' always coming to school in time.

我很欣赏汤姆总是按时到校。

2）在decline deny, postpone等动词后若放动名词的逻辑主语，大多数用属格形式。

He declined my inviting him to join in our singing songs.

他拒绝了我邀请他参加我们一起唱歌。

2. 常见的可以跟动名词作宾语，而且也可用sb./sth. doing结构的动词：appreciate, consider, excuse, mind, propose, suggest, admit, delay, prevent, decline, forgive等。

Our teacher suggested having a class meeting.

我们老师建议开个班会。

I am considering your suggesting traveling to Beijing.

我在考虑你建议去北京旅游一事。

3. 但是在advise, allow, permit后，如果提到有关的人，可用动词不定式结构：sb. to do

Our English teacher advised reading English aloud every morning.

我们英语老师建议每天早上朗读英语。

Our English teacher advised us to read English aloud every morning.

我们英语老师建议我们每天早上朗读英语。

4. 用it作形式宾语把真正的宾语动名词后置。

在“动词+it(形式宾语)+宾语补语+动名词/不定式”结构中，若宾补是no use, no good, any/much good, any/much use, a waste of time/money等时，真正的宾语只能是动名词，而不能用不定式。

I don't think it any use trying to persuade her to give up smoking.

我认为试图说服她戒烟是没用的。

常用于此句型的动词有consider, think, feel, find, make等。

I find it no good to health sitting up too late.

我觉得熬夜太晚对健康没好处。

专项练习

1. He got well prepared for the job interview, for he couldn't risk _______ the good opportunity.

A. to lose

B. losing

C. to be lost

D. being lost

2. We are considering _______ a new decision.

A. making

B. being made

C. to make

D. to have made

3. —I usually go there by train.

—Why not _______ by boat for a change?

A. try going

B. trying to go

C. to try and go

D. trying going

4. Our monitor suggested _______ a discussion on the new holiday plan.

A. to have

B. should have

C. have

D. having

5. The wild rabbit was lucky that it just missed _______.

A. catching

B. to be caught

C. being caught

D. to catch

6. Can you imagine yourself _______ on a lonely island for three years?

A. staying

B. stay

C. have stayed

D. being stayed

7. We can understand why he avoids _______ us.

A. meet

B. to meet

C. having met

D. meeting

8. Please excuse my _______ to the party without _______

A. come, asking

B. coming, asking

C. to come, bring asked

D. coming, being asked

9. Why have they delayed _______ the new hospital?

A. opening

B. to open

C. having opened

D. to have opened

10. All said that she wouldn't mind _______ alone at home.

A. left

B. being left

C. to be left

D. leaving

11. Do you consider it any good _______ again?

A. to try

B. try

C. trying

D. for you to try

12. I don't think it much good _______ him of the matter.

A. informing

B. to inform

C. to be informed

D. being informed

答案速查　1-5　BAADC　6—12　ADDABCA

iii. 动名词作介词宾语

1. 作单个介词或复合介词的宾语，常见的有：on, with, by, instead of, in case of, after, besides等。

They broke into loud cheers on hearing the news.

听了这个消息他们都高声欢呼。

Besides cooking and sewing, she had to take care of children.

除了做饭缝衣，她还得照管孩子们。

2. 在“动词+介词”后，常见的有：insist on, keep on, see to, take to, equal to, give up, persist in, aim at, believe in, care for, depend on, set about, succeed in, worry about, apologize for, advise on, feel like, get through, think of, dream of, lead to, object to等。

I object to anyone smoking here.

我反对任何人在这里抽烟。

I am looking forward to meeting her as soon as possible.

我正盼望着尽早见到她。

He insisted on doing it in his own way.

他坚持要按照自己的办法做。

3. 在“动词+名词/代词+介词”后，常见的有：accuse ... of, prevent ... of, thank ... for, devote ... to, forgive ... for, excuse ... of, keep ... from, stop ... from, pay attention to等。

Special attention should be paid to your driving on the highway safely.

要特别注意你在高速路上的安全驾驶。

Measures must be taken to prevent the river from being polluted.

必须采取措施制止河流的污染。

4. 在“be+形容词+介词”后，常见的有：be sick of, be fond of, be keen on, be responsible for, be capable of, be good at, be angry about, be happy with, be afraid of, be sure of, be certain of, be confident of, be sorry for等。

Is there any place you're particularly keen on visiting?

有什么地方你特别想参观吗？

Who is responsible for organizing the competition?

谁负责组织这次竞赛呢？

5. 在“be/get+-ed形容词+介词”后，常见的有：get used to, be engaged in, be interested in, get accustomed to, be worried about, be pleased about, be surprised at, be astonished at, be annoyed at, be satisfied at, be ashamed of等。

Have you got accustomed (used) to working on the night shift?

你做夜班习惯了吗？

Are you interested in going to the show?

你有兴趣去看演出吗？

6. 在表示征询意见的how about, what about后。

We have worked for about 8 hours. How about having a rest?

我们已经工作了8个小时了，休息会儿怎么样？

What about inviting Jack to make a speech?

邀请杰克发言如何？

专项练习

1. The discovery of new evidence led to _______.

A. the thief having caught

B. catch the thief

C. the thief being caught

D. the thief to be caught

2. He hasn't got used _______ in France yet.

A. live

B. to live

C. to living

D. living

3. He insisted on _______ abroad for his post-graduate study.

A. he should

B. he go

C. his going

D. him to go

4. The teacher began by _______ us where the city was and went on _______ about its history.

A. telling; to talk

B. to tell; to talk

C. telling; talking

D. to tell; talking

5. That evening, he set about _______ the report _______ the next morning.

A. write; to hand in

B. to write; handing in

C. written; to hand in

D. writing; to be handed in

6. Do you feel like _______ out or would you rather _______ dinner at home?

A. eating; have

B. to eat; to have

C. eating; to have

D. to eat; having

7. The secretary was very busy _______ his report. He was far too busy _______ phone calls.

A. to prepare; answering

B. in preparing; answering

C. to prepare; to answer

D. preparing; to answer

8. Jane never dreamed of _______ such a good job opportunity in the southern city.

A. there was

B. there to be

C. there be

D. there being

9. It's nice to walk along the country paths _______ with _______ grass.

A. covered; growing

B. covering; growing

C. covering; grown

D. to cover; grown

10. Though it began _______ , the soldiers kept on _______ towards the front.

A. raining; advancing

B. to rain; advancing

C. raining; with the advance

D. to rain; to advance

答案速查　1-5　CCCAD　6—10　ADDAB

iv. 动名词作定语和状语

1. 动名词作定语与所修饰的名词是使用关系。

No one is allowed to speak aloud in the reading room. （=　the room for reading）.

不许任何人在阅览室里大声说话。

That is the shop dealing in walking sticks. （=　the sticks for walking）.

那就是卖拐杖的商店。

2. 动名词本身不能作状语，但放在介词后构成介词短语作状语表示时间、原因、目的、方式、让步等，常见的介词有：on, with, after, by, upon, before, at, without, for, besides, against, about, in, from等。

After getting up in the morning, he went out for a walk.

早上起床之后他出去散步了。

With you standing here with me, I feel very pleased.

有你站在我身边，我觉得很高兴。

We got to know each other by talking in the cinema last year.

我们是去年通过在电影院里谈话相识的。

On coming into the house, he started to sing aloud.

一进房子他就大声唱了起来。

At hearing the news, he stood there, surprised.

听到这个消息，他站在那里很吃惊。

专项练习

1. He left _______ goodbye to us.

A. with saying

B. without saying

C. by saying

D. on saying

2. _______ the news, he burst into tears.

A. On hearing

B. To hear

C. By hearing

D. At hearing

3. Victor apologized for _______ to inform me of the change in the plan.

A. his being not able

B. him not to be able

C. his not being able

D. him to be not able

4. After _______ for the job, you will be required to take a language test.

A. being interviewed

B. interviewed

C. interviewing

D. having interviewed

5. Who is in the _______.

A. swimming pool

B. pool to swim

C. swim pool

D. pool that swim

6. She bought _______ for her grandfather.

A. a stick to walk

B. a walk stick

C. a walking stick

D. a stick for walk

答案速查　1—6　BACAAC

v. 动名词的复合结构: 逻辑主语+动名词

1. 动名词可以有自己的逻辑主语，有生命的逻辑主语用所有格或用通格；无生命的用通格；指示代词、不定代词等都用通格。人称代词用形容词性物主代词，即属格代词。

Their coming to help was a great encouragement to us.

他们来支援对我们是很大的鼓舞。

I don't mind Tom going there alone.

汤姆单独去那里我没有意见。

Tom's coming is what we have expected.

汤姆的到来是我们已经预料到的。

Mother dislikes me/my working late.

母亲不喜欢我工作到很晚。

I don't like Jack and Henry speaking ill of each other.

我不喜欢杰克和亨利相互说对方的坏话。

The baby was waken by someone shouting.

婴儿被有个人的大叫吵醒了。

I am opposed to the idea of money being everything.

我反对钱就是一切的观点。

2. 动名词的复合结构多用作主语和宾语。

Her daughter winning a gold medal surprised her.

她女儿赢得金牌让她吃了一惊。

Does their singing in the room above disturb you?

她们在上面的房间里唱歌干扰你了吗？

Yesterday being Sunday postponed the match.

昨天是星期天使比赛推迟了。

It ended in the doctor being sent for.

最终以请医生看病而结束。

3. 动名词的复合结构作主语，其逻辑主语不论是名词或代词通常用属格。

John's having seen her did not make her worried.

约翰见过她并没有使她着急。

His leaving is a great loss.

他的离开是个很大的损失。

专项练习

1. Do you mind _______ alone at home？

A. Jane leaving

B. Jane having left

C. Jane's being left

D. Jane to be left

2. _______ the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.

A. The president will attend

B. The president to attend

C. The president attended

D. The president's attending

3. He has always insisted on his _______ Dr. Turner instead of Mr. Turner.

A. been called

B. called

C. having called

D. being called

4. What worried the child most was _______ to visit his mother in the hospital.

A. his not allowing

B. his not being allowed

C. his being not allowed

D. having not been allowed

答案速查　1—4　CDDB

vi. 动名词的时态与语态意义

1. 动名词一般式所表示的动作与谓语动词所表示的动作同时或在其后发生。

I am thinking of getting a new dictionary.

我正在考虑买一本新词典。

She's proud of being beautiful.

她为自己美丽而骄傲。

I approved of his taking part in the project.

我同意他参加这项工程。

I'm confident of his succeeding.

我对他会成功很有信心。

2. 动名词完成式表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前。

He never talked to me about his having been in Paris.

他从来没有向我谈起曾经去过巴黎。

They regret not having been able to inform you of the news.

他们很遗憾没有能够告知你这个消息。

3. 动名词的被动语态表示其动作的逻辑主语是动名词所表示动作的承受者。

He doesn't like being laughed at in public.

他不喜欢在公共场合被人嘲笑。

She doesn't like being flattered.

她不喜欢被阿谀奉承。

I heard of his having been chosen to take part in the match.

我听说他被选中去参加比赛。

The house problem is far from being settled.

房子问题远没有解决。

专项练习

1. I don't remember _______ before.

A. being seen him

B. to see him

C. to have seen him

D. having seen him

2. I dislike _______ while attempting to learn skiing.

A. being looked at

B. looking at

C. to look at

D. having looked at

3. Babies enjoy _______ before they go to sleep.

A. to pat

B. to be pat

C. patting

D. being patted

4. While shopping, people sometimes can't help _______ into buying something they don't really need.

A. to persuade

B. persuading

C. being persuaded

D. be persuaded

5. He is proud of _______ the first place in the match yesterday.

A. winning

B. being won

C. having won

D. to have won

6. He was surprised at _______ about it.

A. having asked

B. having been asked

C. being asked

D. asking

答案速查　1—6　DADCCB

vii. 动名词需要注意的问题

1. need, want, deserve, repay, require, bear, take, stand等表示“需要，值得，忍受，经受” 等动词后，动名词常用主动式表示被动意义。

That needs explaining.

那需要解释。

The situation requires careful handling.

情况需要认真处理。

Your hair wants cutting.

你的头发需要理。

Her words won't bear repeating.

她的话重复不得。

The book repays reading and re-reading.

这本书值得一读再读。

English is worth learning well.

英语值得学好。

上述几个动词，除了bear, take, stand外，都可用不定式被动式，意义不变。

The poor old man deserves to be looked after.

这个贫穷的老人值得照料。

The windows need to be cleaned.

窗户需要擦干净。

2. be worth doing, be worthy of being done= be worthy to be done表示被动意义。

English is worth learning.

＝　English is worthy of being learned.

= English is worthy to be learned.

英语值得一学。

3. 常用动名词的结构如下，记住这些结构非常重要:

1）to have difficulty/trouble/pleasure in doing sth.在做某事方面感到困难/快乐

Do you have any difficulty understanding spoken English?

你理解英语口语方面有困难吗？

2）there is difficulty/trouble/pleasure/in doing sth.在做某事方面感到困难/快乐

There's no pleasure (in) working with him.

和他在一起工作没有什么快乐。

3）to have a pleasant/good time in doing sth.做某事很快乐。

We had a pleasant time (in) staying here.

我们在这里过得很愉快。

4）to have a time in doing sth. 费很大力气做（注意区分：to have time to do sth.意为“有时间做”）

They had a hard time in settling the trouble.

他们费了很大劲儿处理了这一麻烦事。

We have no time to go to see her.

我们没有时间去看她。

5）to waste/spend time/money/energy doing sth.浪费时间/金钱/精力做某事

They wasted no time stopping the pollution.

他们迅速地地阻止了污染。

6）be busy in doing sth./busy oneself in doing sth.忙于做某事

The teachers are busy in preparing for the final examination.

老师们忙着为期终考试做准备。

7）to burst out laughing/crying突然笑了/哭了

On hearing the news, they burst out crying.

一听到这个消息，他们突然哭了。

8）to be any/some/no use doing sth. = be of any/some/no use doing sth.做某事有用/没用

Is it any use trying to persuade him to stay here for another 2 days?

试图劝他再待两天有用吗？

9）it's fun/good/a waste of time/a bore/such an encouragement doing sth.做某事是快乐的/是有好处的/是浪费时间/是没有意思的/是件令人鼓舞的事

It is no good staying here any longer.

在这里再待下去没有好处。

10）it's enjoyable/foolish/better/nice/rather tiring/interesting/pointless/worthwhile/terrible/crazy doing sth.做某事是让人高兴的/愚蠢的/更好/令人累的/有意思的/无意义的/值得的/是疯了

It is worthwhile devoting much more energy to study.

在学习上付出更多的精力是值得的。

11）there is no ... bearing/telling/saying/accounting for/hiding/going out做……是不可能的

There's no telling what he's going to do.

讲明白他要干什么是不可能的。

12）of one's doing（=done by oneself）自己做的。

I didn't know this had been of your doing.

我原来不知道这件事是你自己做的。

13）What/How about doing sth.？做某事意下如何？

What about having a rest?

休息一会儿好吗？

14）What do you say to doing sth.? 做某事意下如何？

What do you say to going to the cinema with me tonight?

今晚和我去看一场电影怎么样？

15）to spend one's time/money in doing sth.在做某事方面花钱/花时间

She spent much time in going shopping.

她把很多时间都花在购物上了。

16）lose no time in doing sth.不失时机做某事

She lost no time in calling me after she arrived in Beijing.

她到北京后不失时机地给我打了电话。

17）be long in doing sth. 干事情很慢

He won't be long in making up his mind.

过不了多久他就会下定决心的。

18）there is no use/point in/of doing sth.做某事是没有用处/意义的

There's no point in trying to persuade him to give up smoking.

试图劝说他戒烟是没有意义的。

There's no point in trying to communicate with him.

试图与他交流没有意义。

19）what's the use/point/good of doing sth.做某事有什么用？

What's the good of bragging?

吹牛皮有什么用处呢？

20）be through with doing sth. 做完某事

When he was through (with) speaking, he got up and left.

说完了话，他就起身走了。

21）No doing.

不准做某事

No spitting!

不许吐痰！

22）it goes without saying that ... 是不用说的

It goes without saying that children shouldn't be given knives to play with.

不应该给孩子们刀子玩，这是不用说的。

23）make a point of doing特别注意（做某事）

I always make a point of remembering my mother's birthday.

我总特注意记着妈妈的生日。

24）be on the point of doing　= be about to do快要

I was on the point of speaking to him when he left.

我就要与他说话呢，他走了。

25）never/not ... without doing = whenever没有……而不

He cannot speak English without making mistakes.

他一说英语就出错。

专项练习

1. The problem was difficult, but it was worth _______ out.

A. work

B. to work

C. being worked

D. working

2. The old peasant preferred _______ in the field to _______ at home in his free time.

A. to walk around; staying

B. walking around; staying

C. walking around; to stay

D. to walk around; to stay

3. You should do some reading instead of _______ TV all the time.

A. to watch

B. you watching

C. you watch

D. watching

4. Besides _______ , she is kind and considerate.

A. pretty and clever

B. being pretty and clever

C. her pretty and clever

D. she is pretty and clever

5. What about _______ fishing together with us this afternoon?

A. we go

B. we going

C. going

D. to go

答案速查　1-5　DBDBC

阶段练习

1. Bill suggested _______ a meeting on what to do for the Shanghai Expo during the vacation.

A. having held

B. to hold

C. holding

D. hold

2. _______well in an interview will be an important part of getting a place at university.

A. Do

B. Doing

C. Done

D. Being done

3. Something as simple as _______ some cold water may clear your mind and relieve pressure.

A. to drink

B. drinking

C. to be drinking

D. drunk

4. As a new driver, I have to practise _______ the car in my small garage again and again.

A. parking

B. to park

C. parked

D. park

5. All the staff in our company are considering _______ to the city centre for the fashion show.

A. to go

B. going

C. to have gone

D. having gone

6. Eugene's never willing to alter any of his opinions. It's no use _______ with him.

A. to argue

B. arguing

C. argued

D. having argued

7. The parents suggested _______ in the hotel room but their kids were anxious to camp out during the trip.

A. sleep

B. to sleep

C. sleeping

D. having slept

8. He got well-prepared for the job interview, for he couldn't risk _______ the good opportunity.

A. to lose

B. losing

C. to be lost

D. being lost

9. Victor apologized for _______ to inform me of the change in the plan.

A. his being not able

B. him not to be able

C. his not being able

D. him to be not able

10. According to a recent U.S. survey, children spent up to 25 hours a week _______ TV.

A. to watch

B. to watching

C. watching

D. watch

11. The discovery of new evidence led to _______.

A. the thief having caught

B. catch the thief

C. the thief being caught

D. the thief to be caught

12. _______ to change the constitution caused a great deal of confusion among the people in Egypt.

A. President Morsi will try

B. President Morsi to try

C. President Morsi tried

D. President Morsi's trying

13. In some parts of London, missing a bus means _______ for another hour.

A. waiting

B. to wait

C. wait

D. to be waiting

14. I really appreciate _______ to talk with you on this nice island.

A. to have had time

B. having time

C. to have time

D. to having time

15. Fishing is his favorite hobby, and _______.

A. he'd like to collect coins as well

B. he feel like collecting coins, too

C. to collect coins is also his hobby

D. collecting coins also gives him great pleasure

16. Mr. Reed made up his mind to devote all he had to _______ some schools for poor children.

A. set up

B. setting up

C. have set up

D. having set up

17. Tony was very unhappy for _______ to the party.

A. having not been invited

B. not having invited

C. having not invited

D. not having been invited

18. It is of little use _______ a bicycle when you don't know how _______ it.

A. to own; to ride

B. owning; riding

C. to own; riding

D. owning; to ride

19. _______ is no good _______ children to read books of this kind.

A. It; permitting

B. That; letting

C. This; allowing

D. It; letting

20. —What makes you so worried?

—_______.

A. Because I've lost the papers

B. Losing the papers

C. For the papers were lost

D. Because of the papers

21. —I wish I could buy one of those lovely dogs.

—I'm afraid your wife wouldn't allow _______ at home.

A. your keeping it

B. you can keep it

C. you keep it

D. you will keep it

22. We would prefer her _______ in the company.

A. staying

B. stay

C. stayed

D. to stay

23. Rather than _______ on a crowded bus, he always prefers _______ a bicycles.

A. ride; ride

B. riding; ride

C. ride; to ride

D. to ride; riding

24. If you keep _______ English, you can learn English well.

A. practising speak

B. practising speaking

C. practising speak

D. to practise spoken

25. James liked fishing, _______.

A. but hunting had been enjoyed by him

B. but hunting was also enjoyed by him

C. but hunting was also enjoyed

D. but he also enjoyed hunting

26. Remember _______ my best regards to him when you write.

A. sending

B. send

C. sent

D. to send

27. They failed to pass the exam last time. I regretted _______ them.

A. to be not able to help

B. being unable to help

C. being not able to help

D. not be able to help

28. Try _______ at the back door if nobody hears you at the front door.

A. to knock

B. and knock

C. knocking

D. and to knock

29. _______ the exam will disappoint your parents.

A. You failing

B. Your failing

C. You fail

D. You to fail

30. _______ the medicine made her mother angry.

A. Not his talking

B. His not taking

C. He not take

D. No to take

31. _______ the radio made it worse.

A. My repairing

B. Me repairing

C. I repairing

D. I repaired

32. It was really hard work _______ our way _______ the forest.

A. cut; through

B. cut; up

C. cutting; across

D. cutting; through

33. Her job is _______ the garden clean.

A. keep

B. kept

C. keeping

D. keeps

34. His question is _______.

A. puzzling

B. puzzled

C. to puzzled

D. to puzzling

35. The Spring Festival is coming. I'm busy _______ the room. There is no time _______ to the shop.

A. cleaning; to go

B. to clean; going

C. cleaning; going

D. to clean; to go

36. —You look tired after the walk. You'd better have a rest.

—I don't feel like _______ now.

A. to sleep

B. asleep

C. sleeping

D. to be sleeping

37. All the students are now busy _______ their lessons for the _______ examinations.

A. to review; coming

B. review; come

C. reviewing; coming

D. to review; to come

38. —What do you think of the book?

—Oh, excellent. It's worth _______ a second time.

A. to read

B. to be read

C. reading

D. being read

39. Such books are not worthy _______ at all.

A. of being read

B. being read

C. reading

D. to read

40. The old man wanted to leave here, because he just couldn't stand _______ in the noisy room.

A. to sleep

B. sleep

C. sleeping

D. being slept

41. The teacher apologized _______ late.

A. to his students to arrive

B. to his students for arriving

C. at his students to arrive

D. at his students for arriving

42. I didn't mind _______ home, but my brother preferred _______ a taxi.

A. walking; getting

B. to walk; get

C. walking; to get

D. walk; getting

43. —Do you feel like _______ there or shall we take a bus?

—I'd like to walk. But since there isn't much time _______ , I'd rather you _______ a taxi.

A. to walk; to leave; hired

B. to walk; left; hired

C. walking; left; hired

D. walking; left; hiring

44. Journalists ought to avoid _______ mistakes in their reports.

A. make

B. making

C. to make

D. made

45. —Why were you so late?

—I had a hard time _______ up this morning.

A. to get

B. get

C. got

D. getting

46. You can never imagine what great difficulty I have _______ your house.

A. found

B. to find

C. in finding

D. for finding

47. _______ waste our time _______ such a question.

A. Don't let us; to discuss

B. Let's not; discussing

C. Don't let us; discussing

D. Let's not; to discuss

48. He spent all his time _______ for the TOEFL.

A. to prepare

B. to preparing

C. in preparing

D. of preparing

49. The young men are successful _______ the power station.

A. to repair

B. to repairing

C. in repairing

D. repaired

50. He apologized for _______.

A. his not being able to come

B. his being able not to come

C. not his being able to come

D. his being not able to come

51. She blamed me _______ away the money _______ to her.

A. to take; belonging

B. for taking; that was belonging

C. for taking; that belonged

D. of taking; which is belonged

52. Mary's father is very happy because of _______ given a prize.

A. her being

B. being

C. her having been

D. she has been

53. —Used you to _______ vegetables in the country before you came here?

—Yes, but now I've got quite used to _______ in this computer company.

A. grow; working

B. growing; work

C. grow; work

D. growing; working

54. He devoted every _______ this unknown element（元素）.

A. effort to find

B. effort to finding

C. effect to find

D. effect to finding

55. How can he escape _______?

A. seeing

B. seen

C. being seen

D. being seeing

56. They insisted on _______ tomorrow.

A. being finished the design

B. the design to be finished

C. the design finished

D. the design being finished

57. They narrowly missed _______ in the forest of South America 15 years ago.

A. killing

B. to be killed

C. being killed

D. to have been killed

58. The thief stole into the house and congratulated himself _______.

A. without seeing

B. on not being seen

C. on not seeing

D. not to be seen

59. He regretted _______ the days when he _______ studied.

A. wasting; could have

B. to waste; should have

C. having wasted; had

D. having wasted; should have

60. —You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting.

—Well, now I regret _______ that.

A. to do

B. to being doing

C. to have done

D. having done

61. Generally speaking, the _______ are respected by the common people.

A. learned

B. learning

C. learn

D. being learnt

62. You must learn _______ English by _______.

A. speak; speak

B. speaking; speaking

C. spoken; spoken

D. spoken; speaking

63. —I can't see the words on the blackboard.

—Perhaps you need _______.

A. to examine your eyes

B. to have your eyes examined

C. to have examined your eyes

D. your eyes to be examined

64. Your shoes are dirty. They need _______ badly.

A. to wash

B. washing

C. washed

D. being washed

65. We wanted the watch _______ this afternoon.

A. repaired

B. being repaired

C. to be repaired

D. repairing

III. 分词

i. 现在分词与过去分词的区别

1. 在语态上。

1）现在分词（除被动式外）表示主动意义。

What he said was very touching.

他说的话很感人。

2）过去分词表示被动意义。

I was touched by the sight.

我被这一幕感动了。

2. 在时间上。

1）现在分词表示动作正在进行。

the rising sun

正在升起的太阳

developing countries

发展中的国家

2）过去分词表示动作的完成。

the fallen leaves

落叶

the risen sun

升起的太阳

3）过去分词有时候没有一定的时间性。

Seen from the top of the building, our school looks more beautiful.

从楼顶望去，我们学校看上去更美了。

专项练习

1. _______ goodbye to the hosts, Brown left the house.

A. Said

B. Saying

C. In order to say

D. He said

2. He rushed out of the room, _______.

A. cried

B. for crying

C. crying

D. cries

3. With everything she needed _______ , she drove back from the market-place.

A. is buy

B. have bought

C. buying

D. bought

4. Mrs. Bush stood _______ for a moment when her _______ dog appeared before her.

A. surprised; missing

B. surprising; missed

C. surprised; missed

D. surprising; missing

5. People at last found Janet _______ on a bench in the back yard alone, _______ the bright moon.

A. seating; watching

B. seated; watched

C. seated; watching

D. seating; watched

6. Your shoes want _______ badly. Why don't you have them _______.

A. washing; washed

B. to wash; washed

C. to be washing; to wash

D. washed; washed

7. So many problems _______ , I'm in a tight corner.

A. settled

B. remained to settle

C. being settled

D. remaining to be settled

8. The policeman put down the phone, with a _______ smile on his face.

A. satisfied

B. satisfying

C. to satisfied

D. having satisfied

9. The problem _______ at present has something to do with our living conditions.

A. discuss

B. to be discussing

C. being discussed

D. to discuss

10. If _______ green, the door might look more beautiful.

A. paint

B. painted

C. to paint

D. painting

答案速查　1-5　BCDAC　6—10　ADACB

ii. 分词作定语

1. 现在分词作定语表示主动或者表示主动且动作正在进行。

The rising moon is very beautiful.

正在升起的月亮很美丽。

The students singing over there are my good friends.

那边唱歌的学生是我的好朋友。

2. 过去分词作定语表示被动且动作已经完成。

The room with a broken window is mine.

有一个破窗户的那个房间是我的。

Guests invited to the evening party were her father's colleagues.

应邀参加晚会的客人都是她父亲的同事。

3. 分词作定语往往可以用定语从句代替。

The boy (who is) standing over there is my close friend.

站在那边的男孩是我的密友。

Did you see the man (who is) talking to our class teacher?

你以前见过正在与我们班主任谈话的那个男人吗？

Is this the book (which is) written by Lu Xun?

这就是鲁迅写的那本书吗？

4. 单个分词作前置定语, 分词短语作后置定语。

He is a promising young man.

他是个很有前途的年轻人。

This is the very moving story told by our class teacher at yesterday's class meeting.

这就是在昨天班会上我们班主任讲的那个动人故事。

5. 完成式的现在分词短语不能作定语，应用过去分词短语或者现在分词或者定语从句来作定语。

The matter (which is) being discussed is of vital importance.

正在讨论的这件事至关重要。

The matter discussed at the meeting is of vital importance.

=The matter that has been discussed at the meeting is of vital importance.

会上已讨论的这件事至关重要。

专项练习

1. The flowers _______ so sweet in the botanic garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature.

A. to smell

B. smelling

C. smell

D. to be smell

2. The disc, digitally _______ in the studio, sounded fantastic at the party that night.

A. recorded

B. recording

C. to be recorded

D. having recorded

3. Don't use words, expressions, or phrases _______ only to people with specific knowledge.

A. being known

B. having been known

C. to be known

D. known

4. The bell _______ the end of the period rang, _______ our heated discussion.

A. indicating; interrupting

B. indicated; interrupting

C. indicating; interrupted

D. indicated; interrupted

5. The big tower _______ in the Tang dynasty is _______ next spring.

A. being built; to repair

B. built; to be repaired

C. built; being repaired

D. being built; to be repaired

6. The problem _______ at the meeting now is _______ in two weeks' time.

A. discussed; to be voted

B. to be discussed; to be voted

C. being discussed; to be voted

D. discussing; being voted

7. The language _______ in Britain is also used in other_______countries.

A. spoken; English-speaking

B. spoken; English-spoken

C. speaking; English-speaking

D. speaking; English-spoken

8. More houses of this type will be built in the years _______.

A. to be coming

B. to come

C. coming

D. comes

9. More houses of this type will be built in the _______ years.

A. following

B. followed

C. to be followed

D. having followed

10. Li Hua can't talk much because he had his tooth _______ this morning.

A. pulling

B. having been pulled

C. pulled

D. being pulled

答案速查　1-5　BADAB　6—10　CABAC

iii. 分词作表语

1. 现在分词作表语表示分词主语所具有的特征和性质时，主语多是物。

The game is very exciting.

这个比赛很令人激动。

The music is much pleasing to the ears.

这音乐很悦耳。

He was surprised at the news as the news was really very surprising.

听到这个消息他很吃惊，因为这消息确实令人吃惊。

2. 过去分词作表语表示主语所处的状态，逻辑上成被动关系时，主语多是人。

He's gone.

他走了。

You are mistaken.

你错了。

He was moved to tears by the film.

他被电影感动得流下了眼泪。

3. 分词和动名词都可以作表语，分词作表语是对主语进行描述，而动名词作表语说明主语的内容。

My job is teaching.

我的工作是教书。

The news was surprising.

这消息令人吃惊。

The most important thing is giving the new generation a good education.

最重要的事情是给新一代良好的教育。

专项练习

1. The news was so _______ that they were all _______.

A. inspiring；exciting

B. inspiring；excited

C. inspired；excited

D. inspired；exciting

2. What he had said was _______ and made us _______.

A. surprised; surprising

B. surprising; surprised

C. surprised; surprised

D. surprising; surprising

3. I'd rather read than watch television; the programs seem _______ all the time.

A. to get worse

B. to be getting worse

C. to have got worse

D. getting worse

4. The door of the shop remained _______ , though it was ten o'clock a.m.

A. opened

B. opening

C. locked

D. having locking

5. The pilot asked all the passengers on board to remain _______ as the plane was making a landing.

A. seat

B. seating

C. seated

D. to be seating

答案速查　1-5　BBBCC

iv. 分词作宾语补语

1. 分词一般只在两类动词后作宾语补语。

1）感觉、感官动词后的分词宾补。常见感官动词有see, observe, notice, watch, hear, smell, listen to, look at, feel, find等。

I can smelt something burning.

我闻到什么东西烧着了。

He was

seen sleeping in the next room.

有人看见他在隔壁睡觉。

2）使役、致使动词后的分词宾补。常见的使役、致使动词有catch, set, have, make, get, start, leave, keep等。

The joke set them all laughing.

这个笑话使他们都笑了。

I won't have you doing that again.

我不能听任你再做那样的事情。

The teacher often caught him dozing off in class.

老师经常捉住他课堂上打瞌睡。

He managed to get it done on time.

他设法准时干完了此事。

2. “感觉、感官动词+宾语+现在分词宾语”表示主动意义及正在进行时态。

I found him smoking with some boys inside the toilet.

我发现他和几个男孩子正在厕所里抽烟。

3. “使役、致使动词+宾语+过去分词宾补”表示被动意义及已经完成时态。

She still could not make herself understood in English.

她仍不能用英语使别人明白自己的意思。

4. 分词作宾语补语的几种特殊情况

1）make后宾语接分词作补语时只能用过去分词，不能用现在分词。

He couldn't make himself believed.

他不能使自己被别人相信。

The writer made himself known by his novel.

这位作家通过其小说使自己出了名。

Be sure to make yourself understand the basic rules of the sport if you want to be a real football fan.

如果你想成为真正的足球迷，你就一定要使自己明白该运动的基本规则。

2）set后的宾补通常是现在分词，不用过去分词。

He set the clock going.

他使钟表转了起来。

Her words set me thinking.

她的话语使我陷入了深思。

His action set her wondering.

他的行动使她纳闷。

专项练习

1. The responsible teacher couldn't keep his eyes _______ to all those careless mistakes.

A. shut

B. to shut

C. shutting

D. on shutting

2. Why do you stand and watch the water _______ over there?

A. boiling

B. boiled

C. from boiling

D. being boiled

3. I held the little rabbit in my hand and felt its heart _______.

A. beated

B. beating

C. beat

D. beaten

4. Walking along the river, we heard someone _______ for help.

A. shouting

B. shout

C. shouted

D. being shouting

5. Why do you have the water _______ all the time?

A. run

B. to be running

C. running

D. being running

6. —Do you smell anything unusual？

—Yes. I can smell something _______.

A. burning

B. is burning

C. having burnt

D. burn

7. —Is there anything that you want to buy from town?

—No, but I'm going to get _______.

A. those letters mailed

B. those letters mailing

C. to mail those letters

D. mailing those letters

8. When little Tom hurried to the classroom, he found many village people _______ at the back of the room.

A. seat

B. seating

C. to seat

D. seated

9. The hall was so noisy that the speaker couldn't make himself _______.

A. being heard

B. heard

C. hearing

D. hear

10. Returning home, he found the back door open and something _______.

A. to steal

B. to be stolen

C. stealing

D. stolen

答案速查　1-5　AABAC　6—10　AADBD

v. 分词作状语

1. 分词作时间状语相当于when引导的时间状语从句；on doing sth. = as soon as。

Hearing the news, they immediately set off for Shanghai.

一听到这个消息，他们马上动身去上海了。

When (he was) asked, he kept silent.

当被问到时，他沉默不语。

Seen from the hill top, our school looks more beautiful.

从山顶望去，我们的学校更美了。

When leaving the airport, they waved again and again.

当离开飞机场时，他们再三挥手。

On entering the room, she found the man lying on the floor, dead.

一进房间，她就发现那男子躺在地板上死了。

On arriving in the city, he went to the hotel.

一到市内他就去了宾馆。

2. 分词作原因状语相当于as, since, because引导的原因状语从句。

Being ill, he didn't come to school today.

由于生病，他今天没能来上学。

(As he was) Not accepted by her parents, he felt discouraged.

由于没有被她的父母接受，他很泄气。

There being nothing to do, she went home.

由于无事可做，她回家了。

Not having received her letter, I decided to write her again.

因为没有收到她的来信，我决定再向她写一封信。

Born into a poor family, he couldn't go to university.

由于生在一个贫穷家庭，他没有能上大学。

3. 分词作方式或伴随状语不能用状语从句替换，但是可以改写成并列句。

He walked down the hill, singing softly to himself. (=　and sang softly to himself).

他轻柔地唱着向山下走。

He hurried to the hall, followed by two guards. (＝　and was followed by two guards).

他匆忙向大厅走去，后面跟着两个卫兵。

4. 分词作条件状语相当于if, unless等引导的从句。常见的引导条件状语的分词有given, supposing, considering, provided, compared with等。

Turning to the right（=　If you turn ...）, you will find the way to the railway station.

向右拐，你就会找到去火车站的路。

Given another chance (=If I am ...）, I'll do it much better.

若再给一次机会，我就能做得更好。

5. 分词作结果状语相当于so that引导的结果状语从句。分词前常有副词thus, thereby, only等。

The old scientist died all of a sudden, leaving his research unfinished.

那位老科学家突然去世，留下他的研究没有完成。

He turned off the lamp, (thus) seeing nothing.

他关了灯，什么也看不到了。

She hurried to the station, only finding the train still there.

她匆忙赶到火车站，发现火车还在那里。

试比较：

She hurried to the station, only to find the train had left.

她匆忙赶到火车站，却发现火车已经走了。

6. 分词作让步状语相当于though或者even if等引导的让步状语从句。

Wounded (=　Though he was wounded), the brave soldier continued to fight.

尽管受伤，那位勇敢的士兵仍然继续战斗。

Admitting her excuse　(=　Even if I admit her excuse), I still think that she hasn't tried her best.

尽管接受了她的借口，我仍然认为她并没有尽力。

7. 现在分词常跟在go, come以及sit, stand等动词后作状语表示伴随或目的。

They often go shopping at weekends.

他们经常周末去购物。

He came running to help the people in trouble.

他跑着来帮助那些处于困境中的人们。

We sat telling stories to the children.

我们坐着给孩子们讲故事。

专项练习

1. It was unbelievable that the fans waited outside the gym for three hours just _______ a look at the sports star.

A. had

B. having

C. to have

D. have

2. More and more people are signing up for Yoga classes nowadays, _______ advantage of the health and relaxation benefits.

A. taking

B. taken

C. having taken

D. having been taken

3. According to a recent U.S. survey, children spend up to 25 hours a week _______ TV.

A. to watch

B. to watching

C. watching

D. watch

4. Though _______ money, his parents managed to send him to university.

A. lacked

B. lacking of

C. lacking

D. lacked in

5. Finding her car stolen, _______.

A. a policeman was asked to help

B. the area was searched thoroughly

C. it was looked for everywhere

D. she hurried to a policeman for help

6. He sent an e-mail, _______ to get further information.

A. hoped

B. hoping

C. to hope

D. hope

7. _______ in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.

A. Being founded

B. It was founded

C. Founded

D. Founding

8. _______ his party to power for the fourth time, he becomes famous among Western leaders.

A. Lead

B. Leading

C. Have led

D. Having led

9. _______ his mother, the little boy stopped crying.

A. Seeing

B. Saw

C. Seen

D. See

答案速查　1-5　CACCD　6—9　BCDA

vi. 分词的逻辑主语

1. 分词作定语时的逻辑主语就是它修饰的名词或代词。

This is an interesting story.

这是一个有趣的故事。

I saw a rolling stone.

我看到一个滚动的石头。

The crying boy is her little brother.

在哭叫的孩子是她的小弟弟。

2. 分词作状语时的逻辑主语就是全句的主语。

Turning around, we saw an old woman walking to the river.

我们转过身来，看到一位老太太在向河边走去。

When using the machine, you must read the instructions first.

当你使用机器的时候必须先读说明书。

Seeing from the hilltop, he was delighted to see a wonderful valley.

从山顶望去，他高兴地看到一个美妙的山谷。

Seen from the hilltop, our city can be seen more clearly.

从山顶望去，我们的城市看得更清楚了。

3. 分词作补语时的逻辑主语就是全句的宾语。

I saw him running around the track on the playground.

我看见他在操场上绕着跑道跑步。

We found the houses in the village damaged in the earthquake.

我们发现村里的房子在地震中被毁了。

4. 根据现在分词与逻辑主语的关系可以确定分词的语态形式。

1）分词作宾补时，分词的语态形式取决于分词与其逻辑主语即句子宾语的关系。

We saw a light burning in the window.

我们看到窗户里面灯亮着。

We saw the house being burnt down.

我们看到房子正在被烧毁。

2）分词作定语，分词的语态形式取决于分词与其逻辑主语即所修饰的名词或代词的关系。

The building being built now will be our library.

现在正在被建的大楼将是我们的图书馆。

The man making the speech at the meeting is our new headmaster.

正在会上发言的是我们的新校长。

3）分词作状语，分词的语态形式取决于分词与其逻辑主语即句子的主语的关系。

The little girl came in, singing and dancing.

那个小姑娘进来了，唱着跳着。

Having been shown the lab, we were taken to the dining hall.

被领着看了实验室之后，我们被带到餐厅去。

专项练习

1. Once lost, _______.

A. to get such a chance is difficult

B. such a chance will never come again

C. one can never get such a chance

D. there'll be no such a chance

2. The boy overslept and kept all the others _______ at the station for hours.

A. to wait

B. having been waited

C. waiting

D. being waited

3. Mary left her coat _______ in the train.

A. laying

B. lying

C. laid

D. lie

4. This is the best film _______ this year.

A. to show

B. to be shown

C. showing

D. shown

5. The books _______ belong to Mr. Smith.

A. which is on the table

B. lying on the table

C. are on the table

D. which on the table

6. Father caught the boy _______ in the garage.

A. smoke

B. to smoke

C. smoking

D. being smoked

7. —Who are those people walking along the street with banners?

—A group _______ the League for Global Environment Protection.

A. calling

B. called

C. called itself

D. is called

8. _______ for the coming examinations before, I have no time for the film.

A. Not preparing

B. To prepare

C. Having not prepared

D. Not having prepared

9. _______ for half a month, the town was running out of food and clothing.

A. Having flooded

B. As the town had flooded

C. Having been flooded

D. To have been flooded

10. _______ the call for help, the boys immediately rushed out to see what was going on.

A. In order to hear

B. Hearing

C. Having heard

D. They heard

11. Jane is looking forward to _______ from me. Remember _______ my letter on your way home.

A. hear; to post

B. hearing; post

C. hearing; to post

D. hearing; posting

12. _______ their life in the past, ours is much better.

A. Comparing with

B. Compared with

C. To compare with

D. Comparing to

13. After seeing the play, _______.

A. it made him read the book at once

B. he wanted to read the book at once

C. the book was immediately read

D. it interested him a great deal

14. _______ from the hill top, the whole city of Nanjing looks more beautiful.

A. As people see

B. Seeing

C. People see the city

D. Seen

15. The soldiers ran as fast as they could, _______ to catch the fleeing enemies.

A. hoping

B. to hope

C. they hoped

D. hoped

答案速查　1-5　BCBDB　6—10　CBDCB　11—15　CBBDA

vii. 分词构成的独立主格结构

1. 分词作状语时，其逻辑主语与句子的主语应该一致，否则，分词应有自己的逻辑主语，构成分词的独立主格结构。

Not having learned the idioms before, he couldn't understand the meaning of these sentences.

因为以前没有学过这个习语，他不明白这些句子的意思。

Badly injured in the traffic accident, the driver was taken to the hospital.

因为在交通事故中严重受伤，司机被送往医院了。

It being such a fine day, the family decided to have a trip to the seaside.

因为是好天，这家人决定到海边去旅行。

2. 独立主格结构一般位于句首。由 “名词/代词+分词” 构成。表示时间、原因、条件、方式或伴随等。句子模式为“主语+分词+主谓结构”或“主谓结构+主语+分词”。

Homework done, he left the room.

家庭作业做完之后他离开了房间。

The meeting being over, they went out one by one.

会议结束了，他们一个接一个出来了。

Nobody having more to say, the meeting was closed.

由于没人有更多的话要说，会议就结束了。

Everything taken into consideration, this plan seems to be more reasonable.

若把一切都考虑在内，这个计划似乎更合理。

The work done, we felt relieved.

工作完成了，我们觉得轻松了。

There being no more buses, they went home on foot.

因不再有公交车，他们只好步行回家了。

3. 表示伴随情况时，常位于句末。

He returned home three days later, his face covered with mud and his clothes torn into pieces.

三天后他回到了家里，脸上沾满泥土，衣服扯成了碎片。

He was lying on the grass, his hands crossed under his head.

他躺在草地上，双手交叉放在头下面。

He came in, a dog following him quietly.

他进来了，一只狗静静地跟着他。

4. 独立主格结构有时可以用with或without引导，作定语或状语。

Without a word more spoken, she left the room.

没有多说一句话，她就离开了房间。

With weather permitting, we'll go there on foot.

如果天公作美，我们将步行去那里。

5. 除分词外，独立主格结构还可以用不定式、形容词、介词、副词或名词等。详见本书第十一章内容。

He stood there, pipe in mouth.

他站在那里，嘴里含着烟斗。

He came in, book in hand.

他手里面拿着书本进来了。

With a lot of work to do, they decided to stay at home.

由于那么多工作要做，他们决定呆在家里。

With all the work on hand, he shouldn't have gone to the cinema last night.

因为手头上都是要做的工作，昨天夜里他真不应该去看电影。

专项练习

1. He walked up and down the room for half an hour, _______ behind him.

A. with his hands clasping

B. his hands clasped

C. his hands were clasped

D. as his hands clasped

2. The two prisoners of war came into the room, _______ by two soldiers, _______.

A. followed; guns in hand

B. followed; gun in hand

C. following; gun in hands

D. following; guns in hands

3. The sun _______ , the birds went into their nests.

A. set down

B. sets down

C. setting

D. sets

4. _______ , the lecture began.

A. The listeners having taken their seats

B. Having taken their seats

C. Taking their seats

D. The listeners to take their seats

5. _______ , a man who expresses himself effectively is sure to succeed more rapidly than a man whose command of language is poor.

A. Other things being equal

B. Other things were equal

C. To be equal to other things

D. Other things to be equal

6. It _______ heavily, the game had to be delayed.

A. was snowing

B. snowing

C. snowed

D. had snowed

答案速查　1—6　BBCAAB

viii. 分词的时态和语态形式

1. 分词的时态：反映出分词动作与全句谓语动词的动作之间的先后关系

1）一般式：分词表示的动作与谓语动词的动作同时发生（几乎同时）或表示正在发生。两个动作同时发生时，也可用“when/while +分词结构”。

Arriving at the station, he found the train. (几乎同时)

到了火车站他就找到了火车。

The students sitting in this classroom are having English contest. (同时)

坐在教室里的学生正在进行英语竞赛。

The man planting trees in front of the building is our class teacher. (进行)

在楼前面植树的那个人是我们的班主任。

Don't talk while eating.

吃饭的时候不要讲话。

When leaving, she waved to everyone of us.

离开的时候，她向我们大家挥手致意。

2）完成式：分词所表示的动作发生在句中谓语所表示的动作之前。作定语时直接用过去分词，表示动作已完成，并具有被动含义。

Not having tried his best, he failed in the exam.

因为没有尽力而为，他考试失败了。

The boy saved by a soldier came to himself soon.

被一位战士救出的那个男孩不久就苏醒了。

Having been beaten seriously, the enemy ran away in all directions.

被痛打之后，敌人四处逃窜。

2. 分词的语态：如果分词的逻辑主语是动作的承受者，就要用被动式。

1）一般被动式表示正在进行的被动动作。

The questions being discussed at the meeting are of great importance.

会议上正在被讨论的问题很重要。

Being asked to give a performance, she couldn't refuse it.

当被请求进行表演的时候，她不好意思拒绝。

In those days, they often went to the bank to watch the ship being loaded and unloaded.

在那些日子，他们经常去河岸观看船只装卸。

2）完成被动式强调分词表示的被动动作先于谓语动词所表示的动作发生。

Having been warned about typhoon, the fishermen sailed for the nearest harbor.

被警告有台风之后渔民们向最近的港口驶去。

Not having been invited to the ball, she felt very angry.

由于没有被邀请参加舞会，她感到很生气。

Having been given such a good chance, how could he let it slip away?

给了如此好的一个机会，他怎么能让它溜掉呢？

The decision having been made, the next problem was how to make a good plan.

决定已经做出了，下一个问题是如何制定一个好计划。

3. 分词的独立结构——垂悬分词：当分词的逻辑主语不是主句的主语，而且在句中垂悬无依时，就是所谓的垂悬分词。这些分词已经成为固定的形式，使用时不必考虑其逻辑主语。其结构经常用来作插入语, 常见的有：generally speaking, frankly speaking, talking of, speaking of, strictly speaking, judging from/by, taking everything into consideration等

Judging from his face, he must be ill.

从他的脸色判断，他一定生病了。

Generally speaking, it doesn't snow in winter in Shanghai.

一般说来，上海冬天不会下雪。

Judging from his accent, he came from America.

从他的口音判断，他来自美国。

Taking everything into consideration, this article was good.

若把一切都考虑在内，这篇文章不错的。

专项练习

1. _______ by the police, the kidnappers had nothing to do but _______ up.

A. Surrounding; to give

B. Having surrounded; give

C. Surrounded; to give

D. Surrounded; give

2. Never _______ on a plane before, the old woman felt very _______ and sick.

A. be; surprised

B. to be; surprising

C. being; surprising

D. having been; surprised

3. _______ to himself, he found himself _______ to a big tree with no one nearby.

A. Came; to be tied

B. Having come; be tied

C. Coming; tied

D. To come; trying

4. _______ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.

A. Losing

B. Having lost

C. Lost

D. To see

5. No computer so far ever _______ can have the same ability as human brains.

A. be built

B. having built

C. being built

D. built

6. _______ , the leaves are beginning _______.

A. Autumn comes; to fall

B. Autumn coming; to fall

C. As autumn coming; falling

D. Autumn to come; falling

7. Stop walking and look around when _______ the street.

A. cross

B. across

C. crossed

D. crossing

8. The man rushed into the house, his face _______ under his cap.

A. hiding

B. having hidden

C. hidden

D. to hide

9. _______ to complete the work on time, they set out _______.

A. Determined; to work

B. Determining; to be working

C. To be determined; working

D. Having determined; to working

10. It rained continuously for a few days, completely _______ our holidays.

A. ruined

B. to ruin

C. ruining

D. having been ruined

答案速查　1-5　DDCCD　6—10　BDCAC

阶段练习

1. Lucy has a great sense of humor and always keeps her colleagues _______ with her stories.

A. amused

B. amusing

C. to amuse

D. to be amused

2. _______ the city center, we saw a stone statue of about 10 meters in height.

A. Approaching

B. Approached

C. To approach

D. To be approached

3. A small plane crashed into a hillside five miles east of the city, _______ all four people on board.

A. killed

B. killing

C. kills

D. to kill

4. With the government's aid, those _______ by the earthquake have moved to the new settlements.

A. affect

B. affecting

C. affected

D. were affected

5. Hearing the dog barking fiercely, away _______.

A. fleeing the thief

B. was fleeing the thief

C. the thief was fleeing

D. fled the thief

6. _______ by the growing interest in nature, more and more people enjoy outdoor sports.

A. Influenced

B. Influencing

C. Having influenced

D. To be influenced

7. The report indicated that 45% of students were in jobs not_______specific qualifications.

A. requiring

B. to be required

C. being required

D. to have required

8. My sister, an inexperienced rider, was found sitting on the bicycle _______ to balance it.

A. having tired

B. trying

C. to try

D. tried

9. Ideally _______ for Broadway theatres and Fifth Avenue, the New York Park hotel is a favourite with many guests.

A. locating

B. being located

C. having been located

D. located

10. Throughout history, the language _______ by a powerful group spreads across a civilization.

A. speaking

B. spoken

C. to speak

D. to be spoken

11. If we have illegal immigrants _______ in, many local workers will lose their jobs.

A. came

B. coming

C. to come

D. having come

12. After a knock at the door, the child heard his mother's voice _______ him.

A. calling

B. called

C. being called

D. to call

13. The Town Hall _______ in the 1800's was the most distinguished building at that time.

A. to be completed

B. having been completed

C. completed

D. being completed

14. She wants her paintings _______ in the gallery, but we don't think they would be very popular.

A. display

B. to display

C. displaying

D. displayed

15. Russ and Earl were auto mechanics _______ the same pay, but Earl had more ambition.

A. to earn

B. to have earned

C. earning

D. earned

16. _______ automatically, the e-mail will be received by all the club members.

A. Mailed out

B. Mailing out

C. To be mailed out

D. Having mailed out

17. There are hundreds of visitors _______ in front of the Art Gallery to have a look at Van Gogh's paintings.

A. waited

B. to wait

C. waiting

D. wait

18. In the dream Peter saw himself _______ by a fierce wolf, and he woke suddenly with a start.

A. chased

B. to be chased

C. be chased

D. having been chased

19. _______ into use in April 2000, the hotline was meant for residents reporting water and heating supply breakdowns.

A. Put

B. Putting

C. Having put

D. Being put

20. More and more people are signing up for Yoga classes nowadays, _______ advantage of the health and relaxation benefits.

A. taking

B. taken

C. having taken

D. having been taken

21. The pilot asked all the passengers on board to remain _______ as the plane was making a landing.

A. seat

B. seating

C. seated

D. to be seating

22. The flowers _______ sweet in the botanic garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature.

A. to smell

B. smelling

C. smelt

D. to be smelt

23. The disc, digitally _______ in the studio, sounded fantastic at the party that night.

A. recorded

B. recording

C. to be recorded

C. having recorded

24. Having been attacked by terrorists, _______.

A. doctors came to their rescue

B. the tall building collapsed

C. an emergency measure was taken

D. warnings were given to tourists

25. It is believed that if a book is _______ , it will surely _______ the reader.

A. interested; interest

B. interesting; be interested

C. interested; be interesting

D. interesting; interest

26. Generally speaking, _______ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect.

A. when taking

B. when taken

C. when to take

D. when to be taken

27. Friendship is like money: easier made than _______.

A. kept

B. to be kept

C. keeping

D. being kept

28. Unless _______ to speak, you should remain silent at the conference.

A. invited

B. inviting

C. being invited

D. having invited

29. Though _______ money, his parents managed to send him to university.

A. lacked

B. lacking of

C. lacking

D. lacked in

30. Don't use words, expressions, or phrases _______ only to people with specific knowledge.

A. being known

B. having been known

C. to be known

D. known

31. When _______ , the museum will be open to the public next year.

A. completed

B. completing

C. being completed

D. to be completed

32. Feeling the car stolen, _______.

A. a policeman was asked to help

B. the area was searched thoroughly

C. it was looked for everywhere

D. she hurried to a policeman for help

33. The bell _______ the 15 minutes left of the entrance exam rang, _______ a bit of nervousness among the students.

A. indicating; leading to

B. indicated; leading to

C. indicating;led to

D. indicated; led to

34. _______into many languages, the novel is well known to us all.

A. Being translated

B. Having translated

C. Having been translated

D. To be translated

35. The _______ boy was last seen _______ near the East Lake.

A. missing; playing

B. missing; play

C. missed; played

D. missed; to play

36. _______ in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.

A. Being founded

B. It was founded

C. Founded

D. Founding

37. He sent me an e-mail, _______ to get further information.

A. hoped

B. hoping

C. to hope

D. hope

38. _______ blood if you can and many lives will be saved.

A. Giving

B. Give

C. Given

D. To give

39. Mr. Smith, _______ of the _______ speech, started to read a novel.

A. tired; boring

B. tiring; bored

C. tired; bored

D. tiring; boring

40. On getting to the kindergarten, the mother was glad to see her baby well _______.

A. looked for

B. cared for

C. take care of

D. cared after

41. The two old sisters, _______ so long, held each other and burst into tears.

A. being separated

B. having been separated

C. having separated

D. had been separated

42. Let's have a rest. The _______ work made me very _______.

A. tired; tired

B. tiring; tiring

C. tired; tiring

D. tiring; tired

43. Just as the value of a telephone network increases with each new phone _______ to the system, so does the value of a computer system increase with each program that turns out.

A. adding

B. to have added

C. to add

D. added

44. As we all know, newspapers, magazines and radios as well as television broadcasts can keep us _______ about what is happening in the world.

A. informing

B. to inform

C. informed

D. being informed

45. Everyone was _______ by his _______ progress which he made during the two months.

A. surprised; surprise

B. surprised; surprised

C. surprised; surprising

D. surprising; surprising

46. When he turned around, he found a pair of eyes _______ him.

A. looking

B. watch at

C. fixing on

D. staring at

47. The film you saw last night was made _______ on a true story that happened many years ago.

A. base

B. to be based

C. based

D. basing

48. After _______ his work, the teacher came to help me with my English.

A. finished

B. being finished

C. having finished

D. be finishing

49. Follow the directions on the bottle carefully when _______ the medicine.

A. you will take

B. taking

C. to take

D. taken

50. The students, _______ their teachers, came home.

A. followed

B. follow

C. following

D. will follow

51. The long-lasting war, filled with blood and deaths, ended in people's sadness, _______ no result.

A. reached

B. to reach

C. would reach

D. reaching

52. They spent the night _______ in the room.

A. having locked

B. locking

C. to be locked

D. locked

53. He wrote a letter to the king _______.

A. hoping to be set free

B. to set him free

C. so that be set free

D. asked to be set free

54. Steven has devoted all his life to _______ films, and Kate, his wife, is also _______ to the duty of her profession.

A. make; devoted

B. making; devoting

C. making; devoted

D. make; devoting

55. _______ in the dark, his head hit against a tree.

A. Walking

B. He was walking

C. Walked

D. When he was walking

56. Time should be made good use _______ our lessons well.

A. of learning

B. to learn

C. to learning

D. of to learn

57. The film, _______ the true story of this Red Army general, attracted people's interest all over the country.

A. is based on

B. is on the base of

C. which is the base of

D. based upon

58. She returned home from the market only to find the door open and a number of things _______.

A. stole

B. missing

C. missed

D. losing

59. _______ it rains, we will stay at home.

A. Supposed

B. Supposing

C. To suppose

D. If suppose

60. _______ with yours, our library is _______ too small a size.

A. Comparing; in

B. Comparing; of

C. Compared; in

D. Compared; of

61. It's dangerous to carry a hot pan with _______ oil.

A. burning

B. burnt

C. burn

D. burns

62. We were told that the stone figure _______ back to the 16th century was of great value.

A. dated

B. dating

C. coming

D. kept

63. The boy lay on his back, his teeth _______ and his glaring eyes _______ straight upwards.

A. set; looked

B. set; looking

C. setting; looked

D. setting; looking

64. _______ in the forest, he had to ask for help by sending out signals.

A. Having lost

B. Losing

C. Lost

D. He was lost

65. The Golden Gate Bridge, _______ several hundred years ago, is worldwide famous.

A. which is built

B. which built

C. having built

D. built

66. I suggested the cheater _______ into prison.

A. referred to being put

B. referred be put

C. referred should be put

D. referred to be put

67. _______ , I went out for a walk.

A. There was nothing to do

B. There being nothing to do

C. There had nothing to do

D. Had nothing to do

68. He returned home to learn that the girl _______ had been married to the village secretary.

A. became engaged to him

B. was engaged to him

C. engaged to him before

D. got engaged to him

69. _______ at failing in the maths exam, John wouldn't like to talk about it to his parents.

A. Disappointed

B. To be disappointed

C. Disappointing

D. Having disappointed

70. _______ in the dark cave, he was not afraid of being found by _______ enemy soldiers.

A. Hidden; armed

B. Hide; armed

C. Hidden; arm

D. Hiding; armed

71. To have the wonderful cloth _______ new clothes, they had the machine _______ all day long.

A. made of; running

B. made of; run

C. made into; working

D. made into; work

72. The World Trade Organization finally opened its door to China on November 10, _______ our Chinese 15-year wait.

A. to end

B. ended

C. ending

D. ends

73. If _______ in wet sand, the vegetables can _______ fresh for a long time.

A. being buried; remain

B. buried; remain

C. buried; be remained

D. burying; remain

74. _______ over and over again, but he still couldn't understand.

A. Having explained

B. Having been explained

C. Explaining

D. It had been explained

75. Everything _______ , the plan is fairly practical. You can put it into practice.

A. considering

B. taken into consideration

C. to consider

D. taking into consideration

76. _______ from the moon, our earth, with water _______ seventy percent of its surface, appears as a “blue ball”.

A. Seen; covered

B. seeing; covering

C. Seen; covering

D. To see; to cover

77. A great big fellow, _______ around 250 pounds, walked with slow heavy noisy footsteps up to the produce counter in the supermarket.

A. weighed

B. weighing

C. weighs

D. weighty

78. —The plan _______ is of great importance to everybody.

—I see. He is sure to finish it on time.

A. made

B. making

C. to be made

D. to make

79. From the dates _______ on the gold coin, we decided that it was made five hundred years ago.

A. marking

B. marked

C. to be marked

D. having been marked

80. Hearing the good news, I felt a heavy load _______ my mind.

A. taking off

B. to be taken off

C. having taken off

D. taken off

81. The students were listening to the teacher, with their eyes _______.

A. widely open

B. wide opened

C. widely opened

D. wide open

82. The scientist came to the meeting with his wife _______ him.

A. being supported

B. supporting

C. supported

D. support

83. The noise of the machines _______ can be clearly heard in our classroom.

A. fixed

B. being fixed

C. to be fixed

D. having been fixed

84. After a few rounds of talks, both sides regarded the territory dispute _______.

A. being settled

B. to be settled

C. had settled

D. as settled

85. The sale usually takes place outside the house, with the audience _______ on benches, chairs, or boxes.

A. having seated

B. seating

C. seated

D. seat

IV. 非谓语动词用法比较

非谓语动词的语法功能（+表示非谓语动词在句中可以做的成分）

i. 不定式、动名词作主语时的区别

1. 一般来说，表示比较抽象的、经常的行为，通常不与特定的动作执行者联系在一起，多用动名词；而表示特定的具体的行为，特别是将来的行为，强调的是动作，往往与特定的动作执行者联系在一起，多用不定式。

Teaching is also learning.

教学也是学习。

To move away such a large stone isn't easy.

搬动这么大一块石头是不容易的。

Is it necessary to complete the design before National Day?

很有必要国庆节前完成这个设计吗？

2. It's no good （no use, no harm, a waste of ... ,worth while）句型后一般用动名词作真正的主语。

It's no use crying over spilt milk.

为洒了的牛奶哭是没用的。（覆水难收。）

It is a waste of time trying to persuade him to help others.

企图说服他帮助别人是浪费时间。

5. there being的动名词结构可以直接位于句首作主语，there to be不定式结构作主语时，通常用for作引导词。

For there to be so few people in the street on Sunday was unusual.

周日街上人那么少很不寻常。

It was unusual for there to be no late comers.

没有晚来的人很不正常。

There being a bus stop near our school will be a pleasant thing.

我校附近有个公共汽车站将是件令人高兴的事。

专项练习

1. _______ a language requires time and effort.

A. Learn

B. Learning

C. To learn

D. Being learned

2. It is not always easy _______ invitations.

A. to refuse

B. refusing

C. to be refused

D. being refused

3. _______ now seems impossible.

A. Saving money

B. To save money

C. Being saved money

D. To be saved money

4. To answer correctly is more important than _______.

A. a quick finish

B. to finish quickly

C. finishing quickly

D. you finish quickly

5. How _______ the problem will be discussed at tomorrow's meeting.

A. to solve

B. to be solved

C. being solved

D. solving

6. It was polite _______ the child to give up his seat to the elderly woman.

A. for

B. of

C. to

D. with

7. Is it necessary _______ the book immediately?

A. for him to return

B. that he returns

C. his returning

D. of him to return

8. It _______ forty-five minutes _______ there by bus.

A. cost；to get

B. takes；getting

C. takes；to get

D. takes；to get to

9. It is no good _______. You should give _______.

A. to smoke; it up

B. smoking; it up

C. smoking; up it

D. to smoke; up it

10. It is no _______ debating with Tom, because he will never change his mind.

A. use

B. help

C. time

D. while

答案速查　1-5　BABBA　6—10　BACBA

ii. 不定式、动名词作宾语时的区别

1. 表示抽象的、经常的、一般性的行为多用动名词；而表示特定的、具体的，特别是将来的行为，强调的是动作，多用不定式。

I like singing, but I hate to sing now.

我喜欢唱歌，但是我现在不愿唱。

2. 当作try, remember, stop, forget, regret, want, require, need, mean等动词宾语时，有明显差别：

1）forget to so sth. 忘记去做某事；forget doing sth.忘记做过某事

—The light in the office is still on.

—Oh, I forgot to turn it off.

——办公室的灯还亮着。

——哦，我忘了关了。

I forgot meeting you at someplace the other day.

我忘记前几天在哪里见过你。

2）remember to do sth. 记住要去做某事；remember doing sth.记得做过某事

You must remember to close the window when you leave.

你走时一定记住关门。

I remember being taken to Beijing when I was a child.

我记得小时候曾被带去北京。

3）regret to do sth. 对要做的某事表示抱歉；regret doing sth.后悔做过某事

I regret to say I can't come to help you.

我要很遗憾地说我不能帮助你。

I regretted missing the first bus that morning.

我很遗憾那天早上错过了第一班车。

4）try to do sth. 尽力做某事；try doing sth. 试着用某种方法做某事

Let's try knocking at the back door.

咱们试着敲后门吧。

He tried hard to pretend to share in the pleasure of his officials.

他极力装出与官员同乐的样子。

5）want to do sth.想要做某事；want doing某事需要被做

She wants to go to school.

她想上大学。

The clothes want mending./to be mended.

这些衣服需要修补。

6）mean to do sth. 打算做某事；mean doing sth意味着做某事

I mean to come early today.

我今天打算早点儿来。

Missing the train means waiting for another hour.

错过了火车就意味着再等一小时。

7）stop to do sth.停下来去做某事；stop doing sth.停止做某事

He stopped to talk with me.

他停下来与我谈话。

They stopped talking when the teacher came in.

当老师进来的时候他们停止了说话。

8）go on to do sth.接着做另一件事；go on doing sth.继续不断地做同一件事

They went on doing their work after a short rest.

稍事休息他们继续工作了。

Having washed the clothes, mother went on to sweep the floor.

妈妈洗完了衣服，接下来拖地板。

9）can't help (to) do sth.不能帮助做某事；can't help doing sth.禁不住做某事；can't help but do sth.不得不做某事

He couldn't help laughing when he heard the news.

当听到消息时，他禁不住笑了。

I'm sorry I can't help to repair the radio.

很遗憾我不能帮你修收音机。

He is such a nobleman that I can't help but respect him.

他如此高尚，我不得不敬重他。

10）be afraid to do sth.不敢做某事；be afraid of doing sth.担心做某事

The little girl was afraid to go out at night.

那个小女孩儿夜间不敢外出。

She was afraid of making the same mistakes.

她担心犯同样的错误。

11）be used to do sth. 被用来做某事；be/get used to doing sth. 习惯于做某事

Coal can be used to make a fire.

煤可以用来生火。

The boy is used to doing his homework by himself.

那个男孩儿习惯了独自做作业。

12）require sb. to do sth.要求某人做某事；require doing某事需要被做

This letter requires answering with care.

这封信需要认真回复。

One of his orders required all the people to bow to him.

他的命令之一要求所有人向他鞠躬。

You are required to hand in your homework by next Saturday.

要求你们下周六前交作业。

I require your homework to be handed in by next Saturday.

我要求你们下周六前作业上交。

13）be sure to do sth.别人看来主语一定会做某事； be sure of doing sth.主语自信会做某事

I think he is sure to live for 100 years but he said he was sure of living for 200 years.

我认为他一定能活到100岁，但是他说他自信会活到200岁。

14）like doing sth.表示一贯的爱好，like to do sth.表示具体的某次行动。

I like swimming, but I don't like to swim right now.

我喜欢游泳，但此刻不想游泳。

3. 只接动名词，不接不定式作宾语的动词有suggest, advice, finish, postpone, delay, imagine, require, admit, mind, pardon, excuse, avoid, risk, practice, escape, miss, allow, permit, consider, understand, enjoy, appreciate等。

They are considering risking escaping from the prison.

他们在考虑冒险越狱。

I felt deeply sorry for having missed listening to the concert.

我为错过了听音乐会深感遗憾。

4. 只接不定式，不接动名词作宾语的动词：

1）wish, hope expect, long, desire；

2）plan, mean, prepare, attempt, intend, tend;

3）agree, consent, refuse, decline;

4）seek, ask, beg;

5）choose, decide, determine, promise;

6）manage, volunteer;

7）claim, fail;

8）dare, pretend

We decided to have a meeting this afternoon.

我们决定今天下午开个会。

He promised to buy me a present for my birthday.

他承诺给我买件生日礼物。

She pretended to be sleeping when I came in.

我进来时她假装在睡觉。

5. 接有补语时，补语是名词good, use, a waste of, 形容词worth等时，用动名词作宾语。

I don't think it worth trying to persuade him to come here in time every day.

我认为不值得试图说服他每天按时来这里。

Do you consider it any good talking with him in class?

你认为课堂上与他交谈有好处吗？

6. begin, start在下列情况下通常用不定式。

1）谓语已经是进行时形式。

We are beginning to learn a second foreign language.

我们将要再学一门外语。

2）表示一种自然现象。

It began to rain at 3 o'clock this afternoon.

今天下午三点天开始下雨了。

3）后接心理活动的动词。

I began to realize I was wrong.

我开始认识到我错了。

专项练习

1. I like _______ very much, but I don't like _______ this morning.

A. swimming; swimming

B. to swim; to swim

C. swimming; to swim

D. to swim; swimming

2. Little Jim should love _______ to the theatre this evening.

A. to be taken

B. to take

C. being taken

D. taking

3. —Did you close the door?

—Yes, I remember _______ it.

A. to close

B. to closing

C. closing

D. closed

4. Remember _______ the newspaper when you have finished it.

A. putting back

B. having put back

C. to put back

D. will put back

5. I'm sorry I forgot _______ your dictionary. Let's borrow one from Li Ming.

A. to take

B. taking

C. to bring

D. bringing

6. Henry always forgets things he has done. Yesterday he forgot _______ and looked for it everywhere.

A. to post the letter

B. to have the letter posted

C. to have posted the letter

D. having posted the letter

7. My brother regretted _______ a lecture given by Professor Liu.

A. missing

B. to miss

C. missed

D. being missed

8. I regret _______ you that we are unable to offer you a job.

A. informing

B. having informed

C. to inform

D. to informing

9. I felt tired with walking, so I stopped _______ a break for an hour.

A. having

B. to have

C. taking

D. to taking

10. The teacher told the students to stop _______ to him.

A. to write and listen

B. writing and listening

C. to write and listening

D. writing and to listen

11. —What can we do to help Li Hai.

—All we can do is to try _______ that he ought to study more.

A. making him to realize

B. making him realize

C. to make him realize

D. to make him to realize

12. You didn't hear us come in last night. That's good. We tried _______ noisy.

A. to be not

B. not to be

C. not being

D. being not

13. He finished his homework, then he went on _______ a letter.

A. write

B. writing

C. with

D. to write

14. The grass has grown so tall that it needs _______.

A. to cut

B. to be cut it

C. cutting

D. being cut

15. —You've come just in time to help us.

—Fine, what needs _______?

A. I do

B. done

C. to be done

D. to do

16. You didn't need _______ him the news; it just made him sad.

A. telling

B. tell

C. to tell

D. that you would tell

17. These young trees require _______ carefully.

A. looking after

B. to look after

C. to be looked at

D. looking for

18. The sentence wants _______ once more.

A. to explain

B. explaining

C. being explained

D. to be explained it

19. He hasn't got used _______ in the countryside yet.

A. live

B. to live

C. to living

D. living

20. A very well-known person _______ in this house.

A. is used to live

B. used to live

C. is used to living

D. used to living

21. The clock was beginning _______ twelve and everybody held their breath.

A. strike

B. to strike

C. striking

D. struck

22. I begin _______ the meaning, which begins _______.

A. understanding; to be clear

B. to understand; to be clear

C. understanding; being clear

D. to understand; being clear

23. The police forbid _______ here.

A. park

B. parking

C. to park

D. to be parked

24. The heavy rain forbade me _______ to school.

A. from my coming

B. to come

C. come

D. my coming

25. Tom's parents do not allow Tom _______ swimming.

A. going

B. to go

C. go

D. goes

26. Sorry, we don't allow _______ in the lecture room.

A. to smoke

B. smoke

C. smoking

D. to smoking

27. Visitors are not permitted _______ the park after dark, because of the lack of lighting.

A. to enter

B. entering

C. to enter in

D. entering in

28. They don't permit _______ noise here.

A. to make

B. make

C. making

D. made

29. Missing the train means _______ for an hour.

A. to wait

B. to be waited

C. being waited

D. waiting

30. I meant _______ you, but I was so busy.

A. to call on

B. calling on

C. to call at

D. calling at

31. I would appreciate _______ back this afternoon.

A. you to call

B. you call

C. your calling

D. you're calling

32. She enjoys _______ light music.

A. to hear

B. hearing

C. listening to

D. to listen to

33. You can keep the book until you _______.

A. have finished reading

B. finish to read

C. will finish reading

D. have finished to read

34. Ali said that she wouldn't mind _______ alone at home.

A. left

B. being left

C. to be left

D. leaving

35. It was said that they were considering _______ from the prison at that time.

A. risking to escape

B. risking escaping

C. to risk escaping

D. to risk to escape

36. Our monitor suggested _______ a discussion of the subject.

A. to have

B. should have

C. have

D. having

37. We are considering _______ a new plan.

A. making

B. being made

C. to make

D. to have made

38. The squirrel was lucky that it just missed _______.

A. catching

B. to be caught

C. being caught

D. to catch

39. Can you imagine yourself _______ on a desert island?

A. staying

B. stay

C. have stayed

D. being stayed

40. We can understand why he avoids _______ to us.

A. to speak

B. speech

C. having spoken

D. speaking

41. Please excuse my _______ in without _______.

A. come; asking

B. coming; asking

C. to come; being asked

D. coming; being asked

42. Why have they delayed _______ the new school?

A. opening

B. to open

C. having opened

D. to have opened

43. She _______ the key.

A. admited taking

B. admitted taking

C. admitted having taken

D. admitted to have taken

44. I got to the station earlier than others. I couldn't risk _______ the train.

A. missing

B. would miss

C. to miss

D. missed

45. I hope _______ him as soon as possible.

A. see

B. seeing

C. to see

D. to have seen

46. I expected _______ your friend, but my car broke down on the way.

A. I'll meet

B. meeting

C. to meeting

D. to meet

47. We are planning _______ Europe this summer.

A. to pay a visit

B. pay a visit to

C. visiting

D. to visit

48. She told me that she had decided _______ again.

A. be not late

B. not be late

C. not to be late

D. to be not late

49. Almost everyone fails _______ on the first try.

A. in passing his driver's test

B. to pass his driver's test

C. to have passed his driver's test

D. passing his driver's test

50. The two weavers pretended _______ very hard, though they did nothing at the looms.

A. work

B. working

C. to be worked

D. to be working

51. When he got off the train, it happened _______.

A. to rain

B. to be raining

C. raining

D. to raining

52. I didn't _______ it until you had explained how.

A. manage to do

B. managed to do

C. manage to have done

D. manage doing

53. The young driver offered _______ the patient out of the car.

A. to hand

B. handing

C. hands

D. would hand

54. The white horse refused _______ the stone wall.

A. its jumping

B. to jump

C. jumping up

D. to jump at

55. They don't agree _______ more time on the subject, neither do I.

A. to spending

B. to spend

C. with spending

D. on spend

答案速查　1-5　CACCC　6—10　DACBD　11—15　CBDCC　16—20　CABCB　21—25　BBBBB　26—30　CACDA　31—35　CCABB　36—40　DACAD　41—45　DACAC　46—50　DDCBD　51—55　BAABB

iii. 不定式、动名词、分词作表语

1. 不定式、动名词作表语相当于名词，主语和表语是对等关系，位置可颠倒。分词作表语相当于形容词，说明主语的性质、状态，是从属于主语的，主表位置不能颠倒。

Her job is taking care of the children.

她的工作是照料孩子。

Our duty is to train these students.

我们的职责是训练这些学生。

His report is very interesting.

他的报告很有趣。

I am pleased at the news.

我很高兴听到这个消息。

2. 不定式、动名词作表语比较：不定式作表语往往表示将来的行为；动名词作表语不受时间的限制。

My idea is to go there this morning.

我的想法是今天早上去那里。

Their work is producing TV sets.

他们的工作是生产电视机。

3. 动名词作表语时主语往往是抽象名词work, job, aim, duty, habit, news, task, wish, pleasure, idea, hope等，表语进一步说明主语的具体内容。

My hobby is sleeping.

我的业余爱好是睡觉。

My aim is being a university student.

我的目标是成为一名大学生。

4. 分词作表语时其逻辑主语就是整个句子的主语，其区别在于：

1）现在分词作表语时主语多是物，表语用来说明主语的性质，特征，意为“令人……的”

The film is quite moving.

这部电影很感人。

The news is surprising.

这个消息很令人吃惊。

2）过去分词作表语时主语多是人，表语多表示主语所处的状态：

She looked disappointed.

她看上去很失望。

We were all moved at his words.

我们都对他的话很感动。

3）注意这些词的过去分词与现在分词在意义上的不同：interest, move, worry, please, disappoint,　surprise, astonish, excite, touch, frighten。

I was interested in the interesting stories.

我对这些有趣的故事很感兴趣。

专项练习

1. Do you consider it any good _______ again?

A. to try

B. try

C. trying

D. for you to try

2. I don't think it's much good _______ to him.

A. writing

B. to write

C. to be written

D. being written

3. _______ the assignment made his father lose his temper.

A. The boy's not having done

B. The boy not having done

C. The boy's having not done

D. The boy having not done

4. I don't remember _______ about it.

A. him telling us

B. his telling us

C. him to tell us

D. he tells us

5. Her wish is _______ an engineer.

A. becoming

B. become

C. to become

D. being come

6. Some people's greatest pleasure is _______.

A. fishing

B. to fish

C. to be fishing

D. being fish

7. The report was so _______ that they were all _______.

A. inspiring; exciting

B. inspiring; excited

C. inspired; excited

D. inspired; exciting

8. —You look pale.

—I feel a little _______.

A. tire

B. tired

C. tiring

D. tiresome

9. He seems _______ here for three years.

A. to be living

B. to have lived

C. to have been lived

D. to live

10. —What's made you so upset?

—_______ three tickets to the pop music concert.

A. Lost

B. Losing

C. Because of losing

D. Since I lost

答案速查　1-5　CAABC　6—10　ABBBB

iv. 不定式、动名词作介词宾语

1. 带疑问词的不定式可作介词的宾语。

They havent decided on when to leave for Beijing.

何时去北京，他们还未达成一致意见。

Whether we can succeed depends on how to solve the preblem.

我们是否能成功取决于如何解决这个问题。

2. 不定式只作五个介词的宾语：but, except, save, about, besides。

He seldom comes to see me except to borrow money from me.

除了向我借钱，他很少来看我。

The child did nothing except sleep. （句子中有do，不定式可省略to）

除了睡觉这孩子什么也没有做。

I hardly remember what I did besides read. （句子中有do，不定式可省略to）

除了读书我几乎不记得做了什么。

I was about to leave when the bell rang.

我正要离开就在这时电话铃响了。

3. 动名词可以作单个介词或复合介词的宾语：after, before, on, by, without, besides, since, in, instead of, how about, what about。

He burst into tears on hearing the news.

一听到消息他就突然哭了。

She left without saying goodbye to us.

她没有向我们道别就走了。

He went to the cinema last night instead of doing his homework.

昨夜他去看电影了，而不是做作业了。

Since returning from abroad, he has been very busy.

自从国外回来到现在，他一直很忙。

4. 动名词作以下动词短语的宾语：lead to, stick to, look forward to, be obliged to, prefer ... to, insist on, see to, devote ... to, get used to, object to, prevent ... from, keep ... from, stop ... from, spend ... in, feel like, depend on, thank for, be proud of, be fond of, be afraid of/be tired of/be sick of, succeed in, be good at, join in, congratulate on, excuse for, can't resist。

He devoted all his time to studying.

他把所有时间都放在了学习上。

Sleeping late in the morning often leads to being late for class.

早上睡到很晚经常导致上课迟到。

As long as you stick to practising, you could become a good singer.

只要你坚持练习，就能成为一个好歌手。

专项练习

1. Though it began _______ , they kept on _______ in the field.

A. raining；　work

B. to rain; working

C. raining; with the work

D. to rain; to work

2. His parents insisted on _______ to college.

A. he should go

B. he go

C. his going

D. him to go

3. What a pity! One cannot help _______ sorry for the injured.

A. to feel

B. oneself to feel

C. feeling

D. oneself from feeling

4. He decided _______ piano because he was tired of it.

A. to give teaching up

B. giving up teaching

C. to give up teaching

D. to give in teaching

5. Nothing could _______ the boy from _______ the tall building.

A. prevent; risking climbing

B. prevent; risking to climb

C. stop; risk climbing

D. keep; risking climb

6. On Sundays I prefer _______ at home to _______ out.

A. to stay; go

B. staying; go

C. staying; going

D. to stay; going

7. How much time did you spend _______ the text.

A. copying

B. to copy

C. in copy

D. on copying

8. After cooking, Mother _______ making tea.

A. set out

B. set about

C. set off

D. start out

9. I _______ see you without _______ your mother.

A. never; thinking of

B. never; thinking about

C. not; think of

D. don't; think about

10. Though it sounds a bit too dear, it is worth _______.

A. being bought

B. buying

C. to buy

D. buying it

11. The novel is well _______.

A. worth to read

B. worth being read

C. worthy to read

D. worthy of being read

12. The farmers were busy _______ cotton.

A. to pick

B. picking

C. with picking

D. pluck

13. He devoted his life to _______ the atomic theory.

A. study

B. be studied

C. studying

D. have studied

14. We are both looking forward to _______ next week.

A. going on vacation

B. go on vacation

C. be going on vacation

D. have gone on vacation

15. Her parents objected to _______ that farmer, though he has a lot of money.

A. her marrying

B. marrying

C. marry

D. her marrying with

16. If you want to be a writer, I suggest that you should pay attention to _______ the works of Lu Xun.

A. read

B. reading

C. reader

D. be read

17. He is an experienced driver and he is used _______ in all kinds of weather.

A. to driving

B. to drive

C. for driving

D. to have driven

18. Because of the heavy rain, they had to put off _______ the sports meet.

A. taking place

B. to take place

C. holding

D. to hold

19. On _______ the news, she turned pale.

A. heard

B. hearing

C. having heard

D. her hearing

20. —Did you get in touch with them later?

—Yes, I finally succeeded _______ them by phone.

A. to reach

B. to reaching

C. reaching

D. in reaching

21. I didn't feel _______ going out for a walk.

A. so

B. as

C. rather

D. like

22. You should work tonight instead of _______ TV.

A. to watch

B. you watching

C. you watch

D. watching

23. Besides _______ , she is kind and tender.

A. beautiful

B. being beautiful

C. she beautiful

D. is beautiful

24. What about _______ to the concert with us?

A. we go

B. we going

C. going

D. to go

25. Hadn't we better _______ a rest before going on?

A. have

B. than

C. to have

D. to take

26. You'd better _______ her the sad news now.

A. not to tell

B. won't tell

C. not tell

D. don't tell

27. I'd rather lose the game _______.

A. not to hurt him

B. not hurt him

C. than to hurt him

D. than hurt him

28. Alice says _______ tonight, because there will be an exam tomorrow morning.

A. she'd rather not go

B. she'd not rather go

C. she'll rather not go

D. she won't rather go

29. Tom did nothing but _______ back what he had said.

A. taken

B. took

C. taking

D. take

30. There seemed nothing else to do but _______ a doctor.

A. to send for

B. send for

C. call for

D. to call in

31. —I usually go there by train.

—Why not _______ by boat for a change?

A. to try going

B. trying to go

C. to try and go

D. try going

32. Please _______ me at the station on time.

A. to meet

B. meeting

C. meet

D. you meet

33. Have I any choice but _______ as you tell me?

A. to do

B. do

C. doing

D. I'll do

34. I can't but _______ to hear such a story.

A. to laugh

B. laugh

C. laughing

D. to laughing

35. —Would you like to go with us for a picnic tomorrow?

—Yes, _______.

A. I would like

B. I'd like to go

C. I'd love

D. I'd like to

答案速查　1-5　BCCCA　6—10　CABAB　11—15　DBCAA　16—20　BACBD　21—25　DDBCA26—30　CDADB　31—35　DCABD

v. 不定式、分词作宾补：其逻辑主语是主句的宾语

1. 现在分词作补语表示动作还处于进行状态或未完成。

She could feel the rain beating against her face.

她能感觉到雨打在脸上。

I saw her coming downstairs.

我看到她下楼了。

The classroom was seen being cleaned at that time.

当时有人看见正在打扫教室。

2. 不定式作补语强调动作要发生或动作已经发生，即动作的全过程或经常发生。

I saw her come downstairs.

我看见她下了楼。

I heard her sing in the next room.

我听见她在隔壁唱歌了。

He is often seen to walk by the lake.

经常看见他在湖边散步。

3. 当补语与宾语成被动关系，而且强调动作的结果，则用过去分词。

I found the window broken.

我发现窗户破了。

You can hear the song sung everywhere.

你能听见到处都在唱这首歌。

4. 如果强调的是正在进行的被动动作，用现在分词的被动式，这时谓语多是感官动词和使役动词。

I heard the song being sung in the next room now.

我听到现在隔壁在唱这首歌。

I saw the boy being beaten there.

我看到那个男孩儿在那边挨打。

5. 如果只强调将来的动作本身是被动的时候，用不定式被动式。

Would you like the window to be closed now?

你现在想要窗户关上吗？

The king ordered the palace to be built at once.

国王命令宫殿马上建起来。

专项练习

1. Soon they saw the boy _______ in the crowd.

A. disappear

B. to disappear

C. disappears

D. disappeared

2. Did you notice the little boy _______ away?

A. took the candy and run

B. take the candy and run

C. taking the candy and run

D. who taking the candy running

3. I heard him _______ so.

A. says

B. saying

C. say

D. said

4. Shall we go and listen to the reviewers _______ on the new film?

A. to comment

B. comment

C. to commenting

D. being comment

5. Professor Black had us _______ compositions every Friday.

A. to write

B. written

C. write

D. writing

6. Mrs. Smith made her pupils _______ the text three times a week.

A. recite

B. recited

C. reciting

D. to recite

7. Will you _______ me _______ out this problem myself?

A. permit; working

B. let; work

C. allowed; to work

D. forbid; to work

8. She was seen _______ model ships in the room.

A. made

B. to make

C. makes

D. make

9. Birds are seldom heard _______ at night.

A. sing

B. singing

C. to sing

D. to be singing

10. The aeroplane was noticed _______ at six.

A. take off

B. to take off

C. get off

D. to get off

11. Mr. Crossett was made _______ his teaching because of his poor health and old age.

A. give up

B. give in

C. to give up

D. to give in

12. The book is said _______ into many foreign languages.

A. to have been translated

B. to have translated

C. to be translating

D. having been translated

13. The Marquis was thought _______ some terrible wrongs to his tenants.

A. of doing

B. that he had done

C. to have done

D. to have been done

14. The teacher asked him _______.

A. to repeat the sentence again

B. repeat the sentence

C. he would repeat the sentence once more

D. to repeat the sentence

15. The doctor advised Lao Li _______ more rest.

A. that he get

B. to get

C. would get

D. get

16. Joe wishes us _______ with him.

A. to go along

B. going along

C. went along

D. will go along

17. I don't want _______.

A. that anybody saw me

B. anybody to see me

C. that somebody sees me

D. nobody will see me

18. Do you think it difficult _______ a horse _______?

A. to train; jumping

B. training; for jumping

C. to train; jump

D. to train; to jump

19. My car has broken down. Would you help me _______?

A. to get the car to start

B. get the car start

C. to get the car started

D. get to start the car

20. “Will you join us?” I invited _______ with us?

A. her spending weekend

B. her to spending weekend

C. her to spend weekend

D. she spent weekend

21. It is Master Wu who taught us _______ the machine.

A. what to do with

B. ran

C. how to run

D. how could run

22. He ordered the room _______.

A. to sweep

B. to be swept

C. should sweep

D. swept

23. Tell Tom and Jack _______ each other.

A. not quarrel

B. not to quarrel with

C. to not quarrel with

D. they not quarrel

24. He would like them _______ every day.

A. to practise

B. to practise

C. practising

D. practising

25. —Are you going to leave now?

—Unless you would prefer me _______ here.

A. to stay

B. will stay

C. that I'll stay

D. staying

26. She was glad to see her child well _______.

A. take care of

B. taken care of

C. taken care

D. taking care of

27. Why do you stand and watch the milk _______.

A. boiling

B. boiled

C. from boiling

D. having been boiled

28. I've heard him _______ about you often.

A. spoke

B. speaking

C. speak

D. to speak

29. Before he came to London, he had never heard a single English word _______.

A. speaking

B. spoken

C. speak

D. being spoken

30. Walking along the river, we heard someone _______ for help.

A. shouting

B. shout

C. shouted

D. having shouted

31. I held the little bird in my hand and felt its heart _______.

A. jumping

B. beating

C. bumping

D. knocking

32. —Do you smell anything unusual?

—Yes. I can smell something _______.

A. burning

B. is burning

C. having burnt

D. burn

33. Why do you have the water _______ all the time?

A. ran

B. to be running

C. running

D. being running

34. Ellen was absent this morning because she had her tooth _______.

A. filling

B. having been filled

C. filled

D. full

35. I can't _______ you running up and down all day long.

A. permit

B. let

C. have

D. allow

36. —Is there anything you want from town?

—I'm going to get _______.

A. those letters mailed

B. mailed letters

C. to mailed those letters

D. those letters mail

37. The teacher got the students _______ all the words they didn't know.

A. looked up

B. looking in

C. to look up

D. look at

38. What did the school master want _______ to the noisy children?

A. doing

B. to do

C. done

D. did

39. They wanted the work _______ with great care.

A. to have done

B. to be done

C. doing

D. to do

40. I need this chapter _______ before tomorrow.

A. rewriting

B. rewritten

C. rewrite

D. to write again

41. Having read the Emperor's New Clothes, we all found it _______.

A. interest

B. interested

C. interesting

D. to interest

42. When she returned home, she found the window open and something _______.

A. to steal

B. losing

C. missed

D. stolen

43. My hometown is found _______.

A. complete changing

B. having completely changed

C. completely change

D. completely changed

44. We found many people _______ in the meeting room.

A. seat

B. seating

C. to seat

D. seated

45. There was so much noise that the speaker could not make himself _______.

A. being heard

B. heard

C. hearing

D. hear

46. Because of my poor English I'm afraid I can't make myself _______.

A. understand

B. be understood

C. understood

D. understanding

47. Don't let him _______ you _______ for a long time.

A. to make; wait

B. make; to wait

C. make; wait

D. to make; to wait

48. He kept me _______ for many hours.

A. to wait

B. having been waited

C. waiting

D. waited

49. Mother caught the boy _______ in the corner.

A. smoke

B. to smoke

C. smoking

D. being smoked

50. John left his coat _______ on the sofa.

A. laying

B. lying

C. laid

D. lain

答案速查　1—5　ABCBC　6—10　ABBCB　11—15　CACDB　16—20　ABDCC　21—25　CBBBA　26—30　BACBA　31—35　BACCC　36—40　ACCBB　41—45　CDDDB　46—50　CCCCB

vi. 非谓语动词作定语：其逻辑主语是被修饰的名词

1. 动名词作定语，只说明名词的用途，与所修饰名词是使用关系而非主谓关系。

This is my new sleeping car.

这是我的新小卧车。

They are in the meeting room now.

他们现在会议室里。

2. 现在分词作定语与所修饰的词是主谓关系；有进行和持续意义，通常与谓语动作或状态同时进行或发生；或者分词本身有一个时间状语或者分词动作发生的时间由上下文明确表示出来。

Do you know the boy lying under the tree？

你认识躺在树下的男孩儿吗？

There was a terrible noise following the sudden burst of light.

突然闪光之后传来一声可怕的巨响。

The house standing there was built five years ago.

矗立在那边的房子是五年前建的。

The boy reading in that corner yesterday was my brother.

昨天在拐角读书的那个男孩儿是我弟弟。

注意：现在分词完成式不作定语; being不能单独作定语：

Anyone who's outside/being outside must come in at once.

在外边的任何人必须马上进来。

The teacher scolded the boy who had broken the window/having broken the window.

老师责备了打破窗户的那个男生。

3. 现在分词被动式作定语：定语与被修饰词是被动关系，表示正在进行的动作或与谓语同时发生。

The large building being built down the street will be a hospital.

沿街在建的那座大楼将是一家医院。

He asked who the man being operated on was.

他问在接受手术的那个男的是谁？

The building built last year/having been built is in use now.

去年建的那座大楼在使用中。

注意：现在分词完成式的被动式不能作定语。

4. 不定式作定语

1）常含有将来时间概念，或含有情态意义，即含有should, can, must , have to, worth等意义。

He has borrowed some books to read(=he'll read).

他买了几本书要读。

2）The first/last/second/best/worst/only +名词，用不定式作定语，可表示过去意义。

He was the last student to come to school today.

今天他是最后一个到校的学生。

This is the only way to work out the problem.

这是唯一能算出这道题的方法。

3）与被修饰词有动宾关系，不定式的逻辑主语是句中另外某个词或暗含。

Do you have anything to say for yourself?

你有什么要为自己说的吗？

Please lend me a book to read.

请借给我一本书读。

4）作表示时间、地点、方式、同位关系的名词的定语。

It is time for us to go to school.

我们该上学去了。

Let's think of a way to kill the wolf.

咱们想出一个杀狼的办法吧。

He has only a cold room to live in.

他仅有一间寒舍可居住。

They had no chance

to go to school.

他们没有上学机会。

5. 不定式的被动式常指一个未来的被动的动作。

Are you going to the party to be given tomorrow?

你要参加明天举行的晚会吗？

The questions to be answered are on page 40.

要回答的问题在第四十页。

6. 过去分词表示一个已经完成的动作或没有一定的时间性，与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，强调状态。

Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa.

应邀到会的大多数画家来自南非。

I hate to see letters written in pencil.

我讨厌看见铅笔写的信。

Have you read any short stories written by Lu Xun?

你读过鲁迅写的短篇小说吗？

7. “介词+动名词”作定语与不定式作定语在某些词后无区别。

1）在名词opportunity, chance, way后

This is the best opportunity to invite (opportunity of inviting) him to dinner.

这是邀请他赴宴的最好机会。

There'll be a chance of visiting (= to visit) John, I think.

我觉得有机会拜访约翰。

That is the best way of doing it (= to do it).

那是做那件事的最好办法。

2）在动词decide, agree后

They agreed on sharing (= to share) the cost of the house.

他们同意分摊房费。

In the end she decided on buying (= to buy) the green hat.

最后她决定买一顶绿色的帽子。

3）在形容词content, fortunate后

They were quite content with staying (= to stay) where they were.

他们乐意呆在原地。

She is fortunate for having (= to have） such a good son.

她很幸运有这么一个好儿子。

专项练习

1. The chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to _______.

A. sit

B. sit on

C. be sat

D. be sat on

2. I'm not sure which restaurant _______.

A. to eat on

B. eating at

C. to eat at

D. for eating

3. —What do you think of this middle school?

—It is a very good _______.

A. school to study

B. school to study in

C. studying school

D. school for children to study

4. —I'd like to buy an expensive camera.

—Well, we have several models _______.

A. to choose from

B. of choice

C. to be chosen

D. for choosing

5. We had no money and no place _______.

A. to live in

B. to live

C. living in

D. living

6. He loves parties. He is always the first _______ and the last _______.

A. coming;leaving

B. to come; to leave

C. comes; leaves

D. come; leave

7. Before he had no chance _______.

A. to go to school

B. to go school

C. going to school

D. to go to the school

8. Now the need _______ other people's language is becoming greater and greater.

A. to learn

B. learning

C. to be learned

D. being learned

9. This is an important matter. I need at least a day or two _______.

A. of thinking over it

B. to think it over

C. of thinking it over

D. to think over it

10. It is time _______ wheat.

A. for sow

B. of sowing

C. to sow

D. to sowing

11. “Do you have any clothes _______ today?” the maid asked.

A. to wash

B. to be washed

C. wash

D. be washed

12. This is the best play _______ last year.

A. to perform

B. to be performed

C. performing

D. to have performed

13. This book can be used in _______ countries.

A. English-speaking

B. English-spoken

C. English-spoke

D. English-speak

14. At present, English is the main subject _______ here.

A. to be taught

B. being taught

C. teaching

D. to be teaching

15. Snow was falling when they went along a mountain path _______ to the front.

A. to lead

B. led

C. leading

D. being led

16. —Who are those people with the banner？

—A group _______ itself the League for Peace.

A. calling

B. calls

C. called

D. is called

17. “The picture writing” _______ long long ago is hard for us to understand today.

A. having been drawn

B. being drawn

C. was drawn

D. drawn

18. How I regret the days _______ in doing the useless work!

A. which wasted

B. wasted

C. which wasting

D. having been wasted

19. The students, _______ at the way the questions were put, didn't know the answers to them.

A. they surprising

B. surprised

C. their being surprised

D. surprise

20. The pen _______ belongs to me.

A. which it is on the table

B. lying on the table

C. is on the table

D. which on the table

答案速查　1-5　BCBAA　6—10　BAABC　11—15　BBABC　16—20　ADBBB

vii. 非谓语动词作状语：其逻辑主语就是整个句子的主语

1. 不定式作状语，常表示目的或结果。

Just now he came here in order to borrow my bike.

刚才他来这儿借我的自行车。

Tom is too young to go to school.

汤姆太小了不能上学。

2. 分词作状语也表示结果，但常表示时间、原因、条件、方式或伴随。

1）“only +不定式”表示的是一个相反的或出乎意料的结果，意为“不料，反而，结果却，想不到”；“only +现在分词”通常是一个自然而然的或意料之中的结果。

He lifted a rock only to have it drop on his own feet.

他搬起石头砸了自己的脚。

He rushed to the door, only to discover that it was locked.

他冲到门口，只是发现门锁着。

He dropped the plate, only breaking it into pieces.

他把盘子弄掉了，摔成了碎片。

2）表示时间、原因、条件、伴随、方式等用分词。

When leaving the airport, they waved again and again to us.

当离开机场的时候，他们不断对我们招手。

Being ill, he didn't come to school yesterday.

由于生病他昨天没来上学。

Given more time, he could do it better.

给他更多的时间，他就能做得更好。

She sat at the desk, reading a book.

她坐在书桌边读书。

3）分词作状语，其逻辑主语一定要与主句的主语保持一致。

Hearing the good news, he couldn't keep back his tears of joy.

听到这个好消息，他禁不住高兴地流出了眼泪。

Seen from the hill, the park looks more beautiful.

从山上望去，公园看上去更美了。

Seeing from the hill, we can find the park more beautiful.

从山上看去，我们发现公园更美了。

3. 分词一般式表示分词的动作与谓语的动作同时发生或紧接着发生；分词完成式表示分词的动作先于谓语的动作。

Hearing the news, he got angry.

听到这消息，他生气了。

While walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.

沿街走的时候，我遇到了一位朋友。

Having worked for three hours, he took a rest.

工作了三个小时，他休息了一会儿。

Having lived in Beijing for many years, he knows the city very well.

在北京住了很多年后，他对北京很了解。

4. 如果句子的主语（分词的逻辑主语）是分词动作的执行者，用现在分词的主动式；如果是分词动作的承受者用过去分词；如果既表示被动又强调先后关系，用分词完成式的被动式。

Having been shown the lab, they were led to the dinning hall.

被领着看了图书馆之后，他们被领着去餐厅。

Heated to 100℃, water begins to boil.

加热到100摄氏度之后，水开始沸腾了。

Compared with my classmates, I still have a long way to go.

与同学们相比，我还有很长的路要走。

注意：

如果分词的逻辑主语和句子的主语不是同一人或物时，要用分词的独立结构。

Having finished their work/Their work having been finished, they went home.

工作完成后，他们回家了。

The visitors have come, following some workers/some workers following them.

游客们已经进来了，跟着几个工人。

专项练习

1. This dish cloth is _______ for me to dry the dishes.

A. so wet

B. wet enough

C. as wet

D. too wet

2. The house is much too small _______.

A. for us to live

B. for us to live in

C. that we can't live

D. that we can't live in

3. The light was strong enough _______.

A. read by

B. to read by

C. read under

D. to read

4. He didn't speak slowly enough _______.

A. everyone understood

B. for everyone understood

C. for everyone to understand

D. for everyone to be understood

5. Would you be _______ to show me the way to the City Hall?

A. good enough

B. good enough as

C. so good

D. as good as

6. He was so foolish _______ his car unlocked.

A. to leave

B. that leave

C. as to leave

D. for him to leave

7. Napoleon spoke so loudly as to _______ in front of his soldiers.

A. hear

B. be heard

C. listen

D. be listened

8. Do you think him easy _______.

A. to get along with

B. to get along

C. to be got along with

D. to be got along

9. The water is good _______.

A. to drink it

B. to be drunk

C. to drink

D. at drinking

10. His speech in English was difficult _______.

A. in following

B. for being followed

C. to follow

D. to be followed by

11. Good-bye, Mr. Jones. I'm pleased _______.

A. for meeting you

B. to meet you

C. to have been meeting you

D. to have met you

12. I have enjoyed my visit here. I'll be very sorry _______.

A. for leaving

B. of leaving

C. to leave

D. left

13. I spoke to him kindly _______ him.

A. to not frighten

B. so as not to frighten

C. in order to not frighten

D. for not frightening

14. Tom is waiting _______ the doctor.

A. to see

B. for to see

C. for seeing

D. for see

15. I went to see him _______ him out.

A. finding

B. find

C. only to find

D. only found

16. _______ , one needs much practice.

A. To learn swimming well

B. To learn to swim well

C. Swimming to be learned well

D. Learning swim well

17. _______ , I don't like her sister.

A. Telling the truth

B. Been told the truth

C. To tell the truth

D. To tell the true

18. _______ for several weeks, the city was short of food and clothing.

A. As having flooded

B. As flooding

C. Having been flooded

D. to flood

19. _______ tomorrow's lessons, I have no time to go out with you.

A. Not preparing

B. Not prepare

C. Not being prepared

D. Not having prepared

20. _______ from the space, the earth looks like a blue ball covered by water.

A. See

B. Saw

C. Seeing

D. Seen

21. Look around when _______ the street.

A. across

B. crossing

C. crossed

D. to be crossing

22. We walked as fast as we could, _______ to catch the 9:30 train.

A. hoping

B. to hope

C. we hoped

D. being hoped

23. _______ what he had already, the new stamps were not very interesting.

A. Comparing with

B. Being compared with

C. To compare with

D. Compared with

24. _______ the cry for help, people immediately rushed out of the rooms.

A. To hear

B. Hearing

C. Having heard

D. They hearing

25. It _______ heavily, the outing had to be put off.

A. being rained

B. being raining

C. raining

D. rains

26. The sun _______ , they went home.

A. set down

B. setted

C. setting

D. sets

27. _______ the concert began.

A. The listeners having taken their seats

B. Having taken their seats

C. Have taken their places

D. The listeners to have taken their places

28. _______ Hello, he reached out his hand.

A. Said

B. Saying

C. Talked about

D. Talking to

29. He rushed into the room, _______.

A. with sweat dripping

B. sweat dripped

C. dripped sweat

D. sweated

30. _______ , I went out for a walk.

A. There was nothing to do

B. There being nothing to do

C. There had nothing to do

D. There were nothing to do

答案速查　1-5　DBBCA　6—10　CBACC　11—15　DCBAC　16—20　BCCDD　21—25　BADBC　26—30　CABAB

综合练习

1. Lots of rescue workers were working around the clock, _______ supplies to Yushu, Qinghai Province after the earthquake.

A. sending

B. to send

C. having sent

D. to have sent

2. In April, thousands of holidaymakers remained _______ abroad due to the volcanic ash cloud.

A. sticking

B. stuck

C. to be stuck

D. to have stuck

3. In my opinion, this is the best use of time that could be made _______ the foreign language well.

A. to learn

B. of to learn

C. to learning

D. of learning

4. _______ the city center, we saw a stone statue of about 10 meters in height.

A. Approaching

B. Approached

C. To approach

D. To be approached

5. The president promised to keep all the board members _______ of how the negotiations were going on.

A. inform

B. informed

C. be informed

D. informing

6. He had a wonderful childhood, _______ with his mother to all corners of the world.

A. travel

B. to travel

C. traveled

D. traveling

7. Listen! Do you hear someone _______ for help?

A. calling

B. call

C. to call

D. called

8. Dina, _______ for months to find a job as a waitress, finally took a position at a local advertising agency.

A. struggling

B. struggled

C. having struggled

D. to struggle

9. So far nobody has claimed the money _______ in the library.

A. discovered

B. to be discovered

C. discovering

D. having discovered

10. The lady walked around the shops, _______ an eye out for bargains.

A. keep

B. kept

C. keeping

D. to keep

11. There were many talented actors out there just waiting _______.

A. to discover

B. to be discovered

C. discovered

D. being discovered

12. I have a lot of readings _______ before the end of this term.

A. completing

B. to complete

C. completed

D. being completed

13. It rained heavily in the south, _______ serious flooding in several provinces.

A. caused

B. having caused

C. causing

D. to cause

14. A great number of students _______ said they were forced to practise the piano.

A. to question

B. to be questioned

C. questioned

D. questioning

15. The lawyer listened with full attention, _______ to miss any point.

A. not trying

B. trying not

C. to try not

D. not to try

16. Mrs.White showed her students some old maps _______ from the library.

A. to borrow

B. to be borrowed

C. borrowed

D. borrowing

17. With Father's Day around the corner, I have taken some money out of the bank _______ presents for my dad.

A. buy

B. to buy

C. buying

D. to have bought

18. The retired man donated most of his savings to the school damaged by the earthquake in Yushu, _______ the students to return to their classrooms.

A. enabling

B. having enabled

C. to enable

D. to have enabled

19. _______ from the top of the tower, the south foot of the mountain is a sea of trees .

A. Seen

B. Seeing

C. Having seen

D. To see

20. His first book _______ next month is based on a true story.

A. published

B. to be published

C. to publish

D. being published

21. Though _______ to see us, the professor gave us a warm welcome.

A. surprising

B. as surprised

C. surprised

D. being surprised

22.We were astonished _______ the temple still in its original condition.

A. finding

B. to find

C. find

D. to be found

23. Alexander tried to get his work _______ in the medical circles.

A. to recognize

B. recognizing

C. recognize

D. recognized

24. _______ at my classmates' faces, I read the same excitement in their eyes.

A. Looking

B. Look

C. To look

D. Looked

25. I'm calling to enquire about the position _______ in yesterday's China Daily.

A. advertised

B. to be advertised

C. advertising

D. having advertised

26. The news shocked the public, _______ to great concern about students' safety at school.

A. having led

B. led

C. leading

D. to lead

27. Many buildings in the city need repairing, but the one _______ first is the library.

A. repaired

B. being repaired

C. repairing

D. to be repaired

28. The traffic rule says young children under the age of four and _______ less than 40 pounds must be in a child safety seat.

A. being weighed

B. to weigh

C. weighed

D. weighing

29. The play _______ next month aims mainly to reflect the local culture.

A. produced

B. being produced

C. to be produced

D. having been produced

30. For breakfast he only drinks juice from fresh fruit _______ on his own farm.

A. grown

B. being grown

C. to be grown

D. to grow

31. The way the guests _______ in the hotel influenced their evaluation of the service.

A. treated

B. were treated

C. would treat

D. would be treated

32. All of them try to use the power of the workstation _______ information in a more effective way.

A. presenting

B. presented

C. being presented

D. to present

33. _______ not to miss the flight at 15:20, the manager set out for the airport in a hurry.

A. Reminding

B. Reminded

C. To remind

D. Having reminded

34. In April, 2009, President Hu inspected the warships in Qingdao, _______ the 60th anniversary of the founding of the PLA Navy.

A. marking

B. marked

C. having marked

D. being marked

35. When he_______the door, he found his keys were nowhere.

A. would open

B. opened

C. had opened

D. was to open

36. At the age of 29, Dave was a worker, _______in a small apartment near Boston and _______ what to do about his future.

A. living; wondering

B. lived; wondering

C. lived; wondered

D. living; wondered

37. Nowadays people sometimes separate their waste to make it easier for it _______.

A. reusing

B. reused

C. reuses

D. to be reused

38. Please do me a favor —_______ my friend Mr. Smith to Youth Theater at 7:30 tonight.

A. to invite

B. inviting

C. invite

D. invited

39. _______ the right kind of training, these teenage soccer players may one day grew the international stars.

A. Giving

B. Having given

C. To give

D. Given

40. The government plans to bring in new laws _______ parents to take more responsibility for the education of their children.

A. forced

B. forcing

C. to be forced

D. having forced

41. The children all turned_______the famous actress as she entered the classroom.

A. looked at

B. to look at

C. to looking at

D. look at

42. Now that we've discussed our problem, are people happy with the decisions _______?

A. taking

B. take

C. taken

D. to take

43. We are invited to a party _______ in our club next Friday.

A. to be held

B. held

C. being held

D. holding

44. I still remember _______to the Famen Temple and what I saw there.

A. to take

B. to be taken

C. taking

D. being taken

45. Many teachers were praised at the meeting, Mr. Zhou _______.

A. including

B. included

C. to include

D. being included

46. With the government's aid, those _______ by the earthquake have moved to the new settlements.

A. affect

B. affecting

C. affected

D. were affected

47. _______ with fright, a hungry fox hid himself in a small cave, _______ his tail to the rain.

A. Trembled; exposing

B. Trembled; exposed

C. Trembling; exposing

D. Trembling; exposed

48. _______ for the terrible accident, as the public thought, the mayor felt nervous and was at a loss what to do.

A. Having blamed

B. To blame

C. Being to blame

D. Being to be blamed

49. _______ from heart trouble for years, Professor White has to take some medicine with him wherever he goes.

A. Having suffered

B. To suffer

C. suffered

D. Being suffered

50. He told us whether _______ a picnic was still under discussion.

A. to have

B. having

C. have

D. had

51. _______ many times, he finally understood it.

A. Told

B. Telling

C. Having told

D. Having been told

52. _______ the project in time, the staff were working at weekends.

A. Competing

B. Having completed

C. To have completed

D. To complete

53. _______ by the advances in technology, many farmers have set up wind farms on their land.

A. Being encouraged

B. Encouraging

C. Encouraged

D. Having encouraged

54. _______ and short of breath, Andy and Ruby were the first to reach the top of Mount Tai.

A. To be tired

B. Tired

C. Tiring

D. Being tired

55. There is a great deal of evidence _______ that music activities engage different parts of the brain.

A. indicate

B. indicating

C. to indicate

D. to be indicating

56. Michael's new house is like a huge palace, _______ with his old one.

A. comparing

B. compares

C. to compare

D. compared

57. With the world changing fast, we have something new_______with all by ourselves every day.

A. deal

B. dealt

C. to deal

D. dealing

58. They use computers to keep the traffic_______smoothly.

A. being run

B. run

C. to run

D. running

59. Schools across China are expected to hire 50,000 college graduates this year as short-term teachers, almost three times the number hired last year, _______reduce unemployment pressures.

A. help

B. to have helped

C. to help

D. having helped

60. Distinguished guests and friends, welcome to our school. _______ the ceremony of the 50th Anniversary this morning are our alumni (校友) from home and abroad.

A. Attend

B. To attend

C. Attending

D. Having attended

61. I like getting up very early in summer.The morning air is so good _______.

A. to be breathed

B. to breathe

C. breathing

D. being breathed

62. —Did the book give the information you needed?

—Yes. But _______ it, I had to read the entire book.

A. to find

B. find

C. to be finding

D. finding

63. I feel greatly honored _______ into their society.

A. to welcome

B. welcoming

C. to be welcomed

D. welcomed

64. It is worth considering what makes “convenience” foods so popular, and _______ better ones of your own.

A. introduces

B. to introduce

C. introducing

D. introduced

65. _______their hats into the air, the fans of the winning team let out loud shouts of victory.

A. To throw

B. Thrown

C. Throwing

D. Being thrown

66. I hear they've promoted Tom, but he didn't mention _______ when we talked on the phone.

A. to promote

B. having been promoted

C. having promoted

D. to be promoted

67. We finished the run in less than half the time _______.

A. allowing

B. to allow

C. allowed

D. allows

68. The trees _______ in the storm have been moved off the road.

A. being blown down

B. blown down

C. blowing down

D. to blow down

69. _______the project as planned, we'll have to work two more hours a day.

A. Completing

B. Complete

C. Completed

D. To complete

70. Susan wanted to be independent of her parents. She tried _______ alone, but she didn't like it and moved back home.

A. living

B. to live

C. to be living

D. having lived

71. _______ around the Water Cube, we were then taken to see the Bird's Nest for the 2008 Olympic Games.

A. Having shown

B. To be shown

C. Having been shown

D. To show

72. We had an anxious couple of weeks _______ for the results of the experiment.

A. wait

B. to be waiting

C. waited

D. waiting

73. _______to reach them on the phone, we sent an email instead.

A. Fail

B. Failed

C. To fail

D. Having failed

74. _______that he was in great danger, Eric walked deeper into the forest.

A. Not realized

B. Not to realize

C. Not realizing

D. Not to have realized

75. It is one of the funniest things _______ on the Internet so far this year.

A. finding

B. being found

C. to find

D. found

76. _______in the queue for half an hour, the old man suddenly realized he had left the queue in the car.

A. Waiting

B. To wait

C. Having waited

D. To have waited

77. —Can those _______ at the back of the classroom hear me?

—No problem.

A. seat

B. sit

C. seated

D. sat

78. He was busy writing a story, only _______ once in a while to smoke a cigarette.

A. to stop

B. stopping

C. to have stopped

D. having stopped

79. Please remain _______； the winner of the prize will be announced soon.

A. seating

B. seated

C. to seat

D. to be seated

80. To learn English well, we should find opportunities to hear English _______ as much as we can.

A. speak

B. speaking

C. spoken

D. to speak

81. Lucy's new job paid twice as much as she had made _______ in the restaurant.

A. working

B. work

C. to work

D. worked

82. _______that she was going off to sleep, I asked if she'd like that little doll on her bed.

A. Seeing

B. To see

C. See

D. Seen

83. —The last one _______ pays the meal.

—Agreed!

A. arrived

B. arrives

C. to arrive

D. arriving

84. At the beginning of class, the noise of desks _______ could be heard outside the classroom.

A. opened and closed

B. to be opened and closed

C. being opened and closed

D. to open and close

85. There is nothing more I can try _______ you to stay, so I wish you good luck.

A. being persuaded

B. persuading

C. to be persuaded

D. to persuade

86. —Robert is indeed a wise man.

—Oh, yes. How often I have regretted _______ his advice!

A. to take

B. taking

C. not to take

D. not taking

87. When asked why he went there, he said he was sent there _______ for a space flight.

A. training

B. being trained

C. to have trained

D. to be trained

88. “Things _______ never come again!” I couldn't help talking to myself.

A. lost

B. losing

C. to lose

D. have lost

89. _______ that she didn't do a good job, I don't think I am abler than her.

A. To have said

B. Having said

C. To say

D. Saying

90. Peter received a letter just now _______ his grandma would come to see him soon.

A. said

B. says

C. saying

D. to say

91. As Jack left his membership card at home, he wasn't allowed _______ into the sports club.

A. going

B. to go

C. go

D. gone

92. When Peter speaks in public, he always has trouble_______the right things to say.

A. thinking of

B. to think of

C. thought of

D. think of

93. The club, _______ 25 years ago, is holding a party for past and present members.

A. founded

B. founding

C. being founded

D. to be founded

94. “Genius” is a complicated concept, _______many different factors.

A. involved

B. involving

C. to involve

D. being involved

95. People have learnt the importance of keeping a balanced diet _______ their nutritional needs.

A. satisfy

B. satisfied

C. to satisfy

D. having satisfied

96. Once _______ , Jose devoted her life to looking after children and being a full-time homemaker.

A. having married

B. being married

C. marrying

D. married

97. _______ a wet football can hurt your foot if you are not careful.

A. Kicking

B. Kicked

C. Having kicked

D. Kick

98. Big companies usually have a lot of branch offices _______ in different parts of the world.

A. to have operated

B. be operated

C. operating

D. having operated

99. _______ to work overtime that evening, I missed a wonderful film.

A. Having been asked

B. To ask

C. Having asked

D. To be asked

100. This machine is very easy _______. Anybody can learn to use it in a few minutes.

A. operating

B. to be operating

C. operated

D. to operate

101. The old couple often take a walk after supper in the park with their pet dog _______ them.

A. to follow

B. following

C. followed

D. follows

102. Tom took a taxi to the airport, only _______ his plane high up in the sky.

A. finding

B. to find

C. being found

D. to have found

103. I looked up and noticed a snake _______ its way up the tree to catch its breakfast.

A. to wind

B. wind

C. winding

D. wound

104. Before driving into the city, you are required to get your car _______.

A. washed

B. wash

C. washing

D. to wash

105. Having finished her project, she was invited by the school _______ to the new students.

A. speaking

B. having spoken

C. to speak

D. to have spoken

106. John has really got the job because he showed me the official letter_______him it.

A. offered

B. offering

C. to offer

D. to be offered

107. The lecture, _______ at 7:00 pm last night, was followed by an observation of the moon with telescopes.

A. starting

B. being started

C. to start

D. to be started

108. Time, _______ correctly, is money in the bank.

A. to use

B. used

C. using

D. use

109. We've had a good start, but next, more work needs _______ to achieve the final success.

A. being done

B. do

C. to be done

D. to do

110. Before you quit your job, _______ how your family would feel about your decision.

A. consider

B. considering

C. to consider

D. considered

111. We're having a meeting in half an hour. The decision _______ at the meeting will influence the future of our company.

A. to be made

B. being made

C. made

D. having been made

112. I make $2,000 a week, 60 surely won't make _______ difference to me.

A. that a big

B. a that big

C. big a that

D. that big a

113. _______ in a long queue, we waited for the store to open to buy a new iPad .

A. Standing

B. To stand

C. Stood

D. Stand

114. If he takes on this work, he will have no choice but _______ an even greater challenge.

A. meets

B. meeting

C. meet

D. to meet

115. One learns a language by making mistakes and _______ them.

A. corrects

B. correct

C. to correct

D. correcting

116. _______ with care, one tin will last for six weeks.

A. Use

B. Using

C. Used

D. To use

117. The old man sat in front of the television every evening, happy _______ anything that happened to be on.

A. to watch

B. watching

C. watched

D. to have watched

118. Tony lent me the money, _______ that I'd do as much for him.

A. hoping

B. to hope

C. hoped

D. having hoped

119. George returned after the war, only _______ that his wife had left him.

A. to be told

B. telling

C. being told

D. told

120. —Have you figured out how much the trip will cost?

—$4,000, or it won't worthy _______.

A. of making

B. being made

C. to be made

D. of to be made

121. China recently tightened its waters controls near the Huangyan Island to prevent Chinese fishing boats from _______ in the South China Sea.

A. attacking

B. having attacked

C. being attacked

D. having been attacked

122. Pressed from his parents, and _______ that he has wasted too much time, the boy is determined to stop playing video games.

A. realizing

B. realized

C. to realize

D. being realized

123. “It's a such nice place,” Mother said as she sat at the table _______ for customers.

A. to be reserved

B. Living reserved

C. reserving

D. reserved

124. I think Tom, as the head of a big department, should either study regularly or _______ his job.

A. quits

B. to quit

C. quitting

D. quit

125. No matter how bright a talker you are, there are times when it's better _______ silent.

A. remain

B. be remaining

C. having remained

D. to remain

126. _______ an important decision more on emotion than on reason, you will regret it sooner or later.

A. Based

B. Basing

C. Base

D. To base

127. _______ around the fire, the tourists danced with the local people.

A. Gather

B. To gather

C. Gathering

D. To be gathering

128. When _______ for his views about his teaching job, Philip said he found it very interesting and rewarding.

A. asking

B. asked

C. having asked

D. to be asked

129. I remembered _______ the door before I left the office, but forgot to turn off the lights.

A. locking

B. to lock

C. having locked

D. to have locked

130. The next thing he saw was smoke_______from behind the house.

A. rose

B. rising

C. to rise

D. risen

131. The island, _______to the mainland by a bridge, is easy to go to.

A. joining

B. to join

C. joined

D. having joined

132. Sarah pretended to be cheerful, _______nothing about the argument.

A. says

B. said

C. to say

D. saying

133. It's important for the figures_______regularly.

A. to be updated

B. to have been updated

C. to update

D. to have updated

134. Sit down, Emma. You will only make yourself more tired, _______ on your feet.

A. to keep

B. keeping

C. having kept

D. to have kept

135. Birds' singing is sometimes a warning to other birds _______ away.

A. to stay

B. staying

C. stayed

D. stay

136. He got up late and hurried to his office, _______ the breakfast untouched.

A. left

B. to leave

C. leaving

D. having left

137. Film has a much shorter history, especially when _______ such art forms as music and painting.

A. having compared to

B. comparing to

C. compare to

D. compared to

138. The party will be held in the garden, weather _______.

A. permitting

B. to permit

C. permitted

D. permit

139. After completing and signing it, please return the form to us in the envelope _______.

A. providing

B. provided

C. having provided

D. provide

140. Passengers are permitted _______ only one piece of hand luggage onto the plane.

A. to carry

B. carrying

C. to be carried

D. being carried

141. _______into English, the sentence was found to have an entirely different word order.

A. Translating

B. Translated

C. To translate

D. Having translated

142. Mike found his missing car in the street outside his house, _______newly cleaned and polished.

A. looked

B. to look

C. looking

D. to be looking

143. _______ in 1955, Disneyland in California is regarded by many as the original fun park.

A. Opened

B. Having opened

C. Opening

D. Being opened

144. Harrison Ford is thought to be one of the few movie stars_______as a carpenter before.

A. to work

B. to be working

C. to have worked

D. to have been working

145. Look over there—there's a very long, winding path_______up to the house.

A. leading

B. leads

C. led

D. to lead

146. Recently a survey _______prices of the same goods in two different supermarkets has caused heated debate among citizens.

A. compared

B. comparing

C. compares

D. being compared

147. Tsinghua University, _______ in 1911, is home to a great number of outstanding figures.

A. found

B. founding

C. founded

D. to be founded

148. The difference in thickness and weight from the earlier version makes the iPad 2 more comfortable _______.

A. held

B. holding

C. be held

D. to hold

149. Tom asked the candy makers if they could make the chocolate easier_______into small pieces.

A. break

B. breaking

C. broken

D. to break

150. Bats are surprisingly long-lived creatures, some_______a life span of around 20 years.

A. having

B. had

C. have

D. to have

151. Even the best writers sometimes find themselves_______for words.

A. lose

B. lost

C. to lose

D. having lost

152. If they win the final tonight, the team are going to tour around the city_______by their enthusiastic supporters.

A. being cheered

B. be cheered

C. to be cheered

D. were cheered

153. Ladex doesn't feel like_______abroad. Her parents are old.

A. study

B. studying

C. studied

D. to study

154. Simon made a big bamboo box _______ the little sick bird till it could fly.

A. keep

B. kept

C. keeping

D. to keep

155. _______ an important role in a new movie, Andy has a chance to become famous.

A. Offer

B. Offering

C. Offered

D. To offer

156. More TV programs, according to government officials, will be produced_______people's concern over food safety.

A. to raise

B. raising

C. to have raised

D. having raised

157. Michael put up a picture of Yao Ming beside the bed to keep himself_______of his own dreams.

A. reminding

B. to remind

C. reminded

D. remind

158. Claire had her luggage _______ an hour before her plane left.

A. check

B. checking

C. to check

D. checked

159. More highways have been built in China, _______ it much easier for people to travel from one place to another.

A. making

B. made

C. to make

D. having made

160. The ability_______an idea is as important as the idea itself.

A. expressing

B. expressed

C. to express

D. to be expressed

161. The players_______from the whole country are expected to bring us honor in this summer game.

A. selecting

B. to select

C. selected

D. having selected

162.Do you wake up every morning_______energetic and ready to start a new day?

A. feel

B. to feel

C. feeling

D. felt

163. _______ around the fire, the tourists danced with the local people.

A. Gather

B. To gather

C. Gathering

D. To be gathering

164. On receiving a phone call from his wife_______she had a fall, Mr. Gorden immediately rushed home from his office.

A. says

B. said

C. saying

D. to say

165. Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach _______ to read fast.

A. what

B. who

C. how

D. why

第5章　强调句型

【答案链接】

i. 强调谓语或者其他成分

1. 强调谓语动词一般在原形谓语动词前加do/does/did。时态是一般现在时，在动词原形前加do/does,时态是一般过去时，在原形谓语动词前加did。

He admitted that he did make many mistakes in the war.

他承认确实在战争中犯了很多错误。

We do like our beautiful hometown.

我们确实喜欢我们美丽的家乡。

Do be careful when you cross the street.

过马路时，务必（千万）要小心啊！

2. 强调句子其他成分用强调句型：It + be +被强调成分+关系代词who/that +句子的其他成分。

Mr. Turnbull gave George this ticket on Saturday.

特布尔先生星期六给了乔治这张票。

It was this ticket that Mr. Turnbull gave George on Saturday.

特布尔先生星期六给乔治的就是这张票。

It was on Saturday that Mr. Turnbull gave George this ticket.

特布尔先生是在星期六给乔治这张票的。

注意:

1）当被强调的成分是人时，关系代词可以用who/that,强调其他成分时（除谓语动词外）一律用that。

It was George who/that Mr. Turnbull gave this ticket on Saturday.

特布尔先生在星期六把这张票给的是乔治。

It was in New York that she met your brother yesterday.

昨天是在纽约她见到了你哥哥。

2）在强调句中，be动词通常只有两种形式：一般现在时is, 一般过去时was，但是不能排斥带有情态动词的形式。

It was at this shop that I bought the watch.

我就是在这个商店买的这块手表。

It is the ability to do the job that matters not where you come from or what you are.

工作的能力与你来自哪里和你是什么人关系不大。

It may be my book that he is reading.

他正在读的或许就是我的书。

It must have been the manager that spoke to you.

与你谈过话的一定是经理。

专项练习

1. It was between 1830 and 1835 _______ the modern newspaper was born.

A. that

B. how

C. which

D. when

2. Was it _______ who telephoned yesterday?

A. him

B. his

C. he

D. himself

3. It was twenty years ago _______ he joined the party.

A. then

B. when

C. since

D. that

4. We were told that it was in that room _______ the Republicans held the important meeting.

A. where

B. and

C. that

D. which

5. It was not until he entered the classroom _______ he realized that he had forgotten to do the homework.

A. before

B. when

C. where

D. that

6. It is the uses to which television is put _______ determine its value to society.

A. they

B. those

C. that

D. who

7. It was the training that he had as a young man _______ made him such a good engineer.

A. that

B. has

C. what

D. who

8. It was not for their personal interest _______ they did that.

A. when

B. so

C. as

D. that

9. _______ the Christmas shopping season begins.

A. That is after Thanksgiving

B. After Thanksgiving it is

C. It is after Thanksgiving that

D. It is Thanksgiving that

答案速查　1-5　ACDCD　6—9　CADC

ii. 被强调成分的多样性

强调句中，被强调的成分可以是主语、宾语、状语或者主语从句、宾语从句等。而状语既可以是副词、介词短语，也可以是状语从句。如because, since从句或not until引导的从句等。

I don't mind her criticizing me, but it is how she does it that I object to.

我不介意她批评我，但是我反对的正是她批评我的方式。

It was not until I had read your letter that I understood the true state of affairs.

直到我读了你的信件我才理解了事情的真正状况。

It was because he missed the bus that he didn't go to work on time.

正是由于错过了公共汽车他才没有准时上班。

It was not what he just said but what he did that made his father burst out crying.

不是他刚才说的话，而正是他所做的使他父亲突然哭了。

It is since he was 5 years old that he has lived here with his parents.

正是从五岁起他就和父母在这里居住了。

It is when he found a mouse that he realized it was a dirty room.

正是在他发现了老鼠的时候他才认识到那是个很脏的房间。

专项练习

1. It was only when I reread his poems recently _______ I began to appreciate their beauty.

A. until

B. that

C. then

D. so

2. It was at the gate _______ he told me the news.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. when

3. Does _______ matter if he can't finish the job on time?

A. this

B. that

C. he

D. it

4. It was not until she had arrived home _______ she remembered her appointment with the doctor.

A. when

B. that

C. and

D. while

5. It _______ Jenny and I who came to the wedding party the other day.

A. be

B. was

C. were

D. are

6. It was at about 10 o'clock _______ I finished writing the report.

A. since

B. that

C. when

D. which

7. It was only when I realized the importance of English _______ I began to make up my mind have a good command of it.

A. that

B. until

C. then

D. so

8. It was on the hill _______ the young soldier died for the country _______ they set up a monument.

A. where; for which

B. where; that

C. so; that

D. where; so

9. It is in this lake _______ my classmates and I often spend a holiday boating.

A. which

B. where

C. that

D. in which

10. It is _______ for themselves _______ working hard at their lessons.

A. only; that they are not

B. not only; that they are

C. only; which they aren't

D. not only; when they are

答案速查　1-5　BADBB　6—10　BABCB

iii. 强调句的疑问句形式

1. 强调句中，强调结构的疑问句形式经常出现，此时be需要提至it前。

Is it you that want to go back to Beijing next week?

正是你下周要去北京吗？

Was it the old man who helped you solve the problems?

就是这位老人帮助你解决了这些问题吗？

—Was it yesterday that he was fired？

—Yes . it was.

——他是昨天被解雇的吗？

——是的。

2. 强调句的反义疑问句总是针对主句it is/was进行反问。

It was at this shop that he was caught stealing goods, wasn't it?

就是在这个商店他被捉住偷东西了，是吗？

It is on Saturday that we needn't go to school, isn't it?

就是在周六我们不必上学，是吗？

3. 强调句的特殊疑问句：疑问词+ is/was + it + that ...

What was it that made you so unhappy?

到底是什么使你如此不快乐的？

Who was it that interviewed you?

到底是谁采访了你？

Why was it that they didn't like her?

到底为什么他们不喜欢她？

专项练习

1. _______ you met the Englishman?

A. Where it was that

B. Who it was that

C. Where was it that

D. Where was that

2. —Wasn't it Dr Wang who spoke to you just now？

—_______.

A. I didn't know he was

B. Yes, it was

C. No, he wasn't

D. Yes, he did

3. Is it in the factory _______ your father works _______ we'll work for two weeks?

A. where; that

B. where; where

C. that; where

D. that; that

4. Was it in the library _______ he often read books _______ she met him?

A. that; that

B. where； that

C. which; where

D. that； where

5. Was it _______ we played football _______ you found the key to the bike?

A. that; that

B. that; where

C. where; that

D. where; in which

6. It was in 1901 _______ Theodore Roosevelt became president of the U.S.A.

A. when

B. and

C. that

D. which

7. —Is it my age _______ the boss minds?

—I'm afraid not. He will consider _______ necessary to have an experienced assistant.

A. which; it

B. that; it

C. which； that

D. that; that

8. It was only under pressure _______ to resign his post.

A. did the president agree

B. that did the president agree

C. that the president agreed

D. agreed the president

9. It was about 600 years ago _______ the first clock with a face and an hour was made.

A. that

B. until

C. before

D. when

10. Was it in Nagano, Japan _______ the 18th Olympic Winter Games were held?

A. Which

B. where

C. that

D. /

答案速查　1-5　CBABC　6—10　CBCAC

iv. 强调句的被分隔

1. 强调句经常被插入的定语从句分隔，这时要理顺其中的关系。

Was it the teacher to whom my father talked yesterday that teaches you English?

就是我父亲昨天与其谈话的那个老师教你们英语吗？

It was on the farm where we worked that I got to know her.

就是在我们工作过的农场上我认识了她。

It is in this room where the meeting is being held now that I left my umbrella that day.

我那天就是把雨伞丢在现在正在开会的那个房间里了。

2. 强调句经常被插入的短语分隔。

I think it's the driver rather than the passengers who is to blame for the accident.

我认为是司机而不是乘客应该为车祸负责。

3. 强调句经常被插入的同位语从句分隔。

It was the decision that we should send more firefighters there that made Mr. Fox pleased.

正是我们应该派更多消防队员去那里的决定使福克斯先生很高兴。

Could it be the idea that we should have a rest that made him pleased?

可能会是我们应该休息一下的主意使他高兴起来的吗？

专项练习

1. Was it at the school _______ was named after a hero _______ he spent his childhood?

A. which; that

B. where; where

C. that; where

D. which; where

2. _______ the students have understood what they are taught in class _______ they will make better progress.

A. It is only then; that

B. It was that; when

C. It is only when; that

D. It was when; then

3. Was _______ Bill, _______ played basketball very well, _______ helped the blind man across the street?

A. that; that; who

B. it; that; that

C. it; who; that

D. this; who; who

4. It was _______ he overheard _______ his parents were talking about _______ he felt very ashamed.

A. because; what; that

B. because of; how; which

C. as; why; that

D. because; that; which

5. Why _______ this kind of glasses made in that shop wears comfortably?

A. is it that

B. is it

C. are they

D. was it that

6. _______ because of the letter lost the day before yesterday _______ he got angry?

A. Was it; that

B. Was it; when

C. Is it; that

D. Is it; when

7. _______ was not until he told me the news _______ my daughter had passed the university entrance examination _______ a heavy stone was taken off my mind.

A. It; which; that

B. It; which; which

C. It; that; that

D. It; that; which

答案速查　1-5　ACCAA　6—7　AC

v. 从句中的强调句

1. 口语中强调句的主语可以是it以外的代词he, that和those等。

He was a real genius that invented this.

发明这个东西的正是他这个真正的天才。

No, that was the doctor I was speaking to.

不，跟我说话的是那个医生。

2. 宾语从句中的强调句其语序一定要用陈述语序。

I've already forgotten where it was that you put the dictionary.

我已忘了你到底把词典放哪里了。

I don't know why it is that they don't like me.

我不知道他们为什么不喜欢我。

3. 强调句也经常强调主语从句。

It was not what he said but the way he said it that made a great difference to me at last.

不是他说话的内容而是说话的方式最终对我起了重要作用。

4. 当被强调的是主语时，主语若是人称代词要用主格。被强调的部分要与后面谓语动词的人称、时态和数保持一致。

It is I who am your friend.

你的朋友是我。

It is he who has been to Beijing before.

是他以前去过北京。

专项练习

1. _______ was in 1979 _______ I graduated from the university.

A. That; that

B. It; that

C. That; when

D. It; when

2. It was _______ he said _______ disappointed me.

A. what; that

B. that; that

C. what; what

D. that; what

3. It was with great difficulty _______ the boy gathered the strength to rise.

A. with which

B. that

C. which

D. what

4. Is it many years _______ you _______ married?

A. that; got

B. since; got

C. that; had got

D. for; to got

5. It was in the hall _______ we have dinner _______ we held a party last night.

A. where; that

B. that; where

C. where； which

D. which； where

6. It was my suggestion _______ made him lose weight.

A. which

B. that

C. of which

D. what

7. It was _______ that made him angry.

A. because he had failed in the exam

B. his failure in the exam

C. because of his failure in the exam

D. as he failed in the exam

8. It is only when you nearly lose someone _______ how much you need him.

A. then you realize

B. do you realize

C. that you realize

D. you then realize

9. I can't quite remember _______ you started doing the work.

A. that is was when

B. when it was that

C. when was it that

D. that was it when

10. I have always been honest and straightforward, and it doesn't matter _______ that I'm talking to.

A. who is it

B. who it is

C. it is who

D. it is whom

答案速查　1-5　BABBA　6—10　BBCBB

vi. 强调句的特殊情况

1. 强调句常用省略形式。

—I can't find Mr. Smith. Where did you meet him this morning?

—It was in the hotel where he stayed (that I met him this morning).

——我找不到史密斯先生。你今早在什么地方见到他的？

——是在他下榻的宾馆。

2. 强调句型中的be动词和情态动词的结合，其句式结构为：

1）It may　be/might be/might have been +被强调部分+ that ...

It might be last night that they did their homework.

他们也许是昨晚做完作业的。

It might have been John that bought a new book for Mary yesterday.

或许是约翰昨天给玛丽买了一本新书。

2）It must be/must have been+被强调部分+ that ...

It must be Peter who has let this secret out.

一定是彼得将这个秘密泄露出去的。

3）It could be/could have been +被强调部分+ that ...

Could it be that man who stole the money from the bank last year?

是否就是那个人去年从银行里偷了钱？

3. 感叹句的强调结构，既要体现强调句型的形式特征，又要体现感叹句的自然语序。总是将强调句式插入在句子的感叹词后面。

1）How +形容词+ it is that　+主语+谓语！

How happy it is that he looks!

他看上去多幸福啊！

2）What +（a）形容词+名词+ it is that +主语+谓语！

What a clever boy it is that he is!

他是多么聪明的孩子啊！

专项练习

1. It might have been John _______ bought a new book for Mary yesterday.

A. what

B. since

C. that

D. then

2. It may be next week _______ she leaves for Tokyo.

A. what

B. since

C. that

D. then

3. How happy _______ he looks!

A. it is that

B. it is

C. it that

D. is it that

4. What a clever boy _______ he is!

A. it is that

B. it is

C. it that

D. is it that

5. —I can't find my mobile phone. Where did you see it this morning？

—It could be on the table _______ you had lunch.

A. that

B. which

C. the one

D. where

答案速查　1-5　CCAAD

综合练习

1. It was from only a few supplies that she had bought in the village _______ the hostess cooked such a nice dinner.

A. where

B. that

C. when

D. which

2. John's success has nothing to do with good luck. It is years of hard work _______ has made him what he is today.

A. why

B. when

C. which

D. that

3. It was _______ he came back from Africa that year _______ he met the girl he would like to marry.

A. when; then

B. not; until

C. not until; that

D. only; when

4. It was in New Zealand _______Elizabeth first met Mr. Smith.

A. that

B. how

C. which

D. when

5. It was along the Mississippi River _______ Mark Twain spent much of his childhood.

A. how

B. which

C. that

D. where

6. It was not until midnight _______they reached the camp site.

A. that

B. when

C. while

D. as

7. It was only with the help of the local guide _______.

A. was the mountain climber rescued

B. that the mountain climber was rescued

C. the mountain climber was rescued

D. then the mountain climber was rescued

8. It _______ we had stayed together for a couple of weeks _______ I found we had a lot in common.

A. was until; when

B. was until; that

C. wasn't until; when

D. wasn't until; that

9. It is what you do rather than what you say _______ matters.

A. that

B. what

C. which

D. this

10. It is not who is right but what is right _______ is of importance.

A. which

B. it

C. that

D. this

11. It was not until she got home _______ Jennifer realized she had lost her keys.

A. when

B. that

C. where

D. before

12. It was after he got what he had desired _______ he realized it was not so important.

A. that

B. when

C. since

D. as

13. —In which part of the play was _______ your brother appeared?

—In the last ten minutes.

A. that where

B. this when

C. it that

D. it where

14. —Where was it _______ the earthquake broke out yesterday?

—In an Italian city.

A. where

B. which

C. how

D. that

15. _______ that the trade between the two countries reached its highest point.

A. During the 1990's

B. That it was in the 1990's

C. It was in the 1990's

D. It was the 1990's

16. It was when searching for the lost book whose cover was missing _______ a secret letter addressed to his mother.

A. did he find

B. until he found

C. that he found

D. had he found

17. Between the two generations, it is often their different views of life and value _______ cause family conflicts.

A. which

B. what

C. who

D. that

18. It was not just the size of the party last night_______made it unique, but _______ it meant to our company.

A. what；that

B. that；what

C. what；what

D. that；that

19. —What did he want to know, John?

—_______that we could finish our work.

A. What it was

B. When was it

C. When it was

D. What was it

20. It is the way he talks with his mother _______ is different from _______ we were used to.

A. that; what

B. which; what

C. that; which

D. in which; where

21. It was only when I reread his poems recently _______ I began to appreciate their beauty.

A. so

B. as

C. then

D. that

22. The police were seeking more information to find out _______ the rich merchant.

A. who was it that killed

B. who it was that killed

C. it was who killed

D. who was it killed

23. It is only 6.7% of Korean students _______ have ever read Chinese books or watch Chinese TV programs.

A. which

B. whoever

C. that

D. what

24. I still remember how many years ago _______ I last met her in the countryside.

A. when it was

B. was it that

C. when was it

D. it was that

25. —When was it _______ the Nanhai No.1, the sunken ship, was raised from the seabed?

—On December 22, 2007.

A. that

B. what

C. /

D. which

26. —How unhappy your roommate looks!

—Yes, but he's not willing to tell me what it is _______ is troubling him.

A. what

B. which

C. as

D. that

27. Wasn't it until Michael ran into me _______ he recognized I was once his partner?

A. then

B. when

C. which

D. that

28. —Were all the toys for the children carried to their new kindergarten?

—No, _______ only some of them.

A. it was

B. they were

C. there were

D. there was

29. —What did she want to know, Tom?

—She wondered _______ we could complete the experiment.

A. when was it

B. it was when that

C. it was when

D. when it was that

30. It is the Long March Rocket 2F, as reported, _______ sent Shenzhou VI spaceship into space.

A. which

B. what

C. that

D. as

31. —Was it what he said or something that he did _______ made you cry so sadly，Sarah?

—No, not really.

A. which

B. that

C. when

D. what

32. _______ the people have become masters of their country _______ science can really serve the people.

A. It is only then; that

B. It was that; when

C. It is only when; that

D. It was when; then

33. _______it is _______ you obtain, you must tell your parents.

A. Whatever; that

B. No matter what; /

C. What; that

D. Whatever; /

34. When I try to understand _______ it is that prevents so many Americans from being as happy as one might expect, it seems to me _______ there are quite a few causes.

A. why; that

B. which; as

C. what; that

D. whether; since

35. It is you, rather than he, that _______ for the accident.

A. is to blame

B. are to blame

C. is blame

D. are blame

36. I really don't know _______ I had my money stolen.

A. when was it that

B. that it was when

C. where it was that

D. it was where that

37. It is _______ fashion differs from country to country _______ may reflect the cultural differences from one respect.

A. /; that

B. that; /

C. how; that

D. that; that

38. Personally I think it is the headmaster, rather than the students, _______ to blame in this respect.

A. is

B. that is

C. are

D. who are

39. It is around 100 years, as is known to all, _______ the first modern Olympic Games were held.

A. before

B. that

C. since

D. when

40. —All the passengers were injured in the accident?

—No, _______ only three children.

A. it was

B. it were

C. there were

D. there was

41. Was it not until you began to work _______ how much time you had wasted?

A. did you realize

B. that you realized

C. did you not realize

D. that you didn't realize

42. Was it near the building, if I may ask, _______ Martin Luther King gave the speech I have a dream?

A. where

B. which

C. that

D. when

43. The result of the study indicated that it was the type of fat _______ made the difference.

A. that

B. what

C. who

D. as

44. It was not until 1920 _______ American women had the chance to vote in national elections.

A. when

B. that

C. where

D. which

45. It was not until I came here _______ I realize this place was famous, for not only its beauty but also its weather.

A. who

B. that

C. where

D. before

46. It was 80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic _______ Zheng sailed to East Africa.

A. when

B. that

C. after

D. since

47. It is not how much we do but how much love we put into what we do _______ benefits our work most.

A. who

B. which

C. that

D. what

48. —Have you seem the film Under the Hawthorn Tree?

—Of course, I have. It was in our village _______ it was made.

A. that

B. where

C. when

D. which

49. It's not what we do once in a while _______ shapes our lives, but what we do consistently.

A. which

B. that

C. how

D. when

50. Was it on a lonely island _______ he was saved one month after the boat went down?

A. where

B. that

C. which

D. what

第6章　it的专项用法

【答案链接】

i. it作为代词

1. it作为人称代词，代替前文提到事物，也可替代婴幼儿。

Is it a girl or a boy?

他是女孩还是男孩？

Look at my baby. It wears a smile with two teeth in it.

瞧瞧我的小宝宝，他笑中露出两颗牙齿。

Here is a map of France. It's one of the largest countries of Europe.

给你法国地图，这是欧洲最大的国家之一。

All of them are paper tigers; it is a truth.

他们都是纸老虎，这是真的。

2. it可以替代指示代词this, that。

This is my book. It is an English book.

这是我的书本，是一本英语书。

—What's that?

—It's a schoolbag.

——那是什么？

——是一个书包。

3. it作“这，那”解，指心目中或上下文中的人或事。

There's a knock at the door. Who is it? It's the milkman.

有人敲门，是谁呢？是送牛奶的。

It's your Mum on the phone.

你妈妈来电话找你。

4. it作为无人称动词的主语，表示天气、时间、季节、气温、距离、环境等。

It was hot/rainy/foggy.

天气很热/有雨/有雾。

—What time is it?

—It's just seven o'clock.

——现在几点了？

——刚刚七点。

It is about ten kilometers from here to the stadium.

从这里离体育场大约10公里远。

—What's the date today?

—It's the fourth of February.

——今天几月几号？

——是二月四日。

专项练习

1. I was disappointed with the film. I had expected _______ to be much better.

A. that

B. this

C. one

D. it

2. —Who is knocking at the door?

—Perhaps _______ is Jerry.

A. he

B. that

C. it

D. the man

3. Tom's mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but _______ didn't work.

A. he

B. which

C. she

D. it

4. —How _______ going?

—Everything is OK.

A. is it

B. are they

C. is that

D. are these

5. —He was nearly drowned once.

—When was _______?

— _______ was in 1998 when he was in middle school.

A. that; It

B. this; This

C. this; It

D. that; This

答案速查　1-5　DCDAA

ii. it作为形式主语

it作为形式主语，无具体意义，真正的主语由动名词、动词不定式和主语从句担任，被后置。

It is difficult to climb a mountain.

爬山是很艰难的。

正常形式：To climb a mountain is difficult.

It is a good habit to do morning exercises.

做早操是个好习惯。

It's important to study English.

学习英语很重要。

It is dangerous playing with fire.

玩火是危险的。

It is no use learning without thinking.

学而不思则罔。

It is wrong arguing with your parents.

和你的父母吵架是错误的。

常见句型有：

1. It is necessary (important, easy, difficult, natural, common, interesting, pleasant ...) for sb. to do sth./that ...

It is very important for us to learn English well.

对我们来说学好英语很重要。

2. It is kind (clever, brave, careful, careless, foolish, honest, nice, polite ...) of sb. to do sth.

It is very kind of you to say so. = You are very kind to say so.

你真好这样说。

3. It is no good (useless, no use, a waste of time) doing sth.

It's no use crying over spilt milk.

牛奶一洒哭也没用。

It's no harm drinking running water in that area.

在那个地区喝自来水没有害处。

4. It is a pity (a shame) that ...（should）....(主语从句表示出乎预料)

It is pity that you didn't see that good film.

你没看到那部好电影真可惜。

It is a shame that he didn't pass the exam.

他没有通过考试，真丢人。

5. It is said （reported, believed, thought, announce, estimated) that ...

It is said that he will be late today.

据说他今天会来晚。

6. It is suggested (advised, ordered, requested ...) that ... (should) ... (主语从句用虚拟语气表达)

It is suggested that the meeting (should) be put off.

有人建议推迟会议。

It was ordered that we (should) arrive there in two hours.

命令要求我们两小时内到那里。

7. It takes sb. +一段时间+ to do sth.

It took thousands of people many years to build the Great Wall.

建长城花了千百万人很多年时间。

It will take him three hours to go to Hangzhou by train.

乘火车去杭州要花他三小时的时间。

8. It seems (appears, happens, turns out, occurred to sb.) that ...

It seems that no one knows anything about the matter.

似乎没一个人知道有关此事的任何情况。

It seemed that things were not as they expected.

似乎情况不像我们预料的那样。

It appears to me that the report must be true.

在我看来这个报告肯定是真的。

9. It matters/doesn't matter whether ...

It doesn't matter what you say.

你说什么不要紧。

Does it matter if he can't finish the job in time?

如果他不能按时完成这项工作，关系重大吗？

10. It is uncertain whether ...

It is uncertain whether he's coming.

还不能肯定他是否能来。

11. It is necessary (important, natural, strange ...) that ... (should) ... (主语从句用虚拟语气)

It is necessary that he (should) remember these words.

他很有必要记住这些话。

12. It is no wonder/an honour that ...

He missed the first bus, so it is no wonder that he was late for the meeting.

他误了第一班车，因此难怪他开会迟到了。

专项练习

1. _______ is a fact that Global Warming has had influenced human beings' life.

A. There

B. This

C. That

D. It

2. It is wrong _______ treat your mother like that.

A. that you to

B. of you to

C. for you to

D. because you

3. Is _______ necessary to complete the task before National Day?

A. this

B. that

C. it

D. he

4. Does _______ matter if he can't finish the job on time?

A. this

B. that

C. he

D. it

5. He hasn't had any food for two days. _______ that he is so hungry.

A. There is no point

B. There is no need

C. It is no wonder

D. It is no way

6. _______ he has been fired because of his absence for a long time with no reason.

A. It is said that

B. They all said that

C. That is announced that

D. It was reported

7. It is no use _______ books without reading.

A. to buy

B. in buying

C. of buying

D. buying

8. _______ human beings can live on the moon in the next twenty years.

A. There seems impossible

B. This is impossible for

C. It is impossible of

D. It seems impossible that

9. _______ in the school regulation that students should wear school uniforms at school.

A. What is required

B. What requires

C. It is required

D. It requires

10. —How do you know him well?

—_______ that we live in the same neighborhood.

A. It is

B. That is

C. It is because

D. It happens

答案速查　1-5　DBCDC　6—10　ADDCD

iii. it作为形式宾语

1. it作为形式宾语，被放置在谓语动词后面，无实际意义，而真正的宾语由动名词、动词不定式或宾语从句担任，被后置。

You'll find it enjoyable working here.

你会发现在这里工作很惬意。

We find it difficult to learn English well in such a short time.

我们觉得在这么短时间内学好英语很困难。

We made it clear when and where we were going to have the meeting.

我们已经明确了何时何地我们要开会。

2. 通常用it作形式宾语的句型：

1）think/make/find/feel/consider it +形容词/名词+ to do sth.

We find it difficult to change the schedule now.

我们觉得现在改变日程安排是困难的。

I find it not so difficult to learn a foreign language.

我发现学习一门外语并不难。

2）think/make/find/feel/consider it +形容词/名词+ that ...

They found it difficult that they would finish their work in two days.

我们发现在两天内完成工作很困难。

We make it a rule that we must get up early and do morning exercises every day.

我们规定每天早上早起并做早操。

3）I'd appreciate it if ...

I'd appreciate it if you could help carry the box for me.

若你能帮我扛箱子我会很感激你的。

4）take it for granted that ...

Children take it for granted that parents must meet all that they need.

孩子们想当然地觉得父母必须满足他们的需求。

5）see to it that ...

See to it that you are not late again.

注意你不要再迟到了。

6）hate it that/when ...

I hate it when people talk with their mouth full.

我不喜欢人们说话时候满嘴食物。

7）owe it to sb. that ...

I own it to her that I may have made mistakes.

我向她承认我也许犯了错误。

专项练习

1. I don't think _______ possible to complete the task without good preparation.

A. this

B. that

C. he

D. it

2. I hate _______ when people talk with their full mouth.

A. it

B. that

C. these

D. them

3. He _______ to do morning exercise in the park.

A. took a rule

B. made a rule

C. made it a rule

D. took it a rule

4. I would appreciate _______ you would turn off the TV set.

A. that

B. it if

C. these if

D. it that

5. I think _______ hard for you _______ the task on your own.

A. it is; do

B. this; to do

C. that is; doing

D. it; to do

6. Don't _______ for granted that he will keep his promise.

A. take that

B. take it

C. make that

D. make it

7. He soon _______ why he had done it.

A. spoke clearly

B. made it clear

C. told clear

D. said it clear

8. Do you think _______ no use _______ another apology to him?

A. it; to make

B. it is; make

C. it; making

D. that; of making

9. We should regard _______ as a social duty to help these poor and homeless people.

A. ourselves

B. these

C. it

D. us

10. I found _______ to watch the football match on TV.

A. it relaxing

B. that is relaxing

C. it relaxed

D. that is relaxed

答案速查　1-5　DACBD　6—10　BBCCA

iv. it is ...的其他句型

1. It is time (high time, about time) that ... should/did ... (从句用虚拟语气)

It is time for sb. to do sth.

It is time for us to go to school.

我们该上学去了。

It is high time that you made up your mind to study hard at your lessons.

你们早该下定决心努力学习功课了。

2. It is/has been+一段时间+since ...“自从……时候以来已经多久了”

It is three years since we began to learn English.

自从我们开始学英语到现在已经三年了。

3. It was/will be+long/一段时间+before ...“过了很久/将过很久才……”

It wasn't/won't be long before ...“过不了多久就会……”

It was three days before he came back safe and sound from abroad.

过了三天他才从国外平平安安地回来了。

4. It was+时间点+when ...

It was 12 o'clock when he went to bed last night.

昨天夜里他睡觉去的时候已经是12点了。

5. It is the first (second, third ...) time that +现在完成时

It is the third time that we have been here to visit our old friends.

这是我们第三次来这里拜访我们的老朋友了。

6. It is up to sb. to do sth.“应由某人做某事”

It is up to you to decide when we should have the sports meeting.

由你决定我们何时举行运动会。

7. It seems (appears, looks) as if ....“看起来好像/似乎……”

It seems as if she has changed her mind that she will buy a car next week.

似乎她已经改变了下周要买车的主意。

专项训练

1. It was some time _______ we realized the truth.

A. when

B. until

C. since

D. before

2. It is five years _______ I left my hometown.

A. when

B. before

C. since

D. after

3. It was _______ the police arrived.

A. long until

B. not long

C. a long time when

D. not long before

4. It was mid-autumn night _______ we together sat on the riverside watching the full moon.

A. that

B. which

C. the moment

D. when

5. Mum criticized him severely because _______ was the third time that he _______ his key to the house.

A. it; had lost

B. this; lost

C. that; had forgot

D. it; forget

6. It's up to you _______ whether we should go to the art exhibition right now.

A. deciding

B. to decide

C. of deciding

D. decide

答案速查　1—6　DCDDAB

v. it的常用句型和固定短语

1. Believe it or not.信不信由你。

Believe it or not, that's the way it is.

信不信由你，反正事情就是这样。

2. Don't mention it. 不客气/别提了（指不好的事情）。

—Thank you.

—Don't mention it.

——谢谢。

——不客气。

He's very sensitive about being small, so don't mention it.

他对自己个子矮小神经过敏，可别提这件事。

3. It's my pleasure. 不客气。

Not at all. It's my pleasure.

不客气。这是我的荣幸。

It's my great pleasure to introduce tonight's speaker, Professor Lewis.

我很荣幸地介绍今晚的主讲人，路易斯教授。

4. Take it easy. 别着急。

Take it easy when you are on the stage.

在台上时不要紧张。

He stretched, yawned a little, and said “Take it easy, men.”

他伸了伸懒腰，轻轻打个呵欠，说：“大家要沉住气。”

5. It's up to you. 由你决定。

—Where can I put the TV set?

—It is up to you.

——我把电视机放在哪里？

——随你便。

6. It all depends. 看情况而定。

It all depends. I have certain doubts about it.

这很难说，得看情况。

There's a possibility we'll go, but it all depends on the weather.

我们可能去，但这完全要看天气而定。

7. Forget it. 不客气。

—I am sorry I broke your teapot.

—Forget it.

——对不起，我打破了你的茶壶。

——没关系。

8. It doesn't matter. 不要紧。

It doesn't matter. Let's wait until the next time.

没关系。下次还有机会。

All right. It doesn't matter. That one will do.

好的，没问题，那一张也可以。

9. Keep at it! 别松劲！干下去！

Keep at it and you'll succeed.

坚持下去就会成功。

Keep at it; don't relax!

继续努力；不要泄劲！

10. You'll catch it! 你可小心点儿！

—Now go and tell aunt if you dare—and tomorrow you'll catch it!

——好，赶快去向姨妈告状吧，只要你敢, 明天就有你好受的。

综合练习

1. I like _______ in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.

A. this

B. that

C. it

D. one

2. —Shall we meet next week?

—OK. We just make _______ next Friday.

A. one

B. it

C. that

D. so

3. It is nearly half a century _______ the first computer was invented.

A. when

B. that

C. since

D. until

4. It _______ to accomplish the return journey.

A. cost us 15 days

B. spent 15 days for us

C. was 15 days

D. took us 15 days

5. _______ from Beijing to London!

A. How long way it is

B. What long way is it

C. How long way is it

D. What a long way it is

6. _______ is reported in the newspaper, talks between the countries are making progress.

A. It

B. As

C. That

D. What

7. _______ is known to all that China is rich in natural resources.

A. It

B. That

C. What

D. As

8. _______ quite a few techniques to learn language well.

A. It seems to have

B. There seem to be

C. There seems to have

D. It seems to be

9. Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see _______.

A. who is he

B. who he is

C. who is it

D. who it is

10. It was 7 o'clock _______ he came here yesterday.

A. that

B. when

C. before

D. since

11. _______ that I was watching TV when he came to see me.

A. It happened

B. What happened

C. That happened

D. It was happened

12. The chairman thought _______ necessary to invite Professor Smith to speak at the meeting.

A. that

B. it

C. this

D. him

13. The Foreign Minister said, “_______ our hope that the two sides will work towards peace.”

A. This is

B. There is

C. That is

D. It is

14. _______ is reported in the newspaper that the terrible flood has caused a loss of 10 million yuan.

A. It

B. This

C. That

D. As

15. It's up to you _______ whether we should go to art exhibition right now.

A. deciding

B. to decide

C. of deciding

D. decide

16. Was _______ that I saw last night at the corner?

A. it you

B. not you

C. you

D. that yourself

17. It will be about two months _______ James leaves school. He is going to be a lawyer.

A. when

B. before

C. since

D. that

18. _______ turn is _______ to clean the blackboard?

A. Which; it

B. whose; it

C. Which; that

D. Whose; that

19. The seriously injured man has stopped breathing. _______ will be no possibility of making him come to life.

A. It

B. There

C. That

D. This

20. Space exploration has been made _______ with the development of modern science.

A. it possible

B. it was

C. that being possible

D. possible

21. To improve my spoken English, I make _______ to recite a passage of English every day.

A. a rule

B. it a rule

C. a rule that

D. a rule it is

22. He moved to a new flat because _______ is only five minutes' walk from the new flat to his office.

A. it

B. this

C. that

D. there

23. It was _______ several years _______ I had an opportunity of seeing the bird again.

A. for; before

B. not for; that

C. for; when

D. not for; then

24. It was with the greatest difficulty _______ the boy gathered the strength to rise.

A. with which

B. that

C. which

D. what

25. It is of great help _______ Radio English on Sunday. It is well received.

A. to pick up

B. of picking up

C. to pick

D. picking up

26. It is high time that our child _______ to do some homework.

A. learned

B. learn

C. will learn

D. would learn

27. It is essential that every child _______ the same educational opportunity.

A. has

B. could have

C. have

D. had

28. It was going to be some time _______ he saw his parents again.

A. since

B. until

C. when

D. before

29. _______ the 1500's _______ the first European explored the coast of California.

A. It is not until; then

B. It was until; that

C. It's not until; when

D. It was not until; that

30. I just wonder _______ that made them so depressed.

A. why it did

B. what they did

C. how it was

D. what it was

31. It was eight o'clock _______ I got to the school this morning, _______ made our teacher very angry.

A. when; that

B. that; that

C. that; when

D. when; which

32. _______ , they all went to the lake to swim.

A. It was a hot day

B. Being a hot day

C. It being hot

D. For it was a hot day

33. I don't mind her criticizing me, but _______ is how she does that I object to.

A. it

B. that

C. this

D. which

34. —_______ seems to be something wrong with the machine.

—Yes, _______ got a lot of noise.

A. It; it's

B. There; it's

C. It; there's

D. There; there's

35. _______ a certain doubt among the workers as to the necessity of the work

A. There are

B. There is

C. They are

D. It is

36. Joan had often heard _______ said that Marley had no money.

A. one

B. once

C. it

D. her

37. When you go outing with your sisters, you must see to _______ that they are safe.

A. everything

B. it

C. that

D. yourself

38. He said, “_______ a long way to school. _______ a long way to go yet before we arrive.”

A. It is; There is

B. There is; It is

C. There is; There is

D. It is; It is

39. —Is it my age _______ the boss minds?

—I'm afraid not. He will consider _______ necessary to have an experienced assistant.

A. which; it

B. that; it

C. which; that

D. that; that

40. _______ easy to do the repair. All you need is a hammer and some nails.

A. You are

B. That is

C. There is

D. It is

41. The doctor thought _______ would be good for you to have a holiday.

A. this

B. that

C. one

D. it

42. The fact that she was foreign made _______ difficult for her to get a job in that country.

A. so

B. much

C. that

D. it

43. Helping others is a habit, _______ you can learn even at an early age.

A. it

B. that

C. what

D. one

44. The cost of renting a house in central Xi'an is higher than _______ in any other area of the city.

A. that

B. this

C. it

D. one

45. Since you have repaired my TV set, _______is no need for me to buy a new one.

A. it

B. there

C. this

D. that

46. Sara made _______ to the airport just in time to catch her plane this morning.

A. herself

B. this

C. that

D. it

47. New technologies have made _______ possible to turn out new products faster and at a lower cost.

A. that

B. this

C. one

D. it

48. No matter where he is, he makes _______ a rule to go for a walk before breakfast.

A. him

B. this

C. that

D. it

49. The two girls are so alike that strangers find _______ difficult to tell one from the other.

A. it

B. them

C. her

D. that

50. The employment rate has continued to rise in big cities thanks to the efforts of the local governments to increase _______.

A. them

B. those

C. it

D. that

51. We feel _______ our duty to make our country a better place.

A. it

B. this

C. that

D. one

52. Japanese is so similar to Chinese that we sometimes find _______ not hard to tell the general meaning of its sentences.

A. it

B. them

C. her

D. that

53. We have various summer camps for your holidays. You can choose _______ based on your own interests.

A. either

B. each

C. one

D. it

54. —Silly me! I forget what my luggage looks like.

—What do you think of _______ over there?

A. the one

B. this

C. it

D. that

55. Why don't you bring _______ to his attention that you're too ill to work on?

A. that

B. it

C. his

D. him

第7章　倒装句

【答案链接】

I. 全倒装：谓语+主语

i. 表示存在意义的全倒装句

1. 表示存在意义的句型用倒装句，强调存在的方位，有如下几种：

1）There (appear, seem, happen, used) + to be +主语+其他

There seems/appears to be no one in the classroom.

教室里似乎没有人。

There happened to be no one in the room when I came in.

我进来的时候碰巧房间里没有人。

2）There stand （lie, live, happen）+主语+其他=There be+主语+其他

There is a hole in the wall.

墙上有个洞。

Once there lived a king, who had a beautiful daughter.

从前有个国王，国王有个美丽的女儿。

There happened an accident last night.

昨天夜里出车祸了。

There stands a high building over there.

那边有座高楼。

There lies a railway extending eastward.

有一条铁路向东延伸。

3）地点状语+谓语+主语+其他

On the chair stood a little boy who was singing.

椅子上站着一个小男孩在唱歌。

Under the tree lay a dog which was sleeping.

树下躺着一条狗在睡觉。

2. 不指具体地点和时间的副词在句首时引起倒装：

There （Here, Now, Then) + come/go/be +主语

Here comes the bus!

公共汽车来了。

There goes the bell!

铃响了。

Then came a knock at the door!

紧接着传来了敲门声。

There suddenly rushed into the room a group of small children.

突然闯进房间来一群小孩子。

When, at last, she stopped, there followed the strangest silence.

最后她终于停下来时，紧随其后的是一片奇怪的寂静。

注意：

1）这里there, then等不指具体地点和时间。

2）谓语动词常是be, go, come, run等不及物动词。

3）主语的数决定谓语动词的数；在两个或两个以上的主语并列存在时，谓语动词的数应与其最近的主语保持一致，详见“主谓一致”。

There comes a boy and two girls.

一个男孩和两个女孩来了。

4) 主语是人称代词时，主谓不倒装。

Here he comes!

他来了。

Here you are!

给你。

专项练习

1. There _______ a bed, a desk, and two chairs in his room.

A. is

B. are

C. were

D. be

2. _______ when everyone has to think for himself.

A. There comes a time

B. There goes a time

C. Here comes a time

D. A time comes here

3. There before her, filling every corner of the huge room, _______ furniture of all shapes, sizes and uses.

A. there was

B. are

C. was

D. there were

4. —Look, here _______.

—Oh, here _______

A. comes the bus； comes it

B. the bus comes； it comes

C. comes the bus； it comes

D. the bus comes； comes it

5. _______ the last flight. You have to stay here for another night.

A. There comes

B. Here was

C. There goes

D. Here we had

6. Then _______ we had been looking forward to.

A. came the hour

B. the hour came

C. comes the hour

D. the hour is coming

7. From the top of the hill _______ the whole city and its surroundings.

A. where could be seen

B. could be seen

C. from which could see

D. could see

答案速查　1-5　AACCC　6—7　AB

ii. 方向副词前置的全倒装句

“表示方向的副词in（out, away, down, up, back, off, over等）+不及物动词+主语+其他”，这种句型多用于生动的描写。

The door opened and in came a woman.

门开了进来了一位妇女。

Off went the horse!

那匹马跑了!

Out ran a dog!

唿地窜出来一条狗来！

Away flew the birds.

轰地飞走了一群鸟。

注意：

1）动词多是表示位置移动的动词，如：come, go, fly, run, rush, move等。

2）主语是人称代词时，主谓不用倒装：状语+代词+谓语。

Away they went.

他们走了。

专项练习

1. _______ from the table.

A. The boy down jumped

B. Down the boy jumped

C. Down jumped the boy

D. Down did the boy jumped

2. _______ , with tears in her eyes.

A. Out she rushed

B. Out rushed she

C. Out did she rush

D. Rush did she out

3. Up went the price and _______.

A. the living standard came down

B. came down the living standard

C. down came the living standard

D. down the living standard came

4. _______ and the lesson began.

A. In came the teacher

B. Came in the teacher

C. Came the teacher in

D. In come she

5. _______ with his slippers on when he heard the terrible noise.

A. Rushed he out

B. Out rushed he

C. Out he rushed

D. Out did he rush

答案速查　1-5　CACAC

iii. 用于直接引语中及分词前置的全倒装句

1. 用于直接引语中的倒装句形式如：“直接引语+谓语+主语（+直接引语)”

“What he said is true.” said the teacher.

“他说的是真的。”老师说。

“I am sure.” said Jack, “You are wrong.”

“我相信。”杰克说，“你错了。”

注意：

1）主语是人称代词时，主谓一般不倒装。

“What's your father？” he asked.

“你父亲是干什么的？”他问道。

2）谓语较长或带有间接宾语时，不倒装。

“I'll leave for Beijing tomorrow.” Tom told me.

“我明天要动身去北京了。”汤姆对我说。

2. 为了表达生动，把分词置于句首时引起主谓倒装，形式如下：“分词+ be +主语+其他”

Gone are the days when we Chinese people used foreign oil！

中国人民用洋油的日子一去不复返了。

Making the speech at the meeting now is our headmaster.

会议上正在发言的是我们的校长。

专项练习

1. Seeing them off at the airport _______.

A. the foreign minister and other officials were

B. the foreign minister and other officials

C. was the foreign minister and other officials

D. were the foreign minister and other officials

2. _______ in the sands was an ancient village.

A. Burying

B. Buried

C. Bury

D. To bury

3. _______ when we Chinese people must depend on others.

A. The days gone are forever

B. Are the days gone forever

C. Gone forever are the days

D. Forever go the days

4. Walking side by side with the young man _______.

A. a pretty girl is

B. is a pretty girl

C. the pretty girl who is

D. who is a pretty girl

5. “Come in sir.” _______.

A. said the girl with long hair

B. the girl with long hair said

C. with long hair, said the girl

D. the girl said, with long hair

答案速查　1-5　CBCBA

iv. so/neither/nor/表语前置的全倒装句

1. “（肯定句）+ so +助动词或情态动词+主语”，这种句型表示前文所谈情况也适用于下文的另一人或物。

He likes skating, So do I.

他喜欢滑冰，我也喜欢。

I saw her, so did her brother.

我看见了她，她哥哥也看到她了。

注意：

如果主语指的是同一人或物，so只是起强调作用，放在前面，主谓语用正常语序。

—I am stupid.

—So you are.

——我很傻。

——你确实很傻。

—She works hard.

—So she does.

——她学习很用功。

——她确实很用功。

2. “（否定句）+ neither/nor +助动词或情态动词+主语”，表示前文所谈的否定情况，也适合于后文的他人或他物。

I haven't any sisters, neither has he.

我没有姐姐，他也没有。

You can't do it, nor can I.

你不能做此事，我也不能做。

She can't understand his lecture, nor can I.

她不懂他的演讲，我也不懂。

专项练习

1. —I can speak English.

—_______.

A. So I can

B. So can you

C. So can I

D. So do I

2. They have all got up, and _______.

A. Jack has too

B. so has Jack

C. Jack hasn't

D. also has Jack

3. I advise them to withdraw _______.

A. so as to get not involved

B. so as not to get involved

C. so that not to get involved

D. as not to get involved

4. If she _______ go there, _______ I.

A. doesn't; neither do

B. doesn't; nor will

C. won't; neither will

D. will; nor do

5. If you won't agree to our plan, _______.

A. neither they will

B. neither won't they

C. they won't neither

D. neither will they

6. I haven't worked there long, and _______.

A. neither you have

B. neither have you

C. you have neither

D. nor you have

7. He didn't know the answer, and _______.

A. neither did I

B. I did neither

C. so did I

D. I did so

8. _______ for the boy who worked 14 hours a day.

A. The reward was such

B. Such was the reward

C. Was such the reward

D. The reward such was

9. _______ as the old man told Li.

A. Was such the fairy tale

B. Such the fairy tale was

C. Did the fairy tale was such

D. Such was the fairy tale

10. Such a noise _______ that I couldn't go on with my work.

A. does he make

B. made he

C. he made

D. did he make

答案速查　1-5　CBBBD　6—10　BABDD

v. 表语/地点状语前置引起的完全倒装

1. 表语放句首时引起句子倒装，其形式为：“表语+连系动词+主语（名词）+其他”。

Such was Albert Einstein, a simple man of great achievement.

这就是爱因斯坦，一个简朴而有巨大成就的人。

Happy are those who are contented.

知足者常乐。

On the floor were piles of books and papers.

地板上是成堆的书本和文件。

Such would be our home in the future.

这将是我们未来的家庭。

Walking at the head of the line was Tom.

走在队伍前面的是汤姆。

2. 地点状语+谓语+主语+其他

In front of the house stands a big tree.

房子前面有棵大树。

On the desk sat a small boy.

课桌上面坐着一个小男孩。

In the corner stands a table.

角落里有张桌子。

专项练习

1. From the top of the hill _______ his whole farm and everything on it.

A. where could be seen

B. could be seen

C. from which could see

D. could see

2. The door opened and in _______.

A. rushed they

B. the children rushed

C. they rushed

D. did the children rush

3. At the head of the procession _______ , each holding a red flag in his or her hand.

A. the Young Pioneers marched

B. marched the Young Pioneers

C. did the Young Pioneers march

D. where marched the Young Pioneers

4. On the floor _______ the box they had been looking for.

A. were lying

B. lay

C. laid

D. lying

5. On the ground _______ which had gone into the cave.

A. an old sick goat lay

B. lay an old sick goat

C. lying an old sick goat

D. an old sick goat lying

答案速查　1-5　BCBBB

II. 部分倒装

i. 否定词前置的部分倒装句

“否定词语+助动词或情态动词+主语+谓语”，这种句型用于强调否定的意义。

常见的否定词语有：never, little, seldom, hardly, rarely, not until, in no time, in no way, by no means, nowhere, not a bit, at no time, scarcely, not, under no circumstances, at no point, on no condition/account, few, neither等。

Never in my life have I heard such nonsense!

= I have never heard such nonsense in my life.

我有生以来从没听到过这样的废话。

Hardly did I think it possible.

我原以为这几乎不可能。

Seldom does he go to the cinema in the evening.

他晚上很少去看电影。

Not until he finished his work did he leave school.

直到完成了工作他才离开了学校。

By no means will this way be satisfactory.

这种方式决不令人满意。

Not until midnight did I go to bed.

直到午夜我才睡觉了。

Little do I know about him.

我对他了解很少。

专项练习

1. Never _______ time come again.

A. has lost

B. will lost

C. will lost

D. lose

2. Not until midnight _______ raining.

A. it did stop

B. it stopped

C. stopped it

D. did it stop

3. It is so hard for people to understand his behavior. Never _______ his thoughts.

A. you can learn

B. can you master

C. you can study

D. can you read

4. Not until he had talked to them _______ he had been wrong.

A. did he realized

B. he realized

C. did he realize

D. he didn't realize

5. Little _______ to get such a warm welcome.

A. did I expect

B. I expected

C. I did expect

D. was I expect

6. _______ forget the days when we were together.

A. Never I shall

B. Never shall I

C. I never shall

D. Never do I shall

7. _______ to that part of the country before.

A. Never I had been

B. Never had I been

C. Never did I have been

D. Never have I been

8. Nowhere else _______ such a wonderful sight as here.

A. I have ever seen

B. have I ever seen

C. I ever saw

D. did I ever see

9. He received a letter a few days ago and not till then _______ that he had won a scholarship.

A. did he learn

B. he learnt

C. does he learn

D. did he learnt

10. Seldom _______ such beautiful scenes.

A. I saw

B. I have seen

C. have I seen

D. did I seen

11. In no other way _______ the matter to those who suspect our intention.

A. we shall explain

B. explain

C. can we explain

D. for us to explain

12. On no account _______ out of the reading-room.

A. may these magazines take

B. may these magazines be taken

C. these magazines be taken

D. these magazines may take

13. _______ him tell a lie since we became good friends.

A. I never heard

B. I have heard never

C. Never have I heard

D. Never I have heard

14. Little _______ that he was seriously ill himself.

A. the old man know

B. the old man knew

C. did the old man know

D. did the old man knew

15. Not until yesterday _______ his mind.

A. did he change

B. he changed

C. had he changed

D. he had changed

16. He has been told under no circumstances _______ the computer.

A. he may use

B. he use may

C. may he use

D. may use

17. Never before _______ a first prize.

A. has he won

B. did she win

C. has win

D. did he won

18. Seldom _______ her feelings.

A. she showed

B. did she show

C. did she showed

D. has she showing

19. Never once _______ to the zoo.

A. the girl has been taken

B. the girl was taken

C. has the girl been taken

D. was the girl took

20. _______ could you find a better adviser.

A. Everywhere

B. Wherever

C. Nowhere

D. Where

答案速查　1-5　BDDCA　6—10　BDBAC　11—15　CBCCA　16—20　CABCC

ii. only前置的部分倒装句

“Only+状语+助动词+主语+谓语+其他”，这种句型用于强调和限定状语的意义，常表示“只有……才……；只……。”

Only after he finished the work did he leave the lab.

只是当完成了工作之后他才离开了实验室。

Only by this means can you work out this problem.

只有用这种方法你才能算出这道题。

Only by working hard can you become a college student.

只有通过努力学习你才能成为大学生。

Only once have I been to Beijing.

我只去过北京一次。

注意：

当only强调和限定的是主语，即“Only+主语”放句首时，语序不倒装。

Only I am standing now.

只有我在站着。

Only the students in our class can sing this song.

只有我们班的学生能唱这首歌曲。

专项练习

1. Only when the war was over in 1918 _______ get back to work.

A. he was able to

B. he could be able to

C. was he able to

D. could he be able to

2. _______ in the accident.

A. Only were five men seriously hurt

B. Only did five men were seriously hurt

C. Only five men were seriously hurt

D. Only five men were seriously hurted

3. Only in the dream world _______ as a bird and swim as a fish freely.

A. I can fly

B. fly I

C. can I fly

D. will I fly

4. Only _______ perform that operation.

A. can a good doctor

B. a good doctor can

C. can do a good doctor

D. do a good doctor

5. _______ succeed in doing anything.

A. Only by working hard we can

B. By only working hard we can

C. Only by working hard can we

D. Only we can working hard

6. Only after she heard her brother's steps _______ the door.

A. she opened

B. does she open

C. did she opened

D. did she open

7. Only when you have been familiar with the plan _______.

A. then you'll be able to carry it out.

B. can you be able to carry it out.

C. and you will be able to carry out it.

D. will you be able to carry it out.

答案速查　1-5　CCCBC　6—7　DD

iii. 几个固定的部分倒装句

1. 表示“一……就……”时，用以下句型：

1）No sooner + had +主语+过去分词+ than +从句:

No sooner had they got to the field than they started to work.

=They had no sooner got to the field than they started to work.

他们一到田间就开始劳动。

2）Hardly + had +主语+过去分词+when +从句:

Hardly had I arrived home when it began to rain.

我一到家，天就开始下雨。

3）Scarcely +主语+过去分词+ when + 从句

Scarcely had I lay down when (before) I went to sleep.

我一躺下就睡着了。

2. “Not only +助动词+主语+谓语+其他+ but also+（省略的）并列谓语”表示“不但……而且……”，用于说明前后并列句的情况一致，在语气上更强调后者。

Not only did he clean the room, but also he washed all the clothes.

他不仅打扫了房间，而且还洗了所有的衣服。

Not only does she like music, but also sports.

她不但喜欢音乐还喜欢运动。

注意：

1）not only ... but also连接两个并列主语时, 主语后的语序不倒装。

Not only you but also he is wrong.

不但你而且他都是错的。

Not only you but also I have been to Beijing before.

不但你而且还有我都去过北京。

2）连接两个并列分句时，not only引导的前一个分句倒装，后一个则用正常语序。

Not only should we not be afraid of difficulties, but also we should try our best to overcome them.

我们不但不应该害怕困难，而且应该尽力去克服它们。

专项练习

1. Hardly _______ the office when it began to rain.

A. did I leave

B. had I left

C. I left

D. I had left

2. _______ before she started complaining.

A. Not until he arrived

B. No sooner had he arrived

C. Hardly had he arrived

D. Scarcely did he arrive

3. No sooner _______ down _______ the telephone rang.

A. had I lain; than

B. had I lain; then

C. I had laid; when

D. have I laid; then

4. No sooner _______ the boy fall into the pond than he _______ to his feet and went to the rescue.

A. he had seen; jumped

B. had he seen; jumped

C. has he seen; is jumped

D. did he see; had jumped

5. Not only _______ , but he was always ready to help others.

A. he worked hard himself

B. did he worked hard himself

C. does he work hard himself

D. did he work hard himself

6. _______ affected by the law.

A. Not only are men but also women and children

B. Not only men but also are women and children

C. Not only can men but also women and children be

D. Not only men but also women and children are

7. Not only _______ reading interesting stories but also he can even write some.

A. does he like

B. he likes

C. had he liked

D. likes he

8. Not only _______ away from him, but also his citizenship.

A. everything had he taken

B. had everything he taken

C. was everything he taken

D. was everything he had taken

9. Not only _______ her how to do it, but he offered to help her as well.

A. did he show

B. he showed

C. did he showed

D. does he show

答案速查　1-5　BCABD　6—9　DADA

iv. 虚拟语气中的部分倒装句

虚拟语气条件句中省去连词if时，从句主谓部分倒装：

1. 对现在虚拟：Were +主语+其他+虚拟主句

Were I in your place, I wouldn't give up study.

= If I were in your place, I wouldn't give up study.

若是我处你的位置，我决不会放弃学习的。

2. 对过去虚拟：Had +主语+过去分词+虚拟主句

Had you come earlier, you would have met him.

= If you had come earlier, you would have met him.

你若早一点来，就会见到他了。

Were it not for your help, I wouldn't have passed the exam.

若不是你的帮助，我考试就不会及格了。

3. 对将来虚拟：Should +主语+动词原型+虚拟主句

Should he do that again, he would be punished.

= If he should do that again, he would be punished.

万一他再做那件事，就会受到惩罚。

专项练习

1. _______ , I would have phoned you.

A. If I know it

B. Had I known it

C. If I knew it

D. Did I know it

2. _______ for your help, we'd never have been able to get over the difficulties.

A. Had it not

B. Had it not been

C. If it were not

D. If we had not been

3. _______ here tomorrow, he would show us his new pictures.

A. Were he to come

B. Should he come

C. Had he come

D. A and B

4. _______ , I could have done something.

A. Told you me earlier

B. Should you tell me earlier

C. Were you to tell me earlier

D. Had you told me earlier

5. _______ like that again, he would be published.

A. Act should he

B. Act he should

C. Should he act

D. Were he act

答案速查　1-5　BBDDC

v. 让步状语从句中的部分倒装形式

as/though引导的让步状语从句，其倒装形式为：

“副词/形容词/名词/动词+ as （though, that) +主语+谓语”,相当于although引导的让步状语从句。

Young as (though) he is, he knows a lot.

尽管年龄小，他知道的却很多。

Strange as it may appear, it is true.

尽管显得奇怪，但却是真的。

注意：

1）这种句型中提前的常是限制主语的形容词、副词、过去分词或名词。

Situated as it was near a market, the house was very quiet.

尽管位于市场附近，这房子却很安静。

Hard as he works, he makes little progress.

尽管学习很努力，他取得的进步却很小。

Fail as I did, I would try again.

尽管我失败了，我还要尝试。

Much as we tried, we failed to get the expected result.

尽管我们试了很多次，还是没有得到期待的结果。

2）提前的表语是单数可数名词时，名词前不加a/an；但是有形容词修饰的名词前置时，不定冠词不能省略。

Girl as she is, she is brave and outstanding.

尽管她是个女孩，却很勇敢出众。

A little child as he is, he can speak two foreign languages.

尽管他是个小孩子，却能讲两门外语。

3）动词提前后，主语后还应有一个情态动词may, might等或助动词do等。

Try as he might, Tom couldn't get out of the trouble.

尽管汤姆尝试了，却不能摆脱困境。

专项练习

1. _______ , we got up very early as usual.

A. As cold was the weather

B. Cold as the weather was

C. Cold as was the weather

D. As the weather was cold

2. _______ , she dared to think, speak up and act.

A. As she was a girl

B. A girl as she was

C. Girl as was she

D. Girl though she was

3. _______ , he wanted to buy his daughter a Christmas gift.

A. Short of money as was he

B. Short of money as he was

C. Because he was short of money

D. Lack of money as he was

4. Try _______ I might, I could not convince him of my story.

A. as

B. although

C. because

D. no matter how

5. _______ , we continued our way.

A. As terrible the storm was

B. Terrible as the storm was

C. As terrible was the storm

D. Terrible the storm as was

答案速查　1-5　BDBAB

vi. 频率副词及so, such, neither ... nor前置时部分倒装句

1. “Often （always, once, once a week, frequently, many a time, now and again, thus, hence)+助动词+主语+谓语+其他”，用于强调前置的状语所表示的意义。

Often did he come to my home in the past.

过去他经常来我家。

Many a time has Mike given me help.

麦克给了我很多次帮助。

Thus did he lose his life.

他就这样丧命了。

2. “So +形容词/副词+助动词+主语+ that-结果状语从句”，用于强调形容词/副词所表示的意义。

So busy is he that he has so time to play.

他那么忙以至于没有时间玩儿。

So fast does he run that he can catch up with a dog.

他跑得如此之快以至于能赶上一条狗。

3. “Such + (a/an +)形容词+名词+助动词+主语+that-结果状语从句”，用于强调名词所表示的意义。

Such a diligent student is she that she often wins the first prize in the competition.

她是那么勤奋地学生，经常在竞赛中得一等奖。

4. “Neither +助动词+主语+谓语+其他，nor +主语+（并列省略句）”，表示“既不……也不……”

Neither did he see Xiao Li, nor I.

他没有见到小李， 我也没有。

Neither can I do it, nor I want to.

我不能做那件事，我也不想做。

注意：

neither ... nor ...连接的是两个主语时，句子主谓语不能倒装。

Neither he nor I am a student.

他和我都不是学生。

Neither we nor she has gone to Beijing.

我们和她都没有去过北京。

专项练习

1. _______ not see Papa until the evening.

A. Often did I

B. Often I did

C. I often did

D. Often I

2. So fast _______ that it is difficult for us to imagine its speed.

A. light travel

B. is light travel

C. does light travel

D. travels light

3. So excited _______ that she couldn't help crying at that time.

A. she seemed

B. was she seemed

C. did she seem

D. she did seem

4. So badly _______ in the accident that he had to stay in the hospital for treatment.

A. did he injure

B. he did injure

C. was he injured

D. he injured

5. _______ that her classmates often make fun of her.

A. So strangely is she dressed

B. So strangely she is dressed

C. So strangely does she dress

D. So strangely she dresses

6. She does not like shopping, _______.

A. and she does not like cooking, too.

B. neither she does like cooking.

C. either does she like cooking.

D. nor does she like cooking.

7. Either you or I _______ wrong with this word's pronunciation.

A. am

B. does

C. do

D. makes

8._______ know about that, nor I want to.

A. Neither do I

B. Neither I

C. I neither

D. I either

9. This dress doesn't fit me. _______ does that one.

A. Nor

B. As

C. So

D. And

10. He took no notice of the school rules, _______ attention to the teacher's words.

A. neither did he pay any

B. not he paid any

C. nor he paid some

D. nor did he paid any

11. She can't finish her homework on time. _______.

A. So can I

B. Also I can't

C. I can't, too

D. Neither can I

答案速查　1-5　ACCCA　6—11　DAAAAD

综合练习

1. Not until he left his home _______ to know how important the family was for him.

A. did he begin

B. had he begun

C. he began

D. he had begun

2. We laugh at jokes, but seldom _______ about how they work.

A. we think

B. think we

C. we do think

D. do we think

3. —Is everyone here?

—Not yet. Look, there _______ the rest of our guests!

A. come

B. comes

C. is coming

D. are coming

4. At the meeting place of the Yangtze River and the Jialing River _______ , one of the ten largest cities in China.

A. lies Chongqing

B. Chongqing lies

C. does lie Chongqing

D. does Chongqing lie

5. Never _______Lisa would arrive but she turned up at the last minute.

A. did we think

B. have we thought

C. we thought

D. we have thought

6. So much of interest _______ that most visitors simply run out of time before seeing it all.

A. offers Beijing

B. Beijing offers

C. does Beijing offer

D. Beijing does offer

7. —Did you see who the driver was?

—No, so quickly _______ that I couldn't get a good look at his face.

A. did the car speed by

B. the car sped by

C. does the car speed by

D. the car speeds by

8. —You forgot your purse when you went out.

—Good heavens, _______.

A. so did I

B. so I did

C. I did so

D. I so did

9. After that we never saw her again, nor _______ from her.

A. did we hear

B. we heard

C. had we heard

D. we have heard

10. Not until all the fish died in the river _______ how serious the pollution was.

A. did the villagers realize

B. the villagers realized

C. the villagers did realize

D. didn't the villagers realize

11. So much of help _______ that all of us have made up our minds to try our best to help them if they are in trouble.

A. A. offered they

B. they offered

C. did they offer

D. they did offer

12. Bill wasn't happy about the delay of the report by Jason, and _______.

A. I was neither

B. neither was I

C. I was either

D. either was I

13. _______ you eat the correct foods _______ be able to keep fit and stay healthy.

A. Only if; will you

B. Only if; you will

C. Unless; will you

D. Unless; you will

14. Seldom _______ video games ever since they entered college.

A. they have played

B. they played

C. have they played

D. they have played

15. It was announced that only when the fire was under control _______ to return to their homes.

A. the residents would be permitted

B. had the residents been permitted

C. would the residents be permitted

D. the residents had been permitted

16. Only when I left my parents for Italy _______ how much I loved them.

A. I realized

B. I had realized

C. had I realized

D. did I realize

17. Not until the motorbike looked almost new_______repairing and cleaning it.

A. he stopped

B. did he stop

C. stopped he

D. he did stop

18. If Joe's wife doesn't go to the party, _______.

A. he will either

B. neither will he

C. he neither will

D. either he will

19. —How was the televised debate last night?

—Super! Rarely _______ so much media attention.

A. a debate attracted

B. did a debate attract

C. a debate did attract

D. attracted a debate

20. I have been living in the United States for twenty years, but seldom _______ so lonely as now.

A. have I felt

B. I had felt

C. I have felt

D. had I felt

21. —My room gets very cold at night.

— _______.

A. So is mine

B. So mine is

C. So does mine

D. So mine does

22. Little _______ that we were watching his every move, so he seemed to be going his own way in this business.

A. he realized

B. be didn't realize

C. didn't he realize

D. did he realize

23. _______ that Marie was able to set up new branches elsewhere.

A. So successful her business was

B. So successful was her business

C. So her business was successful

D. So was her successful business

24. —Did Linda see the traffic accident?

—No, no sooner _______ than it happened.

A. had she gone

B. she had gone

C. has she gone

D. she has gone

25. Just in front of our house _______ with a history of 1,000 years.

A. does a tall tree stand

B. stands a tall tree

C. a tall tree is standing

D. a tall tree stands

26. —It's burning hot today, isn't it?

—Yes. _______ yesterday.

A. So was it

B. So it was

C. So it is

D. So is it

27. So difficult _______ it to work out the problem that I decided to ask Tom for advice.

A. I did find

B. did I find

C. I have found

D. have I found

28. —I reminded you not to forget the appointment.

—_______.

A. So you did

B. So I do not

C. So did you

D. So do I

29. Never in my wildest dreams_______these people are living in such poor conditions.

A. I could imagine

B. could I imagine

C. I couldn't imagine

D. couldn't I imagine

30. At the foot of the mountain _______.

A. a village lie

B. lies a village

C. does a village lie

D. lying a village

31. I've tried very hard to improve my English. But by no means _______ with my progress.

A. the teacher is not satisfied

B. is the teacher not satisfied

C. the teacher is satisfied

D. is the teacher satisfied

32. Only then _______ how much damage had been caused.

A. she realized

B. she had realized

C. had she realized

D. did she realize

33. Mary never does any reading in the evening, _______.

A. so does John

B. John does too

C. John doesn't too

D. nor does John

34. They have a good knowledge of English but little _______ they know about German.

A. have

B. did

C. had

D. do

35. Never before _______ in greater need of modern public transport than it is today.

A. has this city been

B. this city has been

C. was this city

D. this city was

36. —Well. I do think the rabbit is a beautiful, gentle animal which can run very fast.

—_______.

A. So it is

B. So is it

C. So does it

D. So it does

37. In the dark forests _______ , some large enough to hold several English towns.

A. stand many lakes

B. lie many lakes

C. many lakes lie

D. many lakes stand

38. _______ about wild plants that they decided to make a trip to Madagascar for further research.

A. so curious the couple was

B. So curious were the couple

C. How curious the couple were

D. The couple was such curious

39. Only after my friend came _______.

A. did the computer repair

B. he repaired the computer

C. was the computer repaired

D. the computer was repaired

40. —Father, you promised!

—Well, _______. But it was you who didn't keep your word first.

A. so was I

B. so did I

C. so I was

D. so I did

41. —Maggie had a wonderful time at the party.

— _______ , and so did I.

A. So she had

B. So had she

C. So she did

D. So did she

42. —I would never come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible!

— _______.

A. Nor am I

B. Neither would I

C. Same with me

D. So do I

43. _______ snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when they had a picnic in the forest.

A. Not only they brought

B. Not only did they bring

C. Not only brought they

D. Not only they did bring

44. Maybe you have been to many countries, but nowhere else _______ such a beautiful palace.

A. can you find

B. you could find

C. you can find

D. could you find

45. Of the making of good books there is no end; neither _______ any end to their influence on man's lives.

A. there is

B. there are

C. is there

D. are there

46. I failed in the final examination last term and only then _______ the importance of studies.

A. I realized

B. I had realized

C. had I realized

D. did I realize

47. The old couple have been married for 40 years and never once _______ with each other.

A. they had quarreled

B. they have quarreled

C. have they quarreled

D. had they quarreled

48. Only when your identity has been checked _______.

A. you are allowed in

B. you will be allowed in

C. will you allow in

D. will you be allowed in

49. Only in this way _______ to make improvement in the operating system.

A. you can hope

B. you did hope

C. can you hope

D. did you hope

50. _______ I would see you here.

A. Little I dreamed

B. Little do I dream

C. I dreamed little

D. Little did I dream

51. There _______.

A. come they

B. they come

C. they are come

D. they will come

52. Not only _______ interested in football but _______ beginning to show an interest in it.

A. the teacher himself is； all his students are

B. the teacher himself is； are all his students

C. is the teacher himself； are all his students

D. is the teacher himself； all his students are

53. So difficult _______ it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English well.

A. I have felt

B. have I felt

C. I did feel

D. did I feel

54. What would have happened _______ , as far as the river bank？

A. Bob had walked farther

B. if Bob should walk farther

C. had Bob walked farther

D. if Bob walked farther

55. Only when the war was over _______ to his hometown.

A. did the young soldier return

B. the young soldier returned

C. returned the young soldier

D. the young soldier did return

56. _______ can you expect to get a pay rise.

A. With hard work

B. Although work hard

C. Only with hard work

D. Now that he works hard

57. Not a single song_______at yesterday's party.

A. she sang

B. sang she

C. did she sing

D. she did sing

58. I finally got the job I dreamed about. Never in all my life _______ so happy!

A. did I feel

B. I felt

C. I had felt

D. had I felt

59. —It was careless of you to have left your clothes outside all night.

—My God!_______.

A. So did I

B. So I did

C. So were you

D. So did you

60. Little _______ about her own safety, though she was in great danger herself.

A. did Rose care

B. Rose did care

C. Rose does care

D. does Rose care

61. _______ , he has much experience in learning English.

A. As is he young

B. Young as he is

C. As young he is

D. Young although he is

62. Hardly _______ the house when he was caught.

A. the thief had entered

B. entered the thief

C. had the thief entered

D. was the thief entering

63. Not until yesterday afternoon _______ raining.

A. it had stopped

B. had it stopped

C. it stopped

D. it did stop

64. Only in her place _______ such a good bike.

A. I can

B. can buy I

C. can I buy

D. can have I bought

65. Jane could hardly swim, _______.

A. so could Anne

B. either could Anne

C. neither could Anne

D. anne couldn't neither

66. No longer _______ to be monitor of the class.

A. is he fit

B. he is fit

C. he fit

D. fit be

67. Nearby _______ in which they had spent their summer vocation.

A. was two houses

B. two houses were

C. were two houses

D. are two houses

68. Neither you nor _______ it.

A. I could do

B. could I do

C. I were able to do

D. was I able to do

69. Not only a writer but also _______ here.

A. an actor was wanted

B. was an actor wanted

C. an actor were wanted

D. were an actor wanted

70. On the river bank _______ where he once lived.

A. stand a house

B. a house stands

C. does a house stand

D. stands a house

71. Nowhere else in the world _______ a place so beautiful as Beijing.

A. you can find

B. can you find

C. find you

D. do you find

72. No sooner _______ begun to speak than I sensed that something was wrong.

A. has he

B. had he

C. he has

D. he had

73. Seldom _______ late _______ the reading room.

A. does he come; to

B. comes he; for

C. does he come; for

D. comes he; to

74. Never before _______ such a wonderful movie _______ “Jiao Yulu”.

A. have I seen; as

B. I have seen; like

C. had I seen; like

D. I have seen; as

75. _______ , we would not leave.

A. Should not it snow tomorrow.

B. It should not snow tomorrow

C. If it did not snow tomorrow

D. If it doesn't snow tomorrow

76. Scarcely _______ down when _______ a knock at the door.

A. had he sat; did he hear

B. he had sat; did he hear

C. he had sat; he heard

D. had he sat; he heard

77. —The girl likes singing and dancing.

— _______.

A. So she does

B. So is she

C. So am I

D. So she can

78. Such a noise _______ that I couldn't make myself heard.

A. are there

B. there is

C. was there

D. there are

79. Out _______ after the door was opened.

A. did the dog run

B. ran the dog

C. the dog ran

D. does the dog run

80. Little _______ that the police are about to arrest him.

A. do he know

B. does he know

C. he knows

D. he knew

81. Neither could theory do without practice, _______ without theory.

A. nor practice could do

B. nor could practice do

C. or could practice do

D. practice could do nor

82. _______ time, they would certainly come and help us.

A. If had they

B. If they had

C. Had they

D. Both B and C

83. Here _______.

A. a bus comes

B. comes a bus

C. does a bus come

D. a bus is coming

84. No sooner _______ the station than the train left.

A. reached we

B. had we reached

C. did we reach

D. we reached

85. _______ , I would have phoned you.

A. If I knew it

B. Had I known it

C. If I know it

D. Did I know it

86. Which of the following is wrong？

A. They didn't find the secret until they got home.

B. Not until they got home did they find the secret.

C. It was not until they got home that they found the secret.

D. Not until did they get home that they found the secret.

87. I have never been to Hangzhou _______.

A. So has my brother

B. Neither has my brother

C. My brother hasn't neither

D. Either has my brother

88. —May I use you calculator?

— _______.

A. Here is it

B. Here are you

C. Here is Jane coming

D. Here you are

89. Look! _______.

A. There does Jane come

B. There comes Jane

C. There is Jane coming

D. Jane is there coming

90. _______ the truth, he wouldn't have helped her at all.

A. Should Bob know

B. Had Bob known

C. Were Bob to know

D. Have Bob known

91. At no time _______ was happening.

A. the President was aware of what

B. was the President aware of what

C. the President was aware that

D. was the President aware that

92. —It's raining cats and dogs.

—_______.

A. So it is

B. So is it

C. Neither it is

D. Neither is it

93. Not only _______ away from her but also her only daughter.

A. everything she had was taken

B. everything she had taken was

C. was everything she had taken

D. everything was taken she had

94. _______ hot is the sun that we cannot go out at present.

A. Very

B. Too

C. So

D. Such

95. _______ do I get invited into his office.

A. Only

B. Rarely

C. Not only

D. Never before

96. Never in my life _______ such a thing.

A. I have heard of or seen

B. I had heard of or seen

C. have I heard of or seen

D. did I hear of or seen

97. Seldom _______ TV during the day.

A. they watch

B. are they watching

C. have they watched

D. do they watch

98. Not until his comrades criticized him _______ to admit his mistake.

A. does he begin

B. did he begin

C. began he

D. had he begun

99. Not only_______a promise , but also he kept it.

A. did he make

B. he made

C. does he make

D. has he made

100. _______ nor read English .

A. Can't he either write

B. He can neither write

C. Can he neither write

D. Neither he can write

101. Never before _______ seen anybody who can play tennis as well as Robert.

A. had she

B. she had

C. has she

D. she has

102. —I don't know about you, but I'm sick and tired of this weather. I can't stand all this rain.

—_______.

A. I don't care

B. It's hard to say

C. So am I

D. I hope not

103. Had they known what was coming next, they _______ second thoughts.

A. may have

B. could have

C. must have had

D. might have had

104. The headmaster will not permit the change in the course, nor _______ it a thought.

A. does he even given

B. he even gives

C. will he even give

D. he will even given

105. Not until he retired from teaching three years ago _______ having a holiday abroad.

A. he had considered

B. had he considered

C. he considered

D. did he consider

106. This is not my story, nor _______ the whole story. My story plays out differently.

A. is there

B. there is

C. is it

D. it is

107. Only after Mary read her composition the second time _______ the spelling mistake.

A. did she notice

B. she noticed

C. does she notice

D. she has noticed

108. Only when he reached the tea-house _______ it was the same place he'd been in last year.

A. he realized

B. he did realize

C. realized he

D. did he realize

109. —It's nice. Never before _______ such a special drink!

—I'm glad you like it.

A. I have had

B. I had

C. have I had

D. had I

110. Only after they had discussed the matter for a few hours _______ a decision.

A. they reached

B. did they reach

C. they reach

D. do they reach

第8章　情态动词

【答案链接】

i. can, could

1. 基本用法

1）表示能力

Could you follow her talk?

她的报告你能听懂吗？

The theatre can seat 2,500 people.

这戏院可坐2500人。

2）表示许可

You can go now.

现在你可以走了？

Could you tell me the way to the station?

你能告诉我去火车站的路吗？

3）表示可能性

Can the news be true?

这个消息可能是真的吗？

We've got a map. We can't lose our way.

我们有地图，我们不可能迷路的。

4）表示推测，can常用于否定句中

He can't be in the room, for the door is locked.

他不可能在房间里，因为门是锁着的。

2. 在实际运用中须注意的问题

1）表示对现在或将来情况的推测时，用can't/couldn't + do或can't/couldn't be + doing,其

肯定式分别为：must do/may (might) do,或must be doing/may (might) be doing。

He can't be working, for the light is out.

他肯定不在工作，因为电灯已经熄了。

2）表示对过去的否定猜测时，结构为：can't/couldn't have done，肯定式分别为：must have done或may/might have done。

It couldn't have rained last night, for the ground is still dry.

昨天夜里肯定没有下雨，因为地面仍然是干的。

3）can和be able to的用法之区别：

a. 当表示一般能力时候can和be able to可以互换使用。

No one can do it. = No one is able to do it.

没有人能做那件事。

b. 当表示过去某个时候“设法或者成功做了某事”时只能用was/were able to而不能用could。

He could swim, so he was able to swim to the bank when the boat sank that day.

他会游泳，因此那天沉船时他能游到河岸。

4）“as +形容词+ as +该形容词+ can be”意为“到……极点”。

He is as happy as happy can be.

他高兴到了极致。

5）can but do = cannot but do表示“只有，只能, 只好，不得不”。

I can but do my best. = I cannot but do my best.

我只好尽力了。

6）can't help/choose but do sth. 不得不做某事；can't help (to) do sth. 不能帮助做某事；

can't help doing sth. 情不自禁做某事。

When she calls me for help, I cannot help but do it.

当他向我求助时，我只能出手相助。

He can't help to carry the box for me.

他不能帮我搬箱子。

He couldn't help crying at the bad news.

听到这个消息他禁不住大哭起来。

7）cannot be/do + too = can never be/do + too无论……都不过分。

You can't be too careful while crossing the street.

= You can never be too careful while crossing the street.

过马路时你怎么小心都不过分。

She is beautiful, so you can't admire her too much.

她很漂亮，因此你怎么羡慕她都不过分。

8）can/could do with/without sth.有/没有……就行了/可以凑合了。

She is not particular about food, so she can do with just a little bread and water.

她对食品不特别讲究，因此只要有面包和水就行了。

9）could have done用于肯定句，表示对过去的一种推测“可能已经”或责备“本来可以”；否定句中，常常表示从现在看过去不可能发生的事情。

I could have lent you the money. Why didn't you ask me?

我本来能借给你钱的，你为何不向我借呢？

She could have gone out with some friends.

她有可能和几个朋友出去了。

Tom couldn't have received my letter, otherwise he would have replied before now.

汤姆不可能收到我的信件，否则他早就回信了。

专项练习

1. —Can I get you a cup of tea?

— _______.

A. That's very nice of you

B. With pleasure

C. You can, please

D. Thank you for the tea

2. —I don't think Professor Jones meant to be funny this morning, do you?

—No, although I couldn't help _______ at some of his remarks.

A. from laughing

B. to have laughed

C. but laugh

D. to laugh

3. Michael _______ be a policeman, for he's much too short.

A. needn't

B. can't

C. shouldn't

D. may

4. —Will you stay for lunch?

—Sorry. _______. My brother is coming to see me.

A. I mustn't

B. I can't

C. I needn't

D. I won't

5. —I was riding along the street and all of a sudden, a car cut in and knocked me down.

—You can never be _______ careful in the street.

A. much

B. very

C. so

D. too

答案速查　1-5　ACBBD

ii. may, might

1. may的基本用法：

1）表示许可，可用于正式场合。

You may take the book home.

你可以把书本带回家。

Candidates may not bring reference books into the examination room.

考生不许把参考书带进考场。

2）May I/we ...? 用来表示请求。

—May I smoke here？

—No, you mustn't.

——我可以在这里抽烟吗？

——不，你不可以。

3）表示推测，可能发生某事，意为“也许，可能，大概”；may not表示 “可能不”， can't则表示“不可能”。

The teacher may not be serious.

老师可能不会是认真的。

A situation like this may occur from time to time.

像这样的情况也许会再三发生。

2. might的基本用法：

1）Might I ...? 表示更加礼貌的请求。

Might I call you by your first name?

我可以称呼你的名字吗？

2）表示把握不大的可能性。

I thought you might like something to read, so I have brought you some books.

我以为你或许想读点儿东西，因此我给你带来了几本书。

3. 在实际运用中需注意的问题：

1）may可以表示祝愿，意为“但愿，愿”，这时须将may放在句首用倒装语序。

May there never be another world war!

但愿永远不会再有世界大战。

May our friendship last forever!

祝我们的友谊万古长青！

2）may/might常用于表示目的/让步的状语从句中。

However much they may desire to come, they cannot be allowed to.

无论多么渴望来，他们都不会被允许。

Try as he may, he will not pass the examination.

尽管尝试，他也不会通过考试。

3）may/might as well do sth.表示强烈的意愿，意为“还是……的好，最好，不妨”。

Since she is angry, we might as well leave her alone.

既然她生气了，我们最好别理她。

4）may/might well do sth.意为“很可能，确实有可能”。

Friendship is a vase, which, if it is cracked by accident, may well be broken at once.

友谊就是一个花瓶，如果偶然碰破，很有可能立刻破裂。

5）may have done表示对过去把握不大的肯定推测，意为“或许”。

That was a bad place to skate, you may have broken your leg.

那个地方滑冰很糟糕，你也许会摔断腿的。

Our friends' plane landed but they weren't on it. They may have missed it.

我朋友的飞机着陆了，但是他们不在机上。他们或许错过了这趟飞机。

6）might have done表示对过去把握不大的推测，或者责备。

You were stupid to try climbing up there. You might have killed yourself.

你很傻试图爬上那里的山，你或许会摔死你自己的。

7）might have done用于虚拟语气。

If we had found him earlier, we might have saved his life.

如果我们早一点发现他，我们或许就救了他的命。

8）may (just) as well have done sth.意为“不妨；还不如……的好”，用来提建议。

Oh, you may (just) as well bring me a chocolate too.

哦，你还不如也给我带来一块巧克力呢。

专项练习

1. _______ prosperous and strong!

A. Let your country become

B. Hope your country become

C. May your country become

D. You country it becoming

2. Peter _______ come with us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet.

A. must

B. may

C. can

D. will

3. —Ann, _______ I have some more cake?

—Certainly, help yourself.

A. need

B. must

C. will

D. may

4. —Excuse me, _______ I ask you a question?

—Yes, please.

A. must

B. need

C. may

D. would

5. Since she is angry, we _______ her alone.

A. had better leaving

B. should leave

C. might as well leave

D. had rather leave

答案速查　1-5　CBDCC

iii. must, have to, have got to

1. must的基本用法：

1）表示义务、命令或必要，“必须，应当，务必”。

I must go now, or I'll be late.

我必须走了，否则我要迟到了。

2）表示不可避免性或肯定性，“必定会，很可能”。

You must be hungry after your long walk.

你长途跋涉之后肯定会饿的。

3）否定式mustn't表示禁止；must的疑问句通常用needn't回答，而不用mustn't。

You mustn't keep us all waiting here.

你一定不要让我们都在这里等着。

—Must I open the box myself?

—No, you needn't.

——我必须亲手打开箱子吗？

——不，你不必要。

2. must在应用中须要注意的问题：

1）must意为“一定”，表示有把握的肯定推测，只用于肯定推测时，其否定推测是can't意为“一定不”，而不是 mustn't。

Her eyes are red. She must have been crying.

她的眼睛红红的，肯定一直在哭。

You mustn't play with fire, for you might get burnt.

你一定不要玩火，因为会烧着你的。

2）must have done表示对过去情况有把握的肯定推测；只用于表示肯定推测，其否定式为：can't have done sth.。

He can't have been to your home. He doesn't know your address.

他肯定没有去过你家里，他不知道你的地址。

3）must表示推测时的反意疑问句：

a. 对现在推测，若陈述部分是must be，多用isn't/aren't反问；若陈述部分是“must+其他动词”，多用doesn't/don't反问。

She must be waiting for us, isn't she?

她肯定是在等我们，是吗？

He must live nearby, doesn't he?

他肯定就住在附近，是吗？

b. 对过去推测，若带有过去时间状语，陈述部分是must have been, 用wasn't/weren't反问；陈述部分是“must have+其他动词的过去分词”，用didn't反问。

He must have been to Nanjing three years ago, wasn't he?

他三年前肯定去过南京，是吗？

He must have got the letter yesterday, didn't he?

他昨天肯定收到了那封信，是吗？

c. 对过去推测，若没有过去时间状语，或者是现在完成时的时间状语，不管陈述部分是must have been还是“must have +其他动词的过去分词”，都用hasn't/haven't反问。

He must have got the letter, hasn't he?

他肯定收到了那封信，是吗？

She must have been to America before, hasn't she?

她以前肯定去过美国，是吗？

4）表示“必须”时，must强调主观，have to (Am. E) = have got to (Bri. E)强调客观，意为“不得不”。

They had to put off the sports meet because of the bad weather.

由于糟糕的天气他们不得不推迟运动会。

You don't have to pay for the books, for they are free of charge.

你不必为这些书本付款，因为它们是免费的。

专项练习

1. Where is my pen? I _______ it.

A. might lose

B. would have lost

C. should have lost

D. must have lost

2. The house is dark and quiet, so the Browns _______ have gone to bed.

A. must

B. should

C. ought

D. would

3. —Must we do it now?

—No, you _______.

A. needn't

B. mustn't

C. won't

D. shouldn't

4. —Must we take a bus?

—No, you _______. You can walk from here.

A. must not

B. don't must

C. don't have to

D. had better not to

5. —May I stop work a little earlier tonight?

—No, you _______.

A. needn't

B. mustn't

C. can't

D. don't

答案速查　1-5　DAACB

iv. shall, should, ought to

1. shall的基本用法：

构成将来时态，单纯表示将来的动作。

I shan't be coming back today.

我今天不会回来。

We shall read about this tomorrow.

我们明天将要读到有关这件事的文章。

2. shall在运用中需要注意的问题：

1）在疑问句中用于第一、三人称，表示向对方征求意见或提出请求。

Shall I open the door for you?

我给你开门好吗？

When shall he be able to leave the hospital?

他何时能出院呢？

2）在陈述句中多用第二、第三人称作主语，表示说话人的一种情感或意志（如表示命令、允许、决心、警告、威胁等）或者法律规章的规定。

You shall have a new i-phone on your birthday.

你的生日时将得到一款新i-phone手机。

You shall fail if you don't work harder.

你若是不更努力，就会失败。

He shall have the book when I finish reading it.

我一读完他就可以拿到这本书。

3. should的基本用法

1）should可用作shall的过去式。只适用于直接引语变间接引语，构成过去将来时。

I said I should be there before dark.

我说我将在天黑前到那里。

—I shall go for the holiday next week.

—You said you should go for a holiday the next week, right?

——我下周要去度假。

——你说你下周要去度假，对吗？

2）表示应该做，而且有一种道义上的责任。也有表示估计或推测之意。

I should help him because he is in trouble now.

我应该帮助他因为他正处于困境中。

The report was written after careful investigation, so it should be reliable.

这个报告是仔细调查后写出来的，因此它应该是可靠的。

4. should在运用中需要注意的问题：

1）在一坚持（insist），二命令（order, command），三建议（advise, suggest, propose），四要求（ask, demand, require, request）等动词后跟的宾语从句中和名词后跟的表语从句及同位语从句中，用“should +动词原形”（should经常省略）的形式。

He suggested that it (should) be done right now.

他建议立刻干这件事。

He gave the orders that the work (should) be started at once.

他发出命令这项工作应该立刻开始。

2）should可表示“万一”，用于if引导的非真实条件句中，虚拟语气表示对将来的事情的猜测。

If it should rain tomorrow, we would not go to the botanical garden.

如果明天万一下雨，我们就不会去植物园了。

3）表示惊异、赞叹、不满意等情绪，也表示比较难以相信或不应该发生的事情。

I am surprised that he should eat so little every day.

我很吃惊他每天竟然吃这么少。

You can't imagine that a well-behaved gentleman should be so rude to a lady.

你不能想像一个举止文雅的绅士竟然对一位女士这么粗野。

4）用在“It is +形容词(natural, necessary, important, essential, right, impossible, strange）+ that + ... should + do”结构中，表示理所当然、奇怪、必要、惊异等。

It was natural that he should feel hurt.

他觉得受到了伤害这很自然。

It is strange that he should be assigned to do the work.

很奇怪他竟然被分配做这项工作。

5）用于so that, lest, in case等引导的从句中。

Take an umbrella in case it should rain tonight.

带把雨伞吧以免今天夜里有雨。

6）should be doing表示推测，意为“应该正在”，而实际上没有。

You shouldn't be reading a novel. You should be reading a textbook in class.

你不应该在读小说，你应该在课堂上读课本。

7）should have done = be to have done = ought to have done = be supposed to have done，表示过去应该做某事而实际没做。

It's ten o'clock. She should have arrived in the office by now.

现在十点了，她现在本来应该到办公室了。

8）shouldn't have done表示过去不该做某事而实际上做了某事。

You shouldn't have got up so early； it is still early.

你不该起床那么早，天还黑着呢。

5. ought to的基本用法

1）表示推测、估计、可能性、（按道理）应该、应当。

You ought to start at once if you want to catch your train.

如果你想赶上火车就应该马上动身。

2）表示劝告、建议。

You ought to be reviewing your lessons now.

你现在应该在复习功课了。

6. ought to在应用中需注意的问题：

1）ought to have done = should have done，表示本该做某事而没有做。

I ought to have helped her, but I never could.

我本来应该帮助她，但是我从来没能够帮。

2）ought to be doing = should be doing，表示现在应该正在做某事。

It is 12 o'clock, he should be having lunch now.

现在是12点，他应该正在吃午饭。

3）oughtn't have done = shouldn't have done，表示本不该做某事而做了。

You oughtn't have spoken to her in that way.

你本不该对她那样说话的。

4）should = ought to，表示应该，但是should多用来谈自己的主观看法，ought to用来表示客观看法，即根据法律、义务和规定来谈论“应该或者不应该”。

The diet should be maintained unchanged for about a year.

这样的饮食应保持约一年不变。

One ought not to cross the street against the red light.

人们不该在红灯时过马路。

专项练习

1. My sister _______ here by now, for she took the early train.

A. must arrive

B. can arrive

C. may arrive

D. ought to have arrived

2. You went to the wrong shop. You ought _______ to the shop next to the cinema, but you went to the shop by the Post Office.

A. go

B. to go

C. have gone

D. to have gone

3. Tom ought not to _______ me your secret, but he meant no harm.

A. have told

B. tell

C. be telling

D. having told

4. There _______ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practised a lot in the

driving school.

A. mustn't

B. shan't

C. shouldn't

D. needn't

5. Mr White _______ at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn't show up.

A. should have arrived

B. should arrive

C. should have had arrived

D. should arrive

答案速查　1-5　DDACA

1. will的基本用法：

1）构成将来时态，表示未来的动作。

It looks as if Jack won't be in time for the train.

看上去好像杰克不能及时赶上火车了。

2）用于第二人称疑问句表示请求。

Will you help me to carry the box to the upstairs?

你能帮助我把箱子搬到楼上吗？

3）用于各个人称，表示意愿、决心或意志。

We will never talk about the subject again.

我们绝不再谈论那个主题。

2. will在应用中需注意的问题：

1）表示习惯、倾向和决心，意为“总是，老是，一定要”。

Some birds will fly away to the south when the weather turns cold.

有些鸟天气变冷时就飞向南方。

2）表示规律，此时will do可直接用一般现在时代替。

Light (will run) runs faster than sound.

光比声传播的快。

3）表示推测，猜测，意为“想必是，一定是”。

It will be snowing now in London.

伦敦现在想必一定在下雪。

4）用于条件句中表示意愿或者礼貌的请求。

If you will help me, we can finish early.

如果你愿意帮助我，我们就能早一点完成。

5）won't用于无生命体，表示拟人化的“意愿”。

The door won't open.

这个门打不开。

If your car won't start, call me any time and I'll help.

如果你的车不能启动，可随时给我打电话，我会提供帮助的。

6）用在祈使句的反意疑问句中。

—Alice, you feed the bird today, will you?

—But I fed it yesterday.

——爱丽丝，今天你喂鸟，好吗？

——可是我昨天已经喂过了。

7）表示命令、叮嘱、规定，意为“必须，一定要”。

No one will leave the examination room before the bell rings.

铃响之前任何人不能离开考场。

3. would的基本用法：

1）构成过去将来时。

She said that she would go there the next day.

她说第二天就去那里。

2）表示过去习惯性的动作（只表示对过去的回忆，不与现在对比，而used to则表示与现在对比而言，过去常做某事，现在不做此事）。

We would stay up all night talking about our favourite singer.

我们过去常常熬夜到很晚谈论我们最喜欢的歌唱家。

3）用于虚拟语气中的主句中。

If I were you, I would try another time.

若我是你，我就再试一次。

4. would在应用中需注意的问题：

1）Would you ...?表示有礼貌的请求。

Would you be so kind as to do me a favour?

请你帮我一把好吗？

2）would like sth./to do sth.意为“想做某事”。

I'd like to invite you to have dinner at my flat before I move.

我想在我搬家前请你来我公寓吃晚饭。

3）would rather do sth.意为“宁愿做某事”。

He said he would rather not do it right now.

他说他不愿意立刻做此事。

4）would rather sb. did sth.意为“宁愿让某人做某事”。

I would rather you knew that now, than afterwards.

我宁愿你现在就知道此事，而不是以后。

5）would rather do sth. than do sth. else意为“宁愿做某事也不愿做另一件事”。

He would rather die than give in.

他宁死不屈。

6）would prefer to do sth. rather than do sth.意为“更愿意做某事而不愿意做另一件事”。

He would prefer to swim rather than play football.

他更愿意去游泳也不愿意去踢足球。

专项练习

1. —Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.

— _______.

A. I don't

B. I won't

C. I can't

D. I haven't

2. Johnny, you _______ play with the knife, you _______ hurt yourself.

A. won't; can't

B. mustn't; may

C. shouldn't; must

D. can't; shouldn't

3. Oil and water_______mix.

A. is not going to

B. will not

C. is not to

D. should not

4. Let me go with you, _______?

A. will you

B. shall we

C. don't you

D. don't we

5. When he was there, he _______ go to that coffee shop at the corner after work every day.

A. would

B. should

C. had better

D. might

答案速查　1-5　BBBAA

vi. dare

1. dare作情态动词：

1）dare后接动词原形。

How dare you say I am unfair?

你怎么敢说我不公平？

Dare you jump down from here?

你敢从这里跳下去吗？

2）dare没有人称和数的区别。

If you dare speak to me like that again, you will be sorry.

若你敢再那样对我说话，你会后悔的。

3）多用于疑问句和否定句。

I dare not say you are right if you deal the problems in this way.

我不敢说你这样处理问题是对的。

Dare you jump into the lake from here?

你敢从这里跳湖里吗？

4）只用于一般现在时和一般过去时。

No one dare speak of that.

没有人敢提那件事情。

5）dare也有过去式dared，否定式为dared not。

He dared not go near Tom's neighborhood in the day time.

大白天他不敢走近汤姆家附近。

2. dare作实意动词：

1）dare是及物动词时，可用于各种句子如肯定句、否定句和疑问句等，而且有人称、时态和数的变化。

The girl dares to go out alone at night.

那姑娘敢夜间独自外出。

2）dare后接带to的不定式。

He dares to behave like that in my house.

他在我家敢那样表现。

3）用于否定句时，后接的不定式经常省去to。

I did not dare (to) move at all.

我一点也不敢动。

Nobody would dare (to) ask him such a question, even his parents.

没有人敢问他这样的问题，甚至他的父母。

I have never dared (to) disturb him.

我从来不敢打扰他。

4）常用于疑问句，或作非谓语动词。

Do you dare to give the teacher a suggestion that he should come to the point in his speech?

你敢向这个老师提议，让他讲话切中主题吗？

Being youngsters, we sat modestly at the back, never daring to make any noise.

由于年轻，我们谦虚地坐在后面，从来不敢发出一点响声。

专项练习

1. He _______ his parents about his failure in the exam.

A. dares not tell

B. dare not tell

C. dares not to tell

D. dare not telling

2. _______ you _______ it again?

A. Do; dare to touching

B. Dare; to touch

C. Do; dare touching

D. Dare； touch

3. The snake hasn't bitten me yet but I daren't _______ to upset it.

A. to do a thing

B. do anything

C. to do something

D. do nothing

4. The little girl _______ go downstairs alone when her parents are out.

A. dares not to

B. dares not

C. dare not to

D. dare not

5. Being a little girl, she _______ go there alone.

A. dares not to

B. does not dare

C. dares

D. dare not

答案速查　1-5　BDBDD

vii. need

1. 用作情态动词：

1）need后接动词原形。

I don't think you need take it too seriously.

我认为你没有必要太认真。

2）need没有人称和数的变化。

—Need we do it all alone at once？

—No, we needn't.

——我们需要马上独自做此事吗？

——不，不必了。

3）need多用在疑问句和否定句中。

—Need you go yet？

—Yes, I must.

——你需要走吗？

——是的，我得走了。

Need they have done that yesterday?

昨天他们有必要做那件事吗？

I asked him whether he need go.

我问他是否需要走。

4）needn't have done表示过去没有必要做某事而实际上已经做了。

You needn't have told me that, for I knew it earlier than you.

你真没有必要告诉我那件事，因为我比你知道得都早。

You needn't have gone to school yesterday, for it was Sunday.

昨天你没有必要去上学，因为是星期天。

We have plenty of bread, so I needn't have bought so much.

我们有足够的面包，因此我真没有必要买了这么多。

5）need疑问句, 其回答与must疑问句的回答一样。

—Need/Must I hand in my homework right now?

—No. you needn't.

——我现在必须上交作业吗？

——不，不必了。

2. need作实意动词：

1）后可接名词或代词。

We are certain to need help.

我们当然需要帮助。

In winter all of us need warm clothes.

在冬天我们所有人都需要暖和的衣服。

2）后可接不定式。

I don't think you need to hurry up; it is still early.

我认为你没必要这么匆忙，还早着呢。

The house needs to be repaired.

这房子需要修理。

Does he need to go away so soon?

他有必要这么快就走吗？

3）后可接动名词，这时动名词与主语成被动关系: need doing= need to be done。

The house needs repairing/to be repaired.

这房子需要修理。

The trees need watering/to be watered.

这些树需要浇水。

The child needs looking after/to be looked after.

这个小孩需要照料。

4）后可接复合宾语。

I need you to come to help me with my children.

我需要你来帮我照料孩子。

Do you need the book back tomorrow?

你明天要收回那本书吗？

I need my radio repaired.

我要人修理我的收音机。

专项练习

1. You _______ pay the money, but you _______ do so at once.

A. needn't; must

B. need; need

C. must; must

D. must; needn't

2. —Shall I tell John about it?

—No, you _______. I've told him already.

A. needn't

B. wouldn't

C. mustn't

D. shouldn't

3. There was plenty of time, she _______.

A. mustn't have hurried

B. couldn't have hurried

C. must not hurry

D. needn't have hurried

4. You don't need _______ for his permission every time you want to leave the room.

A. to ask

B. ask

C. asking

D. being asked

5. —Must I write down the new words now?

—No, you _______.

A. needn't

B. may not

C. mustn't

D. can't

答案速查　1-5　DADAA

viii. 情态动词表示推测

1. 几乎所有的情态动词都可以用来表示推测，只是各自的语气强弱和所使用的场合不同。

2. 情态动词表示推测，其可能性由低到高的排序为：

might → may → could → can → should → ought to → would → will → must(= will certainly).

注意：

1）might和may表示对具体情况把握不大的推测。

2）could和can多用于疑问和否定句中表示推测。

3）must仅用于肯定句中，表示十分有把握的推测。

4）should可以表示按照常理推测所得出的结论，即“理应”。

5）will表示按照逻辑推理势必会发生的事情。

3. 情态动词表示推测的时态变化形式：

4. “情态动词+动词原形”表示对现在推测时需注意的问题：

1）“can +动词原形”，表示对现在的推测时，一般用于否定句和疑问句。

Can this be true?

这可能会是真的吗？

He can't be in the room, for the door is locked.

他不可能在房间里，因为门是关着的。

2）“could +动词原形”，表示对现在，也可以表示对过去的推测，可用于肯定句。

It could be true.

那可能是真的。

I could drop in later.

我随后可能顺便来访。

3）“may +动词原形”意为“或许，可能”，一般用于肯定句的推测。

I hear she may have some good books.

我听说她可能有些好书。

Jim may lend you some money.

吉姆可能借给你一些钱。

4）“might +动词原形”，表示的可能性比may小。

It might rain this evening, but who knows that?

今天晚上或许会下雨，但是谁知道呢？

I thought you might like to read something, so I have brought some magazines to you.

我以为你可能想读一点东西，因此给你带来了几本杂志。

5）“should +动词原形”，表示可能或期待；ought to表示的可能性更大。

—When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.

—They should be ready by 12:00.

——我什么时候来取照片呢？我明天下午要用呢。

——十二点以前应该可以取了。

His train arrives at 9 o'clock, so he ought to be here at 9:30.

他的火车九点到，因此他应该在九点半到这里。

She should be home by now, but she isn't.

现在她应该在家，但是却不在。

6）“would/will +动词原形”，表示可能时，will可能性更大。

It will be Mr. Wang knocking at the door.

那会是王先生在敲门。

It would be about 10 o'clock when he left home.

他离开家的时候时间可能是十点钟。

I'm afraid the journey would be too expensive.

恐怕那次旅行太贵了。

7）“must +动词原形”，意为“一定，肯定”，只用于对现在情况有把握的肯定推测。

You must be hungry after 6 hour's long walk.

长途跋涉六个小时后你一定饿了。

She must be sleeping, for the light has gone out.

她一定在睡觉，因为灯都熄了。

注意：

1）若表示有把握的否定推测用can't。

The news can't be true.

这个消息肯定不是真的。

2）must表示对现在情况的推测时，其反意疑问句陈述部分的谓语若是must be，就用isn't/aren't反问, 否则用don't/doesn't反问。

He must be at home, isn't he?

他肯定在家，是吗？

She must be reading in the room, isn't she?

她肯定在房间里读书，是吗？

Tom must live in this area, doesn't he?

汤姆一定就住在这个地区，是吗？

专项练习

1. A computer _______ think for itself; it must be told what to do.

A. can't

B. couldn't

C. may not

D. might not

2. —The lecturer was a tall thin man with white hair.

—Then it _______ Dr. Fell because he is short and fat. It _______ Dr. Jones; he is thin.

A. can't be; must be

B. couldn't have been; might have been

C. must be; can't be

D. can't have been; must have been

3. There is no parking in front of the post office. You _______ park here.

A. oughtn't

B. can't

C. didn't

D. wouldn't

4. She _______ be a good language teacher, but she can't be a language expert.

A. will

B. can

C. should

D. is to

5. “This _______ be hers. It _______ be mine.” He said firmly.

A. can't; may

B. can't; must

C. must not; can

D. can't; can

6. Johnny, you _______ play with the knife. You _______ hurt yourself.

A. won't； can't

B. mustn't； may

C. shouldn't； must

D. can't； shouldn't

7. Peter _______ come with us tonight, but he isn't quite sure.

A. must

B. may

C. can

D. will

8. Whatever your problems _______ be, they can't be worse than mine.

A. will

B. should

C. may

D. can

9. —Will the test be difficult?

—I think it _______ be easy enough for all of us to pass, but I'm not sure.

A. must

B. can

C. may

D. will

10. —Will your brother stay at home tonight？

—I'm not quite sure. He _______ to see the film this evening.

A. may be going

B. can go

C. may go

D. must go

11. Look at the clouds. It _______ rain.

A. must

B. was going to

C. may

D. will

12. You _______ lead a horse to the water, but you _______ not make it drink.

A. will; can

B. may; can

C. may; dare

D. dare; can

13. —Do you think the flight is delayed?

—It _______ be, especially in such weather.

A. would

B. should

C. might

D. ought to

14. —Are you coming to Jeff's party?

—I'm not sure. I _______ go to the concert instead.

A. must

B. would

C. should

D. might

15. Will you answer the phone? It _______ be your mother.

A. might

B. will

C. shall

D. need

16. Now that you've got a chance, you _______ as well make full use of it.

A. can

B. should

C. need

D. might

17. Since the flight has been cancelled because of the bad weather, we _______ go by train.

A. ought to have

B. had better to

C. might as well

D. would rather not

18. It's nearly seven o'clock, Jack _______ be here at any moment.

A. must

B. need

C. should

D. can

19. In case I _______ , I would try again.

A. will fail

B. would miss

C. should fail

D. shall miss

20. —That must be a mistake.

—No, it _______ a mistake.

A. must not be

B. needn't

C. can't be

D. would not be

答案速查　1-5　AABBB　6—10　BBCCC　11—15　CBCDA　16—20　DCCCC

ix. “can/may/might/could/must/should/need +完成式”表示对过去情况的推测

1. “must + 完成式”意为“一定，肯定，想必，准是”,表示对过去情况进行有把握的肯定推测。

He speaks English so well, he must have been to England.

他英语说得那么好，一定去过英国。

They must have seen the film before because they know it so well.

他们以前一定看过这部电影，因为他们知道那么多。

注意其反意疑问句的反问形式：

1）有表示过去的时间状语时，用一般过去时进行反问。谓语是must have been用wasn't/weren't反问；谓语是must have done用didn't反问。

They must have attended the meeting yesterday, didn't they?

昨天他们一定开会了，是吗？

They must have been to America last year, weren't they？

去年他们一定去过美国，是吗？

2）没有明确的过去时间状语时，用haven't/hasn't反问。

They must have attended the meeting, haven't they?

他们一定参加了那次会议，是吗？

They must have been to America, haven't they?

他们一定去过美国，是吗？

2. “can't/couldn't +完成式”意为“肯定没有”，表示对过去情况进行否定推测。

She can't have gone to school, for it is Saturday today.

她肯定没上学去，因为今天是星期六。

She couldn't have heard you knocking at the door.

她肯定没有听见你敲门。

注意：

1）“can +完成式”，一般只用于进行否定或疑问的推测。

There is no light in the room, can he have gone out？

房间里没有灯光了，他可能出门了吗？

2）“could+完成式”也表示过去能做而没有做的事，有惋惜之意。

I could have done it better, but I had no time left.

我本来能够做得更好，但我没有时间了。

He could have helped you, why didn't you ask him for help?

他本来能够帮助你的，你为什么不请他帮忙呢？

3. “may+完成式”意为“有可能已经发生某事”，只用于对过去发生的事情进行肯定的推测。

I think he may have gone to bed.

我想他有可能已经睡觉了。

She may have missed her train.

她有可能已经错过了火车。

4. “might +完成式”与“may +完成式”，二者可互换，但是might所表示的可能性较小。

—What do you think that noise was?

—It might have been a cat.

——你认为那噪音是什么？

——那或许是一只猫。

It's ten o'clock, she might have gone to bed.

现在十点钟了，她或许已经睡觉了。

注意：

might也可表示对本来可能发生却未发生的情况感到不满或责备。

If we had taken the other road, we might have arrived.

如果我们走另一条路，我们本来可能已经到了。

You might have told us earlier.

你本来能早一点告诉我们的。

5. “should/ought to +完成式”，意为“本应该”，可以表示以下两种含义：

1）过去应该做而没做到某事，其否定式表示过去不该做而做了，有遗憾或责备之意。

You should have come here five minutes ago.

你本应该五分钟前就到的。

We ought to have given him more help.

我们本应该给他更多的帮助的。

You shouldn't have told him the news. He is crying now.

你本不应该告诉他这个消息的，他现在在哭呢。

You oughtn't have gone to the football match.

你不应该去看足球的。

2）表示对现在应该完成的事情进行推测。

He ought to have arrived by now.

到现在他应该到了。

They should have finished the work by now.

到现在他们应该完成了工作了。

6. “needn't +完成式”，表示本来不需要做某事却做了。

He needn't have gone to the railway station yesterday.

昨天他本来没有必要去火车站的。

I needn't have bought all the wine—only three people came.

我本来没有必要买这么多酒，只来了三个人。

You needn't have watered the flowers, for it is going to rain.

你本来没有必要给花浇水的，因为天要下雨了。

专项练习

1. —You didn't hear me until now.

—No. I must _______ soundly when you came in.

A. have been sleeping

B. have slept

C. be sleeping

D. sleep

2. Her father thought that she _______ a fairy.

A. must have met

B. had to have met

C. must meet

D. must had met

3. He must have lost the key the day before yesterday, _______?

A. must he

B. hasn't he

C. needn't he

D. didn't he

4. They _______ have gone out because the light is on.

A. mustn't

B. can't

C. may not

D. isn't able to

5. We didn't see him at the lecture yesterday. He _______ it.

A. oughtn't

B. can't have attended

C. couldn't attend

D. needn't have attended

6. She is very careful. How _______ she _______ such a mistake the day before yesterday?

A. could; have made

B. should; have made

C. could; has made

D. can; made

7. He is my good friend. I am sure that he _______ ill of me that day.

A. couldn't have spoken

B. mightn't have spoken

C. must have spoken

D. couldn't have to speak

8. I was writing my report last Sunday. Otherwise, I _______ you to the zoo.

A. would take

B. took

C. should take

D. could have taken

9. —Have you found your book yet?

—No, I'm not sure where I _______ it.

A. must have left

B. might leave

C. could have left

D. can leave

10. He _______ the truth. Otherwise he might have known it was Tom who had taken his place.

A. should have been told

B. shouldn't have been told

C. couldn't have been told

D. must have been told

11. Mr. Bush is on time for everything. How _______ it have been that he was late for the opening ceremony?

A. could

B. should

C. may

D. must

12. —I stayed at a hotel while in New York.

—Oh, did you? You _______ with Barbara.

A. could have stayed

B. could stay

C. would stay

D. must have stayed

13. He _______ you more help, even though he was very busy.

A. might have given

B. might give

C. may have given

D. may give

14. —He was here yesterday, but no one has seen him since.

—He _______ an accident.

A. might have

B. might have had

C. can have

D. mustn't have had

15. You were stupid to try climbing up there. You _______ yourself.

A. might have killed

B. should have killed

C. must have killed

D. can't have killed

16. The plant is dead. I _______ it more water.

A. will give

B. would have given

C. must give

D. should have given

17. I told Sally how to get here, but perhaps I _______ for her.

A. had to write it out

B. must have written it out

C. should have written it out

D. ought to write it out

18. That young man has made so much noise that he _______ not have been allowed to attend the concert.

A. could

B. must

C. would

D. should

19. There was a lot of fun at yesterday's party. You _______ come, but why didn't you?

A. must have

B. should

C. need have

D. ought to have

20. I'm sorry. I _______ to tell you I was coming.

A. ought to phone

B. should phone

C. need to phone

D. ought to have phoned

21. We _______ the letter yesterday, but it didn't arrive.

A. must receive

B. ought to receive

C. must have received

D. ought to have received

22. When I got to the cinema, the film had already started; I _______ there earlier.

A. ought to get

B. ought to have got

C. must have got

D. must get

23. The old lady _______.

A. ought to apologize to

B. ought to be apologized to

C. ought apologize to

D. ought be apologized to

24. You oughtn't to have helped him with his English, _______?

A. won't you

B. ought not you

C. oughtn't you

D. wouldn't you

25. Although he had made many mistakes in his composition, _______ have laughed at him?

A. oughtn't we

B. should we

C. oughtn't to we

D. ought to we

26. He didn't do well in the exam. He _______ hard at his lessons.

A. must have worked

B. ought to have worked

C. would have worked

D. has worked

27. —I didn't go to see a doctor yesterday.

—But you _______.

A. ought to

B. ought to go

C. should

D. ought to have

28. He began to write two hours ago. He _______ have finished the article by now.

A. must

B. ought to

C. ought

D. had to

29. One ought _______ for what one hasn't done.

A. not to be punished

B. to not be punished

C. to not punished

D. not be punished

30. He _______ the meeting, so he stayed at home.

A. needn't have attended

B. didn't need to attend

C. didn't need attend

D. needn't to have attended

答案速查　1-5　AADBB　6—10　AADCC　11—15　AAABA　16—20　DCDDD　21—25　DBBCB　26—30　BDBAB

综合练习

1. Jack described his father, who _______ a brave boy many years ago, as a strong-willed man

A. would be

B. would have been

C. must be

D. must have been

2. You _______ buy a gift, but you can if you want to.

A. must

B. mustn't

C. have to

D. don't have to

3. I have told you the truth. _______ I keep repeating it?

A. Must

B. Can

C. May

D. Will

4. I _______ have watched that movie—it'll give me horrible dreams.

A. shouldn't

B. needn't

C. couldn't

D. mustn't

5. Mark _______ have hurried. After driving at top speed, he arrived half an hour early.

A. needn't

B. wouldn't

C. mustn't

D. couldn't

6. —_______I take the book out?

—I'm afraid not.

A. Will

B. May

C. Must

D. Need

7. Just be patient. You _______ expect the world to change so soon.

A. can't

B. needn't

C. may not

D. mustn't

8. —I haven't got the reference book yet, but I'll have a test on the subject next month.

—Don't worry. You _______ have it by Friday.

A. could

B. shall

C. must

D. may

9. —May I take this book out of the reading room?

—No, you _______. You can read it in here.

A. mightn't

B. won't

C. needn't

D. mustn't

10. Some people who don't like to talk much are not necessarily shy; they _______ just be quiet people.

A. must

B. may

C. should

D. would

11. One of the few things you _______ say about English people with certainty is that they talk a lot about the weather.

A. need

B. must

C. should

D. can

12. But for the help of my English teacher, I _______ the first prize in the English Writing Competition.

A. would not win

B. would not have won

C. would win

D. would have won

13. —It's the office! So you _______ know eating is not allowed here.

—Oh, sorry.

A. must

B. will

C. may

D. need

14. What do you mean? There are only ten tickets? There _______ be twelve.

A. should

B. would

C. will

D. shall

15. It _______ have been Tom that parked the car here, as he is the only one with a car.

A. may

B. can

C. must

D. should

16. —I don't care what people think.

—Well, you _______.

A. could

B. would

C. should

D. might

17. This printer is of good quality. If it _______ break down within the first year, we would repair it at our expense.

A. would

B. should

C. could

D. might

18. —Hi, Tom. Any idea where Jane is?

—She _______ in the classroom. I saw her there just now.

A. shall be

B. should have been

C. must be

D. might have been

19. I can't leave. She told me that I _______ stay here until she comes back.

A. can

B. must

C. will

D. may

20. He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he _______ it differently.

A. could express

B. would express

C. could have expressed

D. must have expressed

21. Liza _______ well not want to go on the trip—she hates traveling.

A. will

B. can

C. must

D. may

22. John promised his doctor he _______ not smoke, and he has never smoked ever since.

A. might

B. should

C. could

D. would

23. She _______ have left school, for her bike is still here.

A. can't

B. wouldn't

C. shouldn't

D. needn't

24. What a pity! Considering his ability and experience, he _______ better.

A. need have done

B. must have done

C. can have done

D. might have done

25. You don't have to know the name of the author to find a book. You _______ find the book by the title.

A. must

B. need

C. can

D. would

26. —What sort of house do you want to have? Something big?

—Well, it _______ be big—that's not important.

A. mustn't

B. needn't

C. can't

D. won't

27. Although this _______ sound like a simple task, great care is needed.

A. must

B. may

C. shall

D. should

28. —I can't find my purse anywhere.

—You _______ have lost it while shopping.

A. may

B. can

C. should

D. would

29. You _______ be hungry already—you had lunch only two hours ago!

A. wouldn't

B. can't

C. mustn't

D. needn't

30. It is usually warm in my hometown in March, but it _______ be rather cold sometimes.

A. must

B. can

C. should

D. would

31. Peter _______ be really difficult at times even though he's a nice person in general.

A. shall

B. should

C. can

D. must

32. —I'm sorry. I _______ at you the other day.

—Forget it. I was a bit out of control myself.

A. shouldn't shout

B. shouldn't have shouted

C. mustn't shout

D. mustn't have shouted

33. Thank you for all your hard work last week. I don't think we _______ it without you.

A. can manage

B. could have managed

C. could manage

D. can have managed

34. —How's your tour around the North Lake? Is it beautiful?

—It _______ be, but it is now heavily polluted.

A. will

B. would

C. should

D. must

35. In crowded places like airports and railway stations, you _______ take care of your luggage.

A. can

B. may

C. must

D. will

36. —Guess what? I have got A for my term paper.

—Great! You _______ read widely and put a lot of work into it.

A. must

B. should

C. must have

D. should have

37. The teacher _______ have thought Johnson was worth it or she wouldn't have wasted time on him, I suppose.

A. should

B. can

C. would

D. must

38. —Where is my dictionary? I remember I put it here yesterday.

—You _______ it in the wrong place.

A. must put

B. should have put

C. might put

D. might have put

39. There's no light on—they _______ be at home.

A. can't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. shouldn't

40. Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it _______ yesterday.

A. was happening

B. happens

C. has happened

D. happened

41. We hope that as many people as possible _______ join us for the picnic tomorrow.

A. need

B. must

C. should

D. can

42. —What's the name?

—Khulaifi. _______ I spell that for you?

A. Shall

B. Would

C. Can

D. Might

43. We _______ have proved to be great adventurers, but we have done the greatest march ever made in the past ten years.

A. needn't

B. may not

C. shouldn't

D. mustn't

44. —Could I have a word with you, mum?

—Oh dear, if you _______.

A. can

B. must

C. may

D. should

45. If it were not for the fact that she _______ sing, I would invite her to the party.

A. couldn't

B. shouldn't

C. can't

D. might not

46. Some aspects of a pilot's job _______ be boring, and pilots often _______ work at inconvenient hours.

A. can; have to

B. may; can

C. have to; may

D. ought to; must

47. Tom, you _______ leave all your clothes on the floor like this!

A. wouldn't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. may not

48. John, look at the time. _______ you play the piano at such a late hour?

A. Must

B. Can

C. May

D. Need

49. He _______ have completed his work; otherwise, he wouldn't be enjoying himself by the seaside.

A. should

B. must

C. wouldn't

D. can't

50. There _______ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practised a lot in the driving school.

A. mustn't

B. shan't

C. shouldn't

D. needn't

51. I _______ have been more than six years old when the accident happened.

A. shouldn't

B. couldn't

C. mustn't

D. needn't

52. This cake is very sweet. You _______ a lot of sugar in it.

A. should put

B. could have put

C. might put

D. must have put

53. The World Wide Web is sometimes jokingly called the World Wide Wait because it _______ be very slow.

A. should

B. must

C. will

D. can

54. —Catherine, I have cleaned the room for you.

—Thanks.You _______ it.I could manage it myself.

A. needn't do

B. needn't have done

C. mustn't do

D. shouldn't have done

55. —Lucy doesn't mind lending you her dictionary.

—She _______. I have already borrowed one.

A. can't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. shouldn't

56. —Do you know where David is? I couldn't find him anywhere.

—Well, he _______ have gone far—his coat's still here.

A. shouldn't

B. mustn't

C. can't

D. wouldn't

57. —I'll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.

—You _______ her last week.

A. ought to tell

B. would have told

C. must tell

D. should have told

58. —Excuse me.Is this the right way to the Summer Palace?

—Sorry, I am not sure.But it _______ be.

A. might

B. will

C. must

D. can

59. The biggest problem for most plants, which _______ just get up and run away when threatened, is that animals like to eat them.

A. shan't

B. can't

C. needn't

D. mustn't

60. I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I _______ have driven her there.

A. could

B. must

C. might

D. should

61. —What does the sign over there read?

—“No person _______ smoke or carry a lighted cigarette, cigar or pipe in this area.”

A. will

B. may

C. shall

D. must

62. —What do you think we can do for our aged parents?

—You _______ do anything except to be with them and be yourself.

A. don't have to

B. oughtn't to

C. mustn't

D. can't

63. —My cat's really fat.

—You _______ have given her so much food.

A. wouldn't

B. couldn't

C. shouldn't

D. mustn't

64. My MP4 player isn't in my bag. Where _______ I have put it?

A. can

B. must

C. should

D. would

65. —She looks very happy. She _______ have passed the exam.

—I guess so.It's not difficult after all.

A. should

B. could

C. must

D. might

66. They _______ two free tickets to Canada, otherwise they'd never have been able to afford to go.

A. had got

B. got

C. have got

D. get

67. _______ fired, your health care and other benefits would not be immediately cut off.

A. Would you be

B. Should you be

C. Could you be

D. Might you be

68. —May I smoke here?

—If you _______ , choose a seat in the smoking section.

A. should

B. could

C. may

D. must

69. The weather turned out to be fine yesterday. I _______ the trouble to carry my umbrella with me.

A. should have taken

B. could have taken

C. needn't have taken

D. mustn't have taken

70. —I think I'll give Bob a ring.

—You _______. You haven't been in touch with him for ages.

A. will

B. may

C. have to

D. should

71. —Must he come to sign this paper himself?

—Yes, he _______.

A. need

B. must

C. may

D. will

72. —Is Jack on duty today?

—It _______ be him.It's his turn tomorrow.

A. mustn't

B. won't

C. can't

D. needn't

73. As you worked late yesterday, you _______ have come this morning.

A. mayn't

B. can't

C. mustn't

D. needn't

74. If I _______ plan to do anything I wanted to, I'd like to go to Tibet and travel through as much of it as possible.

A. would

B. could

C. had to

D. ought to

75. I was on the highway when this car went past followed by a police car. They _______ at least 150 kilometers an hour.

A. should have been doing

B. must have been doing

C. could have done

D. would have done

76. —Tom is never late for work. Why is he absent today?

—Something _______ to him.

A. must happen

B. should have happened

C. could have happened

D. must have happened

77. Helen _______ go on the trip with us, but she isn't quite sure yet.

A. shall

B. must

C. may

D. can

78. —The woman biologist stayed in Africa studying wild animals for 13 years before she returned.

—Oh, dear! She _______ a lot of difficulties!

A. may go through

B. might go through

C. ought to have gone through

D. must have gone through

79. —Don't you think it necessary that he _______ to Miami but to New York?

—I agree, but the problem is _______ he has refused to.

A. will not be sent; that

B. not be sent; that

C. should not be sent; what

D. should not send; what

80. “The interest _______ be divided into five parts, according to the agreement made by both sides,”declared the judge.

A. may

B. should

C. must

D. shall

81. There are eight tips in Dr. Smith's lecture on sleep, and one of them is: _______ to bed early unless you think it is necessary.

A. doesn't go

B. not to go

C. to going

D. don't go

82. —Isn't that Ann's husband over there?

—No, it _______ be him. I am sure he doesn't wear glasses.

A. can't

B. mustn't

C. won't

D. may not

83. Children under 12 years of age in that country _______ be under adult's supervision when in a public library.

A. must

B. may

C. can

D. need

84. —Who is the girl standing over there?

—Well, if you _______ know, her name is Mabel.

A. may

B. can

C. must

D. shall

85. —Excuse me, but I want to use your computer to type a report.

—You _______ have my computer if you don't take care of it.

A. shan't

B. might not

C. needn't

D. shouldn't

86. You might just as well tell the manufacturer that male customers _______ not like the design of the furniture.

A. must

B. shall

C. may

D. need

87. They live on a busy road. There _______ be a lot of noise from the traffic.

A. must

B. may

C. would

D. could

88. Your room is terribly dirty; you _______ get it cleaned in two hours, or Mum will be angry.

A. can

B. might

C. must

D. may

89. You _______ the parcel home. The shop would have delivered it if you had asked.

A. needn't have carried

B. couldn't have carried

C. mustn't have carried

D. shouldn't have carried

90. I _______ be slow, but at least I don't make stupid mistakes.

A. must

B. need

C. should

D. may

91. —_______ he have been chosen as captain of the football team?

—Yes, he _______.

A. Can; must have

B. Must; must have

C. Can; must

D. Must; must

92. When the ship sailed out from Thailand, the 16 sailors on board _______ that only half of them would return.

A. will never think

B. can never think

C. needn't have thought

D. couldn't have thought

93. You may cancel the disk check but it is strongly recommended that you _______.

A. continue

B. will continue

C. continued

D. must continue

94. My mother is a great cook and we _______ never get enough of her cookies.

A. may

B. need

C. should

D. can

95. After inspecting the building, specialists discovered some faults that otherwise _______.

A. had been overlooked

B. would have been overlooked

C. were overlooked

D. would be overlooked

96. —Margaret _______ stay at home all day long in front of the TV.

—That's right. She ought to go to the fitness center with us.

A. couldn't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. shouldn't

97. Never in my life _______ I am living in such a large flat in Shanghai.

A. I could imagine

B. could I imagine

C. I couldn't imagine

D. couldn't I imagine

98. In order to make our city green, _______.

A. it is necessary to have planted more trees

B. many more trees need to plant

C. we must plant more trees

D. our city needs more trees

99. He_______back to work without the doctor's permission. Now, he has to stay in bed for a couple of days.

A. wouldn't have gone

B. couldn't have gone

C. needn't have gone

D. shouldn't have gone

100. According to the newly-made traffic regulation, whoever drives through red light _______ be fined at least 200 dollars.

A. shall

B. may

C. would

D. should

101. For Senior 3 students, choosing which college to attend _______ be the most exciting time in their entire school lives.

A. must

B. should

C. would

D. can

102. The young man has made so much noise that he _______ not have been allowed to attend the concert.

A. could

B. must

C. should

D. need

103. —Jenny took the 8:00 bus to Shanghai this morning.

—Really? She _______ the 9:00 train. It's much more comfortable and safer to travel by train.

A. could have taken

B. should take

C. must have taken

D. can take

104. President Hu Jintao urged that every effort _______ to rescue and treat the injured when the earthquake happened in Sichuan.

A. is made

B. must be made

C. should make

D. be made

105. You should have informed me that the lecture was canceled. I _______ all the way here through the heavy rain.

A. mustn't have run

B. can't have run

C. shouldn't have run

D. needn't have run

106. —Want to ride on the roller coaster（过山车）?

—No way! I_______on the roller coaster even if you paid me a million dollars!

A. wouldn't ride

B. would have ridden

C. would ride

D. wouldn't have ridden

107. He _______ be lazy, but he can work very hard when he feels like it.

A. may

B. must

C. should

D. will

108. You _______ late for yesterday's class meeting, as it was so important.

A. couldn't be

B. shouldn't be

C. mustn't have been

D. oughtn't to have been

109. —Why didn't Tom give you one of his paintings?

—I didn't want one, but he would have given me one if I_______

A. did

B. would

C. will

D. had

110. Madonna _______ a straight-A student, but it was dancing that she was really crazy about.

A. must be

B. could be

C. must have been

D. could have been

111. —Amazing! You _______ wear slippers at work!

—Don't you know it's a fashion?

A. must

B. should

C. can

D. may

112. —I feel bored with nothing interesting to do.

—You _______ watch TV. There will be a very good Hollywood film on this evening.

A. need

B. could

C. would

D. shall

113. It's nearly eight o'clock. I must hang up and get down to work. My boss _______ be here at any moment.

A. should

B. must

C. could

D. would

114. —Did you go somewhere on holiday?

—I _______ to go to Hawaii, but I didn't sign up for the tour in time.

A. would hope

B. was hoped

C. had hoped

D. have hoped

115. It _______ sound like a perfect destination, but it is really adventurous to go there.

A. will

B. must

C. shall

D. may

116. How I wish I _______ my mouth before I shouted at my mum!

A. shut

B. have shut

C. had shut

D. would shut

117. —Steve _______ come back because the window is opened.

—Yes, but he_______ left it open last night.

A. must have; might have

B. might have; can't have

C. can have; should have

D. might; must have

118. There is a real possibility that these animals could be frightened _______ a sudden loud noise.

A. being there

B. should there be

C. there was

D. there having been

119. It is usually warm in spring in Anhui, but it_______be rather cold sometimes.

A. should

B. would

C. must

D. can

120. —Has Mr. Tom White arrived?

—Yes, already. _______he wait outside or just come in？

A. Shall

B. May

C. Could

D. Must

121. —My uncle suggests I _______ abroad.

—I would rather you _______ at home.

A. go; stay

B. went; stayed

C. go; stayed

D. went; stay

122. The girl is seriously ill, otherwise she _______ working instead of staying in bed all day long.

A. is still

B. will still be

C. would still be

D. was still

123. I can't thank you _______ much because without your help I _______ have won the first prize.

A. too; wouldn't

B. very; shouldn't

C. that; might not

D. so; couldn't

124. —Jim, it is time you went to bed. You need to get up early tomorrow.

—It's not fair, Mary _______ stay up till ten hut I have to go to bed at eight.

A. should

B. need

C. can

D. must

125. —Mike, it's a pity you didn't come to last night's Concert. It was really great!

—Really? If I _______ so busy，I would have gone with you.

A. hadn't been

B. weren't

C. shouldn't be

D. wouldn't be

126. The meeting is important and he _______ be here in time—he started early enough.

A. can

B. might

C. should

D. will

127. —Mary looks sad and disappointed.

—So _______ you if you had failed the NMET.

A. do

B. did

C. will

D. would

128. You did turn in your report on time, but it _______ better, you know.

A. could be done

B. must be done

C. could have been done

D. must have been done

129. —What did mother say to you just now?

—She told me that I _______ go to grandma's birthday party tomorrow if I finish my homework today.

A. must

B. need

C. will

D. shall

130. I _______ such a foolish mistake if I had been a little more careful.

A. wouldn't make

B. wouldn't have made

C. hadn't made

D. didn't make

131. When we worked in the same office, we _______ often have coffee together.

A. might

B. should

C. could

D. would

132. —I drove my car at a speed of 150 kms an hour this afternoon. It was great fun!

—Did you go crazy? You _______ yourself.

A. might kill

B. could have killed

C. could kill

D. must have killed

133. —Please carry a cellphone to make it easier for me to get hold of you.

—OK, Dad. But I am eighteen.You _______ worry so much.

A. can't

B. mustn't

C. shouldn't

D. wouldn't

134. —These grapes look really beautiful.

—They _______ ! See the price, $3.99 a pound. Too expensive, aren't they?

A. would

B. could

C. might

D. should

135. “You _______ smoke in the bedroom,”Rose said to her husband and pushed him out of the room.

A. needn't

B. mustn't

C. dare not

D. won't

136. —When shall we hold the meeting?

—It _______ be better to put it off until next week.

A. must

B. could

C. can

D. will

137. If you think the price of beef is too high, you _______ as well buy some pork.It depends on you!

A. should

B. will

C. would

D. may

138. —Guess what? I have passed the driving test.

—Great! You _______ a lot of time practising.

A. should spend

B. must spend

C. should have spent

D. must have spent

139. When you phoned me, I was having a meeting, otherwise I _______ your call.

A. answered

B. would answer

C. had answered

D. would have answered

140. The regulations state that no one _______ be allowed to smoke in public places.

A. can

B. shall

C. must

D. should

141. It is required that the students _______ mobile phones in their school, so seldom _______ them using one.

A. not use; will you see

B. should not use; you will see

C. don't use; will you see

D. not use; you will see

142. Being physically examined for free twice a year is what every clerk _______ be ensured in any company of the state.

A. must

B. shall

C. ought to

D. need

143. —Are you coming to the musical of the 42nd Avenue from Broadway(百老汇)?

—I'm not sure. I _______ go to see a movie instead.

A. must

B. would

C. might

D. should

144. I lived with my brother this winter and didn't have to pay rent. So I _______ save most of my salary.

A. could

B. would

C. might

D. was able to

145. —Is there anything else I can get for you except the scarf?

—No. That _______ be it. Thanks a lot.

A. could

B. must

C. should

D. might

146. —What are you doing, dear?

—I'm watching the football game.

—What? You _______ your homework first.

A. would have done

B. must have done

C. should have done

D. may have done

147. —Jackie says she can't help because she's got a lot of work on.

—Well, she _______ say that—she always uses that excuse.

A. may

B. would

C. can

D. should

148. —Why didn't you buy the gold ring?

—I _______ , but I didn't have the money.

A. would have

B. bought

C. would like to

D. had bought

149. I have been writing a book on UFOs. It _______ be ready early next month.

A. can

B. must

C. should

D. need

150. —Can I pay the bill by check?

—Sorry, sir. But it is the management rule of our hotel that payment _______ be made in cash.

A. shall

B. need

C. will

D. can

151. —I can hear the water running in the bathroom.

—Yes, Bira _______ be taking another shower.

A. should

B. need

C. must

D. can

152. —I hear your journey was not very pleasant.

—But for the sudden rain we _______ a wonderful time.

A. will have

B. should have had

C. should have

D. had

153. You can't imagine that a well-behaved gentleman _______ be so rude to a lady.

A. might

B. need

C. should

D. would

154. I believe Shackleton _______ this unexpected end to his expedition, but he did not waste time on regrets.

A. must have mourned

B. must mourn

C. can have mourned

D. could mourn

155. —Have you found your book yet?

—No. I'm not sure where I _______ it.

A. leave

B. had left

C. could have left

D. was to leave

156. Anne, if your leg _______ become more painful, do not hesitate to call me.

A. may

B. would

C. could

D. should

157. The leader, _______ the rule unfair for women, suggested it _______.

A. finding; banned

B. to find; banned

C. found; to be banned

D. finding; be banned

158. _______ this afternoon, you would have to come again next week.

A. The boss didn't return

B. The boss were not to return

C. Were the boss not to return

D. Didn't the boss return

159. —When can I come for the computer? I need it next Tuesday.

—It _______ be repaired by next Monday afternoon.

A. have to

B. should

C. might

D. need

160. They are still discussing whether I _______ to the meeting yesterday, which I think was not necessary at all.

A. could come

B. should have come

C. should come

D. must have come

161. It's hard to say what kind of person he is.Sometimes he is very friendly; at other times he _______

be very cold.

A. can

B. must

C. will

D. shall

162. There was a lot of fun at yesterday's party. You _______ , but why didn't you?

A. should come

B. must have come

C. may have come

D. ought to have come

163. —_______ the bike be repaired by him?

—No, I'd rather he _______ it repaired.

A. Will; has

B. Shall; had

C. Should; have

D. Can; has

164. English is a language that many young people around the world _______ not speak perfectly but _______ at least understand.

A. may; can

B. would; might

C. will; must

D. could; might

165. I want to go to the dentist's, but you _______ with me.

A. need not to go

B. do not need go

C. need not go

D. need go not

166. —Don't you want to go to a karaoke bar with us?

—I wish I _______ , but I have an appointment.

A. may

B. could

C. can

D. should

167. It's important for you to be there on time. You _______ be there before 8:00.

A. may

B. will

C. can

D. should

168. Their basketball team has lots of excellent players, so if there is no unexpected thing to happen, their team _______ win the championship.

A. would

B. may

C. should

D. need

169. It _______ be difficult to discover the truth about Iraq War if people refused to consider anything that might be true.

A. would

B. can

C. need

D. should

170. —Where will you start your work after graduation?

—Mmm, it's not been decided yet. I _______ continue my study for a higher degree.

A. need

B. must

C. would

D. might

171. When winter comes, _______ spring be far behind?

A. must

B. should

C. will

D. can

172. —_______ you make so much noise?

—Sorry. I'll take care not to.

A. Can

B. Must

C. May

D. Would

173. The importance of saving gas _______ be stressed too much.Automobiles use up some 70 billion gallons of gas a year.

A. shouldn't

B. mustn't

C. cannot

D. may not

174. Had the visiting delegation set out earlier this morning, they _______ the airport so far.

A. might reach

B. may have reached

C. might have reached

D. may reach

175. Even if you are an experienced teacher, you sometimes _______ make some mistakes.

A. can

B. must

C. should

D. will

176. Since you have made such good preparations, there _______ be any problem about passing the coming exam.

A. mustn't

B. shan't

C. shouldn't

D. needn't

177. No student _______ go out of school after eleven o'clock at night without permission.

A. will

B. must

C. may

D. shall

178. —What's that terrible smell?

—Oh, I forgot about the chicken! Go and look, it _______ !

A. may be burnt

B. ought to be boiling

C. can be cooking

D. must be burning

179. —I didn't go to work today.

—You _______； it is Sunday.

A. didn't need to

B. mustn't have

C. can't have

D. needn't have

180. —I'm afraid I'll be too busy to go with you.

—Well, I'll keep a seat for you in case you _______ change your mind.

A. can

B. will

C. should

D. may

181. —I have taken someone else's T-shirt by mistake.Is it Jane's?

—It _______ be hers.She seldom wears red.

A. won't

B. can't

C. needn't

D. mustn't

182. _______ I had explored space in Shenzhou VI spaceship!

A. If only

B. Now that

C. With the help

D. In spite of that

183. —The research on the new bird flu virus vaccine is challenging and demanding.Who do you think can do the job?

—_______ my students have a try?

A. Shall

B. Must

C. Will

D. May

184. Bus No.66 comes every ten minutes, there _______ one coming.

A. should have

B. must have

C. should be

D. may be

185. All visitors are waiting outside，Doctor White. _______ they come in together or separately?

A. Will

B. Can

C. Shall

D. Would

186. Our holidays were ruined by the weather; _______ have stayed at home!

A. it may be as well

B. it was just as well we

C. we might just as well

D. we might do as well as we

187. The careless man received a ticket for speeding.He _______ so fast.

A. mustn't have driven

B. wouldn't have driven

C. can't have driven

D. shouldn't have driven

188. _______ for the free tickets, I would not have gone to the films so often.

A. If it is not

B. Were it not

C. Had it not been

D. If they were not

189. Jane's pale face suggested that she _______ ill, and her parents suggested that she _______ a medical examination.

A. be; should have

B. was; have

C. should be; had

D. was; has

190. In such dry weather the flowers will have to be watered if they _______.

A. have survived

B. would survive

C. are to survive

D. should survive

191. —A man is asking to see you. _______ he come in?

—Let him in.

A. Must

B. Shall

C. Will

D. Dare

192. _______ every student aware of the importance of study, they would study efficiently.

A. Were

B. Should

C. May

D. Had

193. If you _______ require any further information, please do not hesitate to contact us.

A. should

B. would

C. could

D. might

194. —Shall we invite Mr. White to our wedding?

—That'll be nice if you _______.

A. do

B. shall

C. want

D. should

195. _______ his teacher, Li Ming wouldn't have passed the English exam so easily.

A. If it hadn't been

B. Hadn't it been

C. Had it not been for

D. Were it not for

196. Had the boy worked harder, he _______ the exams.

A. must have got through

B. could get through

C. ought to get through

D. would have got through

197. —How did you do in the test?

—Not so well. I _______ much better but I misread the directions for writing.

A. will have done

B. could have done

C. must have done

D. may have done

198. —I don't think you should use your dictionary all the time while reading.

—_______ , but I can't do without it.

A. No, I should

B. Yes, I shouldn't

C. No, I shouldn't

D. Yes, I should

199. —Can I borrow your car?

—Well, _______.

A. if you must

B. if you need

C. if you can

D. if you should

200. —Make sure that the windows are shut before you leave.

—OK, I _______.

A. will

B. do

C. must

D. can

201. Although he was badly hurt, he _______ explain what had happened.

A. could

B. might

C. was able to

D. could not

202. —Robin told me that he would leave tonight.

—What a pity! My brother wishes that he _______ with him for a chat.

A. can stay

B. will stay

C. had stayed

D. would stay

203. —_______ he have been chosen as captain of the football team?

—Yes, he _______.

A. Can; must have

B. Must; must have

C. Can; must

D. Must; must

204. _______ the present unemployment continue, the society would face a more troublesome situation.

A. Would

B. Should

C. Might

D. Could

205. —Jim! Did you have a good time at the party?

—Yes, but I really _______ have, because I had lots of work to do.

A. needn't

B. mustn't

C. shouldn't

D. couldn't

206. —John looks sad.Did you tell him about his grandpa's passing away?

—Yes, but I _______ him just before the College Entrance Examinations.

A. ought to have told

B. needn't have told

C. can't have told

D. shouldn't have told

207. —Mom's gift? She _______ have chosen a better one for me.

—She _______ be very happy to know it.

A. should; must

B. might; wouldn't

C. couldn't; must

D. mustn't; can't

208. —It is said that China has been a member of WTO since December 11, 2001.

—Well, it's wonderful that the Chinese people _______ have made so much progress these years.

A. must

B. can

C. should

D. may

209. We _______ have bought so much food now that Suzie won't be with us for dinner.

A. may not

B. needn't

C. can't

D. mustn't

210. —_______ you interrupt now? Can't you see I'm on the phone?

—Sorry Sir, but it's urgent.

A. Can

B. Should

C. Must

D. Would

211. One of our rules is that every student _______ wear school uniform while at school.

A. might

B. could

C. shall

D. will

212. I got close enough to hear them speaking Chinese, and I said “Ni Hao” just as I _______ do in China.

A. must

B. might

C. can

D. should

213. I _______ thank you too much for all your help to my son while we were away from home.

A. won't

B. can't

C. can

D. will

214. I'm going to Europe on vacation together with John if I _______ find the money.

A. can

B. might

C. would

D. need

215. It's quite warm here; we _______ turn the heating on yet.

A. couldn't

B. mustn't

C. needn't

D. wouldn't

216. I _______ use a clock to wake me up because at six o'clock each morning the train comes by my house.

A. couldn't

B. mustn't

C. shouldn't

D. needn't

217. —Happy birthday!

—Thank you! It's the best present I _______ for.

A. should have wished

B. must have wished

C. may have wished

D. could have wished

218. Oh, I'm not feeling well in the stomach. I _______ so much fried chicken just now.

A. shouldn't eat

B. mustn't have eaten

C. shouldn't have eaten

D. mustn't eat

219. Days later, my brother called to say he was all right, but _______ say where he was.

A. mustn't

B. shouldn't

C. wouldn't

D. mightn't

220. If you _______smoke, please go outside.

A. can

B. should

C. must

D. may

221. —I don't really like James. Why did you invite him?

—Don't worry. He _______ come. He said he wasn't certain what his plans were.

A. must not

B. need not

C. would not

D. might not

222. Some young people these days just _______ go out of their homes to contact the real world.

A. mustn't

B. won't

C. mightn't

D. shouldn't

223. —Shall I inform him of the change of the schedule right now?

—I am afraid you _______, in case he comes late for the meeting .

A. will

B. must

C. may

D. can

224. —What do you think of store shopping in the future?

—Personally, I think it will exist along with home shopping but _______.

A. will never replace

B. would never replace

C. will never be replaced

D. would never be replaced

225. —How's your new babysitter？

—We _______ ask for a better one. All our kids love her so much.

A. should

B. might

C. mustn't

D. couldn't

226. The police still haven't found the lost child, but they're doing all they _______.

A. can

B. may

C. must

D. should

227. —Why didn't you come to Simon's party last night?

—I wanted to, but my mum simply _______ not let me out so late at night.

A. could

B. might

C. would

D. should

228. —Will you read me a story, Mummy？

—OK. You _______ have one if you go to bed as soon as possible.

A. might

B. must

C. could

D. shall

229. No one _______ be compared with Yao Ming in playing basketball.

A. can

B. need

C. must

D. might

230. If you _______ go, at least wait until the storm is over.

A. can

B. may

C. must

D. will

第9章　虚拟语气

【答案链接】

i. 虚拟语气在条件句中的用法

1. 虚拟语气用于if条件句中，主从句的谓语动词形式参见上表。

If you had come earlier, you would have met him.

如果你来得早一点，你就会遇见他的。

We would go with you, if we had time.

万一有时间我们就和你一起去。

If it should rain, the crops would be saved.

如果天下雨庄稼就得救了。

2. 虚拟语气用于错综时间条件句中，主从句动作发生的时间不一致，这时主从句动词的形式应根据句意或时间来调整，选用适当的虚拟形式。

If you had listened to the doctor（过去条件）, you would be all right now （现在结果）.

如果当初你听医生的话，现在就全好了。

If the PLA man hadn't saved her（过去条件）, she would have died.（过去的结果）/she wouldn't be studying here now（现在结果）.

如果解放军当初不救她，她早就死掉了/她就不可能现在在这里学习了。

If he studied hard now（现在条件）, he would be a college student soon（将来结果）.

如果他现在努力学习，不久就会成为大学生的。

If I were you（现在条件），I wouldn't have missed the film last night（过去）.

如果我是你，昨天夜里我就不会错过那场电影了。

3. 如果条件句中包含有一个助动词、情态动词、动词be或have，有时可以把if省略掉，但这时要把助动词、情态动词、动词be或have放在主语前。

Were I in school again, I would work harder.

如果我再上一次学，就会努力学习。

Had you been here earlier, you would have seen him.

你若早一点到这里，就会见到他的。

Should there be a meeting tomorrow, I would come.

万一明天有会议，我会来的。

4. 表示 “若不是”之意时，可以用如下两种句型：

If it weren't for ... = But for ... 若不是（对现在情况的假设）

If it hadn't been for ... = But for ... 当时若不是（对过去情况的假设）

If it weren't for/But for the rain, we would be playing basketball.

若不是有雨的话，我们现在正在打篮球呢。

If it hadn't been for/But for your timely help, I would have failed in the match.

当时若不是你及时帮助，我在比赛中就失败了。

5. 在含蓄条件句中，可以用有些介词（with, without, but for）、连词（or, otherwise, but, however）、不定式短语、名词短语或陈述句表示虚拟的条件。

Without electricity, human life would be quite different today.

若没有电，今天人类的生活就会完全不同了。

A silly man would have done that.

笨蛋才会那样做。

The tree died, but I should have watered it much more.

那棵树死了，但是我真应该多浇一点水啊。

Five minutes earlier and you could have met her at the station.

再早五分钟你就可能在车站见到她了。

It would produce bad results to do that. (= If you have done that, ... .)

你若那样做的话，就有可能产生糟糕的结果。

专项练习

1. Mr. Brown _______ a house if he had enough money.

A. will buy

B. would buy

C. bought

D. has bought

2. But for John, we _______ the match last week.

A. would have lost

B. would lose

C. had lost

D. lost

3. If the child hadn't been so tired, he _______ asleep so quickly.

A. will not have fallen

B. will not fall

C. would not have fallen

D. had not fallen

4. The Smiths _______ a lovely garden if they did some work in it.

A. will have

B. would have

C. have

D. have had

5. If you learned to swim, you _______ safer in the water.

A. will feel

B. felt

C. would feel

D. feel

6. It _______ a good match if it _______

A. would have been; hadn't rained

B. will be; hadn't rained

C. would have been; shouldn't rain

D. will have been; didn't rain

7. If Mother _______ you were coming, she'd have baked some cakes.

A. has known

B. will know

C. had known

D. would know

8. Peter _______ a rich man today if he _______ more careful in the past.

A. is; had been

B. was; were

C. will be; should be

D. would be; had been

9.If I were to do this work, I _______ it in my own way.

A. would do

B. do

C. will do

D. did

10. If the plane crashed, we _______

A. would all kill

B. will all be killed

C. would all have been killed

D. would all be killed

11. _______ more carefully, she wouldn't have made so many mistakes.

A. If she listened

B. If she listens

C. If she has listened

D. Had she listened

12. If he had taken my advice, he _______ a scientist now.

A. will be

B. is

C. has been

D. would be

13. _______ , we would have visited the museum then.

A. If it does not rain

B. Should it not rain

C. Had it not rained

D. If it has not rained

14. Should it stop raining, I _______ for a walk.

A. had gone

B. went

C. would have gone

D. would go

15. _______ he try again, he might be successful.

A. Could

B. Might

C. Must

D. Should

16. If the teacher hadn't explained it to me, I _______ the problem so well.

A. would never be understood

B. had never understood

C. would never have understood

D. will never have understood

17. —Why didn't you buy that dictionary?

—I _______ if I had had enough money.

A. would

B. would have

C. have bought

D. had bought

18. If Jane hadn't missed the early train, she _______ on time, but she was late.

A. will arrive

B. would arrive

C. would have arrived

D. had arrived

19. _______ , he would be surprised.

A. Were Tom to see you

B. Were Tom see you

C. If Tom is to see you

D. If Tom has seen you

20. But for your help, I _______ the place.

A. can't find

B. can't have found

C. couldn't have found

D. haven't found

21. _______ I known he needed money so badly, I might have managed to help him.

A. Unless

B. When

C. If

D. Had

22. _______ , I wouldn't do that.

A. If I am in your place

B. Were I in your place

C. If I have been in your place

D. If I am to be in your place

23. _______ , I should paint the room white.

A. If I have been you

B. If I would be you

C. If I will be you

D. If I were you

24. If you were offered a trip to the moon, _______ you _______ it?

A. will; accept

B. are; going to accept

C. do; accept

D. would; accept

25. —Alice, why didn't you come yesterday?

—I _______ , but I had an unexpected visitor.

A. had

B. would

C. was going to

D. did

答案速查　1-5　BACBC　6—10　ACDAD　11—15　DDCDD　16—20　CBCAC　21—25　DBDDC

ii. 虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法

在表示一“坚持”（insist），二“命令”（order, command），三“建议” （suggest, propose, advise），四“要求”（ask, require, request, demand）等动词的宾语从句中表示虚拟，其从句谓语用“（should）+动词原形”。

I asked that she (should) return my bike.

我要求她归还我的自行车。

They demanded that their wages be raised.

他们要求涨工资。

注意：

1）that在这些从句中，通常不省略。

He insisted that he hadn't stolen the money and shouldn't be punished.

他坚持没有偷那钱，不应该受到惩罚。

2）suggest作“暗示，表明”讲时，insist作“坚持认为”讲时，后面的宾语从句不用虚拟语气。

Her pale face suggested that she was ill and her parents suggested that she have a medical examine.

她苍白的脸色暗示她病了，她的父母建议她进行一次医疗检查。

专项练习

1. My uncle suggested that I _______ a job in a bank.

A. got

B. would

C. should get

D. must get

2. They insisted that a meeting _______ as soon as possible.

A. be held

B. was held

C. must be held

D. hold

3. She ran as if she _______ wings on her feet.

A. had

B. has

C. has had

D. is having

4. I'd rather you _______ that.

A. don't

B. won't do

C. hadn't done

D. haven't done

5. I wish the train _______ so late; then I could have got home before breakfast.

A. hadn't arrived

B. didn't arrive

C. wouldn't arrived

D. mustn't arrive

答案速查　1-5　CAACA

iii. 虚拟语气用于同位语从句和表语从句中

1. 用在表示建议、要求、命令、遗憾、主张、怀疑、惊奇等的同位语从句中和表语从句中，从句谓语用“should +动词原形”。

His proposal is that the physical experiment (should) be done again.

他的建议是应该再做一次物理实验。

It is my suggestion that we should go to America for further study.

我的建议是我们应该去美国进修。

2. 常见的这类名词有：suggestion, order, advice, idea, plan, pity, proposal等。

My plan is that we (should) start earlier than usual next time.

我的计划是我们下次比往常早一点动身。

Tom has a good idea that he (should) invite his classmates to take part in his birthday party.

汤姆有个好主意，即他应该邀请他的同学来参加他的生日晚会。

3. 常见的这类形容词有：necessary, essential, strange, natural, urgent, funny, important等。

It is necessary that all the inventions (should) be used for good, not for evil.

所有的发明都应该用在善良的方面而不是邪恶，这一点很有必要。

It is important the we (should) study English.

我们应该学习英语，这很重要。

4. 以动词的过去分词充当的这类形容词有：suggested, requested, ordered, proposed, decided, recommended等。

It was decided that the meeting (should) be put off till next Saturday.

已经决定会议应该推迟到下周六。

It was arranged that they (should) leave the following week.

已安排好他们下周动身。

5. 在It's (high) time that ...句式中，谓语动词要用过去式或should do, should不能省略。

It's high time that you went to see your sick mother.

你早该去看你生病的妈妈了。

It's high time that we should put all our heart to study.

我们早该把心思都放在学习上了。

专项练习

1. It is essential that every child _______ the same educational opportunities.

A. has

B. could have

C. have

D. had

2. The workers are working hard to meet the request that the railway _______ to traffic on May 1.

A. is open

B. will be open

C. be open

D. must open

3. It's necessary that a student _______ English well.

A. learns

B. learn

C. must learn

D. learned

4. The teacher made a suggestion that students _______ more oral English practice.

A. were given

B. had been given

C. should give

D. be given

5. It's necessary that the students _______ take notes in class.

A. should

B. must

C. would

D. are to

6. We are all for Mary's suggestion that the discussion _______

A. is put off

B. puts off

C. to be put off

D. be put off

7. It is the teacher's suggestion that every student _______ an English dictionary.

A. has

B. have

C. had

D. having

8. He gave orders that the prisoners _______ free.

A. are set

B. were set

C. set

D. be set

9. I think it's high time you _______ action.

A. take

B. took

C. are taking

D. will take

10. It is time _______.

A. we go to bed

B. he goes to bed

C. we went to bed

D. he go to bed

答案速查　1-5　CCBDA　6—10　DBDBC

iv. wish从句中的虚拟语气

1. ... wish (that) ... had done表示对过去无法实现的情况的愿望。

My teacher wished she had learned French when she was at school.

我老师多么希望自己上学的时候学过法语啊！

2. ... wish (that) ... did/were表示对现在无法实现的情况的愿望。

I wish I knew how to operate the machine.

但愿我知道如何开这台机器。

3. ... wish (that) ... were doing表示对目前正在进行的情况无法实现的愿望。

She wished she were living in a big city.

她希望是在大城市里生活着。

4. ... wish that ... were to/should/could/might/would + do表示对将来情况无法实现的愿望。

I wish I could fly to the moon one day.

但愿我将来有一天能飞到月亮上去。

专项练习

1. I wish she _______ to see my parents more often.

A. has come

B. is coming

C. will come

D. would come

2. She often wishes that she _______ a horse.

A. can rode

B. can ride

C. could rode

D. could ride

3. How I wish I _______ a university student and _______ at university now.

A. am; study

B. were; were studying

C. was; study

D. were; studied

4. I wish the train _______ so late; then I could have got home before breakfast.

A. hadn't arrived

B. didn't arrive

C. wouldn't arrived

D. mustn't arrive

5. —Are you a party member?

—No. but how I wish I _______.

A. am

B. had been

C. were

D. was

6. I wish I _______ to repair the bike, for I only made it worse.

A. had tried

B. hadn't tried

C. tried

D. didn't try

7. His hair is very long. His parents wish he _______ it cut.

A. will have

B. has

C. had

D. would have

8. It is too noisy. I wish you _______ down the radio at once.

A. will

B. would turn

C. are to turn

D. can turn

9. I wish I _______ the meeting last week.

A. could attend

B. attended

C. have attended

D. could have attended

10. —Have you been to Beijing?

—No. but I wish I _______.

A. have

B. will

C. do

D. had

答案速查　1-5　DDBAC　6—10　BCBDD

v. If only ...!和as if/as though引出的从句中虚拟语气的用法

1. If only ... had done表示对过去情况的虚拟。

If only I hadn't lost my watch!

若是当初我没有把表给丢了该多好啊！

If only I had known the news earlier!

要是我早一点知道这个消息就好了。

2. If only ... did/were表示对现在情况的虚拟。

Oh, if only she knew how I missed her!

哦，若是她知道我多么想念她该多好啊！

3. If only ... were/was +doing表示对现在进行的情况的虚拟。

If only it were raining now!

要是现在在下雨该多好啊！

4. If only ... were to/could/would/might/should +动词原型，表示对将来情况的虚拟。

If only it would rain tomorrow!

若是明天下一场雨该多好啊！

5. ... as if ... had done表示对过去情况的虚拟。

The young man looks as if he had been ill for a long time.

那个年轻人看上去好像病了好长时间似的。

6. ... as if ... did/were表示对现在情况的虚拟。

He talks to us as if the whole world belonged to him.

他对我们说起话来就好像整个世界都属于他似的。

7. ... as if ... were doing表示对现在进行的情况的虚拟。

Jack looks as if (as though) he were doing his homework. Actually, he is reading a cartoon book.

杰克看起来好像正在做家庭作业。事实上，他在看漫画书。

8. “... as if ... were to/could/would/might/should +动词原形”表示对将来情况的虚拟。

It seems as if she were to start at once.

好像她马上要动身了。

注意：as if引导的从句有时用陈述语气，表示有根据的推测。

It looks as if it is going to rain.

天看上去好像要下雨。

专项练习

1. If only I _______ speak French now!

A. could

B. can

C. may

D. might

2. If only he _______ the doctor's advice!

A. followed

B. had followed

C. follows

D. follow

3. If only it _______ now.

A. is snowing

B. snows

C. snowed

D. were snowing

4. He looked as if he _______ himself for years.

A. hasn't washed

B. doesn't wash

C. wouldn't wash

D. hadn't washed

5. John talked as if he _______ all the work himself, but in fact Harry and Lily did most of it.

A. did

B. had done

C. has done

D. do

答案速查　1-5　ABDDB

vi. 在would rather/prefer/sooner和but　that后引出从句时虚拟语气的用法

1. would rather/prefer/sooner ... were/did表示对将来情况的虚拟。

I'd rather you came tomorrow.

我倒是愿意你明天能来。

I'd rather you went to university right now.

我倒是愿意你现在就上大学。

She'd rather her husband came back now.

她但愿丈夫现在就回来。

2. would rather/prefer/sooner ... had done表示对过去情况的虚拟。

I'd rather you hadn't done that.

我倒是宁愿你没有做过那件事。

3. but that表达“若不是”之意引出从句时，主句要用虚拟语气：would have done表示对过去情况的虚拟，would do表示对现在或将来情况的虚拟，would be doing表示对现在进行情况的虚拟。

But that he had a family, he would have left for England long ago!

若不是他有个家庭的话，他很久以前就动身去英国了。

The little girl would have died, but that she just jumped from the first floor.

这个小姑娘若不是当初是从一楼上跳下去的话，她就已经死了。

He would join in the match, but that he is ill.

若不是有病的话，他是会加入比赛的。

4. 在lest, for fear that, in case引出的从句中，用“（should）+动词原形”表达“为了不……，以免……”之意，should可以省略。

The children have to get up early every day lest/for fear that they (should) miss the school bus.

为了不错过校车，孩子们不得不每天很早起床。

Jack studies very hard lest/for fear that he (should) fail to pass the examinations.

杰克学习很用功以免考试不及格。

Batteries should be kept in a dry place lest/for fear that electricity (should) leak away.

干电池应该放在干燥的地方以免电漏掉。

He took his raincoat with him least/in case it (should) rain.

他随身带了件雨衣以免天下雨。

She wore a pair of black glasses for fear that she (should) be recognized.

为了不被认出，她带了副墨镜。

5. 表示祝愿的句型有：

1）动词用原形

God bless you!

愿上帝保佑你！

Long live Chairman Mao!

毛主席万岁！

2）May ＋主语+动词原形

May you succeed!

祝你成功！

May our friendship last forever!

祝我们的友谊万古长青！

6. otherwise或or（否则，不然）后引导的从句常用虚拟语气。

I didn't know your telephone number otherwise I would have called you.

我原来不知道你的电话号码，否则我早就给你打电话了。

He was busy last week or he would have come to see us.

他上周很忙，不然早就来看我们了。

She must have had an accident, or she would have been there then.

她一定出事了，否则当时就已经到那里了。

专项练习

1. I'd rather you _______ that.

A. don't

B. won't do

C. hadn't done

D. haven't done

2. I'd rather my son _______ to university right now.

A. go

B. went

C. will go

D. goes

3. I _______ you much money, but that I _______ you lacked money then.

A. could lend; didn't know

B. could have lent; don't know

C. could have lent; didn't know

D. would have lent; don't know

4. Here is a shilling in case you _______ it.

A. should need

B. might need

C. need

D. A or B

5. _______ there never be another world war!

A. Can

B. May

C. Must

D. Will

6. _______ prosperous and strong!

A. Let your country become

B. Hope your country become

C. May your country become

D. Your country it becoming

7. They must have liked the apartment otherwise they _______ so long.

A. wouldn't have stayed

B. wouldn't stay

C. didn't stay

D. won't stay

8. He was very busy yesterday; otherwise, he _______ to the meeting.

A. would come

B. came

C. should come

D. would have come

9. Yesterday, Jane walked away from the discussion; otherwise, she _______ something she would regret later.

A. had said

B. said

C. might say

D. might have said

10. He hesitated for a moment before kicking the ball, or he _______ a goal.

A. had scored

B. scored

C. would score

D. would have scored

答案速查　1-5　CBCAB　6—10　CADDD

综合练习

1. _______ to the doctor right away, he might have been alive.

A. If he went

B. Were he gone

C. Should he have gone

D. Had he gone

2. The secretary suggested that they _______ the men in at once.

A. had brought

B. should have brought

C. brought

D. bring

3. I wish I _______ able to tell him all about it last night.

A. was

B. were

C. had been

D. should be

4. If I _______ more time, I would have gone with him.

A. had

B. had had

C. have had

D. would have

5. The Jade Emperor ordered that the Monkey King _______ right away.

A. would be arrested

B. must be arrested

C. be arrested

D. had to be arrested

6. Jane's uncle insisted _______ in this hotel any longer.

A. not staying

B. not to stay

C. that he not stay

D. staying not

7. Without electricity human life _______ quite different today.

A. is

B. will be

C. would have been

D. would be

8. He demanded that the laboratory report _______ immediately after the experiment was done.

A. was written

B. be written

C. must be written

D. would be written

9. The man insisted that he _______ there.

A. should send

B. would be sent

C. sent

D. be sent

10. If it _______ tomorrow, what would we do？

A. rains

B. were to rain

C. would rain

D. rain

11. It is required that you _______ at six.

A. will arrive

B. arrive

C. arrived

D. would arrive

12. He spoke in a quiet, distinct voice, as though his thought _______.

A. was far away

B. had been far away

C. were far away

D. went far away

13. If it _______ rain, we _______ get wet.

A. is to; should

B. were to; would

C. were going to; would

D. was going to; should

14. If he _______ to the teacher attentively, he _______ the answer to the problem now.

A. had listened, would have known

B. listened, would know

C. listened, would have known

D. had listened, would know

15. _______ today, he would get there for holiday.

A. Was he leaving

B. Were he to leave

C. Would he leave

D. If he leaves

16. I would have come earlier, but I _______ that you were waiting for me.

A. didn't know

B. hadn't know

C. would have known

D. haven't known

17. It's high time that we _______ to school.

A. would to

B. went

C. go

D. will go

18. It is really strange that the girl _______ so early.

A. has been married

B. has married

C. be married

D. would marry

19. I was busy yesterday, otherwise I _______ your birthday party.

A. attended

B. had attended

C. would attend

D. would have attended

20. He insisted that he _______ me before.

A. see

B. should see

C. had seen

D. saw

21. He wishes _______ mistakes.

A. he doesn't always make

B. he isn't always making

C. he didn't always make

D. he wouldn't always making

22. Without your help, our team _______ the last match.

A. won't win

B. will lose

C. wouldn't have won

D. can't win

23. _______ , I would take an umbrella with me.

A. Had I been you

B. I were you

C. Were I you

D. I had been you

24. If I had hurried, I _______ the train.

A. would catch

B. could catch

C. would have caught

D. had caught

25. He insisted that John _______ it.

A. do

B. does

C. did

D. would do

26. It is high time we _______ off.

A. are

B. were

C. be

D. will be

27. James wishes he _______ the football game instead of the film.

A. saw

B. see

C. had been seen

D. had seen

28. If I had known that, I _______ so.

A. wouldn't do

B. wouldn't have done

C. won't do

D. have not done

29. The doctor suggested that she _______.

A. will not smoke

B. not smoke

C. would not smoke

D. did not smoke

30. If I _______ you, I wouldn't return the call.

A. be

B. am

C. was

D. were

31. He suggested that the work _______ at once.

A. would started

B. would be started

C. should started

D. should be started

32. I didn't go to the party, but I do wish I _______ there.

A. was

B. were

C. had been

D. went

33. It is time we _______ up our results.

A. sum

B. summed

C. will sum

D. would sum

34. If the doctor had been available, the child _______.

A. would not die

B. would not have died

C. could not die

D. could not have died

35. You are late. If you _______ a few minutes earlier, you _______ him.

A. came; would meet

B. had come; would have met

C. come; will meet

D. had come; would met

36. I can't stand him. He always talks as though he _______ everything.

A. knew

B. knows

C. has known

D. had known

37. Kunar can take his car apart and put it back together again. I certainly wish he _______ me how.

A. teaches

B. will teach

C. has taught

D. would teach

38. I would have told him the answer had it been possible but I _______ so busy then.

A. had been

B. were

C. was

D. would be

39. If it _______ another ten minutes, the game would have been called off.

A. had rained

B. would had rained

C. have seen

D. did see

40. He suggested that they _______ use a trick instead of fighting.

A. should

B. would

C. do

D. had

41. I would have gone to the meeting if I _______ time.

A. had had

B. have had

C. had

D. would have had

42. John wished _______.

A. he will study more

B. he had studied more

C. he studies

D. he won't have studied more

43. —Why didn't you buy a new car?

—I would have bought one if I _______ enough money.

A. had

B. have had

C. would have

D. had had

44. _______ today, he would get there by Friday.

A. Would he leave

B. Was he leaving

C. Were he to leave

D. If he leaves

45. His doctor suggested that he _______ a short trip abroad.

A. will take

B. would take

C. take

D. took

46. The Bakers arrived last night: if they'd only let us know earlier, _______ at the station.

A. we'd meet them

B. we'll meet them

C. we'd have met them

D. we've met them

47. We might have failed if you _______ us a helping hand.

A. have not given

B. would not give

C. had not given

D. did not give

48. The Law requires that everyone _______ his car checked at least once a year.

A. has

B. had

C. have

D. will have

49. Had I known her name, _______.

A. I would invite her to lunch

B. I can have invited her to lunch

C. I might invite her to lunch

D. I would have invited her to lunch

50. If I _______ the money, I would have bought a much bigger car.

A. possessed

B. owned

C. had

D. had had

51. I wish I _______ a young man again.

A. am

B. was

C. were

D. will be

52. The librarian insists that John _______ no more books from the library before he returns all the books he had borrowed.

A. will take

B. took

C. take

D. takes

53. I do not have a job. I would find one but I _______ no time.

A. had

B. didn't have

C. had had

D. have

54. He insisted that we all _______ in his office at one o'clock.

A. be

B. to be

C. would be

D. shall be

55. —Helen couldn't go to France after all.

—That's too bad, I'm sure she would have enjoyed it if _______.

A. she's gone

B. she'll go

C. she'd gone

D. she'd go

56. If her husband had not liked the dress _______.

A. she would be delighted

B. she would get mad

C. she would have returned it

D. she must have taken it back to the store

57. But for the leadership of our Party, we _______.

A. shouldn't succeed

B. could not have succeeded

C. will not succeed

D. should not have succeeded

58. If you hadn't gone with Tom to the party last night, _______.

A. you would meet John already

B. you won't have missed John

C. you will have met John

D. you would have met John

59. The teacher suggested that each student _______ a plan for the vacation.

A. made

B. make

C. makes

D. will make

60. Frankly, I'd rather you _______ anything about it for the time being.

A. do

B. don't do

C. didn't do

D. will not do

61. It's high time you _______.

A. start to work

B. would start to work

C. started to work

D. had started to work

62. We required that the machine parts _______ cast iron.

A. is made of

B. be made by

C. be made of

D. is made by

63. I wish our teacher _______ to give another test. I haven't got prepared yet.

A. isn't going

B. weren't going

C. will not going

D. could have gone

64. It is required that the machine _______ as frequently as necessary.

A. be oiled

B. must be oiled

C. is oiled

D. will oil

65. His English teacher's recommendation is that he _______ a regular degree program.

A. begins

B. begin

C. will begin

D. is beginning

66. What do you think of his proposal that improvements _______ in the old type of vacuum cleaner?

A. be made

B. will be made

C. would be made

D. will have to be made

67. The doctor's advice is that the patient _______ about his real physical condition.

A. be not told

B. not be told

C. will not be told

D. must not be told

68. If we had been more careful, we _______ much better results.

A. got

B. had got

C. would be getting

D. would have got

69. Sally can't have written to me, or _______ the letter by now.

A. I'll get

B. I'll have got

C. I'd have got

D. I'd get

70. Sorry, I am too busy now. If I _______ time, I would certainly go for an outing with you.

A. have had

B. had had

C. have

D. had

71. If my car _______ more reliable, I would have driven to Lhasa instead of flying last summer.

A. was

B. had been

C. should be

D. would be

72. We _______ the difficulty together, but why didn't you tell me?

A. should face

B. might face

C. could have faced

D. must have faced

73. Don't handle the vase as if it _______ made of steel.

A. is

B. were

C. has been

D. had been

74. If we _______ adequate preparations, the conference wouldn't have been so successful.

A. haven't made

B. wouldn't make

C. didn't make

D. hadn't made

75. We lost our way in that small village, otherwise we _______ more places of interest yesterday.

A. visited

B. had visited

C. would visit

D. would have visited

76. Grace doesn't want to move to New York because she thinks if she _______ there, she wouldn't be able to see her parents very often.

A. lives

B. would live

C. having asked

D. were to live

77. They_______have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.

A. will

B. can

C. must

D. should

78. —Where are the children? The dinner's going to be completely ruined.

—I wish they _______always late.

A. weren't

B. hadn't been

C. wouldn't be

D. wouldn't have been

79. Maybe if I _______ science, and not literature then, I would be able to give you more help.

A. studied

B. would study

C. had studied

D. was studying

80. I _______ sooner but I didn't know that they were waiting for me.

A. had come

B. was coming

C. would come

D. would have come

81. —I left my handbag on the train, but luckily someone gave it to a railway official.

—How unbelievable to get it back! I mean, someone _______ it.

A. will have stolen

B. might have stolen

C. should have stolen

D. must have stolen

82. —Pity you missed the lecture on nuclear pollution.

—I _______ it, but I was busy preparing for a job interview.

A. attended

B. had attended

C. would attend

D. would have attended

83. I _______ through that bitter period without your generous help.

A. couldn't have gone

B. didn't go

C. wouldn't go

D. hadn't gone

84. It _______ be the postman at the door. It's only six o'clock.

A. mustn't

B. can't

C. won't

D. needn't

85. We _______ John's name on the race list yesterday but for his recent injury.

A. will put

B. would have put

C. would put

D. should have put

第10章　独立主格结构

【答案链接】

i. 独立主格结构的构成及类型

1. 构成：名词/代词+分词/形容词/副词/不定式/介词短语=逻辑主语+逻辑谓语/表语。

He went out quickly, a baby in his arms. (= a baby was in his arms).

他匆忙出去了，怀里抱着一个婴儿。

The old woman came in, her son following her. (=her son followed her).

老妇人进来了，她儿子尾随着她。

2. 作用：相当于状语从句，表示方式或伴随的状态或动作；有时也表示时间、原因、条件。

It being Sunday, you needn't go to school. （表原因）

今天是星期天，你不必去上学。

All the officials having arrived, the meeting was declared open. （表时间）

官员们都到齐了，宣布开会。

Weather permitting ,we'll go to the Summer Palace. （表条件）

天气允许的话，我们去颐和园。

The guards stood at attention, guns on shoulders. （表伴随）

卫兵立正站着，肩膀扛着枪。

He came out, umbrella in hand. （表伴随）

他出来了，手里拿着伞。

3. 独立主格的结构类型：

1）名词/代词+现在分词（具有主动意义）

She watered the flowers, her child feeding the birds.

她在浇花，她的孩子在喂鸟。

The storm having destroyed their house, they had to live in a cave.

暴风雨毁了他们的房子，他们只好住在山洞里。

2）名词/代词+过去分词（具有被动意义）

He lay on his back, his hands crossed under his head.

他仰卧在那里，双手交叉放在头下面。

The table set, we can have dinner at once.

桌子摆好了，我们可以马上吃饭了。

Everything taken into consideration, her plan seems to be more reasonable.

把一切考虑在内的话，她的计划似乎更合理。

3）名词/代词+形容词

He entered the room, his nose red with cold.

他进了房间，鼻子冻得通红。

4）名词/代词+不定式

Here are the first two books, the third one to come out next month.

给你前两本书，第三本下个月出版。

5）名词/代词+介词短语

He came in, book in hand (= with a book in his hand).

他进来了，手里拿着书本。

注意：在这个结构中，如使用with，名词前要加物主代词和冠词；如不使用with，则名词前省略物主代词和冠词。且该结构不能加being。

6）名词/代词+副词

He was crying inside the house, his sister outside.

他在房子里面哭泣，他的妹妹在外面。

7）There being结构

There being nothing to do, we had to go home earlier than usual.

由于无事可做，我们只好比往常早点回家了。

He stole a toy in the supermarket, there being nobody around.

他在超市里偷了一个玩具，周围没有一个人。

4. “with +宾语+补语”=“with + 独立主格结构”表示伴随、原因或条件。

With the old man leading the way, we started toward the mountains.

由那位老人领路，我们开始向山区出发了。

He came in, with his daughter supporting him.

他进来了，女儿搀扶着他。

With this problem solved, the meeting was over.

此问题解决了，会议结束了。

Tian An Men looks more beautiful, with all lights on.

所有灯亮了，天安门看起来更美丽了。

专项练习

1. It _______ heavily, the game had to be delayed.

A. was snowing

B. snowing

C. snowed

D. had snowed

2. _______ , the lecture began.

A. The listeners having taken their seats

B. Having taken their seats

C. Taking their seats

D. The listeners to take their seats

3. _______ , Tom went out to play.

A. There was nothing to do

B. There had nothing to do

C. As there had nothing to do

D. There being nothing to do

4. _______ , the leaves are beginning _______.

A. Autumn comes; to fail

B. Autumn coming; to fail

C. As autumn coming; failing

D. Autumn to come; failing

5. _______ , the patient can leave the hospital.

A. Better conditions

B. Conditions better

C. Conditions are better

D. Being better conditions

6. _______ , the patient can leave the hospital.

A. If better conditions

B. If conditions better

C. If conditions are better

D. Being better conditions

7. _______ , we'd like to go outing.

A. Being Sunday

B. Sunday OK

C. Sunday is OK

D. If Sunday OK

8. _______ , we'd like to go outing.

A. If Sunday is OK

B. Sunday being OK

C. Sunday OK

D. A, B and C

9. _______ , you can wait a while.

A. The play being still on

B. The play still on

C. Being still on the play

D. A and B

10. _______ , so you can wait a while.

A. The play is still on

B. The play being still on

C. As the play is still on

D. The play still on

答案速查　1-5　BADBB　6—10　CBDDA

ii. 独立主格结构表达的意义

1. 表示伴随的动作或状态、方式或补充说明。

He sat in the front row, his mouth half open.

他坐在前排，嘴巴半张着。

They were making a snowman, hands red with cold.

他们正在堆雪人，手冻得通红。

I have bought a new coat, the old one being worn out.

我买了一个新大衣，旧的穿破了。

2. 说明时间或顺序。

Spring coming on, the trees turned green.

春天来了，树变绿了。

Our work having been finished, we went home.

工作完成了，我们回家了。

The signal given, the bus started.

信号发出了，公共汽车才启动了。

The meeting (being) over, we left the room.

会议结束了，我们离开了房间。

3. 表示原因。

It being Sunday, the library was closed.

由于是星期天，图书馆没有开门。

The weather being fine, we went for a walk.

由于天气很好，我们出去散步了。

There being no buses, we had to walk home.

由于没有公共汽车，我们只好步行回家了。

The key having been lost, she could not enter the room.

钥匙丢了，她不能进房间了。

4. 表示条件。

Time permitting, we'll visit the Summer Palace.

若时间允许的话，我们要游览颐和园。

Weather permitting, they will hold a sports meeting.

天气允许的话，他们要开运动会。

Everything taken into consideration, the plan seems to be more workable.

一切考虑在内的话，这个计划似乎更可行。

专项练习

1. The man rushed into the house, his face _______ under his cap.

A. hiding

B. having hidden

C. hidden

D. to hide

2. _______ no bus, we had to walk home.

A. There being

B. Being

C. Having been

D. There was

3. _______ no bus, we had to walk home.

A. As there being

B. As there was

C. Being

D. There was

4. _______ Sunday, the library doesn't open.

A. Being

B. There being

C. It being

D. Having been

5. _______ Sunday, the library doesn't open.

A. As it being

B. Being

C. It is

D. As it is

6. _______ , the train started.

A. The signal given

B. Giving the signal

C. The signal being given

D. The signal giving

7. _______ , the train started.

A. After having given the signal

B. After the signal given

C. Giving the signal

D. After the signal was given

8. _______ , the text became easier for us to learn.

A. Explaining new words

B. New words explained

C. Being explained new words

D. Having explained new words

9. _______ , the text became easier for us to learn.

A. When new words were explained

B. Explaining new words

C. New words explaining

D. Being explained new words

10. So many problems _______ , I'm in a tight corner.

A. settled

B. remained to settle

C. being settled

D. remaining to be settled

11. The speech _______ , a lively discussion started.

A. being delivered

B. was delivered

C. be delivered

D. having been delivered

12. My money _______ , I have to do some part-time job _______ my living.

A. has run out; earning

B. is running out; to earn

C. has been run out; earning

D. running out; to earn

13. _______ , we don't have to go home on foot.

A. There comes a bus

B. Coming a bus there

C. There coming a bus

D. Because the bus coming

14. The meeting _______ over, we all left the room.

A. is

B. to be

C. being

D. would be

15. European football is played in 80 countries, it _______ the most popular sport in the world.

A. making

B. makes

C. made

D. to make

16. _______ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.

A. Having suffered

B. Suffering

C. To suffer

D. Suffered

17. The fish _______ bad, the children left much of it _______.

A. tasted, untouched

B. tasting, untouched

C. tasting, untouching

D. tasted, untouching

18. _______ from what you say, he ought to succeed.

A. Judged

B. Judging

C. When you judged

D. Because you judge

19. Everything _______ into consideration, they ought to have another chance.

A. to take

B. taken

C. to be taken

D. taking

20. Time _______ , I'll drop in on you while visiting your hometown.

A. permit

B. permitted

C. being permitted

D. permitting

21. The boy followed the nobleman here, _______.

A. a sword in hand

B. a sword in his hand

B. Being a sword in hand

D. sword in hand

22. The boy followed the nobleman here _______.

A. with a sword in his hand

B. with a sword in hand

C. with a sword being in hand

D. a sword being in hand

23. He left the office, _______.

A. tears being in eyes

B. tears in eyes

C. being tears in eyes

D. with tears being in eyes

24. She left the office _______.

A. with tears being in eyes

B. with tears in his eyes

C. being tears in eyes

D. tears being in eyes

答案速查　1-5　CABCD　6—10　ADBAD　11—15　DDCCA　16—20　ABBBD　21—24　DABB

综合练习

1. The thief stood before the policeman, _______ admitting what he had done.

A. with his drooping head

B. drooping his head

C. raising his head

D. with his head down

2. _______ , he can't go out for a walk as usual.

A. With so much work to do

B. With so much work doing

C. With so much work done

D. Without so much work to do

3. It's quite strange that the man sleeps with his mouth _______ and his eyes _______.

A. closed; open

B. closed; opened

C. closing; open

D. closing; opening

4. All things _______ , the planned trip will have to be called off.

A. be considered

B. considered

C. considering

D. having considering

5. _______ , we have to get down to business right away.

A. As there was no time left

B. There is no time left

C. There being no time left

D. There to be no time left

6. _______ yesterday, we went out for a walk.

A. As a fine day

B. It was a fine day

C. It being a fine day

D. For it was a fine day

7. The old man stood there， _______.

A. with back against the wall

B. with his back against the wall

C. with back against wall

D. his back against wall

8. _______ , I'll go there with you tomorrow afternoon.

A. Time permits

B. If time permitting

C. Time permitting

D. Time's permitting

9. _______ , we all went home happily.

A. Goodbye was said

B. Goodbye had been said

C. Goodbye said

D. When goodbye said

10. _______ , we all went swimming in high spirits.

A. It being fine weather

B. It fine weather

C. It was fine weather

D. It being a fine weather

11. _______ , the bus started at once.

A. The signal was given

B. The signal giving

C. The signal given

D. When the signal given

12. She stood there, _______ from her cheeks.

A. tears' rolling down

B. tears rolled down

C. with tears rolled down

D. tears rolling down

13. _______ , the leaves are turning green.

A. When spring coming on

B. Spring coming on

C. Spring came on

D. Spring being come on

14. _______ , I had to buy a new one.

A. My dictionary losing

B. My dictionary having been lost

C. My dictionary had been lost

D. Because my dictionary lost

15. I used to sleep with the window _______.

A. opened

B. open

C. opening

D. to open

16._______ , the hunter went into the forest.

A. A gun on shoulder

B. A gun was on his shoulder

C. Gun on shoulder

D. A gun being on shoulder

17. _______ production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent year.

A. As

B. For

C. With

D. Through

18. With a lot of work _______ , I have to sit up tonight.

A. do

B. doing

C. done

D. to do

19. He stood there silently, his lips _______.

A. trembling

B. trembled

C. were trembling

D. were trembled

20. _______ , her suggestion is of greater value than yours.

A. All things considering

B. All things considered

C. All things were considered

D. With all things were considered

21. _______ , we will surely succeed.

A. The teacher helping us

B. The teacher to help us

C. The teacher will help us

D. With the teacher helping

22. The lecture _______ , he left his seat so quietly that no one complained that his leaving disturbed the speaker.

A. began

B. beginning

C. having begun

D. being beginning

23. Such _______ the case, I have no other choices.

A. being

B. is

C. was

D. to be

24. Darkness _______ in, the young people strolled on the streets.

A. set

B. setting

C. has set

D. was set

25. With all factors _______ ,we think this program may be better than all the others in achieving the goal.

A. being considered

B. considering

C. considered

D. are considered

26. A new technique _______ , the production increased by 20 percent.

A. to have been worked out

B. having worked out

C. working out

D. having been worked out

27. On the top was the clear outline of a great wolf sitting still, ears _______ , alert, listening.

A. pointed

B. pointing

C. are pointed

D. are pointing

28. Walter offered us a lift when he was leaving the office, but our work _______ , we didn't accept the offer.

A. not being finished

B. not having finished

C. had not been finished

D. was not finished

29. There are various kinds of metals, each _______ its own properties (特性).

A. has

B. had

C. to have

D. having

30. The old man stood under a big tree, _______.

A. a pipe in mouth

B. with a pipe in mouth

C. pipe in mouth

D. pipe in his mouth

31. The production _______ steadily, the factory needs an ever-increasing supply of raw material.

A. has gone up

B. is going up

C. having gone up

D. being gone up

第11章　主谓一致

【答案链接】

i. 并列主语的主谓一致

1. 主谓一致的三原则

1）语法一致的原则：主语和谓语的数在语法形式上是一致的。

We all love our parents.

我们都爱我们的父母。

The girl has found her mother.

那个女孩子找到了她的母亲。

2）就近原则：谓语动词与离其最近的主语在数上保持一致。

There's a pen and three books on the desk.

课桌上面有一支钢笔和三本书。

Is either he or you wrong?

是他还是你错了？

3）意义一致的原则：在意义上主语和谓语动词的单复数是保持一致的。

Her family are all model workers.

她全家都是模范工作者。

Three years in a strange place seems like a long time.

在一个陌生的地方呆三年就好像很长时间。

2. 由and连接的两个单数名词作主语，谓语动词用复数形式。但是，当并列主语指同一人、同一物、同一事情或同一概念时，动词用单数形式。

John and Mary are my good friends.

约翰和玛丽是我的好朋友。（主语是两个人）

My desk mate and good friend is Henry.

我的同桌和好朋友是亨利。（主语是同一个人）

The hammer and sickle is hanging on the wall.

党旗挂在墙上。

常见的有：cart and horse, war and peace, needle and thread, coffee and milk, bread and butter, law and order, watch and chain, iron and steel, fork and knife, all work and no play（只工作不娱乐），science and technology, truth and honesty等。

3. 冠词在并列主语中的用法

1）在“并列修饰语+单数名词”结构中，并列主语指同一人或事物时共用一个冠词，主语为单数。

The white and black cat is mine.

那只花猫是我的。

The singer and dancer scholar is coming.

那个歌舞家学者要来了。

The scholar and poet stateman is making a speech.

那位学者兼诗人政治家在发言。

2）and连接两个带冠词的名词时，主语为复数，指不同的人或事物。

The singer and the dancer are talking now.

那位歌唱家和那位舞蹈家现在正在谈话。

The scholar and the poet are making a speech.

那位学者和那位诗人正在发言。

4. 当结构是and + not时，谓语与and前的主语一致。

The farmer and not the businessmen is hurt when food price falls.

当食品价格下落时，是农民而不是商人们受到伤害。

The doll and not the building blocks is her favorite toy.

那个洋娃娃而不是积木是她最钟爱的玩具。

5. 当and连接的并列主语前分别由each, every, no, many a等修饰时，谓语用单数。但是，当each放并列主语之后作同位语时，谓语不受影响。

Many a boy and (many a) girl has seen the film.

很多男孩和女孩都看过这部电影。

No teacher and no student agrees to have classes on Sundays.

没有师生同意星期天上课。

At Christmas each boy and each girl is given a present.

在圣诞节每个孩子都给一份礼物。

The boy and the girl each have a pen.

那个男孩和女孩每人有一支笔。

6. 由both ... and连接两个并列主语时，谓语用复数。

Both rice and wheat grow in this part of China.

中国这个地区生长大米和小麦。

7. 由not only ... but also, not ... but, either ... or, neither ... nor, or连接主语时，谓语的数根据就近原则而定。

Not one, but all, of us are hoping to be there.

我们当中不是一个而是所有人都希望到那里。

No students or their teacher was late for school yesterday.

昨天没有师生上学迟到。

One or two students have been to Shanghai before.

一两个同学以前去过上海。

8. 在疑问句或主谓倒装句子中，谓语与前一个主语一致。

Here is his book and pencils.

这是他的书和铅笔。

Are you or he a student?

是你还是他是学生？

There is one word or two on the blackboard.

黑板上有一两个单词。

9. 由疑问副词并列构成的主语从句，不管疑问词有多少，谓语一律用单数。

When and where we should begin our work has not been decided yet.

我们将要在何时何地开始我们的工作还没有决定。

专项练习

1. Writing stories and poems _______ what I enjoy most.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

2. The factory director and chief engineer _______ an experienced person.

A. is

B. are

C. am

D. was

3. Not only you and I but Peter, the top student in our grade _______ not able to solve the problem.

A. are

B. were

C. is

D. am

4. Neither Jane nor her brothers _______ a consent form for tomorrow's field trip.

A. need

B. needs

C. is needing

D. has need

5. Today there _______ a number of telephone calls from the applications for the position.

A. have been

B. is having

C. has been

D. are to have

6. Many a boy _______ to swim before he can read.

A. learn

B. are learning

C. have learnt

D. learns

7. Not only the whole nation, but the whole Europe, indeed the whole human society _______ to alter its attitude to racial problems.

A. need

B. needs

C. has a need

D. have a need

8. It is not the tools a scientist uses but how he use the tools that _______.

A. make him a scientist

B. made him to be a scientist

C. make him to be scientist

D. makes him a scientist

9. The playwright and director _______ promised to attend our tea party.

A. have

B. has

C. are

D. is

10. The Premier and the Foreign Minister _______ present at the state banquet last night.

A. are

B. was

C. were

D. had a

11. Every policeman and fireman _______ on the alert.

A. have been

B. was

C. are

D. were

12. The linebacker and captain of the team _______ the most valuable player.

A. have been selected

B. has been selected

C. have selected

D. has selected

13. _______ either he or his accountants going to claim for the loss?

A. Are

B. Were

C. Is

D. Does

14. There _______ not only the earth but also eight other planets in the solar system.

A. are

B. were

C. is

D. was

15. Either your teacher or you _______ mistaken.

A. are

B. is

C. has

D. be

16. Not only I but Tom and Mary _______ fond of watching television.

A. am

B. is

C. are

D. be

17. Bacon and scrambled eggs _______ the standard American breakfast.

A. is

B. are

C. is to be

D. are to be

18. When and where to build the new factory _______ yet.

A. has not been decided

B. are to decide

C. has not decided

D. have not decided

19. It is not I but Mr. Green who _______ in charge of the company.

A. is

B. am

C. are

D. will

20. The editor and writer _______ to join our seminar.

A. is to be invited

B. are to be invited

C. is to invite

D. are to invite

答案速查　1-5　AACAA　6—10　DBDBC　11—15　BBCCA　16—20　CBAAA

ii. 名词作主语

1. 形式是单数，意义是复数的名词做主语时，谓语动词用复数。如：people, cattle, poultry, police, youth等。

The police are searching for the robber.

警察们正在搜寻那个抢劫犯。

2. 单复同形的集体名词作主语，如：group, class, team, family, nation, population, public, party, crew, company, union, staff, couple, committee, crowd, firm, orchestra等，根据意义一致原则决定谓语的数。

My family is a large one.

我的家庭是个大家庭。

The Chinese people are a great people.

中国人民是个伟大的民族。

My class are all fond of singing.

我班都喜欢唱歌。

3. Chinese, French, mathematics, statistics, electronics, economics, politics, linguistics, optics等表示语言或学科的单词作主语时，谓语动词用作单数。

Chinese is a difficult language.

汉语是一种难学语言。

注意：Chinese, Japanese, French, English表示某国人时，根据意义一致原则决定谓语的数。

The French are famous for their good wines.

法国人以他们的好葡萄酒而出名。

A Japanese has just come for help.

一个日本人刚才来求救。

4. works（工厂），means（方法），series（系列），deer（鹿），sheep（绵羊）根据所暗示的数来决定谓语的数。

Such means are unsuitable.

这样的方法不合适。（means与all, such, these, those等词连用，则意义为复数。）

A means to solve the problem is found.

一个解决这个问题的方法已经找到了。（means与a, such a, this, that, every等词连用，则意义为单数。）

There is an iron and steel works in my hometown.

我的家乡有一家钢铁厂。

5. 以-s结尾的表示由成对部分组成的物体的名词作主语时，谓语动词用复数。如trousers, glasses, scissors, pants等。如果这些词由a pair of, a couple of连用，动词的数与pair, couple的数保持一致。

Your glasses are broken.

你的眼镜破了。

One pair of trousers isn't enough.

一条裤子是不够的。

Three couples of books are on the desk.

有6本书在课桌上。

6. clothes, goods, wages, stairs , taxes, earnings, belongings, savings, leavings作复数用，其后面的谓语动词要用复数。

Goods are sold out.

货物已被卖出。

His wages are more than 600 yuan a month.

他的工资是每月六百元。

My earnings this year are not half of yours.

我今年的收入不到你的一半。

7. news, music, equipment, luggage, information, furniture, advice, progress等不可数名词作主语时，谓语动词用单数。

The equipment has been fixed.

设备已经修理好。

专项练习

1. The news _______ a great blow to her when she heard it.

A. is

B. are

C. were

D. was

2. The crew _______ standing in different parts of the ship at that moment.

A. is

B. are

C. were

D. was

3. Mathematics _______ a very important subject.

A. was

B. is

C. are

D. were

4. The government _______ hoping to make their findings known soon.

A. is

B. has been

C. are

D. be

5. The committee _______ among themselves for four years.

A. has been arguing

B. has been argued

C. have been arguing

D. have been argued

6. The auxiliary police _______ to report for duty at the headquarters.

A. are required

B. required

C. is required

D. will required

7. Politics _______ one of the subjects that _______ taught in the middle school.

A. are; are

B. is; are

C. shall; is

D. were； are

答案速查　1-5　DCBCC　6—7　AB

iii. 复数形式的专有名词作主语

1. 表示国家、城市、机构、组织的专有名词一般视为单数，作主语时谓语动词用单数。

The United Nations is made up of over 150 countries.

联合国由一百五十多个成员国组成。

When was the United States founded?

美国是什么时候成立的？

2. 某些表示群岛、山脉、瀑布的专有名词往往作复数用，作主语时谓语动词用复数。

Alps are in Europe.

阿尔卑斯山脉在欧洲。

The Himalayas lie in Asia.

喜马拉雅山脉位于亚洲。

3. 以复数形式出现的表示书籍、报纸、杂志的专有名词一般视为单数，作主语时谓语动词用单数。

The New York Times is a popular paper.

纽约时报是很受欢迎的报纸。

4. 以复数形式出现的表示同姓的一家人或同名、同姓的若干人的名词作主语，谓语动词用复数。

The Smiths are leaving for Paris tomorrow.

史密斯一家人明天动身去巴黎。

There're two Marys and three Roberts in my class.

我班有两个玛丽和三个罗伯特。

专项练习

1. The United Nations _______ in New York City.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

2. The Philippines _______ in the Pacific Ocean.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

3. His “selected poems” _______ first published in 1957.

A. is

B. was

C. are

D. were

4. My “Times” _______ lost yesterday.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

5. The Smiths _______ to America on holiday.

A. are

B. have gone

C. goes

D. has gone

答案速查　1-5　AABCB

iv. “名词+短语”作主语

1. 主语后带有as well as, as much as, rather than, more than, no less than等短语时，谓语动词的数与短语前面的主语保持一致。

The boy, as well as his playmates, has gone there.

那个男孩和他的小伙伴都去了那里。

Her father, more than anyone else in her family, is anxious to go to Beijing again.

他的父亲比他家的任何其他人都更急着要再次去北京。

注意：“more than +名词”作主语，谓语动词的数与名词的数保持一致。

More than one child was chosen to play outside.

不止一个孩子被选中到外面玩。

More than three hundred children go to this school.

三百多个孩子去这个学校上学。

2. 主语之后带有with, along with, together with, like, but, except, besides, including, in addition to, accompanied by, without, plus等介词短语时，谓语动词的数与主语的数保持一致。

No one except two girls was late for the class.

除了两个姑娘没有一个人上课迟到。

All but me are going to the cinema.

除了我说有人都要去看电影。

The house, including the garden and the gate, was sold out.

这座房子包括花园和大门都被售出了。

专项练习

1. More than a dozen students in that school _______ abroad to study medicine last year.

A. sent

B. were sent

C. had sent

D. had been sent

2. Asia as well as other continents _______ very rich natural resources.

A. has

B. have

C. are

D. is

3. Professor Smith, along with his assistants, _______ on the project day and night to meet the deadline.

A. work

B. working

C. is working

D. are working

4. The teacher together with her students _______ part of the week in the laboratory.

A. work

B. have to work

C. works

D. worked

5. Mathematics as well as physics always _______ me a lot of headaches.

A. has caused

B. car causing

C. cause

D. causes

6. Nobody but Smith and John _______ in the lab yesterday.

A. are

B. had been

C. were

D. was

7. I turn to you as my hope. If you fail me, then my honor as well as my position _______ forever lost.

A. be

B. are

C. is

D. was

8. Janet as well as the other young people who _______ sent abroad by the government _______ brought up in the small town.

A. was; was

B. was; were

C. were; were

D. were; was

9. Mary, along with her parents, _______ to Paris.

A. have moved

B. has moved

C. are moving

D. have been moving

10. The president, together with his wife and daughter, _______ to arrive on the evening flight.

A. will be

B. is

C. are going

D. are

11. Nobody but you _______ what he has said.

A. agree to

B. agrees to

C. agree with

D. agrees with

12. E-mail as well as telephone _______ more and more popular in daily communication.

A. have become

B. become

C. are becoming

D. is becoming

13. The audience, as well as the chairman, _______ deeply moved by the speech being given by the teacher.

A. was

B. were

C. are

D. is

答案速查　1-5　BACCD　6—10　DCDBB　11—13　DDB

v. what从句作主语

1. 一般来说，按照语法一致原则，谓语动词要用单数形式。

What he said is true.

他说的话是真的。

What's needed is act.

所需的是行动。

2. what从句作主语，有时候主句的谓语动词be与表语的数保持一致。如果主句的表语是复数，主句谓语动词用复数，主句的表语是单数，谓语动词就用单数形式。

What they want are books.

他们想要的是书本。

What they want is money.

他们想要的是钱。

What he wants to see is your manager.

他想见的人是你们经理。

专项练习

1. What we lack today _______ steel and concrete.

A. was

B. were

C. are

D. is

2. What they have done _______ useful to the people.

A. are considered

B. is considered

C. have been considered

D. will be considered

3. What the man said under the oath _______ by several other witnesses.

A. was disputed

B. were disputed

C. disputed

D. be disputed

4. What I'm in need of _______ money.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

5. What he wants to get _______ some books.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

答案速查　1-5　CBAAB

vi. 定语从句中的主谓一致

1. 一般情况下，关系代词作从句主语时，从句谓语动词应和先行词在数上保持一致。

I, who am your friend, will advise you to try it again.

我，作为你的朋友将会建议你再尝试一次。

The river, which runs through London, is called the Thames.

这条河叫泰晤士河，它流经伦敦。

2. 集体名词作先行词，被视作一个整体时，关系代词用which，从句谓语用单数；被视作若干个体的组合时，用who作关系代词，谓语动词用复数；常见的集体名词有：family, audience, class, club, government, union, staff, team, couple, committee, crew, firm, public, orchestra, company等。

He joined the party, which was in power.

他入了党，是个执政党。

He joined the party who were walking before him.

他加入了走在他前面的一群人。

3. 先行词是“one of + 复数名词”时，从句谓语动词用复数。

That is one of the pens that were given to us for study.

那是给我们用来学习的钢笔之一。

如果先行词是“the right/just the/the only/the very/exactly the + one of + 复数名词”时，谓语动词用单数。

He is the only one of the teachers who knows Japanese in our school.

他是我们学校唯一懂日语的老师。

He is one of the teachers who know Japanese in our school.

他是我们学校中懂日语的老师之一。

4. 强调句型中，形式主语it后总是用单数is/was；强调主语时，从句谓语动词与被强调主语部分的数保持一致。

It is they who have done the job.

是他们做了这项工作。

It is I who am a teacher.

是我是老师。

It may be Tom who has known about the accident.

可能是汤姆已经知道了这个事故。

It should be the students that are the main body of the classroom teaching.

课堂教学的主体应该是学生。

专项练习

1. She is the only one of the students who _______ praised.

A. were

B. was

C. has

D. have been

2. He is the only one of the brightest students who _______ from New York University.

A. is graduated

B. have graduated

C. has graduated

D. are graduated

3. Here is a message of importance to every man and woman who _______.

A. votes

B. vote

C. have voted

D. is voted

4. He is one of the speakers who _______ ideas perfectly clear.

A. make his

B. makes his

C. make their

D. make one's

5. Each one of us who _______ now living in this city is destined to witness the remarkable Olympic Games.

A. is

B. were

C. has been

D. are

6. Those who have applied for the post _______ in the office.

A. are being interviewed

B. will interviewed

C. are interviewed

D. to be interviewed

7. It is not I but Mr. Green who _______ charge of the company.

A. is

B. am

C. are

D. will

8. I, who _______ your sincere friend, have never doubted the reason _______ you were late for my birthday party.

A. is; why

B. am; which

C. am; why

D. used to; which

9. Mr. Brown is the only one of our regular customers who _______ to pay in cash.

A. like

B. has liked

C. likes

D. is liked

10. The museum he paid a visit _______ at the end of the street.

A. is standing

B. lies

C. to stands

D. why

答案速查　1-5　BCACA　6—10　AACCC

vii. 其他情况

1. 当名词中心词为表示度量、时间、距离、金钱、重量、容量等的复数名词作主语，表示一个整体概念时，谓语动词用单数；强调个体意义时谓语动词用复数。

Six months is too short a time to learn a language.

六个月太短了学不了一门语言。

Four weeks has passed since I came here.

自从我来这里，四周已经过去了。

Fifty miles is a long distance.

五十英里是一段很长的距离。

There are seven days in a week.

一周有七天。

2. 当主语是由“all/some/any/enough/most/percent/half+of+名词”构成时，谓语动词的数与名词的数保持一致。

Half of the books were written in English.

一半书是用英语写的。

Half of the apple has gone bad.

半个苹果坏了。

Most of us have been to Beijing.

我们中大多数人去过北京。

The rest of the paper is dirty.

其余的纸是脏的。

All of the money is yours.

所有的钱都是你的。

注意：当all, some, any, enough, most, person, half单独作主语时，根据意义一致原则决定谓语动词的数。

All are here now.

所有人都到了。

I have seen the wall, and half is red.

我看过那堵墙，一半是红的。

3. 主语由“kind/series/sort/type/pile of+名词”构成时，谓语的数与修饰名词的kind, series, sort, type, pile等的数保持一致。

Some new types of buses are on show.

一些新型公共汽车在展销。

This kind of men is dangerous.

这种人很危险。

There's a pile of clothes in the room.

房间里有一堆衣服。

注意：当主语由“名词+ of this kind/sort/type等”构成时，谓语动词的数与名词的数保持一致。

Apples of this sort are very good.

这种苹果很好。

Men of this kind are dangerous.

这种人很危险。

4. “a number of+复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用复数。“the number of+复数名词”作主语时，谓语用单数。

A number of students are playing there.

很多学生在那里玩儿。

The number of students in our school has reached 2，000.

我校学生人数已经达到两千人。

5. “majority/portion/part/percentage/the rest/分数/百分数+of+名词”作主语时，谓语动词的数与of后的名词的数保持一致。

Three-fourths of the surface of the earth is sea.

地球表面四分之三是大海。

35 percent of the doctors are women.

百分之三十五的大夫是女性。

Part of the story was true.

这故事部分是真的。

The majority of the people present at the meeting were model workers.

在场的人中大多数是模范工人。

注意：如果中心词是one,后跟由in/out of/of引导的介词短语，谓语动词用单数。

One apple out of ten is bad.

十分之一的苹果是坏的。

One apple in every ten is bad.

十分之一的苹果是坏的。

6. “one and a half+复数名词”或“a/an+名词+and a half”短语作主语，谓语动词用单数。

One and a half apples is left on the table.

一个半苹果留在了桌子上。

An apple and a half is left on the table.

一个半苹果留在了桌子上。

7. “the+形容词/分词”作主语，表示一类人，谓语动词用复数；表示某个人、物或抽象概念时，谓语动词用单数。

The rich aren't always happy.

富人并非总是幸福的。

The wounded are taken good care of in the hospital.

受伤的人在医院里得到很好的照料。

The wounded was Tom's father.

那个伤员是汤姆的父亲。

The good isn't always beautiful.

好的并非总是美的。

The old gives place to the new.

新陈代谢。

8. 表示前后照应关系的词组，如the above, the below, the former, the latter, the following, the rest等，应根据其所指对象来决定谓语动词单复数的形式。

The above is/are the most important fact/facts.

上边的是最重要的事实。

The following are mistaken sentences.

下面的是错误的句子。

Of these two men, the former is dead, but the latter is still alive.

这两个人中，前者死了，后者仍然活着。

9. “a great/good many+复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用复数。

A great many red apples are on the ground.

很多红苹果都在地上。

“many a+名词”作主语，谓语动词用单数。

Many a student was noticed to attend yesterday's meeting.

很多学生都被通知参加昨天的会议。

10. “a great deal of/a lot of/lots of/plenty of/a little of/a large amount/a large quantity of等+不可数名词”作主语，谓语动词用单数。

A large amount of money is spent on the clothes.

大量的钱花在了衣服上。

注意：“quantities of/amounts of +可数或不可数名词”作主语，谓语都用复数。

Large quantities of water have been poured into the river.

大量的水被倒进了河里。

Large amounts of books were sent to the students in poor districts.

大量的书本被送给了贫穷地区的学生。

11. 由and连接两个或两个以上的不定式或动名词短语作主语时，谓语动词用复数。

Playing football and watching TV are both interesting.

踢足球和看电视都很有趣。

Where to spend the holiday and when to leave haven't been decided yet.

何地度假以及何时动身还没有决定。

12. 表示抽象意义的不定式、分词、名词从句作主语时，谓语动词用单数。

Making model planes is more difficult than making model ships.

建造模型飞机要比建造模型轮船困难。

That he will come is certain.

他要来是确定无疑的。

13. population作主语，谓语动词的数根据意义而定。

One third of the population here are workers.

这里三分之一的人是工人。

What is the population of China?

中国有多少人口？

14. 由there, here引起的句子，谓语动词的数采取就近原则。

Here comes the bus and the cars.

公共汽车和小汽车来了。

Where is your wife and children?

你的老婆孩子哪里去了？

There's a girl and five boys in the classroom.

教室里有一个女孩和五个男孩。

15. 不可数名词前如果有表示数量的复数名词作定语，谓语动词用复数，如“millions of tons of, hundreds of boxes of+不可数名词”。

Three hundred tons of waste water were sent into the river every day.

每天有三百吨废水被排进了河里。

16. one, another, little, a little, either, much等作主语时，谓语动词用单数。

Little remains to be done, so we can go home now.

仍需要做的几乎没有了，因此我们现在可以回家了。

—Which end of the boat can I sit on?

—Either is OK if you keep still.

——我该坐在船哪头？

——只要你不动弹，哪头都可以。

17. 以-one, -body, -thing结尾构成的不定代词作主语，谓语动词用单数。

Anyone is supposed to be here by 7 o'clock tomorrow morning.

明天早上任何人都应该在七点以前到这里。

Since everything has been done, you can do anything you'd like to.

既然一切都做完了，你们可以做你们愿意做的事情。

18. both, few, a few, several, many, others等作主语，谓语动词用复数。

Many have been invited here, but few have accepted the invitation.

很多人收到来这里的邀请，但是很少人接受邀请。

19. 表示加减乘除的句式，谓语动词用单数。

5 times 6 is 30.

五乘六得三十。

9 divided by 3 equals 3.

九除三得三。

8 plus/and 5 is 13.

八加五是十三。

20. such作主语，谓语动词根据意义一致的原则决定谓语动词的数。

Such is Albert Einstein, a simple scientist.

这就是爱因斯坦，一个简朴的科学家。

Such are my suggestions.

这就是我的建议。

专项练习

1. As a result of destroying the forests, a large _______ of desert _______ covered the land.

A. number; has

B. quantity; has

C. number; have

D. quantity; have

2. More than a dozen students in that school _______ abroad to study medicines last year.

A. sent

B. were sent

C. had sent

D. had been sent

3. With the development of social economy, _______ of the citizens in that village _______ in big flats.

A. close to 80 percents; live

B. nearly 80 percentage; live

C. close to 80 percent; live

D. nearly 80 percentages; live

4. This kind of glasses manufactured by experienced craftsmen _______ comfortably.

A. is worn

B. wearing

C. wears

D. are worn

5. When and where to build the new factory _______ yet.

A. has not been decided

B. are to decide

C. has not decided

D. have not decided

6. We don't think that another five days _______ necessary for us.

A. is

B. has been

C. are

D. have been

7. The number of the cars made in our factory this year _______ in yours.

A. is more than that

B. are more than those

C. are larger than those

D. is larger than that

8. Several of the cups in the set _______ in delivery.

A. was smashed

B. was smashing

C. were smashed

D. were smashing

9. Collecting stamps as a hobby _______ increasingly popular during the past ten years.

A. becomes

B. became

C. has become

D. have become

10. Ten percent of the men _______ on the field of battle calling for medical assistance that just is not available at the present time.

A. is laid

B. are lying

C. are laid

D. are laying

11. On his desk _______ a computer, a fax machine and a couple of phones.

A. have

B. has

C. is　there

D. is

12. The nation wants peace; only a minority _______ the war to continue.

A. want

B. wants

C. wanted

D. has wanted

13. There _______ one or two things that I have to mention.

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

14. Ten minutes _______ ideas perfectly clear.

A. make his

B. makes his

C. make their

D. make one's

15. The first part of the lecture was interesting but the rest _______.

A. was dull

B. were dull

C. had been dull

D. were too dull

16. Every means _______ tried but without much result.

A. has been

B. have been

C. are

D. is

17. Half of the audience _______ foreigners.

A. was

B. were

C. had been

D. has been

18. Another three weeks _______ necessary for us to finish the work.

A. are

B. was

C. is

D. will have been

19. Plenty of fruits, eggs and vegetables _______ needed for health.

A. are

B. is

C. is being

D. have

20. Today there _______ a number of telephone calls from the applicants for the position.

A. have been

B. is having

C. has been

D. are to have

21. To listen to fine music and to have stimulating conversation with good friends _______ two pleasures in life.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. has been

22. Of particular interest to visitors _______ the large number of bookstores that sell books in different languages.

A. have been

B. are

C. is

D. were

23. A large number of English learners _______ the language with the help of software these days.

A. is learning

B. has learned

C. are learning

D. learn

24. Those are mine; the rest _______ yours.

A. is

B. will be

C. are

D. belong to

25. More than one guest _______ invited to the dinner party.

A. were

B. was

C. has

D. have

26. One and half apples _______ left on the table.

A. has

B. have

C. is

D. are

27. Ten percent of the workers in this city _______ now on strike.

A. is

B. are

C. is to be

D. are to be

28. Three-fourths of the surface of the earth _______ covered with the sea.

A. are

B. is

C. has been

D. am

29. Most of the population in the village _______ under-nourished in the past.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

30. Writing the stories and poems _______ what I enjoy most.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

答案速查　1-5　BBBCA　6—10　ADCCB　11—15　DAABA　16—20　ABCAA　21—25　BBCCA26—30　CBBDA

综合练习

1. Listening to loud music at rock concerts _______ caused hearing loss in some teenagers.

A. is

B. are

C. has

D. have

2. Such poets as Shakespeare _______ widely read, of whose works, however, some _______ difficult to understand.

A. are； are

B. is； is

C. are； is

D. is; are

3. Barbara is easy to recognize as she's the only one of the women who _______ evening dress.

A. wear

B. wears

C. has worn

D. have worn

4. The number of foreign students attending Chinese universities _______ rising steadily since 1990.

A. is

B. are

C. has been

D. have been

5. Dr. Smith, together with his wife and daughters, _______ visit Beijing this summer.

A. is going to

B. are going to

C. was going to

D. were going to

6. The teacher together with the students _______ discussing Reading Skills that _______ newly published in America.

A. are; were

B. is; were

C. are; was

D. is; was

7. Either you or one of your students _______ to attend the meeting that is due tomorrow.

A. are

B. is

C. have

D. be

8. —Did you go to the show last night?

—Yeah. Every boy and girl in the area _______ invited.

A. were

B. have been

C. has been

D. was

9. A survey of the opinions of experts _______ that three hours of outdoor exercise a week _______ good for one's health.

A. show; are

B. shows; is

C. show; is

D. shows; are

10. We live day by day, but in the great things, the time of days and weeks _______ so small that a day is unimportant.

A. is

B. are

C. has been

D. have been

11. As a result of the serious flood, two-thirds of the buildings in the area _______.

A. need repairing

B. needs to repair

C. needs repairing

D. need to repair

12. The company had about 20 notebook computers but only one-third _______ used regularly. Now we have 60 working all day long.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

13. Most of what has been said about the Smiths _______ also true of the Johnsons.

A. are

B. is

C. being

D. to be

14. A poet and artist _______ coming to speak to us about Chinese literature and painting tomorrow afternoon.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

15. Professor Smith, along with his assistants, _______ on the project day and night to meet the deadline.

A. work

B. working

C. is working

D. are working

16. With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth _______ each year.

A. is washing away

B. is being washed away

C. are washing away

D. are being washed away

17. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class, _______ visiting a museum when the earthquake struck.

A. was

B. were

C. had been

D. would be

18. No one in the department but Tom and me_______ that the director is going to resign.

A. knows

B. know

C. have known

D. am to know

19. I wonder whether the soldier is one of those who _______ abroad to keep peace.

A. has been sent

B. have been sent

C. have sent

D. has sent

20. The city government is planning to build a new factory to deal with rubbish, but when and where to start _______.

A. hasn't been decided

B. haven't decided

C. isn't being decided

D. aren't decided

21. Every student as well as teachers who _______ to visit the museum _______ asked to be at the school gate on time.

A. is; is

B. are; are

C. is; are

D. are; is

22. An exhibition of paintings _______ at the museum next week.

A. are to be held

B. are holding

C. is holding

D. is to be held

23. About 40 _______ of the population of that country _______ on farms.

A. percent; lives

B. percents; lives

C. percents; live

D. percent; live

24. Many a writer of newspaper articles _______ to writing novels.

A. has turned

B. have turned

C. being turned

D. are going to turn

25. John has two brothers, but either _______ out of work now.

A. has

B. are

C. is

D. have

26. —Each of the students working hard at their lessons _______ the book.

—So have I.

A. is reading

B. has read

C. read

D. reads

27. —How did your students express their thanks to you on Teachers' Day?

—A gift together with many flowers _______ sent to me.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

28. The excellent service of the waiters　 _______ highly praised. That's why the restaurant is always full of people.

A. were

B. are

C. was

D. is

29. Nobody but doctors or nurses and those _______ by Dr.Hu _______ to enter the patient's room.

A. invited; is allowed

B. are invited; are allowed

C. being invited; allowed

D. invited; are allowed

30. The park as well as the surrounding hills they once spent so much time _______ on a new look.

A. on has taken

B. on having taken

C. has taken

D. having taken

31. In this country it is required that anyone who _______ recently come here _______ to pass this kind of test.

A. has; has

B. has; had

C. have; have

D. has; have

32. The following _______ some newly-published popular magazines.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. appears

33. This kind of book _______ very useful, but books of that kind _______ useless.

A. is; is

B. is; are

C. are; is

D. are; are

34. An increasing number of students across China, year by year, _______ hard to realize their dreams of studying abroad.

A. try

B. have tried

C. will try

D. are trying

35. Films, _______ the one you told me about yesterday or the one that will be on, _______ not worth seeing.

A. including; is

B. as well as; are

C. besides; is

D. such as; are

36. To be qualified for the job, _______.

A. it is required that one has profound knowledge

B. profound knowledge is important

C. profound knowledge is a must

D. one needs to have profound knowledge

37. —Have all the important letters been delivered at the first time?

—I'm sorry. _______ only 40% of them.

A. It is

B. They are

C. There are

D. It has been

38. —Why are your group so happy?

—Our group _______ theirs in the oral English competition.

A. has won

B. have gained

C. has beaten

D. have defeated

39. _______ of the land in that district _______ covered with trees and grass.

A. Two fifth; is

B. Two fifth; are

C. Two fifths; is

D. Two fifths; are

40. Early to bed and early to rise _______ a man healthy, happy and wise.

A. making

B. to make

C. make

D. makes

41. Mathematics _______ the language of science.

A. is

B. has been

C. are

D. have been

42. The young _______ the vital forces in our society.

A. is

B. has been

C. are

D. have been

43. Every man, woman and child _______ some history, enough at least, to survive in the world.

A. knows

B. know

C. is known

D. are known

44. None of them _______ my friends.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. has been

45. Three fourths of the homework _______ finished today.

A. have been

B. has been

C. has

D. have

46. Getting to other planets or to the moon _______ many problems.

A. involve

B. involves

C. involving

D. to involve

47. In that country, the rich _______ richer, the poor, poorer.

A. become

B. has become

C. becomes

D. is becoming

48. Nobody but Mary and Tom _______ late for school that day.

A. is

B. are

C. were

D. was

49. Neither of them _______ going to the cinema. Both of them _______ going to the cinema.

A. is； are

B. is； is

C. are； was

D. are； is

50. All but one _______ here just now. All that I want to say _______ this.

A. was; were

B. was; is

C. were; is

D. were; were

51. A number of students _______ gone for an outing. The number of the students _______ increasing every year.

A. have; has

B. is; have

C. has; have

D. have; is

52. Some of the oranges _______ turned bad. Some of the milk _______ turned sour (酸).

A. have; has

B. have; have

C. has; have

D. have; is

53. Each student _______ got an English-Chinese dictionary. The students each _______ a dictionary.

A. have; has

B. has; have

C. have; have

D. has; has

54. There _______ a pen, an ink bottle, and some books on it. There _______ some bowls, plates and a spoon on it.

A. is; are

B. are; are

C. are; is

D. is; is

55. Either the judge or the lawyers _______ wrong. Either you or he _______ to blame.

A. is; are

B. are; is

C. are; are

D. is; is

56. His family _______ all very well. His family _______ a “five good” one.

A. are; is

B. is; is

C. are; are

D. is; are

57. My blue trousers _______ worn out. One pair of trousers _______ not enough.

A. is; are

B. are; are

C. is; is

D. are; is

58. Our League secretary and monitor _______ the lead in everything. Our League secretary and the monitor _______ good friends.

A. take; are

B. take; is

C. takes; is

D. takes; are

59. The girl as well as his parents _______ a bike. Not only the students but also the professor _______ surprised at Mary's answer.

A. have; was

B. have; were

C. has; was

D. has; were

60. Who _______ the girl singing in the next room? Who _______ these people over there?

A. are; are

B. are; is

C. is; are

D. is; is

61. Most of the students _______ boys. Most of his money _______ spent on books.

A. are; is

B. is； is

C. are; are

D. is; are

62. The policeman _______ standing at the street corner. The police _______ searching for him.

A. are; is

B. are; are

C. is; are

D. is; is

63. The glasses _______ mine. That pair of glasses _______ my brother's.

A. are; is

B. are; are

C. is; are

D. is; is

64. The news at six o'clock _______ not true. Those pieces of news _______ to be broadcasted.

A. are; is

B. are; are

C. is; are

D. is; is

65. Grandpa Wang and his two grandsons _______ taking a walk in the park now. Grandpa Wang, together with his two grandsons, _______ taking a walk in the park now.

A. are; are

B. is; are

C. is; is

D. are; is

66. No one but Jane _______ the secret. Nobody but Mary and I _______ in the classroom at that time.

A. know; was

B. knows; was

C. know; were

D. knows; were

67. There _______ nothing but two rooms in the hall. There _______ something wrong with the machine.

A. was; is

B. was; are

C. were; is

D. were; are

68. He is one of the boys who _______ never late for school. He is the only one of the boys who _______ never late for school.

A. is; are

B. are; are

C. are; is

D. is; is

69. What they have done _______ of great use to us. What he says and what he does _______ agree with each other.

A. is; not

B. is; do not

C. are; does not

D. are; not

70. Every picture except these two _______. Everything around us _______ matter.

A. have been sold; is

B. have been sold; are

C. has been sold; is

D. has been sold; are

71. A woman with two children _______ coming up to us. Mary, along with her parents, _______ moved to Paris.

A. is; has

B. is; have

C. are; have

D. are; has

72. One sixth of our classmates _______ from peasant families. One fifth of her time _______ devoted to writing.

A. comes; is

B. come; are

C. come; is

D. comes; are

73. Only 10 percent of the students in the class _______ League members. About 40% of Jim's income _______ to the rent (租金).

A. are; goes

B. are; go

C. is; goes

D. is; go

74. It is this teacher who _______ leaving for London. It is you who _______ next.

A. are; are

B. is; are

C. are; is

D. is; is

75. The population of the earth _______ increasing fast. One third of the population here _______ workers.

A. is; are

B. is; is

C. are; is

D. are; are

76. This kind of snakes _______ very dangerous. These kinds of metal _______ hard to find.

A. is; is

B. are; is

C. is; are

D. are; are

77. Half of the visitors _______ from Europe. Half of the fruit _______ bad.

A. is; are

B. is; is

C. are; is

D. are; are

78. Every man worker and every woman worker _______ free medical care. At Christmas each boy and each girl _______ given a present.

A. enjoy; is

B. enjoy; are

C. enjoys; is

D. enjoys; are

79. Many a man _______ seen the wonderful film. Many men _______ seen the wonderful film.

A. has; has

B. has; have

C. have; has

D. have; have

80. Going to bed early and getting up early _______ a good habit. Singing and dancing _______ what he likes best.

A. is; is

B. are; is

C. is; are

D. are; are

81. Such _______ Albert Einstein, a simple man of great achievements. Such _______ her words.

A. were; were

B. was; were

C. were; were

D. was; was

82. Besides Xiao Wang, Xiao Ma _______ willing to do the work. The factory, including its machines _______ burnt last night.

A. is; was

B. is; were

C. are; was

D. are; were

83. If anybody _______ , ask him to wait. _______ there anything I can do for you?

A. come; Is

B. come; Are

C. comes; Are

D. comes; Is

84. Chinese _______ not so difficult to learn. The Chinese people _______ brave and hard working.

A. is; is

B. are; is

C. is; are

D. are; are

85. Little _______ done to prevent the air from being polluted. Much _______ done to fight against pollution.

A. has been; have been

B. have; has

C. has been; has been

D. have been; have been

86. Do you know the singer and dancer who _______ standing at the gate? China has thousands of islands, the largest of which _______ Taiwan.

A. is; are

B. is; is

C. are; is

D. are; are

87. Each of the girls _______ an orange. Each _______ his duty.

A. have; has

B. have; have

C. has; has

D. has; have

88. When we are to hold the sports meet _______ been decided. Whether he succeeds or fails _______ matter.

A. have; don't

B. has; don't

C. have; doesn't

D. has; doesn't

89. Nobody but Jane _______ the secret.

A. know

B. knows

C. have known

D. is known

90. All but one _______ here just now.

A. is

B. was

C. has been

D. were

91. Not only I but also Jane and Mary _______ tired of having one examination after another.

A. is

B. are

C. am

D. be

92. A library with five thousand books _______ to the nation as a gift.

A. is offered

B. have offered

C. are offered

D. has offered

93. When and where to build the new factory _______ yet.

A. is not decided

B. are not decided

C. has not decided

D. have not decided

94. The number of people invited _______ fifty, but a number of them _______ absent for different reasons.

A. were; was

B. was; was

C. was; were

D. were; were

95. _______ of the land in that district _______ covered with trees and grass.

A. Two fifth, is

B. Two fifth, are

C. Two fifths, is

D. Two fifths, are

96. Between the two rows of trees _______ the teaching building.

A. stand

B. stands

C. standing

D. are

97. All that can be eaten _______.

A. has been eaten

B. has eaten

C. have eaten

D. were eaten

98.They each _______ a new dictionary.

A. has

B. have

C. is

D. are

99. Seven tenths of the students here _______ from abroad.

A. is

B. are

C. comes

D. has come

100. Three fifths of the task assigned to us _______ today.

A. has finished

B. has been finished

C. have finished

D. have been finished

101. Only one-third _______ in the school _______ been repaired.

A. of the desks, has

B. desks, have

C. of the desks, have

D. desks, has

102. More than 60 percent of world's radio programmes _______ in English.

A. is

B. was

C. are

D. be

103. Those who _______ in _______ compositions, please hand them in this afternoon.

A. hasn't handed; his

B. haven't handed; their

C. has handed; their

D. have handed; his

104. Jane is one of the best students in her class who _______ by their teacher.

A. are praised

B. is praised

C. praised

D. praising

105. The whole class _______ the teacher attentively.

A. are listening to

B. is listening to

C. are listening

D. is listening

106. The subject of physics _______ always interested him.

A. has

B. have

C. is

D. are

107. The United States of America _______ one of the most developed countries in the world.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

108. Her _______ to her children's faults _______ quite extraordinary.

A. blind, is

B. blind, are

C. blindness, is

D. blindness, are

109. In winter wet clothes _______ near a fire.

A. often hanged up

B. are often hanged up

C. is often hung up

D. are often hung up

110. Nobody _______ to smoke in the cinema.

A. allows

B. allow

C. is allowed

D. are allowed

111. The air in big cities _______ very dirty by factories.

A. are often made

B. is often made

C. have often made

D. has often made

112. The rest of the magazines _______ within half an hour.

A. is sold out

B. are sold out

C. was sold out

D. were sold out

113. A large number of the students in our class _______ girls.

A. are

B. was

C. is

D. be

114. The Chinese _______ a hard-working and brave people.

A. are

B. is

C. has been

D. are being

115. “All _______ present and all _______ going on well.” Our teacher said.

A. is, is

B. are, are

C. are, is

D. is, are

116. The League secretary and team leader_______ asked to make a speech at the meeting.

A. is

B. was

C. are

D. were

117. Mary as well as her sisters _______ Chinese in China.

A. are studying

B. have studied

C. studies

D. study

118. He played on the _______ for two hours and when he returned he found half his goods _______ stolen.

A. sand; were

B. sand; was

C. sands; were

D. sands; was

119. I, who _______ your teacher, will try my best to help you with your study.

A. be

B. am

C. are

D. is

120. The rich _______ not always happy.

A. are

B. is

C. has

D. have

121. John has two brothers, but either _______ out of work now.

A. are

B. is

C. has

D. have

122. The police _______ the murderer everywhere when he suddenly appeared in a theatre.

A. is searching

B. were searching for

C. are searching for

D. were searching

123. More than 50 _______ of the people of that country _______ in the country side.

A. percent; lives

B. percent; live

C. percents; live

D. percents; lives

124. Apples of this kind _______.

A. tastes good

B. tastes well

C. taste good

D. taste well

125. Your trousers _______ dirty, you must have _______ washed.

A. is; it

B. are; it

C. are; them

D. is; them

126. Where _______ rubbish, there are flies.

A. there are

B. there is

C. is

D. there has

127. The Olympic Games _______ held every _______ years.

A. is; four

B. are; four

C. is; five

D. are; five

128. Many a man _______ come to help us.

A. have

B. has

C. is

D. are

129. No one but her parents _______ it.

A. know

B. knows

C. is knowing

D. are knowing

130. He is the only one of the students who _______ elected.

A. are

B. have

C. has

D. is

131. Alice, together with two boys, _______ for having broken the rule.

A. was punished

B. punished

C. were punished

D. being punish

132. The results of the examination _______ that you have all made great _______.

A. show, progress

B. shows, progress

C. show, progresses

D. shows, progresses

133. Two _______ a good enough price for this book.

A. yuans are

B. yuan are

C. dollars is

D. dollar are

134. Many people say 10,000 _______ a lot of money.

A. dollar is

B. dollars are

C. dollars is

D. dollar are

135. No bird and no beast _______ in the lonely island.

A. are seen

B. is seen

C. see

D. sees

136. All the scientific evidence _______ that the increasing use of chemicals in farming _______ damaging our health.

A. show; are

B. shows; are

C. show; is

D. shows; is

137. You are the one who _______ wrong that Susan is one of those people who _______ out of their way to be helpful.

A. are; goes

B. is; go

C. are; go

D. is; goes

138. The basketball coach, as well as his team , _______ interviewed shortly after the match for their outstanding performance.

A. were

B. was

C. is

D. are

139. One third of the country _______ covered with trees and the majority of the citizens _______ black people.

A. is; are

B. is; is

C. are; are

D. are; is

140. The factory used 65 percent of the raw materials, the rest of which _______ saved for other purposes.

A. is

B. are

C. was

D. were

第12章　as的常见用法

【答案链接】

i. as作连词引导时间状语从句，表示“当……的时候”

1. 主句的动作与从句的动作交替进行。意为“一边……一边”。

“I'll come to pick you up at 10,” he said as he left.

“我十点来接你。”他一边离开一边说。

As he walked, he sang and danced.

他边走边唱边跳。

2. 主句的动作发生在从句的动作进行的过程中。意为“当……时候”。

As he read a magazine, he fell asleep.

当他读杂志的时候，睡着了。

As I was walking on the street, I met with my old friend.

我在街道走的时候遇见了我的老朋友。

3. 主从句两个短动作同时发生，意为“就在这时”。

Just as I closed the door, I remembered the key.

就在我关门的时候，我想起了门钥匙。

He became quite surprised as he heard the news.

听到这个消息他很吃惊。

4. 后跟名词时，表示在名词表示的时间段中。

As a young man, he was a storekeeper and postmaster.

年轻的时候，他当过店主和邮局局长。

Even as a child, he began to make a living by himself.

甚至还是个孩子的时候，他就开始独自谋生了。

5. 主句的动作与从句的动作相伴发生，意为“随着……”。

We get wiser as we get older.

随着年龄增长我们更聪明了。

专项练习

1. As I _______ the newspaper, Granny _______ asleep.

A. read; was falling

B. was reading; fell

C. was reading; was falling

D. read; fell

2. Mother was worried because little Alice was ill, especially _______ father was away in France.

A. for

B. as

C. since

D. during

3. _______ I was going out, the telephone rang.

A. Since

B. While

C. As

D. Once

4. I read the letter _______ I walked along the river.

A. since

B. for

C. as

D. when

5. _______ the wealth of the country increases, more and more waste will be produced.

A. As

B. When

C. Since

D. While

6. —I'm going to the post office.

—_______ you're there, can you get me some stamps?

A. As

B. While

C. Because

D. If

7. _______ the day went on, the weather got worse.

A. With

B. Since

C. While

D. As

答案速查　1-5　BBCCA　6—7　BD

ii. as作连词引导原因状语从句，与because的区别

1. 一般说来，as表示听者已经知道的原因，因而常常位于句首；而because表示听者未知的原因，因而常常位于句尾，成为信息的焦点。

I don't want it because it is too long.

我不想要它，因为它太长了。

As I am leaving tomorrow, I've bought you a present.

因为明天我要走，我给你买了件礼物。

As all the seats were full, we had to stand on the bus.

由于座位全满了，我们只好在公共汽车上站着。

It was easy for me to guess what he was going to do as he was my close friend.

我很容易猜出来他要干什么，因为他是我的好朋友。

2. as从句不能回答why提出的问题，而because从句可以回答why提出的问题。

—Why shouldn't I come?

—Because you're too busy.

——为什么我不应该来？

——因为你太忙了。

3. as从句不能在强调句型中作为被强调的部分，而because从句能在强调句型中成为被强调的部分。

It was because he was ill that he missed yesterday's class.

正是因为生病了，他才误了昨天的课程。

专项练习

1. _______ I am ill, I can't go.

A. As

B. Since

C. Because

D. For

2. She lied to us _______ she had to do in order to get a job.

A. as

B. since

C. because

D. for

3. _______ the weather was fine, we decided to walk to the restaurant.

A. As

B. Since

C. because

D. For

4. It was _______ he missed the bus that he came late.

A. as

B. because

C. for

D. since

5. —Why did you change your mind?

—_______ I found the plan was unreasonable.

A. As

B. For

C. Since

D. Because

答案速查　1-5　ACABD

iii. as作连词引导方式状语从句和让步状语从句

1. as作连词引导方式状语从句，表示“依照，按照，像，正如”

Do it as I do.

照我做的做。

I did as you told me, and I put the book back.

我照你说的把书本放回了原处。

I have changed my mind as you suggested.

根据你的建议我改变了主意。

When at Rome do as the Romans do.

入乡随俗。

As we all know, China is in Asia.

正如我们都知道的那样，中国在亚洲。

I am, as you can imagine, poor.

正如你能想像的那样，我很穷。

He came late as expected.

和预料的一样他来晚了。

She came to visit us as she had promised.

正如她承诺的那样，她来拜访了我们。

2. as作连词引导让步状语从句，表示“尽管，虽然”。

Young as he is, he knows a lot.

尽管他很年轻，他知道得却很多。

3. as引导让步状语从句常用倒装句，将表语、状语、谓语提前。

1）形容词/副词+as+主语+连系动词be/实意动词。

Tired as he was, he went on with his work.

尽管累，他继续工作。

Much as I admire him as a leader, I don't like him as a man.

尽管作为领导，我很崇敬他，我却不喜欢他那个人。

2）名词+as+主语+连系动词be。

Much money though he has got, he doesn't feel happy.

尽管有很多钱，但他却不觉得幸福。

3）当表语是名词前置时，省略冠词；但是当名词前有形容词修饰时，冠词不能省略。

Child as he is, he knows a lot.

尽管是个孩子，他知道得很多。

Little child as he is, he is very brave.

尽管是个小孩子，他却很勇敢。

4）实意动词+as+主语+助动词 （如果没有助动词，则要加上一个do/does/did）。

Try as you may, you won't succeed.

尽管你可以尝试，你不会成功的。

Change your mind as you will, you will gain no additional support.

你可以改变主意，但你不会得到额外的支持的。

专项练习

1. He works _______ engineer.

A. like

B. as

C. the same as

D. as an

2. They are allowed to do many games, _______ running, jumping, wrestling, swimming, shooting and so on.

A. so

B. like

C. as

D. B or C

3. Young _______ he is, he knows a lot.

A. as

B. for

C. although

D. despite

4. _______ , he still found his way to my home.

A. As was the night dark

B. As the night was dark

C. Dark as was the night

D. Dark as the night was

5. _______ they still worked on their experiments.

A. As the Curies were tired and hungry

B. Tired and hungry as were the Curies

C. Tired and hungry as the Curies were

D. Though tired and hungry the Curies were

6. _______ , he never seems able to do the work beautifully.

A. Try as he does

B. As he tries

C. Try as does he

D. As he does try

7. _______ , the football game has been decided not to be put off.

A. Heavily as did it rain

B. As it rained heavily

C. Heavily as it rained

D. As heavily as it rain

8. _______ , I have never seen anyone who's as capable as John.

A. As long as I have traveled

B. Now that I have traveled so much

C. Much as I have traveled

D. As I have traveled so much

9. _______ , he talks a lot about his favorite singers after class.

A. A quiet student as he may be

B. Quiet student as he may be

C. Be a quiet student as he may

D. Quiet as he may be a student

10. Tired _______ they were, they went to bed as soon as they came back.

A. because

B. as

C. since

D. for

答案速查　1-5　DBADC　6—10　ACCBB

iv. as作连词引导比较状语从句

1. 后接名词或代词。

He is as old as I.

他和我一样大。

This film is not as interesting as that one.

这部电影不如那部有意思。

2. 后接从句。

You know as much about him as I do.

你对他的了解和我对他的了解一样多。

I like English as much as you like dancing.

就像你喜欢跳舞一样我喜欢英语。

3. 后接状语结构。

He can run as fast as 30 miles an hour.

他每小时能跑30英里。

I can never go home as often as before.

我再也不能和以前一样经常回家。

He is still as much interested in music as ever.

他对音乐和以前一样感兴趣。

4. “数词+times+as”表示倍数。

This river is four times as long as that one.

这条河流是那一条的四倍长。

The population of China is four times as large as that of America.

中国的人口是美国的4倍多。

That building is one third as tall as ours.

这座楼是我们的大楼的三分之一高。

专项练习

1. After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced _______ tractors in 1998 as the year before.

A. as twice many

B. as many twice

C. twice as many

D. twice many as

2. It is generally believed that teaching is _______ it is a science.

A. an art much as

B. much as art as

C. as an art much as

D. as much an art as

3. As many members _______ were present agreed to the plan.

A. who

B. that

C. which

D. as

4. There were as many tickets available _______ were asked for.

A. that

B. as

C. which

D. what

5. Tom is _______ I am.

A. as tall as

B. so tall as

C. as taller as

D. as high as

6. John behaves as politely _______.

A. as Bob is

B. as Bob does

C. as me do

D. as I am

答案速查　1—6　CDDBAB

v. as用于固定短语中

1. as if/though意为“好像……”。

1）引导方式状语从句，当与事实不符合时，从句用虚拟语气。

She loved the child as if he were her son.

她爱那个孩子，就好像他是她的儿子。

I remember the whole thing as if it happened yesterday.

我记得整个事件，就好像是昨天发生的似的。

当主句主语与从句主语一致，且从句谓语含有be时，可省去从句的主语和be。

He searched here and there, as if looking for something.

他四处搜寻，好像在找什么东西。

She walked as if drunk.

她走起路来好像喝醉了。

He opened his mouth from time to time as if to speak.

他再三张开嘴好像要说什么似的。

2）引导表语从句。

He looked as though he were ill.

他看起来好像生病了。

It seems as if we shall have to go home on foot.

似乎我们不得不步行回家了。

2. as/so long as意为“只要”。

As long as you put your heart to it, English is easy to learn.

只要你用心，英语很容易学。

The child feels free as long as class is over.

只要一下课，那个孩子就觉得自由了。

3. as/so far as意为 “就……而论”。

As far as I know, he comes from America.

就我所知，他来自美国。

As far as I can remember, he agreed with me then.

就我所能够记得的那样，他当时同意我的话。

4. as to意为“关于，至于”。

As to this topic, I'd like to say something I know about.

至于这个题目，我想说一点我知道的。

He asked my advice as to what to do.

关于该做什么，他征求了我的意见。

5. “so+形容词/副词+as to”意为“如此……以致”。

Will you be so kind as to help me out of the trouble?

求你帮我摆脱困境好吗？

The teacher is so good as to be respected by all his students.

老师很好，受到他所有的学生的尊敬。

6. “such+形容词+名词+as to”意为“如此……以致”。

He is such a good person as to be ready to help others all the time.

他那么好的一个人，时刻准备着帮助别人。

You can never do such a thing as to steal money from others.

你永远也不能做像偷别人钱这样的事情。

7. as soon as意为“一……就……”。

He will be back as soon as he finishes his work.

他一做完工作就会回来的。

She left as soon as she had drunk her coffee.

她一喝完咖啡就离开了。

8. may/might/could as well意为“不妨……，不如……最好……”

You may take a raincoat as well, as it seems to rain.

你不妨带着雨衣，天好像有雨。

You might as well take the luggage to the train for me.

你还是把行李给我带到火车上的好。

9. as a matter of fact（事实上），as a result（结果），as ... as possible（尽可能），as usual（和往常一样），so as to（以便），as well（同样），as soon as possible（尽可能快），as ... as one can（某人尽可能），such as（像这样的），as for（就……而言），as to（至于，关于），as from（从……时起）。

专项练习

1. He looks as if he _______ a football player, though in fact he is a teacher.

A. are

B. is

C. was

D. were

2. I will help you _______ I can.

A. so long as

B. as possible as

C. as well as

D. unless

3. After supper she would sit down by the fire, sometimes for _______ an hour, thinking her young and happy days.

A. as long as

B. as soon as

C. as much as

D. as many as

4. At a rough estimate, Nigeria is _______ Great Britain.

A. three times the size as

B. the size three times of

C. three times as the size of

D. three times the size of

5. You can have a bed, but _______ the children, they will have to sleep on the floor.

A. as if

B. as for

C. as yet

D. as of

6. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it _______.

A. breaks

B. has broken

C. were broken

D. had been broken

7. She looks around as if she _______ in search of someone.

A. were

B. had been

C. is

D. had

8. _______ I know the money is safe, I shall not worry about it.

A. Even though

B. Unless

C. As long as

D. While

9. We will be able to get there on time, _______ our car doesn't break down on the road.

A. as soon as

B. as far as

C. as well as

D. as long as

10. —Why do you drink so much coffee?

—Well, _______ it doesn't keep me awake at night, I see no harm in it.

A. although

B. as long as

C. as far as

D. for

答案速查　1-5　DBADB　6—10　CACDB

vi. as用作关系代词

1. as与such连用，这时as = who/which。

I have never heard such a story as you tells.

我从来没有听到像你讲的这样的故事。

He is not such a fool as he looks.

他不像看上去的那么傻。

Such women as knew Tom thought he was handsome.

认识汤姆的妇女们都认为他很帅。

2. as与the same连用。

She wears the same kind of clothes as her mother usually does.

他穿着她妈妈通常穿的那种衣服。

Yesterday I bought the same dictionary as you have.

昨天我买了你有的那种辞典。

3. as和which都可以引导定语从句，先行词是整个主句或者主句的一部分。

She was quite right, as Harry soon discovered.

正如哈里很快发现的那样，她完全正确。

Taiwan is , as you know, an inseparable part of China.

你们都知道，台湾是中国不可分割的一部分。

注意：

1）as从句经常可以放句首，而which从句不能放句首。

As everyone knows, Taiwan belongs to China.

大家都知道台湾属于中国。

2）当主句是否定句时，多用as引导从句。

Greenland was not a continent, as people thought.

格陵兰并不像人们所想像的那样是一个大洲。

3）as意为“正如”，而which意为“这一点”。

4）当从句的谓语是see或know时，多用as引导从句。

He is an American, as I know from his accent.

他是美国人，我从他的发音就能听出来。

5）当从句是被动语态时，多用as引导从句。句中的as从句也不能用which来代替。

As is reported in the newspapers, talk between the two countries are making progress.

正如报纸上报道的那样，这两国之间的谈判正在取得进步。

专项练习

1. _______ is known to everyone, the moon travels round the earth once every month.

A. It

B. As

C. That

D. What

2. _______ is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior high schools is increasing.

A. Which

B. As

C. That

D. It

3. _______ is known to all, China will be an _______ and powerful country in 20 or 30 years' time.

A. That; advancing

B. This; Advanced

C. As; advanced

D. It; advanced

4. Also rail travel is very safe and I am never sick on a train, _______ I am on a ship!

A. when

B. while

C. as

D. and

5. _______ is reported in the newspapers, talks between the two countries are making progress.

A. It

B. As

C. That

D. What

6. Robert is good at English, _______ we all know.

A. because

B. which

C. as

D. since

答案速查　1—6　BBCCBC

综合练习

1. She had a tense expression on her face, _______ she were expecting trouble.

A. even though

B. even as

C. as though

D. now that

2. A good many proposals were raised by the delegates, _______ was to be expected.

A. that

B. what

C. so

D. as

3. _______ might be expected, the response to the question was very mixed.

A. As

B. That

C. It

D. What

4. Americans eat _______ as they actually need every day.

A. twice as much protein

B. twice protein as much

C. twice protein as much

D. protein as twice much

5. The trumpet player was certainly loud. But I wasn't bothered by his loudness _______ by his lack of talent.

A. than

B. more than

C. as

D. so much as

6. Studies show that the things that contribute most to a sense of happiness cannot be bought, _______ a good family life, friendship and work satisfaction.

A. as for

B. in view of

C. in case of

D. such as

7. _______ he works hard, I don't mind when he finishes the experiment.

A. As soon as

B. As far as

C. As well as

D. As long as

8. _______ the danger from enemy action, people had to cope with a severe shortage of food, clothing, fuel and almost everything.

A. As long as

B. As far as

C. As soon as

D. As well as

9. We hope that the measures to control prices, _______ taken by the government, will succeed.

A. when

B. after

C. since

D. as

10. She doesn't speak _______ her friend, but her written work is excellent.

A. as well as

B. so often as

C. so much as

D. as good as

11. The piano in the other shop will be _______ , but _______.

A. cheaper; not as better

B. more cheap; not as better

C. cheaper; not as good

D. more cheap; not as good

12. The great use of a school education is not so much to teach you things _______ to teach you the art of learning.

A. as

B. rather than

C. nor

D. than

13. With the help of the German experts, the factory produced _______ cars in 1993 as the year before.

A. as twice many

B. as many as twice

C. as twice as many

D. twice as many

14. _______ is often the case with a new idea, much preliminary activity and optimistic discussion produce no concrete proposals.

A. That

B. It

C. As

D. Which

15. _______ , he doesn't study well.

A. As he is clever

B. He is as clever

C. Clever as he is

D. As clever he is

16. _______ , he was unable to make much progress.

A. Hard as he try

B. Hard as he tried

C. As he tried hard

D. He tried hard

17. Tom kept quiet about the accident _______ lose his job.

A. so not as to

B. so as not to

C. so as to not

D. not so as to

18. _______ a specialized branch of physics, the mechanics of fluids has made great progress.

A. Because

B. Like

C. As

D. Because of

19. In the world no country has exactly the same folk music _______ that of any other.

A. with

B. as

C. to

D. like

20. _______ is known to all, China will be an _______ and powerful country in 20 or 30 years' time.

A. That; advancing

B. This; advanced

C. As; advanced

D. It; advancing

21. He doesn't believe _______ things _______ you do.

A. the same; as

B. the same; with

C. as same; as

D. as same; with

22. _______ is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior high schools is increasing.

A. Which

B. As

C. That

D. It

23. _______ I admire David as a poet, I don't like him as a man.

A. Only if

B. If only

C. As much

D. Much as

24. The universe, _______ we know it might have begun with a great explosion.

A. that

B. as

C. and which

D. and

25. I wonder why you don't do it as _______ and it's the third time you have done so.

A. told you

B. be told

C. told to

D. you told

26. _______ I explained on the phone is that your request will be considered at the next meeting.

A. What

B. When

C. After

D. As

27. That is _______ problem _______ can't be worked out by any of us .

A. a such difficult; that

B. so difficult a; that

C. such a difficult; as

D. a so difficult; as

28. That is _______ problem _______ none of us can work it out.

A. a such difficult; that

B. so difficult a; that

C. such a difficult; as

D. a so difficult; as

29. There were not so many jobs available _______ were asked for.

A. that

B. which

C. what

D. as

30. _______ time went on, Einstein's theory _______ right.

A. With; proved

B. As; be proved

C. With; be proved

D. As; proved

31. He will surely finish the job on time _______ he's left to do it in his own way.

A. as if

B. even if

C. so long as

D. so that

32. Scientists generally agree that the earth's climate will warm up over the next 50 to 100 years _______ it has warmed in the 20,000 years since Ice Age.

A. as long as

B. as much as

C. as far as

D. as well as

33. Do come to my party, and bring your sister _______.

A. as good

B. as a whole

C. as well

D. instead

34. It's useless trying to argue with the sort of him. You might _______ go and stand upon the beach and argue with the sea.

A. as well

B. also

C. as if

D. as well as

35. We all passed the exam, but _______ him, he alone failed.

A. as with

B. as to

C. as for

D. as if

36. _______ running, learning English needs will.

A. As with

B. As to

C. As for

D. As if

37. All the gifts must be mailed immediately _______ in time for Christmas.

A. in order to have received

B. in order to received

C. so as to be received

D. so as to be receiving

38. Much _______ I have traveled, I have never seen anyone to equal her in thoroughness _______ the job.

A. of, however may be

B. more, whenever may be

C. as, whatever may be

D. farther, wherever may be

39. _______ every precaution is taken to protect items lodged with us, we are not responsible for loss or damage to visitor's property.

A. As

B. When

C. Before

D. For

40. The size of the audience, _______ we had expected, was well over one thousand.

A. whom

B. who

C. as

D. that

41. _______ we know, materials expand and contract with the increase and decrease of temperature.

A. What

B. Which

C. As

D. That

参考答案与解析

第1章　定语从句

1. B.　先行词planet前有the only修饰，只能用关系代词that引导定语从句。

2. A.　指人的先行词the students在定语从句中作宾语，因此用whom引导从句。

3. A.　表示地点的先行词the training centre在定语从句中作地点状语，因此用where引导从句。

4. C.　先行词the new machine在定语从句中作parts（意为“零部件”）的定语，因此用whose引导从句。

5. C.　先行词an ancient source of energy在定语从句中构成return to an ancient source of energy结构，先行词作介词to的宾语，介词前置，因此用to which引导从句。

6. C.　先行词the barber's在从句中作go的地点状语，因此用where引导从句。

7. B.　非限制性定语从句，先行词为整个主句，在从句中作主语，因此用which引导从句。

8. A.　非限制性定语从句，先行词a village school在从句中作主语，因此用which引导从句。

9. D.　先行词the newly built caf在从句中作介词of的宾语，意为“那座新建咖啡馆的墙……”。

10. D.　先行词the old temple在从句中作名词roof的定语，用whose引导从句。

11. B.　不定代词something作先行词，必须用that引导。

12. B.　先行词children在从句中作名词diet的定语，用whose引导从句。

13. C.　先行词cities在从句中作名词development的定语，用whose引导从句。

14. A.　指人的先行词1000 people作介词of的宾语，因此用whom引导从句。

15. B.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，定语从句插入在主句中间，因此用which引导从句。

16. C.　指人的先行词her three friends在从句中作介词of的宾语，因此用whom引导从句。

17. B.　先行词days在从句中作时间状语，意为“当地五星级酒店每晚要价6000元的日子”。

18. C.　先行词a person在从句中作e-mail account的定语，因此用whose引导从句。

19. C.　先行词subject在定语从句中作argue about的宾语，介词about前置，因此用which引导从句。

20. A.　先行词the house在从句中作地点状语：he composed “The Magic Flute” in the house，因此用where引导从句。

21. B.　先行词house在定语从句I grew up in中作介词in的宾语，介词不前置，引导从句的关系代词that或者which可省略。

22. D.　先行词her stay在从句she found her son中作时间状语。She found her son during her stay there.因此用when引导从句。

23. D.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作I find的宾语。

24. D.　先行词situation在定语从句中构成in the situation，表示“处于某种状况”，用where引导从句。

25. B.　先行词 point在定语从句中构成at this point，表示“处于某种状态”，用where引导从句。

26. D.　先行词a long race在定语从句中构成in the long race作地点状语，因此用where引导从句。

27. D.　先行词a city在从句中作名词name的定语，意为“城市的名字”，因此用whose引导从句。

28. A.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，用which来引导从句。

29. A.　先行词job在从句中构成at the job，表示“在工作中”，因此用where引导从句。

30. D.　先行词my friend's home address在从句中构成at my friend's home address, 作地点状语，I can be reached at my friend's address most of the time.意为“大部分时间你在我朋友家的地址这里都能联系到我。”因此用where引导从句。

31. B.　先行词family在定语从句中构成in this family作地点状语，因此用where引导。

32. A.　先行词cases在从句中构成in the cases短语，意为“在这些案例中”，因此用where引导从句。

33. B.　先行词factors在定语从句中作most of的介词宾语。

34. D.　先行词gold watch在从句中作the hands of的介词宾语。

35. C.　先行词many cities在从句中作介词of的宾语，从句应为：New York is an example of the many cities.

36. A.　先行词Washington在从句中作地点状语。从句应为：they plan to stay in Washington for two or three days.

37. D.　非限制性定语从句，先行词car在从句中作bought的宾语，因此用which引导从句。

38. D.　先行词Mount Qomolangma在从句中构成above Mount Qomolangma作地点状语，先行词作above的宾语。

39. A.　非限制性定语从句，先行词the Science Museum在定语从句中作visited的宾语，因此用which引导从句。

40. D.　先行词occasions在从句中构成in the occasions作时间状语，因此用when引导从句。

41. D.　先行词a day care centre在定语从句中构成in the day care centre作地点状语，因此用where引导从句。

42. D.　先行词people在从句中作of的宾语，表示“大多数人”。

43. A.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作主语，因此用which引导从句。

44. D.　先行词activity在从句中构成at the activity作地点状语，因此用where引导从句。

45. D.　非限制性定语从句。先行词two people作介词of的宾语，因此选择neither of whom。若选择both of them就成并列句了，none of用于三者或者三者以上。

46. D.　先行词a point在从句中构成at this point，表示“处于事业的某种状态”，因此用where引导从句。

47. B.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，因此用which引导从句。

48. D.　先行词cases在定语从句中构成in the cases，表示“处于某种情况”，因此用where引导从句。

49. D.　非限制性定语从句，先行词two schools在从句中作of的宾语，因此用which引导从句。

50. C.　先行词women在其后的从句中作主语，用who引导从句，不可省略；指示代词those指人作先行词只能用who引导从句，在从句中作主语，不能省略。

51. B.　先行词degree在从句中构成to the degree作状语，因此选择to which。

52. B.　非限制性定语从句，先行词restaurant在从句中作主语。

53. D.　先行词the village在从句中作地点状语，还原为we learned farming in the village，因此用where引导从句。

54. B.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作介词after的宾语，因此要用which引导从句。

55. A.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作介词after的宾语，因此要用which引导从句。

56. D.　强调句中间插入了定语从句，先行词farm在定语从句中作状语，强调句的that从句省略了。

57. D.　先行词1946在从句中构成since短语，即：since the time of 1946作时间状语。

58. D.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，定语从句插入了主句中间。

59. A.　that引导同位语从句，在从句中不作任何成分，没有任何意义，chance是同位名词。which引导同位语从句时，在从句中作成分，有意义。

60. D.　第一个空填上studying是现在分词作定语修饰foreign students；逗号后面是非限制性定语从句，先行词foreign students在从句中作most of中介词of的宾语。

61. B.　先行词three books在从句中作the first of短语中介词of的宾语，即The first of the three books。

62. A.　先行词the house在从句中作名词roof的定语，因此用whose引导。

63. A.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作after的宾语。

64. B.　先行词one在从句中作前置介词to的宾语，to是与前面的gave搭配，因此用指代人的whom引导。

65. D.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作主语。

66. D.　先行词one point在从句中作介词on的宾语，介词没有前置，省去了引导从句的关系代词。

67. B.　先行词the lab在从句中构成in the lab作地点状语，因此用where引导从句。

68. A.　先行词point在从句中表示“达到某种阶段”，用where引导。

69. D.　先行词direction在从句中作前置介词from的宾语，该句可以还原为She came from the direction.因此用from which引导。

70. B.　the same ... as是固定搭配，引导定语从句。

71. A.　先行词I在从句中作主语，从句谓语与先行词I保持一致。

72. D.　such ... as是固定搭配引导定语从句，在从句中作主语。such ... that是固定搭配引导结果状语从句，that在从句中不作成分。

73. A.　先行词the man在从句中作主语，因此用who引导。

74. D.　先行词the three questions在从句中作主语。

75. D.　指示代词those作先行词在从句中作主语，指人只能用who引导定语从句。

76. D.　先行词the sitting-room在从句中作地点状语，因此用where引导。

77. B.　which room在宾语从句中作介词in的宾语；宾语从句要用陈述语序。

78. C.　先行词the house在从句中作地点状语，因此用where引导。

79. C.　先行词child在从句中作名词parents的定语，因此用whose引导。

80. D.　先行词anyone在从句中作family的定语。

81. C.　不定代词all作先行词指物，只能用that引导定语从句。

82. B.　one of the students作先行词，在定语从句中作主语，one前面有the only时，从句谓语与one在数上保持一致。

83. C.　先行词the doctor在从句中作talking to的宾语，介词不前置，关系代词省略了。

84. A.　先行词the place在从句中作地点状语，即he is mostly needed in the place.意为“最需要他的地方”。

85. A.　先行词the professor在定语从句中作介词for的宾语，即she sent her friend for the professor.

86. C.　先行词the day在定语从句中作look forward to的宾语，因此用which引导。

87. C.　先行词gas前有the only修饰，只能用that作关系词引导从句。

88. A.　those作先行词，在从句中作主语，从句谓语与先行词保持一致。

89. B.　固定句型This/It is the first/last time that ... 意为“这是第一/最后一次……”。

90. D.　疑问代词who作先行词，为了避免重复，用that作关系代词。

91. D.　先行词the tree在从句中构成介词短语作后置定语，即the branches of the tree.

92. B.　先行词the babies在从句中作look after的宾语。

93. C.　先行词oxygen在定语从句中作前置介词without的宾语，即we could not live without oxygen.

94. D.　先行词the restaurant在从句中作地点状语，因此用where引导。

95. A.　the way作先行词，在从句中作状语时，引导定语从句可以用in which, that或者不用关系词。

96. D.　the same ... as固定搭配，引导定语从句，关系词as在从句中作宾语。

97. A.　先行词the beautiful dress在从句中构成介词短语in the beautiful dress，先行词作介词in的宾语。

98. C.　the same as是固定搭配，在从句中作表语。

99. B.　先行词money在从句中作前置介词with的宾语，即she is going to buy the rings with the money.

100. A.　先行词the reason在从句中构成介词短语作状语，因此用why引导。

101. D.　第一个先行词the store在从句中构成介词短语in the store作状语；第二个先行词all在其后的定语从句中作动词宾语，关系代词被省略了。

102. D.　先行词the book在定语从句中作talk about的宾语，关系代词被省略了。

103. B.　先行词films在从句中作主语，从句谓语与先行词films在数上保持一致，而且是被动语态。

104. A.　先行词the men and books既指人又指物，用that引导定语从句。

105. B.　先行词evening在从句中作时间状语，因此要用when引导。

106. B.　先行词the things and persons既指人又指物，用that引导定语从句。

107. B.　先行词I在从句中作主语，从句谓语与先行词I保持一致。

108. D.　先行词those指人，在从句中作主语，因此用who引导从句。

109. D.　先行词age在从句中作时间状语。

110. B.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，在从句中作主语；关系代词置于句首，用as引导。

111. C.　先行词places在从句中作go的地点状语，因此用where引导。

112. C.　先行词the policeman在从句中作动词短语contact with的前置介词with的宾语。

113. C.　先行词the day在从句中作时间状语，因此用where引导从句。

114. A.　先行词reason在从句中作原因状语，因此用why引导从句。

115. B.　先行词two sons在定语从句中作both of短语中的介词宾语，先行词是人，因此用of whom。

116. B.　先行词gentleman作短语told about的前置介词about的宾语，先行词指人，因此用about whom。

117. C.　非限制性定语从句，整个主句是先行词。

118. B.　第一个先行词those years在从句中作时间状语；第二个先行词是空格前面的整个句子而不是farmer，在定语从句中作主语，因此要用who引导。

119. B.　先行词the small town在定语从句中作地点状语。

120. A.　先行词money受序数词修饰，指物只能用that引导从句。

121. B.　情况同120题。

122. D.　非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，因此用which引导从句。

123. B.　such ... as是固定搭配引导定语从句，as在从句中作主语。such ... that引导结果状语从句，that在从句中不作成分。

124. A.　先行词为taxis，从句中谓语动词hire后缺少宾语，故用关系代词which。

125. D.　关系代词that代替先行词small houses，在从句中作主语。

126. C.　先行词为museum，在从句中充当定语，意为“博物馆的建造”，即the construction of the museum。介词用of。

127. A.　本句句意：音乐会的上下场中间有幕间休息时间，在这段时间里观众可以去买冰激凌。when引导的定语从句修饰an interval, when在从句中作时间状语。首先解析句子结构，判断从句类型，题干说“在音乐会中间有间歇，此时你可以买冰激凌。”题干的前半部分完整无缺，后半部分补充说明这个间歇你可以干的事，所以这是一个非限定性定语从句，先行词为interval，非限定性定语从句的功能就是对先行词进行补充说明。由于从句部分不缺少主干成分，而且interval表示“时间”，所以正确答案为A.

128. C.　本句句意为：剩下的任何东西都可以放入冰箱，在那里可以保存两三周。本题考查非限制性定语从句的关系副词。由句型结构可以看出，该题中的先行词refrigerator在从句中作介词的宾语，该介宾结构在定语从句中作地点状语，故选择关系副词where。when在从句中作时间状语；which在从句中作主语或宾语；while是连词，不能用于定语从句。

129. A.　本句中的先行词是several diverse cultures，先行词在从句中作each of的宾语，所以应用关系代词which。

130. C.　本句中的先行词是the place，先行词在定语从句中作地点状语，所以应该用关系副词where。

131. A.　分析句子成分可知，an atmosphere与修饰它的定语从句被for her students隔开，该从句缺少主语，所以用which。

132. B.　去掉It was及that后，April 29，2001不可以单独作时间状语，所以不是强调句型。所以要用when引导定语从句修饰April 29，2001。

133. D.　此处whose引导的非限制性定语从句修饰先行词shop，在定语从句中作customers的定语。句意为“这个学校商店，其主顾大多是学生，因为放假就关门了。”

134. A.　when引导定语从句修饰The day。are gone为插入语。句意为：全部靠体力挣钱谋生的时代已经过去了。

135. B.　先行词是hill，表示地点，定语从句we enjoyed a splendid view of the lake句子成分中缺少状语，所以应用关系副词where。

136. C.　介词后只能使用的关系代词是which, who, whose, 因为句子中关系词指代的是语言，故选C；句意：Julie擅长德语、法语和俄语，这三种语言她说得都很流利。

137. C.　本题主句中的先行词writer和从句中的主语story有所属关系，意为“作者的故事”，因此选C。句子的意思是：我们的奖金会留给故事情节最富有想像力的作者。

138. D.　分析句子结构可知，该句为定语从句，首先排除A和C；根据空前的逗号可知，该句为非限制性定语从句，排除B。该从句应用which引导，which在从句中作主语，代指前面的整个句子。

139. B.　逗号后的非限定性定语从句中缺少主语，which引导非限制性定语从句，指代整个主句部分的内容。

140. C.　前后两句话之间无连词，故不能用人称代词them，而应用关系代词whom引导定语从句；“在46个学生当中”，表示所属，应用of。故答案选C。

141. C.　所填词前有逗号，是非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，关系词在从句中作主语，因此用which引导。

142. B.　本题句意为：当沉下心工作后，他经常这样，他会忘了吃饭和睡觉。这是一个句子中间插入了非限制性定语从句的复合句，整个主句作先行词，先行词在定语从句中作表语，所以用which引导从句。

143. B.　这里that evening是先行词，在定语从句中作介词about的宾语，所以用which。句意：那个晚上，我很晚才结束了工作。至于那天晚上的情况，我以后将和你详谈。

144. B.　先行词Professor Smith在定语从句中作help的定语，所以用whose, whose help短语作前置介词without的宾语，意为“如果没有史密斯教授的帮助”。

145. B.　先行词the car在定语从句中作介词in的宾语，in没有前置，因此用that引导。

146. C.　先行词achievement在定语从句中作主语，用which引导从句。

147. B.　who引导非限定性定语从句，在从句中作主语，修饰先行词Ellen（人名）。which引导先行词是物的定语从句；whom引导先行词为人，且在从句中作宾语的定语从句；where修饰的先行词是地点名词，且在从句中作地点状语，均不符合语境，故排除。

148. B.　when引导定语从句，在从句中作时间状语，修饰先行词an age（时代）。此处的when = at which。

149. B.　指人的先行词people在非限制性定语从句中充当主语，所以用关系代词who引导。故选B项。

150. D.　position为先行词，表示“在某种职位上”，因此，应该使用关系副词where来引导定语从句。

第2章　名词性从句

1. C.　what = the food that，引导名词性从句在空白前作have的宾语，在空白后面的从句中作we have的宾语，有一兼两职的作用，既作先行词又作关系词。

2. D.　宾语从句中缺少原因状语，why = for the reason，即she was so angry for the reason。

3. B.　what在宾语从句中作take的宾语，本句可还原为it takes what to start a business，意为“创业需要什么”。which表示选择，不符合题意。

4. B.　what引导主语从句在从句中作regard的宾语。whether, that在从句中不作成分，how作状语，而此从句不缺状语。

5. C.　whatever引导的主语从句，whatever在从句中作宾语，即：whatever you want to do is OK。而whichever表示“选择，无论哪一个”。

6. B.　what引导主语从句，在从句中作定语，表示“什么”，意为“这种药会带来什么副作用还不确定”。

7. A.　that引导表语从句，在从句中不作任何成分，没有任何意义。此表语从句不缺成分和意义。what, how和why都有意义，而且要在从句中作成分。

8. B.　what = something that在空白前作a list of的介词宾语，在后边的从句中作动词need的宾语，具有一兼两职的作用。

9. B.　which lane引导宾语从句，从句用陈述语序，which lane作为引导词放在从句之前。

10. B.　who引导宾语从句，在从句中作介词with的宾语。本句意为“一个人旅游的快乐程度很大程度上取决于他和谁一起去旅游的，是其亲戚还是朋友”。

11. D.　where引导宾语从句，在从句中作地点状语，本句意为“我们还没有讨论将要把新家具放在什么地方”。

12. C.　what　=　something that一兼两职，在主句中作介词for的宾语引导从句，在从句中作am的表语。

13. D.　where　=　the place where，表示“……的地方”, 引导从句作介词to的宾语，意为“我已经读到了孩子们发现了秘密山洞的地方。”

14. A.　where = the point where，表示“在……点上”，在从句中作状语，从句在主句中作表语，即that's the point in which I don't agree。

15. B.　固定句型：the reason why ... was that ...。that引导表语从句，没有意义、在从句中不作任何成分。

16. D.　There remains a certain doubt among ... = There still is a certain doubt among ...。意为“人们中间仍然存在着某种疑惑……”。

17. C.　whatever = anything that意为“无论什么”，引导的从句作宾语。具有一兼两职作用，分别作to do和takes的宾语。

18. C.　that引导从句作同位语，对同位名词fact内容进行解说和说明。that在从句中没有意义，不作成分。

19. C.　whoever = anyone who，具有一兼两职的作用，分别作speak to的宾语和从句的主语。

20. C.　that代替上文提到的question，为了避免重复。

21. D.　whoever = anyone who，意为“任何……的人”，引导宾语从句，在从句中作主语，no matter who只能用来引导让步状语从句，不能引导名词性从句。

22. D.　how引导名词性从句作宾语，在宾语从句中作方式状语，从句的意思为：他如何能够在这类场合做出更适当的反应。

23. C.　that引导同位语从句，对同位名词news的具体内容进行解释和说明，that在从句中不作成分。

24. D.　that引导从句作主语，it作形式主语。

25. B.　that引导从句作同位语，对同位名词possibility的内容进行解释和说明。that在从句中没有意义，不作成分。

26. A.　that引导从句作同位语，对同位名词request的内容进行解释和说明。that在从句中没有意义，不作成分。

27. D.　what = something that一兼两职，在前面作leave的宾语，在从句中作主语。

28. A.　where = in the place where,引导表语从句，本句意为“迷路的小女孩儿决定呆在原地不动等她妈妈”。

29. C.　what = something that，一兼两职，在前面作create的宾语，在从句中作主语，they hope是插入语。

30. C.　when = the time in which，意为“……的时间”，引导的名词性从句作表语，when在从句中作时间状语。

31. A.　how far意为“多大程度上”，引导宾语从句。本句意为“学生们总是对于查明在多大程度上能与新老师相处很感兴趣。”how soon表示速度，how often表示频率，how long表示持续的时间。

32. A.　what引导从句作宾语，what在从句中作宾语。

33. D.　where引导从句作同位语，对idea的内容进行解释和说明，where在从句中作地点状语。同位语从句不缺任何成分，但是可以添加状语。本句意为“你知道聚会在何处举行吗？”

34. C.　what = all that意为“所有……事情”，引导的从句作宾语。what一兼两职，既作of的宾语，又在从句中作宾语。

35. A.　what = something that，一兼两职，分别作介词from和从句中speak的宾语。

36. B.　what = the thing that“……的事情”引导主语从句，在从句中作主语，意为“我们众所周知的事情”。

37. C.　what = the thing that“……的事情”引导主语从句，在从句中作主语，she told me是插入语。

38. A.　what = the thing that“……事情”引导主语从句，在从句中作主语，意为“在学习英语上最关键的是……”。

39. A.　what = the things that“……的情况”，what引导名词性从句作宾语，what在从句中作表语。本句意为“温暖的阳光和柔软的沙滩使海滨成了现在的这个样子”。

40. B.　第一个空白处，填what = something that, 具有一兼两职的作用，在前面作be sure of的宾语，又作从句中have的宾语；第二个空白处所填的是关系代词，先行词是不定代词something，关系代词that在从句中作宾语省略了。

41. B.　当两个that从句作并列宾语从句时，第二个从句的连词that不能省略。

42. C.　what引导的主语从句，what在从句中作宾语，本句意为“父母所说和所做对孩子会有终生的影响”。

43. A.　where引导的表语从句，where = the place where意为“……的地方”。

44. B.　what引导的主语从句，what ... think about ...意为“……对……怎么看待”。

45. A.　what引导的从句作介词on的宾语，what = something that,　what在从句中作for的宾语。

46. C.　whoever = anyone who意为“任何……的人”，whoever引导主语从句，意为“任何最后离开的人”。

47. C.　what引导主语从句，本句意为“让我着急的是他一直改变主意的习惯”。

48. C.　what引导的从句作宾语，what = the thing that，在从句中作表语，意为“那要取决于是什么事情”。

49. B.　what = the thing作主语，谓语动词用单数，we used to think作插入语，what was impossible是主语从句。

50. D.　whichever team = any team that意为“无论哪一个队”，whichever引导从句作主语，意为“无论星期六哪一个队赢了……”。

51. C.　that引导同位语从句，对同位名词thought的具体内容进行解释和说明。

52. B.　believe it or not是插入语，that引导的是同位语从句。同位名词是story。

53. D.　what = the thing that意为“……的事情”，what引导的是表语从句，what在从句中作宾语。

54. D.　what = the thing that意为“……的事情”，what引导的是宾语从句，what在从句中作动词do的宾语，do省去了，I think是插入语。

55. A.　what = the thing that, what引导主语从句中，在从句中作主语，“使这个商店与众不同的是……”。

56. A.　why = the reason for which, why引导的从句作介词on的宾语。why在从句中作原因状语。

57. B.　whether ... or意为“是否”，whether引导的从句作动词tell的宾语。

58. B.　what意为“什么”，引导的从句作同位语，是对同位名词idea的具体内容的解释。what在从句中作主语。

59. B.　that引导的从句作同位语，对同位名词word进行解释和说明。that在从句中不作任何成分。

60. C.　这是一个特殊疑问句，what present do you expect是主句，she has got for your birthday是定语从句修饰present。

61. A.　what修饰silly mistakes, 引导的感叹句作宾语。“我犯了多么愚蠢的错误啊”。

62. C.　how引导并列宾语从句，how在前后两个从句中作方式状语，意为“半年前这只手是如何开始发抖的，正是因为这只手，她是如何放弃工作的”。

63. C.　what = the thing that, what一兼两职，分别作for的宾语和宾语从句的主语，he thought是插入语。

64. C.　be different from是固定句型，意为“有别于”。what = the way that分别作from和were used to的宾语。

65. A.　what = the thing that，在句中分别作主从句的表语。when引导定语从句，先行词是20 years ago。

66. D.　that引导并列宾语从句在从句中不作任何成分，第一个that可以省略，但是and后的that一定不能省略。

67. B.　what　= the things that，引导宾语从句，what一兼两职，分别作destroy的宾语和从句的主语。

68. C.　where引导表语从句，在从句中作地点状语。

69. A.　what引导宾语从句并在从句中作介词like的宾语。宾语从句要用陈述语序。

70. B.　what = the thing that, what一兼两职，在主句中两个what作in的介词宾语，在从句中第一个what作has的宾语，第二个what作is的表语。本句意为“一个人的价值不在于他有什么而在于他是什么样的人”。

71. A.　what = the thing that，第一个what在主语从句中作宾语，意为“我刚才告诉你的事情”，第二个what在表语从句中作主语，意为“信里写的事情”。

72. A.　whoever = anyone who意为“任何……的人”, 在主语从句中作主语。D中Those指代复数的人，与studies在数上不一致，因此不正确。

73. A.　Does it matter if ...是固定句式，意为“如果……有关系吗？”。

74. B.　where引导主语从句，并在从句中作地点状语。

75. C.　that引导主语从句，在从句中不作成分，没有意义，但是不能省略。

76. D.　whether意为“是否”，引导主语从句时不能与if替换。

77. B.　that引导主语从句，在从句中不作成分，没有意义，但是不能省略。

78. A.　insist后接宾语从句如果表示已经发生过的事实，从句谓语只能用陈述语气，不能用虚拟语气。

79. C.　whatever意为“无论什么”，引导从句作介词about的宾语，并在从句中作定语修饰topic。no matter what不能引导名词性从句。

80. B.　do you think是插入语，who在句中作主语。

81. C.　对天气提问用句型：what ... look like?意为“……怎么样？”宾语从句用陈述语序。

82. B.　can't tell意为“不能分辨”，whose引导宾语从句，从句须用陈述语序。

83. A.　what ... look like？意为“……怎么样”，宾语从句须用陈述语序。

84. C.　询问天气可以用what ... look like?也可以用what ... is like?此题选用后者。宾语从句用陈述语序。

85. D.　how many times引导宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述语序。

86. A.　don't doubt意为“不怀疑”，后接that引导的宾语从句；doubt在肯定句中，后接wh-疑问连词引导的从句。

87. B.　强调句型的特殊疑问句。

88. A.　what is the matter?作宾语从句，此句本身就是陈述语序，类似的还有：what's wrong? what's trouble?

89. D.　what = the things that,具有一兼两职的作用，在主句中作介词from的宾语，在从句中作主语，意为“剩下的东西”。

90. B.　do you think是主句，插入在宾语从句中，宾语从句的语序是正常语序。

91. A.　that引导表语从句，在从句中不作成分，没有意义。

92. D.　because引导表语从句在从句中作原因状语。

93. B.　the reason why ... is that ... 是固定句型，that引导表语从句。

94. A.　how引导宾语从句，在从句中作方式状语，宾语从句本身含有一个what you have observed的主语从句。

95. B.　what引导表语从句，并在从句中作expect的宾语。宾语从句中含有一个who引导的定语从句修饰stranger。

96. D.　consider it +形容词+that-clause是固定句型，it是形式宾语，that引导真正的宾语从句。

97. D.　suggestion表示“建议”时所引导的名词性从句要用虚拟语气，其谓语动词的形式为：（should）+动词原形。本句谓语应该用被动语态形式，即be arranged。

98. D.　从结构上看，A、B、C与D都应该是主语从句。从句语序必须用陈述语序，而且引导从句的连词应该在句首。本题句意为“我们将要采取什么措施与你毫无关系”。B是疑问语序所以不对。A与C句连接词不在句首所以不正确。因此选D。

99. A.　that引导同位语从句时，不能省略。due to　“在于”，to是介词，介词后不能直接接that从句。

100. B.　whether意为“是否”，if不能引导主语从句。该句型意为“是否……取决于……”。

101. C.　宾语从句要用陈述语序。

102. B.　强调句应该用陈述语序；fun是不可数名词。

103. B.　宾语从句要用陈述语序，fit作“合身”讲时是及物动词，应用fit sb.的形式。

104. C.　what在宾语从句中作主语，表示“应该做的事情”。that引导名词性从句时在从句中不作任何成分。

105. D.　if意为“是否”，引导宾语从句；what he said意为“他说的话”。

106. C.　主语从句中不缺任何成分和意义所以用that。

107. C.　It doesn't matter ...是固定句式，which在从句中作定语修饰dress，表示“哪一件衣服”。

108. B.　It seems to sb. that ...是固定句式，it作形式主语，that引导的从句作真正的主语。

109. B.　宾语从句的谓语是非延续性动词，不能与表示一段时间的疑问词连用。how often用来提问动作发生的频率，可以与非延续性动词连用。

110. C.　who引导主语从句，并在从句中作with的宾语。而if、whether、that引导名词性从句时，在从句中不作任何成分。share the office with结构中缺宾语，所以选C。

111. B.　what ... do with sth.意为“如何处理某物，把某物放在哪里”。what一般与do with连用，而how与deal with连用。

112. C.　that引导表语从句，且在从句中不作成分，没有意义。

113. B.　whether ... or not意为“是否”，引导主语从句。

114. A.　that引导主语从句，在从句中不作成分，没有意义；It是形式主语。

115. C.　in spite of是介词短语，后接由what引导的名词性的宾语从句，what在从句中作主语。though是连词，后面要接完整的句子，不能接名词性从句。

116. D.　what引导的从句作介词宾语，what在从句中作regard的宾语。

117. D.　which引导非限制性定语从句，修饰先行词the siege； what引导宾语从句，并在从句中作主语。

118. B.　that引导同位语从句，对同位名词word的具体内容进行解释说明。

119. D.　what = the thing that，作介词after的宾语，并在从句中作主语。

120. A.　where和what分别引导宾语从句，宾语从句要用陈述语序。

121. A.　in that相当于连词，意为“在于，由于”，引导一个原因状语从句。

122. D.　第一个that引导的是强调句，第二个that引导同位语从句，说明news的具体内容。

123. B.　what = the part that意为“……的部分”，引导表语从句，what在从句中作主语。

124. C.　whoever引导让步状语从句，意为“无论是何人”；it is required that后接的从句必须用虚拟语气，形式为“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。

125. B.　此答语是虚拟语气，I don't believe是插入语，后接的是虚拟语气的主句，是对过去情况的虚拟。

126. A.　do you suggest是主句，插入在宾语从句的中间，宾语从句须用虚拟语气，should be sent, should被省略了。

127. A.　so ... that ...句式中间插入了一个由that引导的同位语从句，对同位名词news的具体内容进行解释说明。

128. D.　except when意为“除了……的时候”，与句中的never形成对照。本句意为“他从来不向我求助，除了陷入困境的时候。”besides, but和except for是介词，后接从句时，需用关系词引导；but作连词时意为“但是”，在句意上不通。

129. D.　that引导主语从句，在从句中不作任何成分；从句作主语，句子的谓语动词用单数。

130. D.　what he was ten years ago意为“他十年前的情况”，as引导非限制性定语从句，修饰整个主句。

131. C.　that引导同位语从句，解释fear的具体内容。

132. D.　that引导主语从句，在从句中不作任何成分。

133. A.　what = the things that一兼两职，既作like的宾语，又作从句的表语。

134. D.　It's strange that ...后接的主语从句用虚拟语气，其形式是：should +动词原形，表示惊讶。

135. A.　whether引导表语从句说明主语problem的内容，before引导时间状语从句。

136. B.　这是一个强调句，被强调的是what引导的主语从句。

137. A.　what引导主语从句且在从句中作主语。

138. D.　that引导表语从句，在从句中不作成分且没有意义，no matter how引导让步状语从句插入到整个句子中间。

139. A.　此句是被动语态。由must make sure可知从句应该表示将来。

140. D.　空白处后面为主语Evidence的同位语从句，在这一从句中，句意完整，不缺少成分，应该使用that作为引导词。因此，正确答案为D选项。

141. C.　that引导同位语从句，在从句中不作句子成分，补充说明同位语promise的内容。

142. B.　句意为“会议将被延期的通知是大约下午两点钟来的”。空格后面的句子解释说明名词the notice，作同位语从句，在从句中不作句子成分，所以用that引导。

143. C.　句意为“抽烟会导致多种疾病，对此现代科学已经给出了明确的证据”。本题考查名词性从句（同位语从句）。evidence后的从句说明的是其具体内容，从句中不缺少句子成分，故用that引导同位语从句。其他三项引导同位语从句都要在从句中作成分。

144. B.　本题考查名词性从句，but whether he reaches these limits作为句子主语。generally speaking是插入语。

145. A.　本句句意为：“在十字路口你是向左还是向右拐都无关紧要，两条路都通向那个公园”。whether ... or表示“无论是……还是……”；if不能与or连用。

146. C.　介词for后面加的是宾语从句，而且从句中find缺少宾语，所以用whatever，选C项。本句意为：“有一天新生去了图书馆，查阅了所有关于马克·吐温的资料。”wherever意为“不论哪里”，however意为“不论如何”，whatever意为“不论什么”，whichever意为“不论哪一个”。

147. B.　本题句意为“科学家研究人类大脑是如何工作以制造出电脑的”。根据句意，选择B。

148. B.　所填词引导的从句作动词choose的宾语，引导词在从句中作主语，意思是“无论哪件”，选B。其余选项与句意不符。

149. C.　宾语从句中不缺少成分，所以用that引导。

150. D.　考查名词性从句当中的主语从句。it作形式主语，真正的主语为that he had left his keys in the office。且that在句中无意义，并不充当任何成分。

151. C.　本题是形式主语句型，考查名词性从句引导词的用法。根据空后的or可知为whether ... or的固定结构。

152. D.　此处it是形式主语，what引导的是主语从句，作真正的主语。what作do的宾语。句意为“总统能采取什么行动结束这次罢工大家一点也不清楚。”

153. B.　此处it是形式主语，后面whether ... or ...引导的主语从句是真正的主语。句意为“在这个商店中用现金或信用卡支付都可以。”

154. C.　首先本句考查的关键短语是promise sb. sth.意为“向某人承诺某事”。本句指的是向参加聚会的人提供一个和电影明星合影的机会，不定式作chance的定语，whoever = anyone who，意为“参加聚会的任何人”，这样句子就很清晰了，所以划分句子成分非常关键，以前考察whoever都是作状语或作主语，而本题考查的是作promise的宾语。

155. D.　同位语从句。句意为：证据表明，所有感觉中最难于表达的是身体的疼痛。分析句子结构，从句中不缺成分，故用关联词that。

156. D.　本题考查宾语从句。句意为“你试图通过言语表达的意思或许恰恰跟别人理解的相反”。what引导的从句作of的宾语，what在从句中作宾语。

157. D.　本句定语从句含表语从句。句意是“我恐怕他只空谈不做事，那就是他一事无成的原因”。which is ...引导的非限定性定语从句中，有一个表语从句，根据句意用why引导。

158. C.　此题考查宾语从句的引导词。根据句意“我们提供给她了这份工作，但我不知道她是否会接受”，选择C。whether（是否）。

159. C.　宾语从句和主语从句。本句意为“村民们已经知道我们将要做的事情是重建这座桥”。后面的宾语从句所含的主语从句中缺少主语且指物，所以选择what。

160. A.　本题考查主语从句。句意为“这个惊人的消息使我意识到我们将面临多么严重的问题”。结合句意可知答案为A，此处what引导的宾语从句是一个感叹句。

161. A.　still under discussion意为“还在讨论中”，说明“旧公交车站是否应该被一个宾馆替代”还没决定。且根据后面的whether ... or not，也可知应选择A。

162. B.　what引导宾语从句，同时在从句中作use的定语。还原句子为a new invention can be of what use。

163. A.　从句中缺表语，排除B和D；又因题目没有给出problem的范围，故选A；句意为“在解决问题之前，一定要弄清楚问题是什么”。

164. A.　本题考查名词性从句中的宾语从句。前面是由what引导的主语从句，且what在从句中作offer的宾语，故答案为A项。

165. D.　主语从句。句意为“根本不清楚这名男子为什么没有早点报告这次事故。”It在句中是形式主语，真正的主语是why引导的主语从句。

166. D.　句意为“他的笔迹非常混乱，很难弄清他想表达什么意思。”本题考查动词短语make out引起的宾语从句，该空在宾语从句中作express的宾语，表示事物，故选择D项。that在宾语从句中不作句子成分；how作方式状语；who作主语，指人。只有what可用作宾语并且指事物。

167. C.　介词in之后所接的宾语从句中缺少及物动词do的宾语，指事物，故填what。

168. C.　句意为“20个学生想要去听旨在教授如何快速阅读的课程。”根据句子结构可知，that aims ... 是定语从句，修饰先行词class，在此定语从句中，teach后接的宾语从句中缺少表示方式的连接词，故how正确。此处为“连接词+to do”结构。

169. C.　句意为“当战争爆发的消息传来时，他决定去部队服役。”此处的 ________ the war broke out解释说明the news的具体内容，且从句中不缺少成分，故为同位语从句，用that连接。

170. C.　名词性从句中的同位语从句。句意为：现代科技已经给出了充分的证据，表明吸烟可能引起许多疾病。

171. D.　本题是表语从句。后面从句不完整，do后面缺少宾语，所以要填连接代词what，答案为D。

172. B.　that引导同位语从句，对同位名词fact的内容进行解释说明。句意为“尽管缺少食品，探索者们还是继续向目标前进。”

173. B.　句意为“便携式可视电话会向我们显示出在线的另一端正在发生的事情。”what = the thing that引导宾语从句，在从句中作主语。

174. D.　where引导同位语从句，对同位名词idea的具体内容进行解释和说明，where在从句中作介词from的宾语。句意为“我不知道记者有可能在哪里得到他的信息。”

175. B.　句意为“无论谁来参加露天音乐会都将受到欢迎。”whoever = anyone who，意为“无论何人”，引导主语从句，有一兼两职的作用，在主句和从句中都作主语。no matter who只能用来引导让步状语从句，不能引导名词性从句。

第3章　状语从句

1. B.　even though意为“即使”，主从句是一种让步关系。

2. D.　unless意为“除非”，引导条件状语从句。本句意为“学校规定白天任何孩子都不许出校，除非有成人陪伴。”

3. C.　however意为“无论多么”。however+形容词+a+名词=whatever+a+形容词+名词，用来引导让步状语从句。本句意为“不论问题多严重，你都应鼓足勇气迎接挑战。”

4. C.　固定句型“It was+时间点+when从句”意为“当某事发生的时候时间是……”time for lunch break是指时间点。本句意为“当她赶到办公室的时候时间已经是午饭开饭时间了。”

5. B.　固定句型It won't be long before ...意为“过不了多久将会……”。

6. B.　where = from the place where意为“从……的地方”，where引导地点状语从句，本句意为“我们将从昨天停下的地方开始”。

7. A.　本句意为“昨天她刚刚完成作业，就在这时妈妈就让她练钢琴。”when引导时间状语从句。

8. C.　本句意为“我父母不介意我做什么工作，只要我快乐就行。”as long as引导条件状语从句。

9. A.　本句意为“在你得到学生证前不能从图书馆借书。”before引导时间状语从句。

10. D.　本句意为“当彼得受到来自朋友那里的邀请参观重庆时他很高兴。”when引导时间状语从句。

11. D.　本句意为“如果没有其他说明的话，菜谱上的菜将供两三个人食用。”unless引导的条件状语从句，从句省略了主语和be动词，otherwise是副词，意为“除此之外”。

12. B.　本句意为“由于金融危机，五星级宾馆每晚收费6000元的日子已经过去了。”when在这里引导定语从句，修饰先行词days。

13. B.　本句意为“失业率和犯罪率高的地方，人们就能臆断出后者归因于前者。”where引导地点状语从句。

14. C.　be +分数/倍数+as ... as是表示倍数和分数的固定句型，as ... as引导比较状语从句。

15. A.　本句意为“Simon认为他的电脑坏了，直到他弟弟指出是他忘记打开电源了。”until引导时间状语从句。强调主句动作的延续。

16. D.　so that意为“以便能”，引导目的状语从句；in case意为“以免”。

17. D.　it was ... that是强调句型，被强调部分为not until nearly a month later。

18. D.　本句意为“不像看电视那样，阅读是一个高度主动的过程，因为它需要注意、记忆和想像。”for引导原因状语从句。

19. B.　whatever引导让步状语从句，并在从句中作表语，从句意为“无论花费是多少”。

20. D.　本句意为“你必须晚上继续工作，除非你肯定能及时完成任务。”unless引导条件状语从句。

21. D.　“it is+一段时间+since从句”意为“从……到现在已经多久了”。

22. B.　be as tall as ...意为“高达……”。

23. B.　“It was+时间点+when从句”意为“某事是何时发生的”，when引导时间状语从句。

24. B.　本句意为“允许孩子们有发表自己观点的空间，即使那些观点与你本人的观点不一致”。even if引导让步状语从句。

25. A.　loving him as much as I did意为“像我过去一样爱他”。as much as意为“和……一样的程度”。

26. A.　本句意为“除非你尝试过，否则你就不知道它有多么好。”unless引导条件状语从句。

27. D.　“it will be +一段时间+before从句”表示“距离……还需要多久时间”，本句是这一固定句型的特殊问句形式，但作为宾语从句，被还原为陈述句语序。

28. A.　as意为“因为”，引导原因状语从句，从句意为“因为这是她特别珍惜的一段记忆”。

29. D.　not ... until意为“直到……才”，until引导时间状语从句。

30. B.　when = and just at this moment，此处意为“突然就在这个时候”。表示一个动作正在进行时突然另一个动作发生了。

31. D.　本句意为“一旦环境遭到破坏，生态系统恢复就要花好多年。”once意为“一旦”，既表示时间又含有条件的意义。

32. C.　固定句型be about ... when ...表示“正要……呢，突然另一个事情发生了”。

33. D.　本句意为“尽管这位老工人技术知识有限，他却有丰富的经验。”although引导让步状语从句。

34. A.　where = at this point引导定语从句，先行词point在从句中作地点状语。

35. D.　本句意为“你从不听讲怎么能期望学到什么东西呢？”when引导时间状语从句；unless = if not, 与从句中never矛盾。

36. C.　such ... that意为“如此……以至于”，引导结果状语从句。

37. C.　从句中cost是及物动词，其宾语是much, however much it may cost = no matter how much it may cost，意为“无论花多少钱”。

38. B.　though引导让步状语从句，从句意为“尽管我也说不清楚为什么”。

39. D.　where = in the place where, 引导地点状语从句。这里意为“医生建议我住在空气比较新鲜的地方。”

40. A.　before I could say a word意为“我还没有来得及说一句话呢”。

41. D.　while意为“然而”，并列连词，引导的句子与前面的句子表示一种对比对照的关系。

42. D.　where = in the place where，引导地点状语从句。本句意为“如果你在对你来说是异国风情的地方旅行的话，就请你入乡随俗。”

43. C.　本句意为“在出现重大事故的时候，如果懂一点基本的急救知识，我们就能挽救生命。”if引导条件状语从句。

44. D.　前后句之间是一种让步关系，所以用although。

45. A.　本句意为“我不能打电话给你，除非有不测的事情发生。”unless引导条件状语从句。

46. B.　宾语从句中所含的条件状语从句被省略了，若是补全了从句应该是：if the situation is not carefully dealt with。

47. A.　if引导虚拟条件句。本句意为“如果不是摔断了脚，John会赢得比赛。”

48. B.　such ... that引导结果状语从句。本句意为“流行音乐是社会中如此重要的一部分，甚至已经影响到语言。”

49. D.　if引导条件状语从句。本句意为“如果不小心操作的话，小帆船在水中很容易翻。”

50. D.　while = though此处意为“尽管”，引导让步状语从句。

51. B.　“it will be long + before从句”意为“经过很久才……”，是固定句型。

52. D.　in case意为“以免”，引导目的状语从句，从句意为“以免某一天你把自己锁在户外”。

53. D.　since引导的时间状语从句与时态是现在完成时的主句连用。本句意为“自从我们两年前开始学习耕种以来，村庄已有了很大发展。”

54. B.　once意为“一旦”，本句意为“面试时，一旦你有了自信就会成功。”

55. C.　本句意为“大多数鸟在树上找个安全的地方睡眠，但是除非它们有了蛋或者幼鸟，否则它们是不用鸟巢的。”unless引导条件状语从句。

56. B.　“it would be +一段时间+ before从句”是固定句型。本句意为“他被告知，距离他康复和返回工作至少再需要三个月”。

57. D.　unless引导条件状语从句，本句意为“除非有暴风雪或者其他某种坏天气，否则信件总是能如期到达。”

58. D.　whatever引导让步状语从句，并在从句中作be like的宾语。

59. A.　本句意为“对我们来说一生中吸取一个教训很难，直到有一天我们确实经历了那样的教训。”until引导时间状语从句。

60. C.　本句意为“很多人对他的忠告充耳不闻，即使他们知道那是有价值的。”even though意为“即使，尽管”。

61. C.　in case意为“以防，万一”，引导让步状语从句。

62. B.　本句意为“尽管已经预定了桌子，我们不得不又等了半小时。”although引导让步状语从句。

63. B.　本句意为“只要有阳光、大海和海滩，我们不介意去哪里。”as long as意为“只要”。

64. D.　“so +形容词+ that”意为“如此……以至于”，引导结果状语从句。

65. D.　unless意为“除非”，从句意为“除非你需要更多的空间放行李”。

66. D.　本句意为“我不必回电话，因为明天就要见他呢”，because引导原因状语从句。

67. A.　“it will be +一段时间+before”是固定句型。

68. C.　in case意为“以免”，引导让步状语从句。

69. D.　though意为“尽管”，引导让步状语从句，从句意为“尽管这是唯一的小镇”。

70. A.　while意为“在……期间”，从句意为“趁着他们还年轻我想让他们体验一下”。

71. A.　however = no matter how后接形容词或者副词，whatever后接名词，引导让步状语从句。

72. C.　unless意为“除非”，本句意为“我们本周日要在公园里野餐，除非天下雨或者很冷。”

73. B.　whether ... or意为“无论”，引导让步状语从句。

74. D.　同71题。

75. B.　when引导时间状语从句。

76. C.　where = in the place where引导地点状语从句。本句意为“你最好把药放在孩子们够不着的地方。”

77. D.　in that意为“由于，在于”，引导原因状语从句。本句意为“动物在人类手中受到迫害，因为人类要开垦土地，为更多人提供粮食，从而伤害到动物。”

78. C.　as long as = so long as意为“只要”，引导条件状语从句，本句意为“只要你长话短说”。

79. D.　本句意为“不要承诺任何事情，除非你有百分之一百的把握”。unless引导条件状语从句。

80. B.　while = though意为“尽管”，从句意为“尽管网络很有帮助”。

81. D.　“it is +一段时间+ since从句”，是固定句型，意为“自从……以来，已有……时间了”。注意与“it is +一段时间+before从句”的固定结构区分。

82. A.　as意为“由于”，从句意为“特别是由于父亲远在法国”。

83. D.　when引导时间状语从句，从句意为“当你得到了这么好的一份工作的时候”。

84. B.　本句意为“战后一个新教学大楼在曾经是戏院的地方建了起来。”where = in the place where引导地点状语从句。

85. A.　本句意为“你要迟到了，除非你马上出发。”unless引导条件状语从句。

86. C.　同71题。本句意为“如果我们意志坚定地工作，不论困难有多大，我们都会克服”。

87. A.　本句意为“她没有朋友说得好，但是写作很好”，修饰谓语动词speak用well与excellent对应。

88. D.　wherever = in any place where意为“无论在任何地方”。

89. A.　同84题。本句意为“我们将在任何水源充足的地方建发电站”。

90. B.　时间状语从句用一般现在时表示将来。本句意为“新秘书应该在老板一到的时候就向他汇报。”

91. B.　同90题。本句意为“如果下雨排球赛就取消。”

92. A.　同90题。本句意为“下次写信的时候，记得寄一张你儿子的照片给我。”

93. A.　从句应该用被动语态，主句应该是一般将来时。本句意为“如果不阻止城市噪音增长的话，从现在算起20年后甚至在饭桌上人们也不得不大声喊叫才被听见”。

94. D.　complete本身词义就表示完成，before从句用一般现在时表示将来。本句意为“我再需要一张邮票就凑完整了一套”。

95. B.　本句意为“奶奶在看报的过程中睡着了。”，as = while意为“在……期间”，主句的动作发生在从句动作的进行之中。

96. C.　虚拟语气。本句意为“若不是天下雨的话，我们昨天就能够爬到山上了。”本句表示对过去情况的虚拟。

97. B.　同96题。是虚拟语气，本句意为“如果他当初受到警告，他就不会吃那食物了。”“幸运的是他立刻被送到医院去了。”

98. D.　“it is + 一段时间+since从句”是一个固定句型。本句意为“从中华人民共和国成立到现在已经50年了”。

99. B.　not until位于句首时，主句谓语要部分倒装。本句意为“直到开始工作了我才认识到我浪费了多少时间”。

100. A.　同99题，主句谓语必须用肯定式。本句意为“直到河里的鱼都死了村民们才认识到污染是多么严重”。

101. B.　本句是个强调句，当对原因状语从句强调时，只能用because引导原因状语从句。

102. A.　since意为“既然”，引导的从句所表达的是显而易见的原因。本句意为“既然你没有足够的钱，为何不买一个便宜的呢”。

103. C.　“it is +一段时间+since从句”是固定句型，意为“从……时候到现在多久了”。

104. D.　修饰行为动词speak只能用副词，good是形容词，so ... as只能用于否定句，因此选well。

105. D.　as意为“尽管”引导让步状语从句，从句必须倒装。本句意为“尽管可能会尝试，他也不可能摆脱困境”。

106. D.　the first time是复合连词引导时间状语从句；at first, for the first time是介词短语，单独作状语，不能引导从句，until不合题意。本题意为“第一次见到电脑我就对它显示出极大的兴趣”。

107. D.　本句意为“我认为即使当你毕业了也不能理解这个公式”，even when引导时间状语从句。

108. C.　while意为“在……期间”during，　throughout是介词不能引导从句，until引导的从句是肯定句时，谓语动词是非延续性动词。因此选择while。

109. B.　whatever = no matter what意为“无论什么”，引导让步状语从句。本句意为“无论我说什么，他总是认为我是错的”。

110. B.　now that = since意为“既然”，引导让步状语从句。本题意为“既然雨已经停了，咱们就继续工作吧”。

111. A.　whatever people say = no matter what people say意为“无论人们说什么”，引导让步状语从句；而what people say意为“人们说的话”，可作名词性从句，但是不能引导让步状语从句。本题意为“无论人们说什么，我都肯定这男孩儿是诚实的”。

112. A.　本题意为“我认识格林夫人之前就已经认识格林先生很长时间了。”before引导时间状语从句，long加强before的语气。before long意为“不久以后”；long ago可作状语，但是不能引导从句。

113. B.　本题意为“他们一直等到天黑才离开，由于不想让任何人看见他们。”as意为“由于”表示补充说明的原因。

114. B.　“however +形容词/副词”意为“无论多么……”引导让步状语从句。而how不能引导让步状语从句；whenever意为“无论何时”不合题意。本题意为“无论你多么频繁打电话都不会有人接”。

115. A.　本题意为“无论他们做什么来阻止我，我都决不放弃。”no matter what引导让步状语从句。

116. B.　“so+形容词+ that”引导结果状语从句。本题意为“父亲如此忙于工作以至于经常废寝忘食”。

117. C.　decision后接that引导的同位语从句，同位语从句本身又含有一个if引导的条件状语从句。

118. B.　本题意为“我通常晚上看电视，除非为了迎考不得不复习。”unless = if not引导条件状语从句。

119. D.　本题意为“当我想返回祖国的时候已经在那里住了三十多年了。”when意为“当……时候”。

120. C.　“it was +一段时间+ before从句”意为“过了多久之后才……”，是固定句型。本题意为“过了很久我才又睡着了”。

121. D.　for引出结果用来当作原因进行推测。本题意为“他肯定生病了，因为看上去脸色苍白”。

122. C.　本题意为“直到你来我才会采取行动。”until引导时间状语从句。

123. C.　unless = if not意为“除非”，引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表示将来。本题意为“你会感冒的，除非你再多穿点儿衣服”。

124. D.　whether ... or意为“无论”。本题意为“无论醒着还是睡着，这个话题总是在他脑海里。”

125. D.　hardly ... when意为“一……就……”是固定搭配。本题意为“我们一到火车站天就下起了雨”。

126. C.　while意为“然而”，表示前后对比、对照。本题意为“他们很吃惊，孩子竟然算出了这道题而他们却没有算出来。”

127. D.　but表示转折，若用however时，前后都要有逗号。本题意为“我叫罗伯特，但是多数朋友都简称我鲍勃”。

128. D.　although/though引导让步状语从句时可以与副词yet或still连用。

129. D.　本题意为“直到失去了健康，人们才知道它的价值。”till与before逻辑上都可以。

130. A.　当加强原因状语从句的语气时用because引导从句。本题意为“我没有帮助他，并非因为我不愿意”。

131. D.　since引导一般过去时的时间状语从句时，主句谓语要用现在完成时形式。而after，　when与before都不能这样用。

132. B.　连词不能并列使用，而A，C与D都是成对的连词，then是副词可以和连词if并列使用。因此选择B。

133. C.　never ... until意为“永远不会……直到……”强调否定行为的延续。本题意为“一个人直到决心下功夫才能期待成功的到来”。

134. B.　every time = each time意为“每次”，相当于连词引导时间状语从句。本题意为“每次你与别人谈话或者写短信，都是在向别人展示技能”。

135. A.　两个连词不能并列使用；still his works is not widely read主谓不一致。本题意为“尽管他被认为是位大作家，他的作品却没有被广泛阅读。”

136. A.　逻辑意义上visit our school只能发生在he came to town之后。本题意为“来城里后他将参观我们学校”。

137. B.　so that意为“以便”，引导目的状语从句。本句意为“我匆忙赶路以便上课不迟到”。

138. B.　只有unless是连词可以引导从句。本句意为“除非他来，否则我们就不能走。”

139. C.　A项意为“只要”；B项意为“尽管”；C项意为“以防”；D项意为“好像”。根据句意“把你的钥匙留给邻居，以防你把自己锁在外面了。”所以选C项。

140. B.　where引导的地点状语表明主句动作发生的地点，即“你最好呆在你现在所在的地方”。故选B。

141. B.　hot是作从句的表语，as引导让步状语从句时，从句需要倒装，故选B。

142. C.　as long as意为“只要”；so that意为“以便，因此”；no matter how意为“不管怎样”；except that意为“除了”。句意为“只要一个人给别人的生活带来价值，那么他的生命就有价值。”根据题意，应选C项。

143. A.　本题句意为“不管如何（however）努力，如果你不减少食量是很难减肥的。”因此选择复合句让步状语从句的引导词however。

144. A.　本题句意为“虽然我总觉得我考试能过关，但从没想过我能得优。”while常见含义有“虽然；然而，而；在……期间，当……时；趁着”等，此处意为“虽然”。因此选择复合句让步状语从句引导词while。

145. C.　答语语境表示“抱歉，你不能继续训练因为你膝盖受的伤还没有恢复。”由此可知，空白处后面为原因状语从句，因此，正确答案为C选项。易错的是审题时粗心大意，很容易误认为是not ... until ...句型，从而误选成A选项。

146. B.　此处是where引导地点状语从句，表示“在……地方”。句意为“很多高楼在一年前还是废墟的地方矗立起来了”。

147. A.　此处as引导一个时间状语从句，这里smile和apologize同时进行，as意为“当……的时候”。本句意为“当玛丽为她喝醉了的朋友道歉时，他礼貌地微笑着。”

148. B.　根据句意可知“除非有来自欧盟的更多的经济支持，否则希腊政府很难克服目前的困难。”只能选择unless（意为“除非”）才能使句意完整。

149. D.　本题句意为“只要你保证不开得太快，你就可以把我的车借走。”unless意为“除非”；even if意为“即使”；in case意为“以防万一”；as long as意为“只要”。因此选D。

150. A.　本题句意为“除被标明的以外，书中其余所有的图片都可以追溯到20世纪50年代。”所填词表示条件，从句用了省略句，引导词意思是“除非，如果不”。因此选A。

151. A.　even if意为“即便”，as though意为“似乎”，in case意为“以防”，if only意为“要是……多好”。本句意为“即使下雨，我们也会玩得很开心。”因此选A。

152. A.　只要辨认出固定句型hardly ... when ...（一……就……）问题即刻解决。本题句意为“我刚到办公室，妻子就给我打电话让我立刻回家。”

153. C.　本题句意为“为了毕业典礼，所有东西都准确地放在他想放的地方。”where = in the place in which，引导地点状语从句。

154. B.　本题句意为“尽管我得说你确实看起来熟悉，但我相信我们以前没见过面。”根据句意只有although符合题意。

155. A.　本题句意为“汤姆把测试看做障碍，然而他的同学把这看做挑战。”while意为“然而”，表示上下文的对比和转折。

156. A.　本题句意为“拍照前，你应该先检查太阳的位置。”根据语境，应该选择before。

157. C.　本题句意为“为了让大家过上平安的日子，我市警察工作非常卖力。”根据语境，应该选择C。

158. C.　本题句意为“他准备好了相机以便看到可以拍摄的景物时可用。”in case意为“以防，以免”；even if意为“即使”；if only意为“只要，但愿”；so that意为“为了，以便”。

159. C.　本题句意为“不论跟谁握手，我们通常将手套取下，以示尊敬。”shake hands with sb.表示“与某人握手”，本句中的with后缺少宾语，结合句意选C项，whoever在句中引导让步状语从句。

160. A.　本句意为“Jack什么也没说，但老师向他笑了笑，好像他做了件聪明的事情一样。”根据句意，空格处需要填入“好像，仿佛”故选A。

161. D.　本句意为：虽然排球是她的主要项目，但她还擅长篮球。while意为“虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。since意为“自从”，once意为“一旦”，unless意为“除非”，均不合题意。

162. D.　本题句意为“如果众人都说一部电影不好，我不会急着去看，或者会等到DVD出版”。wait until表示“等到……”之意，因此选D。

163. A.　本题句意为“那顿饭真美味，尽管有点贵。”though意为“尽管”，引导让步状语从句，该句使用了省略形式，完整形式为though it was a little expensive。注意as也可以表示“尽管”，但是as作此意时必须使用倒装结构。

164. A.　whenever意为“无论何时”，however意为“然而”，whichever意为“任何一个”，wherever意为“无论哪里”。本句意为“请打电话给我的秘书安排今天下午的会议，或者在任何你方便的时候。”关系副词在后句中充当状语，根据语境可知是指时间，故选A。

165. D.　本题句意为“我们正在为出去度周末而收拾行李，这时我的女儿听到求救的呼喊。”be doing when表示“正在做某事，这时（突然）……”，是常见结构，故选D项。

166. B.　本题句意为“2001年4月29日，威廉王子和凯特步入了婚姻的殿堂。”when引导时间状语从句。

167. B.　本题句意为“尽管我很费力才将他叫醒，但Frank坚持说他没有睡着。”although引导让步状语从句。

168. D.　“It is + 时间段 +since + 从句（谓语为一般过去时）”为固定句型，故选D。本题句意为“正如所报道的那样，清华大学自建校以来已有100年的历史了。”

169. B.　本题句意为“无论沙漠多么的干燥，都不可能没有生命。”“how+形容词+陈述语序”表示“无论……多么……”。

170. D.　本题句意为“他刚一结束演讲，同学们就欢呼起来。”固定句式no sooner ... than ...表示“一……就……”。

171. B.　本题句意为“为了下次亚运会在建的新体育馆将会是目前的三倍大。three times as big as意为“是……的三倍大”。引导比较状语从句应该将倍数放在连词前面。

172. C.　although意为“尽管”；as意为“如，好像”；　unless意为“除非”。本题句意为“尽管有规律的运动很重要，但是在睡前运动不是一个好主意。”

173. B.　while的意思是“虽然，尽管”相当于though或although。本题句意为“虽然他们都是强有力的候选人，但只有一个人被选中担任这个职务。”

174. D.　while的意思是“虽然，尽管”，表示对比和转折。这句话的意思是“尽管有些人来这里是为了短暂的休息，另一些人却已经决定永远呆在这里了。”

175. A.　even though的意思是“即使，尽管”相当于even if。这句话的意思是“观众们尽管抱怨节目质量，他们却还是继续看电视。”

第4章　非谓语动词

不定式阶段练习

1. B.　不定式作定语，we can imagine是插入中间的定语从句。本句意为“那是唯一我们能设想的减少学生浴室滥用水的方法”。

2. C.　threaten to do sth.意为“威胁要做某事”。本题意为“戴维威胁如果损坏得不到赔偿的话，他要向警察告发他的邻居。”

3. C.　不定式表示目的，而且与主语构成被动关系。本句意为“为了成为奥林匹克赛事项目，一项运动至少在四大洲里有至少75个国家参加。”

4. A.　不定式作定语，与所修饰的名词构成被动关系时，在there be句型中常常用主动形式表示被动意义。本句意为“如果有很多工作要做，我很乐于坚持下去直到完成。”

5. B.　本题句子的谓语是force sb. to do sth.的被动语态形式。

6. D.　本句中所含的定语从句的谓语是 try nothing to persuade you to stay结构。本题句意为“我无法说服你留下来，因此我希望你好运。”

7. A.　作目的状语总是用不定式。本题意为“为了确保煤气安全，政府已经彻底检查了城市的燃气供应系统。”

8. B.　本题句子的谓语是被动语态形式allow sth. to be done。本题句意为“能量饮料在澳大利亚不被允许制作，但是可以从新西兰进口。”

9. A.　本题句子的谓语是feel oneself do sth.结构。本句意为“读完来自战场的信，妈妈觉得发冷，手也颤抖起来。”

10. B.　本句用不定式表示目的状语。本句意为“为了改善雇员的工作效率，主管会允许雇员享有一次间休。”

11. B.　本题句子谓语是promise to do sth. and to do sth.结构，宾语是并列不定式。本句意为“根据世贸组织要求，中国已经承诺修订现行法规并拟订新政策。”

12. C.　本题是含有不定式作目的状语的句子。本题句意为“令人不可思议，粉丝们在体操馆外等了三小时仅仅为了看一眼体育明星们。”

13. B.　have及there be作“有”讲时，其句型中不定式作定语一般用主动形式表示被动意义。本句意为“你有什么东西要买吗？”

14. C.　本句意为“据信流感是由喜欢在人的鼻腔和喉咙内繁殖的病毒引起的。”根据句意，应使用不定式的被动语态形式。

15. A.　本题中，that引导的宾语从句谓语是be ordered to do sth.。本句意为“军队发言人强调，所有士兵都被要求在开枪前先要清楚地发布警告。”因此选择A。

16. A.　前者是that引导同位语从句，对new problem进行解释说明。后者是sth. need to be done,意为“某事需要被做”。

17. B.　that从句谓语是have sth. to do结构，这里的不定式作定语，且主动表示被动。 本题意为“她将告诉我们，为什么她如此强烈地认为为使地球变得更适宜居住，我们每个人都有要扮演的角色（都起着作用）”。

18. A.　本题句子谓语是strive to do sth.结构。本句意为“为了在国际市场获得更大的份额，很多国营企业都在努力使它们的产品更具有竞争性。”

19. D.　but表示转折，使句子保持意义平衡。本句意为“我很想来，但是我太忙了。”

20. D.　seem后接的不定式的动作发生在谓语动词之前，而且与主语he成被动关系，因此选择不定式完成时的被动式to have been told。

21. B.　作状语的不定式的逻辑主语必须与句子的主语保持一致，根据本题，提高英语的人只能是Jenny本人，因此选B。本句意为“为了提高英语水平，珍妮为自己买了很多录音带。”

22. A.　could do nothing but do sth. = have to do sth.意为“不得不做某事”，but意为“除了”，作为介词时but前面如果有行为动词do，　but后面接的不定式要省去to。

23. B.　本题含有like to do sth.与play sth. with sb.两个动词短语结构。本题意为“尽管他们不出色，但是我们仍然喜欢和他们一起打篮球。”

24. B.　不定式作宾语补足语，与宾语成被动关系，即expect sth. to be done意为“指望/期待某事被做”。本题意为“有人拿走了我的雨伞，我也从来没有指望它被归还。”

25. A.　本题意为“湿雨伞不被允许带入这个宾馆”。根据题意，本句谓语应用被动语态形式allow sth. to be done。

26. D.　I'd be happy to = I'd like to.是句子I'd be happy to look after your cat省略了不定式的形式。

27. B.　答句是he intends to study German的不定式省略形式。为了避免重复，动词plan, mean, wish, hope, intend, would like, like等动词后接不定式总是用省略形式。

28. B.　本题是mean to thank her的不定式省略形式。进一步解释参见第27题。本句意为“我本打算要感谢她的，可是当我要离开时，哪里也找不到她了。”

29. D.　that从句的谓语是take sb. some time to do sth.结构。it作形式主语，不定式作真正的主语。

30. A.　本题意为“几个世纪以来，来自世界各地的人们都已声称曾经看见过奇怪的现象：天空中的光、飞行物、甚至来自其他行星的动物。”根据句意，本句谓语结构应该用不定式的完成时claim to have done sth.意为“声称曾经做过某事”。

动名词阶段练习

1. C.　suggest表示“建议”时后只能接动词的动名词形式作宾语，意为“建议要做某事”，因此选C。如接从句，要用可省略should的虚拟语气。

2. B.　本题中，空白处所要填入的是句子的主语，而且表示主动意义，应选择动词的动名词形式，因此B项是正确答案。本句意为“在面试中表现良好对于在大学中获职很重要。”

3. B.　as ... as ...后接名词或者动名词。本题意为“像喝点儿冷水这样简单的事就可以使你头脑清醒缓解压力”。

4. A.　动词practise后只能接动词的动名词形式作宾语，不能接不定式。因此选A。

5. B.　动词consider后只能接动词的动名词形式作宾语，consider doing sth.意为“考虑要做某事”，本题意为“我公司所有员工都在考虑去市中心参加时装展”。

6. B.　It's no use doing sth.是固定句型，意为“做某事无用”。

7. C.　动词suggest表示“建议”时后只能接动词的动名词形式，不能接不定式作宾语，“建议要做某事”只能用动名词的一般式形式。因此选择C，不选择D。

8. B.　动词risk后只能接动词的动名词形式，而不能接不定式作宾语，动名词与主语成主动关系，因此选择B。

9. C.　介词for后只能接动名词不能接不定式作宾语。带逻辑主语的动名词否定式，not应该放在逻辑主语与动名词之间，因此选C。

10. C.　spend time (in) doing sth.意为“花费时间做某事”，介词in可以省略。本句意为“根据美国最近的一项调查，孩子每周花多达25小时看电视”。

11. C.　lead to意为“导致”，to是介词，后接名词、代词、动名词。本句中动名词与其逻辑主语成被动关系，因此用动名词的被动形式C。

12. D.　本题是带逻辑主语的动名词作主语，逻辑主语是名词必须用名词所有格形式。从句作主语连词不能省略，因此A和C是错的。本题句意为“莫尔西总统试图修改宪法在埃及人民当中引起极大的混乱”。

13. A.　动词mean作“意味着”讲时，后必须接动名词而不能接不定式形式作宾语，因此选A。本句意为“在伦敦的有些地区，误了一班公共汽车就意味着再等一个小时”。

14. B.　appreciate是及物动词，其后只能接动名词不能接不定式形式作宾语，因此选择B。

15. D.　本题意为“钓鱼是他最喜欢的业余爱好，收集硬币也给他很大快乐。”前半句是动名词作主语，后面与前面结构形式对称，也应该是动名词形式作主语。

16. B.　devote ... to doing sth.是固定句型，he had是定语从句修饰all。本句意为“瑞德先生下定决心把他所拥有的一切都献给为贫穷的孩子们建几所学校上”。

17. D.　动名词having invited的否定式not必须放在动名词形式最前面，动名词表示的行为与其逻辑主语Tony成被动关系，因此选择D。

18. D.　it is of no use doing sth.是固定句型，表示“做某事无用”。此句型中，of可以省略，no可以换成much, little等修饰语。know后面要接带疑问词的不定式，因此选择D。

19. A.　it is no good doing sth.是固定句型，表示“做某事没好处”。本句意为“让孩子们读这种书是没有好处的”。

20. B.　what在疑问句中作主语，losing the papers是对what的回答，也相当于完整句子的主语，即Losing the papers makes me so worried，而A和C是状语从句，D是介词短语都不能作主语，因此选择B。

21. A.　allow (sb's) doing sth.意为“允许某人做某事”，是一个固定句型。另一种形式为allow sb. to do sth.。本句意为“恐怕你太太不会允许你在家里养狗的”。

22. A.　would prefer sb.'s doing sth.或者would prefer sb. to do sth.是固定句型，本题意为“我们更愿意她呆在公司”。

23. C.　prefer to do sth. rather than do sth.是一个固定句型，意为“喜欢做某事胜过于做另一件事”，本题只是把rather than do sth.提前而已。

24. B.　keep doing sth.意为“一直不断地做某事”，动词practise后只能接动名词而不能接不定式形式作宾语，因此选B。

25. D.　enjoy doing sth.意为“喜欢做某事”。动词enjoy后只能接动名词形式作宾语。并列句前后简单句结构应该保持一致，因此选D。

26. D.　remember to do sth.意为“记住去做某事”，而remember doing意为“记着做过的事”，本题意为“你写信时记住代我向他问好”，因此选D。

27. B.　regret doing sth.意为“后悔做过某事”，而regret to do sth.意为“遗憾地要做某事”。本题意为“上次他们未能通过考试，我很后悔没有帮助他们。”因此选B。

28. C.　try doing sth.意为“尝试着用某一种办法做某事”，而try to do sth.意为“尽力做某事”。本题意为“如果没有人听见你敲前门，就尝试着敲后门。”因此选C。

29. B.　动名词作主语其逻辑主语是人称代词时，人称代词要用形容词性物主代词形式，而带有逻辑主语的不定式作主语一般用it作形式主语，即it is ... for sb. to do sth.形式，因此选择B。

30. B.　动名词的否定式not要放在逻辑主语与动名词之间。因此选B。

31. A.　解释同第29题。若选择D，则句子缺连词that，因为从句作主语连词不能省略，所以D是错的。

32. D.　动名词作真正的主语，表示“穿过森林”用介词through，因此选择D。本题意为“劈开道路穿过森林真是件很艰难的工作”。

33. C.　本题是动名词作表语，对主语内容进行解释和说明，本题意为“她的工作是保持花园清洁”。

34. A.　本题空白处是表语，-ing形式的分词作表语，是说明主语的性质特点，通常意为“令人……的”；而-ed形式的分词作表语是说明主语的状态，通常意为“感到……的”。本题意为“她的提问是令人困惑的”。

35. A.　be busy doing和there is no time to do sth.是固定句型。本题意为“春节就要到了，我正忙着打扫房间，因此没有时间逛商店”。

36. C.　feel like sth./doing sth.是固定句型。本句意为“我现在不想睡觉”。

37. C.　be busy doing sth.是固定句型，the coming examination意为“将要到来的考试”。本题意为“所有学生现在都在忙着为将要到来的考试复习功课”。

38. C.　be worth doing是固定句型，其动名词主动式表示被动意义，与主语成被动关系。本句意为“此书值得再读一次”。

39. A.　be worthy of being done是固定句型，动名词与主语如构成被动关系，要用被动语态。本题意为“这样的书本一点儿也不值得读”。

40. C.　can't stand doing sth.意为“不能忍受做某事”。动词stand作“忍受”讲时，后面必须接动名词。本题意为“老人家想离开这里，因为他不能忍受在这嘈杂的房间里睡觉”。

41. B.　apologize to sb. for doing sth.是固定句型，意为“因做了某事向某人道歉”。本题意为“老师因晚到向同学们道歉”。

42. C.　mind doing sth.意为“介意做某事”，prefer to do sth.意为“更喜欢做某事”。本题意为“我不介意步行回家，但是我弟弟更喜欢乘出租车”。

43. C.　feel like doing和there's no time left都是固定句型，I'd rather后接的从句其谓语动词用虚拟语气，形式为过去式，因此选C。

44. B.　avoid doing sth.意为“避免做某事”是固定句型，动词avoid后只能接动名词，不能接不定式，因此选择B。

45. D.　have a hard time doing sth.意为“费劲做某事”，是固定句型，本句意为“今天早上我好不容易才起床了”。

46. C.　have difficulty in doing sth.意为“艰难做某事”。本句意为“你永远想像不到我找到你家有多么艰难”。

47. B.　let's not do sth.是祈使句的固定句式，waste time doing sth.意为“浪费时间做某事”。本句意为“咱们别浪费时间讨论这样的问题吧”。

48. C.　spend time in doing sth.是固定句型。本题意为“他把所有时间都花在为托福考试做准备上了”。

49. C.　be successful in doing sth.是固定句型，本题意为“年轻人成功地修好了发电站”。

50. A.　apologize for sb.'s doing sth.意为“为做了某事道歉”。其否定式应将not放在-ing动词的前面，因此选A。本题意为“他因未能来到而道歉”。

51. C.　blame sb. for doing sth.意为“责备某人做某事”，是固定句型。belong to意为“属于”，不能用于进行时，因此选C。本题意为“她责备我拿了属于她的钱”。

52. C.　because of后可以接动名词但是不能接从句，因此D不对。动名词用完成时的被动式表示动名词的动作先于谓语动词的动作，而且与逻辑主语Mary构成被动关系。本题意为“因为玛丽被授奖，玛丽的父亲很高兴”。

53. A.　used to do sth.意为“过去常常做某事”，be used to doing sth.意为“习惯于做某事”都是固定句型。

54. B.　devote ... to意为“致力于”，to是介词，后接名词、动名词作宾语。本题意为“他全力以赴寻找未知的元素”。

55. C.　escape后只能接动名词作宾语，动名词与逻辑主语he构成被动关系。本题意为“他怎么能逃避被看到呢？”

56. D.　insist on doing sth.是固定句型，动名词与逻辑主语the design构成被动关系，本题意为“他们坚持明天设计完成”。

57. C.　miss doing sth.意为“错过做某事”，动名词与主语构成被动关系，因此用被动形式，本题意为“十五年前在南美洲的森林里，他们差点儿被射杀”。

58. B.　congratulate sb. on doing sth.意为“庆幸某人做了某事”，动名词与逻辑主语himself构成被动关系，因此选B。本题意为“盗贼偷偷溜进房子里，庆幸自己没有被看到”。

59. D.　regret doing sth.意为“后悔做过某事”，should have done意为“本应做某事而没有做”，本题意为“他很后悔浪费了本应该学习的那些日子”。

60. D.　regret doing sth.意为“后悔做过某事”，regret to do sth.意为“很遗憾要做某事”。本句意为“我现在为做了那事而后悔”。

61. A.　the learned意为“有学问的人”。本题意为“一般说来，有学问的人受到普通人的尊敬”。

62. D.　spoken English意为“口头英语”，by doing sth.意为“通过做某事的方式”。本题意为“你必须通过说来学会英语口语”。

63. B.　need to do sth.意为“需要做某事”，have sth. done意为“请人做某事”。本句意为“也许你需要请人检查一下眼睛了”。

64. B.　sth. need doing意为“某事需要被做”，动名词用主动形式表示被动意义。本题意为“你的鞋脏了，急需洗一洗”。

65. C.　want sth. to be done意为“要求某事被做”本题意为“我们想把手表今天下午送去修一下”。

分词阶段练习

1. A.　amuse是及物动词，意为“使某人发笑或感到快乐”。amused在此作宾补，keep sb. amused说明宾语所处的状态。本题句意为“Lucy很有幽默感，总是用自己的故事使同事们感到快乐。”

2. A.　本题用分词作时间状语，分词的逻辑主语与句子的主语一致并构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。本题句意为“走近市中心时，我们看到一个大约十米高的石雕像。”

3. B.　本题是非谓语动词作结果状语，因为表示自然的结果所以用分词作状语。与句子的主语构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式killing。

4. C.　affected作those的定语，与those在意义上是被动关系，意为“受地震影响的那些人”。

5. D.　away位于句首引起句子全倒装，并且时态是一般过去时，因此选择D。若选A，则本题缺少主句。

6. A.　本题是分词作原因状语，并与句子的主语构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。句意为“受到对大自然不断增加的兴趣的影响，越来越多的人喜欢上了户外运动。”

7. A.　本题是非谓语动词作定语，修饰jobs,并与所修饰名词jobs构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。句意为“报告显示，45%的学生在不需要专业资格的岗位上就业。”

8. B.　本题trying作伴随状语，与句子的主语构成主动关系，因此选择D。

9. D.　当locate表示“位于某个方位”时，作谓语用be located形式。在此句中，locate用来作原因状语，表示句子的主语the New York所处的位置，因此用located。

10. B.　动词speak的非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词language构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式spoken。本句意为“在历史上，强势群体所使用的语言影响整个文明。”

11. B.　have sb. doing sth.意为“听任某人做某事”。现在分词coming作宾语补足语。本题句意为“如果我们听任非法移民涌入，很多当地的工人将会失去工作。”

12. A.　hear sb. doing sth.意为“听见某人正在做某事”，本题句意为“敲门声过后，孩子听到妈妈的声音在叫他。”

13. C.　本题是非谓语动词作定语与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，既表示被动又表示完成，因此用过去分词形式，而现在分词完成式的被动式不能做定语。本句中complete与the Town Hall既构成被动关系又表示“完成”。

14. D.　本句为want sth. done结构，本句中display与宾语paintings构成被动关系，句意为“她想要在展览室展示她自己的画作。”

15. C.　earn在此句中作定语，与所修饰的名词mechanics构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。本句意为“Russ和Earl是薪酬一样的机械师，但是Earl更有进取心。”

16. A.　此句中非谓语动词作条件状语与句子的主语the e-mail构成被动关系，又表示完成，因此用过去分词短语mailed out。本句意为“电子邮件被自动发送后，会被所有会员收到。”

17. C.　waiting在本句中作定语，与所修饰的名词visitors构成主动关系。本题句意为“艺术画廊前面有数以百计的参观者在等待着观看梵高的画作”。

18. A.　本句中过去分词chased作宾语himself的补足语，与宾语构成被动关系，因此选择A。

19. A.　本题是作时间状语的非谓语动词与句子的主语构成被动关系，因此用put的过去分词形式。

20. A.　本题是现在分词taking作伴随状语，与句子主语people构成主动关系，因此选择A。

21. C.　remain是连系动词后接表语，seat是及物动词，其非谓语动词无论作表语还是作补语都用seated形式，因此选择C。

22. B.　smell在此句中作定语，与修饰的名词flowers构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式smelling。

23. A.　本题是过去分词recorded作非限制性的定语，与所修饰的名词disc构成被动关系，因此选择A。

24. B.　由作状语的现在分词的被动式having been attacked可以判断出句子的主语应是the tall building，因此选择B。

25. D.　interesting意为“有趣的”可以用来作表语，经常用来说明作主语的物的特性。interest是及物动词，作谓语时，意为“使某人感兴趣”。前者作表语，后者作谓语，因此选择D。

26. B.　此句中take的非谓语动词作时间状语，与句子的主语the drug构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。

27. A.　than后面是被动语态的比较状语从句the money is kept的省略句，省去了the money is。

28. A.　本题是作条件状语的非谓语动词与句子的主语构成被动关系，因此用invite的过去分词形式。

29. C.　本题中作条件状语的非谓语动词lacking是及物动词，后不接介词，与句子的主语his parents构成主动关系，因此选择C。

30. D.　非谓语动词known作定语，与所修饰的名词phrases等构成被动关系，并且没有时间概念；而to be known表示将来，being known表示正在进行的被动的动作，having been known不作定语，因此选择D。

31. A.　非谓语动词completed作时间状语，与句子的主语构成被动关系，因此选择A。本题句意为“完工时，博物馆将于明年对公众开放。”

32. D.　由作状语的现在分词短语feeling the car stolen可以推测出句子的主语是丢车的she，因此选D。

33. A.　前者是现在分词indicating作定语，与所修饰的名词the bell成主动关系；后者是现在分词作结果状语，与句子的主语成主动关系，因此用现在分词。本句意为“代表着入学考试剩余15分钟的铃声响了，一度在同学们中间引起紧张。”

34. C.　动词translate的非谓语动词形式作原因状语与句子的主语the novel构成被动关系，并且非谓语动词的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前，因此用非谓语动词的完成时的被动式having been translated。

35. A.　前者miss是不及物动词作定语，与被修饰的名词boy构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式；后者是非谓语动词作主语补足语，与主语the missing boy构成主动关系，而且表示正在进行的动作，因此选A。本句意为“丢失的孩子最后一次被人看见时是正在东湖旁边玩儿”。

36. C.　本题是found的非谓语动词作原因状语，与句子的主语Harvard构成被动关系，既表示被动又表示完成，因此用find的过去分词形式。

37. B.　此句中hope的非谓语动词作伴随状语，与句子的主语he构成主动关系，因此用现在分词。本句意为“他给我发了一份电子邮件，希望得到更进一步的信息。”

38. B.　此句是一个特殊句型“祈使句+ and+简单句”。因为后有连词and，前面不能用动词的非谓语形式作状语，而且前后的逻辑主语也不一致，因此只能选B。本题句意为“若可能就献一点血，很多生命就得救了”。

39. A.　tire与bore的现在分词形式用作形容词多用来修饰物，说明物的特性，过去分词形式的形容词多用来修饰人，说明人所处的状态。本句中前者作定语，说明被修饰的名词Mr. Smith所处的状态，后者是现在分词作定语说明被修饰的名词speech的特性。

40. B.　此句是非谓语动词作宾语补足语，与宾语构成被动关系，所以用过去分词作宾语补足语, 根据上下文的意思选择cared for，意为“照料，呵护”。本题句意为“一到幼儿园，妈妈就很高兴地看到孩子得到很好的照料。”

41. B.　非谓语动词作原因状语，与句子的主语构成被动关系，而且发生在谓语动词之前，既表示被动又表示完成，因此选择B。本题句意为“两个老姐妹因为被分离了那么久，相互握着对方突然大哭起来。”

42. D.　前者作定语，后者作宾语补足语，tire的用法可参见第39题。本题句意为“咱们休息一会儿吧，这项累人的工作使我很累。”

43. D.　此句是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”形式，宾语each new phone与宾语补足语add to构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。本句意为“就像随着新电话入网，电话网络的价值随之升高，随着电脑程序的推出，电脑系统的价值也随之攀升。”

44. C.　inform是个及物动词，意为“告知，通知”，在此作宾语补足语，与宾语us构成被动关系，因此选择C。

45. C.　surprise的分词用法与bore, tire等的分词形式用法一样，请参照第39题。本题句意为“大家都被他在两个月内取得的惊人的进步震惊了。”

46. D.　本句是非谓语动词作宾语补足语，与宾语eyes构成主动关系，staring at意为“盯着看”。因此选择D。

47. C.　本句是被动语态，过去分词based在本句中作主语the film的补足语，与主语构成被动关系，因此选择C。

48. C.　after是介词，后接动名词，动名词与句子的主语构成主动关系，用have表示完成，因此选用动名词的完成时形式。

49. B.　when后接现在分词taking作时间状语，而且与祈使句的主语you构成主动关系。时间状语从句不能用一般将来时，因此A是错误的。when taking the medicine是时间状语从句when you take the medicine的非谓语动词形式。

50. C.　空白处是非谓语动词作伴随状语，与主语the students构成主动关系，因此选择现在分词形式。本句意为“学生们跟着老师回家了”。

51. D.　此句中非谓语动词reaching作结果状语，表示自然而然的结果，与主语the long-lasting war构成主动关系。本题句意为“长久持续的战争，充满血腥和死亡，以人们的悲哀结束了，并没有达到任何结果。”

52. D.　所要填入的非谓语动词与主语they构成被动关系，作方式状语，因此选择过去分词locked。本题句意为“他们被锁在房间里，度过了那天晚上。”

53. A.　空白处所要填入的是非谓语动词作伴随状语，与句子的主语he构成主动关系，因此用现在分词。句意为“他向国王写了一封信，希望被释放。”

54. C.　devote ... to ... 结构中to是介词后接动名词，be devoted to意为“致力于做某事”。本题句意为“斯蒂芬把一生都献给了电影制作，他的妻子凯特也致力于自己的职责。”

55. D.　由作状语的非谓语动词的逻辑主语就是句子的主语可知，句子的主语his head与非谓语动词walk不构成任何逻辑关系，因此排除A与C。而B是一个简单句，连接两个简单句，句子又缺少连词。作状语只能用状语从句，因此选择D。

56. D.　此句是make good use of time to do sth.的被动语态形式。

57. D.　base ... upon的非谓语动词形式作非限制性的定语，与所修饰的名词the film构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。

58. B.　miss的非谓语动词作宾语补足语时，与宾语things构成主动关系，miss是不及物动词，此句是find sth. missing结构，意为“发现某物不见了”。steal与lose是及物动词，若用在“find sth. +宾语补足语”结构中与宾语sth.构成被动关系，应该用过去分词形式。因此本题应选择B。

59. B.　supposing后接从句相当于条件状语从句，supposing相当于连词if。本句意为“如果天下雨，我们就呆在家里。”

60. D.　compared with sth.意为“与……比较起来”，“be of too small a size”意为“尺寸太小了”。

61. A.　非谓语动词burning作定语，与所修饰的名词oil构成主动关系，而且表示正在进行，因此用现在分词。

62. B.　date的非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词figure构成主动关系，意为“历史可追溯到16世纪的石像”，因此用现在分词形式，故选择B。

63. B.　逗号后是一个独立主格结构，set与名词teeth构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式，eyes与look构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。

64. C.　空白处要填入的是lose的非谓语动词形式作原因状语，因为与主语he构成被动关系，因此选择C。

65. D.　非谓语动词作非限制性的定语，与所修饰的名词the Golden Gate Bridge构成被动关系，而且表示完成，因此用过去分词。A和B都是非限制性定语从句，A时态错误，B语态错误。

66. D.　本题的结构是suggest (that) sb. (should) do sth., suggest后接的宾语从句是被动语态形式。refer to作宾语从句的主语the cheat的定语，与the cheater成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。本句意为“我提议将涉嫌诈骗的嫌疑人关进监狱。”

67. B.　因为逗号后面是个简单句，而且没有连词，因此逗号前面只能用there be结构的非谓语动词形式作状语。

68. C.　非谓语动词engage作定语，与所修饰的名词the girl构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。本句意为“他返回到家里获悉，以前与他订过婚的姑娘已经与村支书结婚了。”

69. A.　动词disappoint的非谓语形式作原因状语，与句子的主语John构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。

70. A.　前者hide作状语与句子的主语he构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式，后者是arm的非谓语动词形式作定语与所修饰的名词enemy构成被动关系，因此也用过去分词形式。

71. C.　have sth. done意为“使某事被做”，be made into意为“被制成……”，have sb./sth. doing sth.意为“使某人/某物一直不停地做某事”，本句意为“为了使这奇妙的布料做成新衣服，他们让机器整天运转着。”

72. C.　此句中非谓语动词作结果状语，所表示的是自然而然的结果，只能用分词而不能用不定式作状语，分词与其逻辑主语即句子的主语构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。本句意为“世贸组织最终于11月10日向中国敞开了大门，结束了中国15年的等待。”

73. B.　前者为条件状语从句的省略形式，非谓语动词与句子的主语构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。后者是连系动词后接表语结构，连系动词没有被动语态，因此选择B。

74. D.　句子中间的逗号后面是连词but，连词前后都必须是句子，构成并列句，因此只能选择D。

75. B.　空白处是独立主格结构作条件状语，不定代词everything与take构成被动关系，因此take用过去分词形式。本句意为“考虑到一切因素，这个计划相当可行。你可以付诸行动了。”

76. C.　前者是非谓语动词作时间状语，与句子的主语our earth构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式，意为“从月亮上看”；后者是“with +宾语+宾语补足语”，宾语与补足语是主动关系，因此用现在分词形式，意为“水覆盖着地球70%的表面”。

77. B.　此题是非谓语动词形式作非限制性的定语，与所修饰的名词fellow构成主动关系，因此用现在分词，意为“一个重达250磅的大块头。”

78. C.　空白处是非谓语动词形式作定语，由下文的语境可知“计划将要制定出”，所以用不定式作定语，不定式与所修饰的名词名词plan构成被动关系，因此用不定式的被动式。

79. B.　非谓语动词形式作定语，mark与所修饰的名词dates构成被动关系，且表示完成，因此用过去分词形式。本题意为“从金币上被标注的日期，我们认定它是五百年前制作的。”

80. D.　空白处是非谓语动词作宾语补足语，take off与宾语load构成被动关系，且表示完成，因此用过去分词形式。本题意为“听到这个好消息，我觉得心头的重担落地了。”

81. D.　此题是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”结构，宾语eyes与补足语open是意义上的主表关系，用形容词作补足语，wide意为“宽大的”。widely意为“广泛地”。

82. B.　此题是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”，宾语his wife与宾语补足语support构成主动关系，因此用现在分词。

83. B.　空白处是非谓语动词形式作定语，与所修饰的名词machines构成被动关系，由上下文的语境可知是正在进行的动作，意为“正在被维修的机器”，因此选择B。

84. D.　本题意为“经过几次谈话，双方都认为这个领土纷争已经解决了”。其实这道题是个省略句，还原的原句为After a few rounds of talks，　both sides regarded the territory dispute as a settled dispute。

85. C.　此题是“with +宾语+宾语补足语”结构，seat意为“使……坐下，落座”，无论作表语还是作宾语补足语都用seated形式。

非谓语动词综合练习

1. A.　现在分词作伴随状语，意为“许多救援人员没日没夜地工作着，向震后的青海玉树运送物资。”

2. B.　remain stuck = be stuck意为“滞留某处”

3. A.　此题是make the best use of time to do sth.的被动语态形式。此题句意为“在我看来，这才是对于能够用来学好外语的时间的最好利用。”

4. A.　本题为approach的现在分词作时间状语，与主语we构成主动关系。本题句意为“当我们走进市中心的时候，看到高度有大约10米的石雕。”

5. B.　此题为keep sb. informed of sth.结构，意为“使某人被告知某事”。此题句意为“总裁承诺让所有董事会成员都知道谈判进行得如何”。

6. D.　空白处应该是travel的非谓语动词作伴随状语，与主语he构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。

7. A.　hear sb. doing sth.意为“听见某人正在做某事”。本题句意为“听！你听到有人在喊救命了吗？”

8. C.　本题是非谓语动词作定语，由句中for months时间状语可知分词的动作发生在谓语动词的动作之前，struggle与所修饰名词Dina成主动关系，意为“为找工作而努力了几个月的Dina”，因此选择C。

9. A.　discover的非谓语动词形式作定语，与所修饰的名词money构成被动关系，而且表示完成，意为“在图书馆被发现的钱”，因此选择A。

10. C.　本题是非谓语动词作伴随状语，与主语构成主动关系，而且表示正在进行，因此选择C。keep an eye out意为“注视，警惕”。

11. B.　wait后接不定式作目的状语，不定式与主语构成被动关系，意为“等待被发现”，因此选择B。

12. B.　本题是have sth. to do结构，表示“有某事要做”，不定式作定语与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，不定式主动形式表示被动意义，因此选择B。

13. C.　本题为动词cause的非谓语动词形式作结果状语表示自然而然的结果，而且与主语it构成主动关系，意为“引发了严重的水灾”，因此选择C。不定式表示意外的结果，having caused表示分词的动作发生在谓语动作之前，不符合题意。

14. C.　空白处是question的非谓语形式作定语，与被修饰的students构成被动关系，表示被动和完成意义，意为“被调查的学生”，因此选择C。

15. B.　本题为非谓语动词作伴随状语，与句子主语lawyer构成主动关系，因此选择B。本题句意为“律师神情专注地听，尽力不漏掉任何点滴”。

16. C.　动词borrow的非谓语动词形式作定语，与所修饰的名词maps构成被动关系，意为“从图书馆借来的一些老地图”，因此选择C。

17. B.　本题是非谓语动词形式作目的状语，因此选择不定式。本题句意为“随着父亲节的临近，我已经从银行里取出了一点儿钱为父亲买礼物。”

18. A.　本题是现在分词作结果状语，表示自然结果，意为“使得学生们重返教室”，因此选择A；若用不定式作目的状语一般不用逗号隔开。

19. A.　本题是非谓语动词形式作条件状语，与句子的主语构成被动关系，意为“从塔顶上看”，因此用过去分词。

20. B.　由名词前有序数词first修饰可知，必须用不定式作定语，而publish与book构成被动关系，意为“即将被出版的第一本书”，因此选择B。

21. C.　本题是让步状语从句的省略形式，原句为though he was surprised，省略了he was，因此选择C。

22. B.　be astonished to do sth.意为“吃惊地做某事”。本题句意为“我们吃惊地发现庙宇仍然处于原先的状况”。

23. D.　本题是get sth. done结构，意为“使某事被做，请人做某事”，因此选D。本题意为“亚历山大试图使他的著作在医疗圈内被认可”。

24. A.　空白处是非谓语动词作伴随状语，与句子主语构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。本题意为“看着同学们的脸色，我看出了他们眼中同样的激动目光”。

25. A.　空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词position构成被动关系，由yesterday可知是表示完成，因此用过去分词形式，意为“昨天在《中国日报》上刊登的职位招聘广告”。

26. C.　本题是lead的非谓语动词形式作结果状语，表示自然的结果，因此选择C。

27. D.　不定式的被动式作定语表示与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，且表示将来，意为“首先需要修缮”，因此选择D。

28. D.　本题是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词children构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式，意为“体重不足40磅的孩子”。

29. C.　本题是非谓语动词作定语表示与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，且时态上表示将来，因此用不定式的被动式，意为“即将演出的戏剧”。

30. A.　本题是动词grow的非谓语动词形式作定语，与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，且表示完成，意为“在他的农场种植的新鲜水果”，因此选择A。

31. B.　were treated是定语从句the guests were treated的谓语动词形式，定语从句修饰the way。本题句意为“在宾馆里客人被接待的方式影响着服务的评价”。

32. D.　空白处是非谓语动词形式作目的状语，因此用不定式形式。本题意为“他们所有人都尽力用工作站的性能以更有效地方式提供信息”。

33. B.　空白处是非谓语动词作原因状语，与句子的主语the manager构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。本题句意为“由于被提醒不要误了15:20的航班，经理匆忙动身去机场了。”

34. A.　本题是非谓语动词作伴随状语，与主语构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式。本题句意为“2009年4月，胡主席在青岛视察了军舰，庆祝人民海军成立60周年。”

35. D.　本题句意为“当他正要开门时，发现哪里也找不到钥匙了。”be to do sth.意为“正要做某事”。因此选择D。

36. A.　本题是并列的非谓语动词作非限制性的定语，与所修饰的名词worker构成主动关系，因此选择A。本题句意为“29岁时大卫是个工人，住在波士顿的一个小公寓里为他的未来怎么办发愁。”

37. D.　本题句意为“如今人们有时候为了更便于回收利用而分装垃圾”。第一个it作动词make的形式宾语，真正的宾语是不定式的复合结构for it to be reused。

38. C.　本题的破折号前面是祈使句，后面是对前面的解释，因此也用祈使句形式，故选C。

39. D.　本题是非谓语动词作条件状语，与主语players构成被动关系，因此选择D。本题句意为“如果经过正确的培训，这些十几岁的足球运动员终有一天会成为国际明星的。”

40. B.　本题句意为“政府计划引进新法律，迫使父母为孩子的教育多承担责任。”空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词构成主动关系，因此用现在分词形式，故选择B。

41. B.　本题句意为“当著名的女演员进入教室时，孩子们都扭头看她。”turn to look at sth.意为“扭头看”，不定式作目的状语，是固定搭配。

42. C.　本题句意为“既然我们都已经讨论了我们的问题，人们对所做的决定满意吗？”空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词decision构成被动关系，且表示完成，因此用过去分词形式。

43. A.　本题句意为“我们应邀参加下周五在俱乐部举行的晚会”。空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，且表示将来，因此选A。

44. D.　本题句意为“我仍然记得曾经被带到佛门寺以及亲眼所见的一切。”remember being taken to意为“记得曾被带去”，remember to be taken意为“记着要被带去”，take的非谓语动词与主语构成被动关系，根据题意选择D。

45. B.　本题句意为“在会议上很多老师都受到表扬，包括周先生。”本题是独立主格结构作状语，名词与非谓语动词构成被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。

46. C.　本题句意为“在政府的帮助下，受到地震影响的那些人都已经搬到新的安置处。”空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，且表示完成，因此选择C。

47. C.　本题句意为“由于吓得发抖，饥饿的狐狸把自己藏在小洞里，把尾巴暴露在雨中。”tremble的非谓语形式作原因状语，expose的非谓语形式作伴随状语，都与主语构成主动关系，因此选择C。

48. C.　be to blame意为“因为应该受到谴责”，是固定句型，分词短语作原因状语。

49. A.　由for years可知道，suffer的非谓语动词所表示的动作发生在谓语动词动作之前，而且与句子主语构成主动关系，意为“在遭受多年心脏病的折磨后”，因此选择A。

50. A.　本题句意为“他告诉我是否野餐仍然在讨论中”。whether to have a picnic是带疑问词的不定式作主语。

51. D.　本题句意为“由于被告知了很多次，他最后终于明白了。”空白处是非谓语动词作原因状语与句子的主语he构成被动关系，由many times可知，非谓语动词的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前，因此选择D。

52. D.　本题句意为“为了按时完成任务，员工们周末也在工作。”空白处为非谓语动词作目的状语，因此选择动词不定式。

53. C.　本题空白处是非谓语动词作原因状语，与句子的主语farmers构成被动关系，因此选择C。本句意为“受科技进步的鼓舞，许多农民在他们的土地上建立了风力田。”

54. B.　本题句意为“安迪和卢比是第一批到达泰山顶的，又累又上气不接下气。”形容词化的过去分词作方式状语，因此选择B。

55. B.　本题句意为“有大量的证据显示音乐活动对大脑的不同部分有刺激作用”。空白处为非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词构成主动关系，因此选择B。

56. D.　本题句意为“比起她的旧房子来，米切尔的新房子就像一个大宫殿。”compared to/with ... 意为“与……比较起来”，此处为独立分词作状语。

57. C.　本题句意为“随着世界快速的变化，我们每天都有一些新事物要靠自己应付。”空白处是不定式作定语与所修饰的名词构成被动关系，用主动式表示被动，因此选择C。

58. D.　本题句意为“他们用电脑使交通保持顺畅”。keep sb./sth. doing sth.意为“使某人/某物一直做某事”。空白处为现在分词作宾语补足语。

59. C.　本题句意为“为了帮助降低非就业的压力，全中国的学校今年被要求雇佣50000名大学毕业生作为短期教师，这几乎是去年雇用数量的三倍。”空白处为非谓语动词作目的状语，意为“为了……”，因此选择C。

60. C.　本题后半部分句意为“来自国内外的校友出席了今天上午的50周年纪念仪式”。本句的结构是倒装句，现在分词放在了句首，将句子的重要信息即出席纪念仪式的来宾置于句尾，以示强调。

61. B.　本题是“be +形容词+ to do”结构，不定式与主语构成被动关系，但是主动表示被动，因此选择B。

62. A.　本题后句句意为“但是为了找到它，我不得不把全书通读一遍。”此处是非谓语动词作目的状语，因此选择不定式。

63. C.　本题句意为“我很荣幸受到欢迎进入他们的社团”。feel honored to do sth.意为“为某事感到很荣幸”，此结构中的不定式作原因状语，且与主语构成被动关系，因此选择C。

64. C.　本题句意为“什么使方便食品如此受欢迎值得考虑，你们自己更好的食品也值得介绍一下”。此题and后省略了it is worth, introducing与considering并列。

65. C.　本题句意为“把帽子扔向空中，得胜队的粉丝们发出胜利的欢呼。”空白处是非谓语动词作伴随状语与句子主语构成主动关系，因此选择C。

66. B.　本题句意为“我听说他们提升了汤姆，但是我们在电话上交谈时他并没有提及已经升迁。”空白处为非谓语动词作宾语，与主语构成被动关系，而且发生在谓语mention之前，因此选择B。

67. C.　本题句意为“我们在不到一半的规定时间内就跑完了”。空白处是非谓语动词作定语与所修饰的名词time构成被动关系，因此选择C。

68. B.　本题句意为“暴风雨中被刮倒的树木已经被搬离了道路”。非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词trees构成被动关系，因此选择B。

69. D.　本题句意为“为了按计划完成工程，我们将不得不每天多工作两小时”。非谓语动词作目的状语，因此选择D。

70. A.　本题句意为“苏珊想独立于她的父母。她尝试着独自生活，但是又不喜欢那样，就又搬回了家”。try doing sth.意为“尝试着做某事”。

71. C.　本题句意为“被领着参观了水立方之后，我们被带去参观用于举办2008年奥运会的鸟巢”。空白处为非谓语动词作时间状语，强调被动的动作完成之后，谓语动词所表示的动作才发生，因此选择C。

72. D.　本题句意为“我们经历了令人焦急的几周，等待实验结果”。本题中have some time doing sth.是固定结构，意为“经历……时间做某事”。

73. D.　本题句意为“因为在电话上未能联系上他们，我们就发了电子邮件。”空白处为非谓语动词作原因状语，分词的动作发生在谓语动词动作之前，而且与主语构成主动关系，因此选择D。

74. C.　本题句意为“由于没有意识到自己处于危险中，Eric向森林更深处走去”。此题是非谓语动词的否定式作原因状语，与句子主语构成主动关系，因此选择C。

75. D.　本题句意为“这是今年网络上目前发现的最有趣的事情之一”。非谓语动词作定语，与被修饰的名词things构成被动关系，而且表示完成，因此选择D。

76. C.　本题句意为“排队等了半个小时，老人突然意识到自己把支票忘在车里面了”。本题是非谓语动词作时间状语，其动作在谓语动词动作发生之前已经延续了一段时间，因此选择C。

77. C.　本题是seat的非谓语动词形式作后置定语。seat是及物动词意为“使……就座”，无论作定语还是作补足语都要用seated这种形式，因此选择C。

78. B.　本题句意为“他在忙着写一个故事，仅仅偶尔停下来抽支烟”。此题是非谓语动词作伴随状语，与句子主语构成主动关系，因此选择B。若使用不定式，则表示目的或结果，不符合题意。

79. B.　此题是seat作表语，参见第77题，seat无论作表语、补足语或者定语都用seated这种形式，因此选择B。

80. C.　本题中hear sth. done是固定结构，意为“听到某事被做”，此处意为“尽量多找机会听别人说英语。”空白处是过去分词作补足语，与宾语构成被动关系。

81. A.　本题句意为“Lucy新工作的报酬是她原来在饭店工作时挣的报酬的两倍”。空白处是非谓语动词作时间状语，与句子主语构成主动关系，因此选择A。

82. A.　本题句意为“看到她打算去睡觉了，我问她是否喜欢床上那个小洋娃娃”。空白处为非谓语动词作时间状语，与句子主语构成主动关系，因此选A。

83. C.　此处是非谓语动词作定语，被修饰的代词one前有序数词the last修饰，因此用不定式作后置定语，意为“最后一个到达的人”。

84. C.　空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与被修饰的名词desks构成被动关系，而且表示正在进行，因此用现在分词的被动式作定语，意为“书桌开开合合的声音”。

85. D.　本题句意为“我没有别的方法来说服你留下来，因此只能祝愿你好运”。先行词nothing在定语从句中作try的宾语，后接非谓语动词作目的状语，因此选用不定式形式。

86. D.　本题句意为“我多么经常后悔没有听从他的忠告啊！”regret doing sth.是固定结构意为“后悔做了某事”。

87. D.　本题句意为“当被问起为什么去那里的时候，他说他被派到那里是为了太空飞行受训”。空白处是非谓语动词作目的状语，与句子主语构成被动关系，因此选择不定式的被动形式。

88. A.　本题句意为“失去的东西永远也不会再来”。空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词things构成被动关系，而且表示完成，因此选择A。

89. B.　此处为动词say的非谓语动词作让步状语，与句子的主语构成主动关系，而且发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前，因此选择having said。本句意为“尽管我说过她没有做好工作，我还是认为我没有她有能力”。

90. C.　本题句意为“彼得刚才收到一封信，信上说他祖母不久要来看他。”空白处为非谓语动词作定语与所修饰的名词letter构成主动关系，意为“上面写道”，因此选择C。

91. B.　本题是固定结构allow sb. to do sth.的被动语态形式be allowed to do sth.。

92. A.　本题是固定结构have trouble (in) doing sth.，用动名词形式，此处意为“难以想出合适的要说的事情”。

93. A.　空白处是非谓语动词作定语，与所修饰的名词club构成被动关系，既表示被动又表示完成，因此选择A。此处意为“成立于25年前的俱乐部”。

94. B.　及物动词involve的非谓语形式作定语，与所修饰的名词concept构成主动关系，因此选择现在分词形式，而不定式作定语表示将来。本句意为“‘天才’是一个复杂的概念，涉及许多不同的因素”。

95. C.　空白处是非谓语动词作目的状语，因此只能用不定式。本题句意为“人们已经了解到为了满足营养需求而保持饮食平衡的重要性”。

96. D.　本题是时间状语从句once she was married的省略形式。本题句意为“一旦结了婚，罗斯就一生致力于照料孩子并成为全职的家庭主妇”。

97. A.　此空白处是动名词作主语，表示一般情况下的行为，因此用动名词的一般式，其完成时表示动名词的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前。

98. C.　非谓语动词作定语，operate意为“运营”，与所修饰的名词branch offices构成主动关系。本题句意为“大公司通常在世界各地都有很多分公司在运作”。

99. A.　逗号前为原因状语，空白处与句子的主语为逻辑上的动宾关系，由此可排除表示主动关系的B和C选项，D选项常作目的和结果状语，不作原因状语，也可排除。而A选项为现在分词完成式的被动形式，可作时间状语、原因状语、结果状语、伴随状语等。因此，正确答案为A选项。本题意为“我被告知那晚要加班，因此错过了一部精彩的电影”。

100. D.　在句型“主语+be+形容词+ to do”中，如果这个主语是动词不定式to do的逻辑宾语，应用主动形式表示被动意义，所以选D。

101. B.　with的宾语后面可加形容词、副词、分词、不定式、名词等作宾补，此句中pet dog与follow构成主谓关系，所以用following。

102. B.　本题句意为“汤姆乘的士赶到机场，结果却发现他要乘坐的飞机已经飞入高空了”。此处only后接动词不定式to do表示意想不到的结果。因此选B。

103. C.　本题考查现在分词作宾语补足语。winding its way与宾语snake之间为主动关系且此动作正在进行，故选C。

104. A.　本题考查过去分词作宾语补足语。此题中使役动词get后接的宾语car与作宾语补足语的动词wash之间为被动关系，构成短语get sth. done。故答案选A。句意为“在驱车进城之前，你必须将你的车洗了”。

105. C.　本题句意为“完成了工程之后，她应学校邀请给新生讲话”。由题可知空白处是表示目的，当表示目的时只能用不定式。若是选D，是不定式的完成时，表示不定式的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前，与题意不符合，所以选择C。

106. B.　offer的逻辑主语为空格前的名词letter，根据句意“递交给他的正式聘书”，两者语态为主动关系，且表伴随，故选B。

107. A.　根据last night可知start已经发生，故排除C和D（不定式常表示将来），B（being done）一般表示被动的动作正在进行，也排除。

108. B.　因为本句已有谓语动词is，且没有连词或引导词，故排除谓语形式D；而time与use为被动关系，所以选B，此处是过去分词作条件状语或时间状语表示被动。

109. C.　因为work与do为被动关系，而need后用-ing的主动形式表被动含义，或用不定式的被动形式，故选C。

110. A.　结合选项来分析句子结构，逗号前为时间状语从句，后面实际上是一个祈使句。由此可知，A选项符合题意，本题句意为“在你辞去工作之前，考虑一下你的家人会对你的决定怎样想”。因此，正确答案为A选项。

111. A.　分析句子结构可知，空白处为后置定语，与被修饰的名词是逻辑上的被动关系，而且是将要发生的动作。由此可知，表示被动和将来的A选项符合题意。B表示被动进行；C表示被动完成；D表示被动完成，但是不作定语。因此，正确答案为A选项。

112. D.　此处是固定短语“that +形容词（+ a/an +名词）”，副词that表示“那么……”修饰形容词，相当于so及how的用法，即that (so/how) big a difference意为“那么（如此/多么）大的一个区别（影响）”。故选D。

113. A.　非谓语动词短语后有逗号，说明非谓语动词作题干的状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语we，非谓语动词与逻辑主语是主动关系，且其动作与谓语动词wait的动作同时进行，用动词-ing的一般式，选A。本题句意为“我们排了很长的队，等待商店开门去买新的iPad”。

114. D.　所填词与前文构成固定句型have no choice but to do sth.，意为“没有别的选择，只能……”，故选D。

115. D.　并列结构，making与correcting并列, 作介词by的宾语。

116. C.　非谓语动词考点。tin和use是被动关系，故用过去分词形式。

117. A.　此处happy to watch anything that happened to be on作sat的目的状语。句意为“那位老人每天晚上坐在电视机前，高兴地看要上演的任何节目”。

118. A.　此处现在分词短语hoping that I'd do as much for him作伴随状语。句意为“Tony借给我了钱，希望我同样回报他”。

119. A.　此处only to do/be done表示意料之外的结果；现在分词作结果状语则表示自然的结果。这里George和tell之间是被动关系，因此用to be told。句意为“乔治在战争结束后回到家，却被告知妻子已经离开了”。

120. C.　be worthy + to be done = be worthy of being done意为“某事是值得被做的”是固定句型，故选择C。

121. C.　prevent sb. from doing sth.意为“阻止某人做某事”，本句中的fishing boats和attack是被动关系，所以选择C项，句意为“中国最近加紧黄岩岛的水域控制来阻止中国渔船在中国南海被袭击”。

122. A.　首先要弄清楚本句中的and连接的成分是非谓语动词作状语，主语与press是被动关系，但是与realize是主动关系，“受到父母压力同时自己也意识到他已经浪费了太多时间，这个男孩决定停止玩电脑游戏”。本题考查非谓语动词的难度比较大，主要是很多学生看到pressed后就不知道realize在句中作什么成分，所以本题关键有两个，一个是and并列的成分是什么，然后就是realize与主语the boy的关系。

123. D.　reserve和谓语动词sat之间没有连词，故用其非谓语形式，且和其逻辑主语the table逻辑上构成被动关系，故用过去分词表示被动、完成的概念，在句子中作后置定语，意为“为客人留的座位”。

124. D.　“either ... or +并列结构”，前后形式上要保持一致，由此与study相呼应，故答案选D，用动词原形。本句意为“我认为Tom作为大部门的领导，要么不断学习，要么放弃工作”。

125. D.　it作形式主语，真正的主语是后面的不定式：to remain silent.本题可归结为句型“it is +形容词/名词+to do/that ...”。此处意为“有时最好还是保持沉默”。

126. B.　动词base与逻辑主语you之间构成主谓关系，所以用现在分词作状语，意为“将一个重要决策基于情感而非理智”。故选B项。

127. C.　本题意为“游客们围在火堆旁，与当地人一起跳舞”。句子主语the tourists是动词gather的执行者，二者是主动关系，故用现在分词作状语。

128. B.　非谓语动词的逻辑主语是Philip,还原的句子为When Philip was asked for his views about his teaching job。用过去分词作状语，表被动和完成。

129. A.　remember后面既可以接不定式，也可以接动名词，如果选择B，则与后面的before I left the office是相矛盾的，故只能选择答案A。此处意为“我记得离开办公室前锁过门了”。

130. B.　本句意为“接下来我们看到的是烟雾从房子的后面冒出来”。rise意为“升起来”和see“看到”这两个动作是同时发生的，因此选择现在进行的形式表示非谓语动词动作和谓语动词动作同时发生。

131. C.　本句意为“因为有一座桥与大陆连接，那个岛屿很容易去”。join是及物动词，但空格后没有宾语，故使用join的过去分词形式，充当表示状态或性质的形容词，选项A，　B，　D都是主动式，需要后接宾语，因此排除。

132. D.　本句意为“Sarah假装开心，对那次争论什么也没说”。A和B项是谓语动词形式，句中没有连词连接前后句，故排除；C项是作目的状语，而句中是伴随状态，故选D。

133. A.　本句意为“经常更新这些数据很重要”。B和D项表示该动作发生在过去，但句尾的regularly表示经常发生，故用一般现在时。for引出的逻辑主语the figures与update存在着被动关系，故选A。

134. B.　本句意为“Emma，你坐下吧。老这么站着你会累的。”A项to keep是表示将来。C项having kept和D项to have kept表示该动作先发生。make yourself more tired与keeping on your feet是同时进行的，故选B。

135. A.　动词不定式作目的状语，本句意为“鸟儿的鸣唱有时是一种警告，让其他鸟儿远离”。

136. C.　非谓语动词做伴随状语，与逻辑主语即句子的主语构成主动关系，且与谓语动词表示的动作同时进行。

137. D.　此处是被省略的时间状语从句，其相当于when film is compared to such art forms as music and painting。这里film和compare之间是被动关系，故用过去分词。又因为主语一致，所以film被省略。本句意为“电影的历史短得多，尤其是当它和像音乐和绘画这样的艺术形式相比时”。

138. A.　此处主句的主语party和weather不一致，所以weather保留，作permitting的逻辑主语，构成独立主格结构。另外，weather与permit之间是主动关系，故用现在分词。本句意为“如果天气允许，聚会将在花园举行”。

139. B.　此处动词provide与其逻辑主语envelope之间是被动关系，在句中作定语，相当于which is provided。本句意为“填完并签名后，请把表格放入我们提供的信封内送回”。

140. A.　本句意为“旅客只可以随身携带一件行李登机”。permit sb. to do sth.意为“允许某人做某事”，句中是被动语态，passengers是carry的逻辑主语，用主动式，故选A。

141. B.　本句意为“翻译成英语后，发现这个句子的词序全变了”。the sentence与translate之间存在着被动关系，故用过去分词，答案为B。

142. C.　本句意为“Mike在他屋子外的大街上发现了他丢失的汽车，看上去刚擦得干干净净，还打过蜡”。A项looked是谓语形式，但句中没有连词连接前后句，因而不正确；B项不定式to look和D项to be looking如果都表示结果，那只能由Mike执行这个动作，与题意不符；C项looking表明车子的状态，作伴随状语，故选C。

143. A.　句意为“很多人认为1955年开业的加利福尼亚迪斯尼乐园是游乐园的雏形”。open意为“开业”，与Disneyland之间存在着被动关系；D项Being opened表示正在进行，但开业的事实已经发生，与题意不符，故选A。

144. C.　本句意为“Harrison Ford被认为是为数不多的曾经做过木匠的电影明星之一”。“做过木匠”这事发生在过去，不定式应当用完成式，表示发生过，排除A、B项。to have been working强调过去一直持续的动作，与句意不符，故排除D项，选C。

145. A.　本句意为“看那儿，有一条长长的蜿蜒小路一直延伸到那座房子”。leading作为path的后置定语，相当于which leads。故选A。

146. B.　本句意为“最近一项调查引起了市民们的激烈讨论，该调查是比较在两个不同超市里的相同商品的价格”。句子的主语是a survey，谓语动词是has caused，宾语是heated debate。由此可见，原句不缺主干成分，comparing prices of the same goods in two different supermarkets修饰survey，作后置定语。由于prices作compare的宾语，是主动形式，所以选B。

147. C.　本句意为“建于1911年的清华大学培养了一大批杰出的人士”。Tsinghua University与found之间存在着被动关系，to be founded不定式表示将来，不符合题意。founded过去分词表示被动，也表示动作已完成，故选C。

148. D.　本句意为“iPad 2与其早期的型号在厚度和重量上不同，拿在手里很舒服”。在用easy, difficult, hard, comfortable等形容词构成的复合宾语时，用不定式作状语。hold与前面的the iPad 2有逻辑上的动宾关系，故用主动式的不定式。因此，选D。

149. D.　本句意为“Tom问糖果制造商能否把巧克力做得更容易扳成小块”。在用easy, difficult, hard, comfortable等形容词构成的复合宾语时，用不定式作状语。to break与the chocolate存在着动宾关系，故用主动式的不定式，选D。

150. A.　本句意为“令人惊讶的是，蝙蝠是长寿的动物，有些能活20年左右”。had和have是谓语动词形式，题中没有连词，无法并存两个句子。to have表示将来；having表示伴随，因此选A。

151. B.　本句意为“甚至最优秀的作家有时也会发现他们难以用文字表达自己”。lose是及物动词，A，C，D项都是主动式，空格后没有lose的宾语，故用过去分词lost当形容词用，作find themselves的宾语补足语。

152. C.　本句意为“如果他们赢了今晚的决赛，队员们将会巡游全城，接受热情支持者的欢呼。”A项being cheered表示正在进行；B项be cheered是谓语原形；D项were cheered也是谓语，但句中已有谓语are going to，因此B和D都不对；C项to be cheered表示将来，同时也表示被动。根据语境，选C。

153. B.　本句意为“Ladex不愿意去国外留学，因为她的父母年纪大了”。feel like doing sth.意为“想要做某事”，是习惯表达法。因此选B。

154. D.　本句意为“Simon制作了一个大竹盒来养这只生病的小鸟，直到它能飞起来”。make a big bamboo box的目的是为了keep the little sick bird，因此选D表示目的状语。A项构成使役用法，大竹盒无生命力，不能执行这个动作；B项是谓语词，与句中已有谓语made冲突；C项是伴随状语，表示made与keep同时进行。根据句意选D。

155. C.　本句意为“Andy在一部新影片中扮演重要角色，这就有了成名的机会”。offer sb. sth.意为“（主动）提供某人某物”。句中Andy与offer之间存在着被动关系，故选C。

156. A.　本句意为“据政府官员说，为了唤起人们对食品安全的关注，将制作更多的电视节目”。raising表示伴随；to have raised表示动作已发生；having raised表示该动作先发生；to raise表示目的状语，事情还没有发生，是前面“将制作更多的电视节目”的目的，因此，选A。

157. C.　本句意为“Michael在他的床头贴了姚明的照片提醒自己不要忘了自己的梦想”。空格前的himself与动词remind之间存在着被动关系。故选C。

158. D.　本句意为“Claire在登机前一小时将携带的行李接受了检查”。have sth. Done意为“让……被做”。逻辑主语是her luggage，和check构成被动关系，所以选择D。

159. A.　本句意为“中国修建了越来越多的高速公路，人们从一个地点到另外一个地点更加方便”。空格后面是it，说明是主动关系，排除B；不能选择C的原因是to do作目的状语，前面不能有逗号；答案选择A，表示结果。

160. C.　本句意为“想法重要，提出想法的能力也同样重要”。express修饰的是ability, 为主动关系，排除B和D表示被动的选项；ability作为一个抽象名词，通常使用动词不定式作定语，联系到短语be able to do sth.，不难推断正确选项为C。

161. C.　本句意为“人们期待着从全国各地挑选出来的运动员能在今年夏季的赛事中给我们带来荣誉”。select修饰players，为被动关系，只有C选项表被动。故选C。

162. C.　本句意为“每天早上醒来后，你是否感到精力充沛，并为新的一天作好了准备？”wake up作句子的谓语，句中没有连词连接前后句，故排除谓语动词feel。to feel表示将来，与wake up组成一先一后的动作关系，felt作为过去分词表示被动，与you这个逻辑主语矛盾，故选C项feeling作伴随状语。

163. C.　本句意为“游客们围绕在火堆旁边，与当地人一起跳舞。”gather的动作由the tourists执行，用主动形式，并与dance同时进行，故选C，表示伴随情况。

164. C.　本句意为“在接到妻子的电话说她摔倒后，Gorden先生立刻从办公室冲回家”。非谓语动词修饰phone call，前后动词的动作在同一时间发生，表示主动进行用现在分词的形式。选C。

165. C.　这是“疑问副词+ to do”的用法。句意为“有二十名学生想听旨在提高阅读速度的课程”。fast提示了方式，how to read fast等同于名词，作teach的宾语。故选C。

第5章　强调句型

1. B.　本题句意为“正是用从村里买来的那仅有的一点儿供应品女主人做了这么好的一顿饭”本句是对介词短语from only a few supplies进行强调。

2. D.　本题句意为“约翰的成功与好运无关，正是连年的努力工作成就了他今天这个样子”。强调的部分为主语。

3. C.　本题句意为“正是他从非洲回来那年他才见到了想娶的姑娘”。本句是对until引导的时间状语从句的强调。这是表示“直到……时才”的句型it was not until ... that ...。

4. A.　由于去掉句式it was ... 本句很完整，可知本题是强调句式，强调作地点状语的介词短语in New Zealand，因此空白处填that。

5. C.　本题句意为“正是在密西西比河沿岸，马克·吐温度过了很多少年时光”。 本句强调作地点状语的介词短语along the Mississippi River。

6. A.　本题句意为“直到午夜他们才到达了营地”。本句强调作时间状语的介词短语not until midnight。

7. B.　本题句意为“只是在当地向导的帮助下，爬山者才被营救了”。本句强调作方式状语的介词短语only with the help of the local guide。

8. D.　本题句意为“直到我们在一起呆了好几周后我才发现我们有很多共同之处”。本句是对until从句的强调，将not放在until从句的前面。

9. A.　本题句意为“正是你做的而不是你说的关系重大”。本句强调主语从句what you do rather than what you say。

10. C.　本题句意为“不是谁是对的而是什么是对的才是重要的”。本题是对主语从句not who is right but what is right的强调。

11. B.　本题句意为“直到到了家Jennifer，她才意识到把钥匙弄丢了”。此题是对not until引导的时间状语从句的强调。

12. A.　本题句意为“正是在得到了他渴望得到的东西之后，他才意识到那并不是那么重要”。此题是对after引导的时间状语从句的强调。

13. C.　强调句的特殊疑问句，强调介词短语in which part of the play。本题句意为“你哥哥到底出现在这出戏的哪部分？”

14. D.　本题句意为“昨天的地震到底发生在何地呢？”本句是强调句的特殊疑问句，是对地点状语的强调。

15. C.　本题句意为“正是在20世纪90年代两国之间的贸易达到最高点”。本句是对作时间状语的介词短语in the 1990's的强调。

16. C.　本题句意为“正是当搜寻那本没有封面的丢失的书本时他才发现了一封注明寄给他母亲的秘密信件”。本句是对作时间状语的现在分词短语when searching for the lost book whose cover was missing的强调。

17. D.　本题句意为“在两代人之间，正是对人生观及价值的不同看法经常引起家庭矛盾”。本题是对句子主语often their different views of life and value的强调。

18. B.　本题句意为“不仅仅是昨夜晚会的规模而且还有它对我们的公司意味着什么使晚会不寻常。”本题是对作并列主语的not ... but结构的强调，而but引出的句子放在了句尾。

19. C.　本题是强调句作宾语从句，从句用陈述语序。完整的句子是：He wanted to know when it was that we could finish our work，意为“他想知道到底何时我们能够完成我们的工作”。

20. A.　本题句意为“正是他与其母亲谈话的方式与我们所习惯的方式不同”。前一个空白处填that是对主语the way的强调，后一个空填what是引导的宾语从句,what在从句中作介词to的宾语。

21. D.　本题句意为“只有当我最近重新拜读了他的诗歌我才开始欣赏起它们的美来”。本题是强调when引导的时间状语从句。

22. B.　本题句意为“警察正在搜寻更多的信息以便查明到底是谁杀死了那个富有商人”。本题是强调句作find out的宾语从句，从句用陈述语序，因此选择B。

23. C.　本题句意为“仅仅6.7%的韩国学生曾经读过中国书籍或者看过中国电视节目”。本题是对句子主语only 6.7% of Korean students的强调句。

24. D.　本题句意为“我仍然记得到底是多少年前我最后一次在农村遇见了她”。本题是强调句作宾语从句，被强调的疑问词短语how many years ago作引导词。

25. A.　由于把was it去掉，空白处不填任何词汇，句子成分仍然很完整，这说明本题是强调句的特殊疑问句，是对疑问词when的强调，因此选择A。

26. D.　由于去掉it is，空白处不填词汇，句子what is troubling him仍很完整，因此可判断出本题是强调句作宾语从句，由被强调的what作宾语从句的引导词。

27. D.　本题句意为“是否直到Michael遇上了我，他才认识到我曾经是他的伙伴”。本题是强调句的否定疑问句，是对时间状语从句not until Michael ran into me的强调。

28. A.　本题是强调句的省略句，完整的句子应该是：It was only some of them that were carried to their new kindergarten.

29. D.　本题是强调句作宾语从句，被强调的疑问词when作宾语从句的引导词，本句句意为“她想知道到底何时我们能够完成实验”。

30. C.　本题句意为“正如被报道的那样，是长征2号火箭把神舟六号宇宙飞船送上了太空”。由于去掉it is及空白处，句子成分也很完整，因此可以判断出本题是强调句，是对主语the Long March Rocket 2的强调。

31. B.　本句意为“正是他说的话或者他做的事使你哭得那么伤心吗，Sarah?”去掉was it及空白处，句子成分仍然很完整，由此可以判断出本句是强调主语从句what he said or something that he did的强调句。

32. C.　本题句意为“只有当人民已经变成了他们国家的主人的时候科学才能真正为人民服务”。本题是强调when引导的时间状语从句，第一个空白处填入when，第二个空白处去掉，句子仍然很完整，因此选择C。

33. A.　本题句意为“无论你到底获得了什么，都必须告诉你父母”。由去掉it is及第二个空白处，句子仍然很完整，可知本题是对引导让步状语从句的连词whatever的强调。

34. C.　由去掉it is that句子只缺主语可知，前者是强调句作宾语从句，由被强调的疑问词what引导，后者是固定句型it seems to me that ...。

35. B.　本题是强调句，被强调的主语是you，谓语动词形式与you保持一致，rather than连接两个名词或代词作主语时，谓语动词形式与前者保持一致。be to blame for sth.意为“因某事受责备”。

36. C.　由动词know后接的宾语从句只缺地点状语可知，本题是强调句作宾语从句，从句由被强调的疑问词where作引导词。

37. D.　本题若是把it is去掉，前面的空白处填上that引导主语从句，全句仍很完整，由此可知本题是对that引导的主语从句的强调。

38. B.　去掉it is空白处填上be动词句子就很完整，由此可知本题是对rather than连接的主语的强调，谓语动词形式与前者保持一致。

39. C.　本题是固定句型：it is +一段时间+since从句，中间插入了定语从句as is known to all。本题句意为“正如大家都知道的那样，自从第一次现代奥林匹克运动会举行以来已经大约一百多年了。”因为前半句缺少了表示时间的副词ago，所以不能选that构成强调句型。

40. A.　本题是强调句的省略句，完整的形式为：It was only three children that were injured in the accident.

41. B.　本题是对not until引导的时间状语从句的强调，强调句的时态形式前后保持一致。

42. C.　由去掉was it及空白处，句子成分很完整可以知道，本题是强调句的一般疑问句，if I may ask是插入语。

43. A.　that引导的宾语从句是强调句型的句式，强调句子的主语the type of fat。本题句意为“研究的结果显示正是这样的脂肪很重要”。

44. B.　本题考查强调句，把it was及空白处去掉，可转换为一个完整的句子。这是表示“直到……时才”的句型it was not until ... that ...。

45. B.　本题中若把it was及空白处去掉，可转换为一个完整的句子。这是表示“直到……时才”的句型it was not until ... that ...。

46. B.　句子虽然比较长，但是其主干为强调句型，是对80 years before Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic进行了强调，由此可知，空白处应该填写that。因此，正确答案为B选项。

47. C.　本题句意为“不是我们做多少而是我们把多少爱投入到我们做的事情中使我们的工作受益”。本题是对并列连词not ... but连接的并列主语进行强调。答案选择C。

48. A.　问话人询问对方是否看过《山楂树之恋》这部电影，答话人回答说当然看过，这部电影是在自己的村庄拍摄的。本句是强调句，被强调的部分是地点状语in our village。

49. B.　本题句意为“决定我们生活的东西不是我们偶尔所做的事情而是那些我们自始至终所做的事情”。若把it's去掉，空白处不填任何选项，原句很完整，由此可以看出是强调句，是对句子主语从句的强调，故选B。

50. B.　本题是强调句子的地点状语on a lonely island，是强调句的一般疑问句句型“Was it + 被强调部分+ that +句子？”本题句意为“他是不是在小船沉没一个月后在一个孤岛上被营救的？”因此选择B。

第6章　It的用法

1. C.　此题是固定句型hate/like it when ...，本题句意为“我喜欢秋天天气晴朗阳光明媚的时候”。

2. B.　本题句意为“——我们下周见面好吗？——好吧，我们就定在下周五吧。”用it代指上文提到的事情。

3. C.　此题是固定句型“it is +一段时间+ since从句”，意为“从第一台电脑发明到现在将近半个世纪了”。

4. D.　此题是固定句型it take some time to do sth.，意为“做某事花多长时间”。

5. D.　由句尾的标点可知此题是感叹句，感叹句的句型为“what + (a)形容词+名词＋主语+谓语……!”“How +形容词/副词+主语+谓语……!”由感叹句是陈述语序可排除B和C, way是可数名词可以排除A。

6. B.　本句意为“正如报纸上报道的那样，两国之间的谈判在取得进展”。由本题句中缺少that可知，本句不是it is reported that ...句型，而是as引导的非限制性定语从句，先行词指整个主句。

7. A.　本题句意为“众所周知，中国有丰富的自然资源”。本句是it is known that ...句型，所填it作形式主语，that从句作真正的主语。

8. B.　本题句意为“有很多学好语言的技能”。由techniques是名词可知此题是“there be +名词”句型，不定式to learn language well作名词techiniques的定语。

9. D.　当指上文身份不明的人，或指心目中已知的人时用it，由从句作宾语时用陈述语序可知答案为D。

10. B.　本题为固定句型“it was +时间点+ when从句”。本题句意为“昨天他来这里时已经是7点钟了”。

11. A.　本题句意为“碰巧他来看我时我在看电视”。本句是固定句型“It happened that ...”，意为“碰巧……”。

12. B.　本题是固定句型“think it +形容词+不定式”，it作形式宾语，真正的宾语是不定式to invite短语。

13. D.　本句意为“双边朝着和平方向努力是我们的希望”。所填的it is中，it是形式主语，that是真正的主语从句。

14. A.　本题句意为“正如报纸上报道的那样，可怕的洪灾已经引起了一千万元的损失”。本题是固定句型“It is +过去分词+ that从句”。It作形式主语，that引导主语从句。因此选A。

15. B.　本题句意为“由你决定我们是否应该立刻去艺术展馆”。本题是固定句型

It's up to sb to do sth.意为“由某人决定做某事”，it是形式主语，不定式作真正的主语，因此选B。

16. A.　把原句中的was、空白及that去掉，句子只缺少宾语，由此可以看出，选择A是强调句型的一般疑问句。

17. B.　本题句意为“再过大约两个月James就要毕业了，他要成为律师了”。本句是固定句型“it will be +一段时间+ before从句”，意为“再过多久就会……”。

18. B.　本题句意为“轮谁擦黑板了呢？”it作形式主语，不定式作真正的主语。

19. B.　本题句意为“这位严重受伤的人已经停止了呼吸，将不会有任何使他苏醒的可能性了”。从no possibility可以看出本题为“there be +名词”句型。

20. D.　本题句意为“随着现代科学的发展，太空探索已经成为可能。”本句是形容词作主语补语，谓语是make space exploration possible ...的被动语态形式。

21. B.　本题句意为“为了提高我的口头英语，我规定自己每天朗读一段英语”。本题谓语动词结构为“make+it+宾语+不定式”。

22. A.　本题句意为“他搬进新的公寓了，因为从新公寓到他的办公室仅需步行五分钟。”it表示距离。

23. B.　本题句意为“很多年过去了我都没有机会再见到那只小鸟”。由一段时间前面有介词for可以判断出，本题是一个强调句，因此选择B。该强调句可还原为陈述句I didn't have an opportunity of seeing the bird again for several years.对否定句中的某部分强调时，not要前移。

24. B.　本题句意为“那个男孩儿好不容易鼓足了劲儿站了起来”。去掉it was及空白处本句很完整，由此可判断出本题是强调句型，强调作状语的介词短语，因此选择B。

25. A.　本题是固定句型“it is of+抽象名词+不定式作真正的主语”，pick up意为“接收到，收听到”。

26. A.　由it is time that后接从句用虚拟语气，其谓语动词用过去式，可知应该选择A。

27. C.　由it is essential that后接从句用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为“（should）+动词原形”，可知应该选择C。

28. D.　本题是固定句型“it was going to/will be+一段时间+before从句”，意为“将要过多久才会……”，因此选择D。

29. D.　本题句意为“直到16世纪50年代第一批欧洲人才对加利福尼亚西海岸进行了探索”。本题是强调not until从句的强调句。

30. D.　本题句意为“我只是纳闷到底是什么使他们如此郁闷”。本题是强调句作宾语从句，引导宾语从句的wha是被强调的部分。

31. D.　本题是固定句型：it was + 时间点 + when从句，后接一个非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，因此后面的定语从句由which引导，故选D。

32. C.　由for引导的原因状语从句不能位于句首，因此可排除D；两个简单句必须由一个连词连接，因此可排除A，非谓语动词做状语，逻辑主语必须一致，因此可排除B，因上下文逻辑主语不一致，所以只能选C，用独立主格结构作状语。

33. A.　本题句意为“我不介意她批评我，但是我反对她批评我的方式”。本句是对主语从句how she does的强调，因此选择A。

34. B.　前句是固定句型：there be sth. wrong with ...结构，意为“这台机器似乎有毛病了”，后句是it has got ...句型，意为“它有很多噪音”，因此选择B。

35. B.　本题句意为“工人们对此项工作的必要性存在着疑问”。本题是固定句型there is (no) doubt ...，意为“有（毫无）疑问……”。

36. C.　本题句意为“Joan经常听到人们说起Marley没有钱的事情”，本句的谓语结构为“hear it done that+从句”，it作形式宾语，that引导宾语从句。

37. B.　本题句意为“当和妹妹们出去郊游时，你一定要确保她们的安全。”本句是固定句型see to it that ...，意为“确保，务必”。

38. A.　前者用it表示距离，后者是there be a long way to go句型，意为“有很远的路要走”

39. B.　上句把is it及空白处去掉句子很完整，因此是强调句型；下一句是固定句型“consider it +宾语补足语+不定式”，意为“有一个经验丰富的助手很有必要”，因此选择B。

40. D.　本句是常见句型“it is easy to do sth.”，意为“做某事是很容易的”，用it作形式主语。

41. D.　本题句意为“大夫认为度假对你有好处”。谓语动词thought后接that引导的宾语从句，that省略了。宾语从句是常见句型it be good for sb. to do sth.,意为“对某人来说做某事是有好处的”。

42. D.　本题是常见句型“make it +形容词+ for sb. to do sth.”，句中it作形式宾语，真正的宾语是不定式。

43. D.　本题句意为“帮助别人是一种习惯，一种你甚至在很小年龄阶段就能够学会的习惯”。本题中空白处所要填入的是人称代词，代指上文提到的a habit用来指一类习惯，表示泛指，因此选D。而it用来指上文提到的同一事/物，that用来指和上文提到的同类事/物中特指的另外一事/物，根据本文意义都不合适。

44. A.　空白处应该填入的是代词，特指下文提到的任何其他地区的房租费用，而且所指事物为不可数名词，因此选择A。

45. B.　本题是固定句型there is no need for sb. to do sth.，意为“对某人来说没必要做某事”因此选择B。

46. D.　此处it是形式主语，代替后面的不定式短语。本题句意为“Sara今天早上成功地及时到达了机场赶上了她的航班”。

47. D.　本题题干为固定句型make + it +形容词+ to do，其中it作形式宾语，替代动词不定式 to turn out new products faster and at a lower cost. 本题句意为“新兴科技已经使得更快地、以更低的成本生产新产品成为可能”。

48. D.　本题所填词作使役动词make的形式宾语，真正宾语是to go for a walk，故选D。

49. A.　本题句意为“这两个小女孩如此相像，以至于很难区分”。本题是常见句式find/make/consider/suppose等+it+形容词/名词+to do/that ...，所填的it作形式宾语。

50. C.　本题句意为“由于当地政府的努力，大城市里的就业率持续升高”。本题所要填入的代词指代前面提到的the employment rate，是单数，而them和those是复数。因此选C。

51. A.　本题句意为“我们觉得将我们的国家变得更好是我们的职责”。所要填入的代词需要在此句中充当形式宾语，指代to make our country a better place。 因此选A。

52. A.　本题句意为“日语和汉语那么相似，以至于我们有时候不难说出它的句子大意。”所要填入的代词需要在此句中充当形式宾语，代指“to tell the general meaning of its sentences”。 因此选A。

53. C.　本题考查不定代词one的用法。句意为“在你们的假期里，我们这儿有各种暑期夏令营，你们可以根据自己的兴趣任选一个。”one代替单数可数名词，表示泛指，相当于“a/an + 单数名词”。这里泛指某个summer camp夏令营。因此选C。

54. D.　本题句意为“——我真傻！想不起来自己的行李是什么样子的。——你看看那边的是不是你的？”所要填入的指示代词指时间与空间上较远的事物，over there交代了空间上的远距离。this指时间与空间上较近的事物，the one和it都特指前面曾经提到过的事物。结合语境，选D。

55. B.　本题句意为“为什么你不让他注意到你病得太严重了以至于不能工作下去？”it作形式宾语，指代句子后面that引导的宾语从句。因此选B。

第7章　倒装句

1. A.　not until位于句首时，主句谓语要部分倒装，而且根据上下文时态选用一般过去时，因此选择A。

2. D.　seldom位于句首时，句子的谓语动词要部分倒装，因此选择D。本句意为“我们听笑话会发笑，但很少想过笑话是如何使我们发笑的”。

3. A.　there位于句首时引起句子谓语全倒装，句子的主语是复数，因此选择A。

4. A.　表示方位的介词短语位于句首时引起句子全倒装，因此选择A。

5. A.　never位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，且根据上下文是一般过去时可判断出应该选择A。

6. C.　so ... that结构中，“so +形容词/副词”位于句首时引起主句谓语部分倒装，因此选择C。本句意为“北京名胜如此丰富，游客们还没全部游遍就没有时间了”。

7. A.　so ... that结构中，“so + 副词”位于句首时，主句谓语要部分倒装，因此选择A。

8. B.　本题上下文的句意为“——你外出的时候忘了钱包。——天哪，我确实忘了。”So did I.意为“我也如此”；而So I did.意为“我确实如此”，表示对前文所提内容的肯定，因此选择B。

9. A.　本题句意为“在那之后我们再也没有见过她，我们也没有收到过她的信件”。nor/neither意为“也不”，位于句首时表示上文所谈情况也适用于下文的人或物，引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择A。

10. A.　not until位于句首时，主句谓语要部分倒装，因此选择A。本句意为“直到鱼全部死光，村民们才意识到污染有多严重”。

11. C.　“so+形容词/副词”位于句首时，主句的谓语要部分倒装，根据上下文，选用一般过去时，因此选择C。本题意为“他们提供帮助如此之多，以至于我们下决心，如他们有难，我们将全力相助”。

12. B.　本题句意为“比尔对于杰森报告的推迟不满意，我也不满意”。neither was I意为“我也是”，表示上文所提的否定情况也适用于自己，因此选择B。

13. A.　“only+状语从句”位于句首时，引起主句部分倒装，因此选择A，而unless位于句首不引起倒装，若选择D则逻辑错误。

14. C.　seldom位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择C。

15. C.　“only+时间状语从句”后接倒装语序，根据上下文应该用过去将来时，因此选择C。本句意为“公告宣布只有在火势被控制住后，居民方可返回自己的家”。

16. D.　“only +状语从句”位于句首时，引起主句部分倒装，根据上下文是一般过去时，因此选D。本句意为“只有在我离开父母去了意大利后，才意识到自己多么爱他们”。

17. B.　not until引导从句位于句首时，主句主谓语部分倒装，因此选择B。

18. B.　本题句意为“如果乔的妻子不去参加晚会，他也不去”，从句用一般现在时表示将来，而主句要用一般将来时，因此选择B。

19. B.　rarely位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择B。此处意为“很少有辨论会如此吸引媒体关注”。

20. A.　seldom位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择A。此处意为“我很少像现在这样感到孤独”。

21. C.　“so+动词+主语”意为“也如此”，so表示上文所谈情况也适用于下文某个人或物的时候，引起倒装。且谓语部分的动词形式与上文的谓语部分一致。

22. D.　little意为“很少，几乎没有”，位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择D。本句意为“他没有注意到我们在关注他的一举一动，因而似乎仍在按部就班地进行他的业务”。

23. B.　“so+形容词”位于句首时，主句的谓语部分倒装，因此选择B。

24. A.　在no sooner ... than结构中，no sooner位于句首时引起主句谓语倒装，且时态要用过去完成时，因此选择A。该结构意为“一……就……”。

25. B.　作状语的介词短语in front of our house位于句首引起句子的全倒装，因此选择B。

26. A.　本题上下文句意为“——今天很热，对吗？——是的，昨天也如此”。so意为“也如此”位于句首时，主谓倒装，根据yesterday可确定为一般过去时，应该选择A。

27. B.　so ... that结构中，“so+形容词”位于句首时，主句谓语部分倒装，根据下文时态可知，应该用一般过去时，因此选择B。

28. A.　本题上下文的句意为“——我提醒过你别忘了约会之事。——你确实提醒过我。”So you did.意为“你确实做过”。So did you.意为“你也做过”。B和D时态不合适，而C逻辑上不合适，因此选择A。

29. B.　never在句首引起句子主谓部分倒装。本句意为“我做梦也没想过这些人会生活得如此贫困”。couldn't不能与never并用，因此选择B。

30. B.　作地点状语的介词短语at the foot of the mountain在句首时，引起句子主谓全倒装，因此选择B。

31. D.　by no means位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择D。此处意为“老师怎样都不满意我的进步”。

32. D.　“only+状语”位于句首时引起句子部分倒装，根据上下文动作发生的前后关系，谓语动词应该用一般过去时，因此选择D。

33. D.　本题前文陈述部分是否定句，因此要用nor，表示“也不”，位于句首时主谓语倒装，因此选择D。

34. D.　little意为“很少，几乎不”，位于句首时，引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择D。

35. A.　never位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，而且与完成时连用，因此选择A。本句意为“这座城市从未像今天这样迫切需要现代化的公共交通”。

36. A.　本题上下文的句意为“——我确实认为兔子是美丽、温顺、能跑很快的动物。——兔子确实如此。”本题是对宾语从句所述内容的强调，由宾语从句是“be+表语”结构可以判断出应该选择A。

37. B.　表示方位的介词短语在句首时引起主谓全倒装，因此选择B。此处意为“在黑暗的森林里座落着许多湖泊”。

38. B.　so ... that结构中，“so+形容词”位于句首时，主句的谓语部分倒装，因此选择B。本句意为“这对夫妇对野生植物是那么的好奇，以致他们决定去马达加斯加做进一步的研究”。

39. C.　“only+状语从句”位于句首时，主句的谓语部分必须倒装，因此选择C。

40. D.　本题句意为“——父亲，你答应过的。——哦，我确实答应过。但是是你不守信在先。”so I did及so I was意为“我确实做了”，加强语气；so did I意为“我也如此”，由上文的谓语动词是行为动词，可以判断应该选择D。

41. C.　本题上下文的句意为“——Maggie在晚会上玩得很好。——她确实玩得很好，我也如此。”so表示此意时，后面句子不倒装，因此选择C。

42. B.　本题上下文的句意为“——我决不会再来这个饭店了，这里的食物太糟糕了！——我也不会再来了。”nor/neither意为“也不”，位于句首时句子主谓语倒装，上下文的时态要保持一致，因此选择B。

43. B.　not only ... but also位于句首连接两个分句时，前一个分句主谓要部分倒装，因此选择B。

44. A.　nowhere位于句首时引起主谓部分倒装，因此选择A。

45. C.　neither位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，由any end是单数可知，应该因此选择C。本句意为“好书的创作是无止境的，同样它们对人类生活的影响也是无止境的”。

46. D.　“only+状语”位于句首时引起主谓部分倒装，由上下文可判断出应该用一般过去时，因此选择D。

47. C.　never位于句首时引起主谓部分倒装，且谓语时态多是现在完成时，因此选择C。

48. D.　“only+时间状语从句”位于句首时引起主句主谓部分倒装，因此选择D。本句意为“只有在你的身份被核实后，才可以进入”。

49. C.　“only+作状语的介词短语”位于句首时，句子的主谓要部分倒装。本句意为“只有用这种方法，你才能指望操作系统有所改进”。

50. D.　little位于句首时引起句子主谓倒装。

51. B.　副词there位于句首时引起句子主谓全倒装，当主语是人称代词时不倒装。

52. D.　not only ... but also连接两个句子时，前一个句子谓语部分倒装，后一个句子不倒装，因此选择D。

53. D.　so ... that结构中，“so+形容词”位于句首时，主句的谓语部分倒装根据上下文时态，应该选用一般过去式。因此选择D。

54. C.　虚拟语气条件句如果省略if时，引起从句谓语部分倒装，had Bob walked farther = if Bob had walked farther,因此选择C。

55. A.　“only+状语从句”位于句首时，主句谓语部分倒装，因此选择A。

56. C.　“only+状语”位于句首时，句子的谓语部分倒装，因此选择C。

57. C.　not位于句首时引起句子主谓部分倒装，因此选择C。

58. D.　never位于句首时，句子主谓要部分倒装，never与完成时连用，因此选择D。

59. B.　本题上下文的句意为“——你真粗心把衣服忘在室外一整夜。——我的天呢！我确实忘了。”so表示“也如此”时，位于句首，而且引起句子主谓语倒装，因此选择B。

60. A.　little意为“很少，几乎不”。解释同第50题。本句意为“Rose没有考虑自己的安危，尽管她自己身处巨大的危险中”。

61. B.　as引导让步状语从句，引起特别形式的倒装：将从句的表语或者状语提前至句首，即“形容词/副词+ as+主语+be/动词”，因此选择B。

62. C.　hardly ... when意为“一……就……”，hardly位于句首时，引起主句主谓部分倒装，且时态总是过去完成时，因此选择C。

63. B.　not until短语位于句首时，句子主谓部分倒装，根据上下文选用一般过去式，因此选择B。

64. C.　解释同第49题。

65. C.　本题句意为“Jane几乎不会游泳，Anne也不会。”neither意为“也不”位于句首，而且引起句子倒装，因此选择C。

66. A.　no longer位于句首时引起句子主谓倒装，因此选择A。

67. C.　nearby表示方位作表语，位于句首时引起句子倒装，因此选择C。本句意为“附近就是他们度暑假的两座房子”。

68. A.　neither ... nor连接两个分句时前一个分句倒装，但是当连接的是两个主语时不倒装，因此选择A。

69. A.　not only ... but also与neither ... nor相同，连接两个分句时，前一个分句倒装，但是当连接并列主语时不倒装，因此选择A。

70. D.　表示方位的介词短语位于句首时引起主谓全倒装，因此选择D。

71. B.　nowhere位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，因此选择B。

72. B.　解释同第24题。

73. A.　seldom位于句首时引起句子谓语的部分倒装，因此选择A。

74. A.　never位于句首时，句子谓语引起部分倒装，never与完成时连用，such ... as是固定搭配，因此选择A。

75. C.　表示将来的虚拟条件状语从句省略if时，引起主谓倒装，其形式为：should +主语+（not）动词原形，或者were+主语+（not）to+动词原形。所以A和B形式错误，D时态错误，因此选C。

76. D.　参见第24题解析。

77. A.　上下文句意为“——那个女孩儿喜欢唱歌跳舞。——她确实如此。”so表示“确实如此”时，位于句首，而且主谓倒装，因此选择A。

78. C.　“such+名词+that ...”引导结果状语从句时情况与“so+形容词/副词+that”一样，“such+名词”位于句首时，引起主句主谓倒装，因此选择C。

79. B.　表示方向的副词out位于句首时引起主谓全部倒装，因此选择B。

80. B.　参见第50题解析。

81. B.　Neither ... nor连接两个分句时，如果neither和nor分别位于分句句首，则两个分句都要引起部分倒装，

因此选择B。本句意为“理论离不开实践，实践也离不开理论”。

82. D.　虚拟语气条件状语从句，当省略连词if时从句倒装，否则不倒装，因此选择D。

83. B.　副词here位于句首时引起主谓全倒装，因此选择B。

84. B.　参见第24题解析。

85. B.　对过去的虚拟条件句，省略连词if时引起从句主谓倒装，因此选择B。

86. D.　not until位于句首时引起主句主谓部分倒装，而D的从句也倒装了，因此是错误的。

87. B.　本题句意为“我从来没有去过杭州，我哥哥也没有去过”。neither意为“也不”，位于句首时后接倒装语序，因此选择B。

88. D.　here和there位于句首时引起主谓全倒装，但是主语是人称代词时不倒装，因此选择D。

89. B.　there位于句首时，主谓部分全倒装，因此选择B。

90. B.　当虚拟语气的条件句省略if时，从句的主谓部分倒装，根据下文主句的谓语wouldn't have helped可知，是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

91. B.　at no time位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装，be aware后接that从句时，that在从句中不作成分，而空白后的句子缺少主语，因此排除D，选择B。

92. A.　本题上下文的句意为“——天正在下大雨。——确实如此。”so it is意为“确实如此”，用加强语气，这时主谓不倒装，因此选择A。

93. C.　not only ... but also连接两个并列分句时，前一个分句主谓语部分倒装，因此选择C。

94. C.　在so ... that结构中，“so+形容词”位于句首时，主句倒装，因此选择C。

95. B.　本题句意为“我很少被邀请去他的办公室”。副词rarely位于句首时引起句子谓语部分倒装。由上下文的句意为可判断选择B。

96. C.　never位于句首时引起句子的部分倒装，且用完成时态，因此选择C。

97. D.　seldom位于句首时，句子主谓语部分倒装，根据上下文可知是一般现在时，因此选择D。

98. B.　not until引导的从句谓语句首时，主句用倒装语序，根据上下文应该用一般过去时，因此选择B。

99. A.　not only ... but also连接两个分句时，前一个分句倒装，由上下文可知应该用一般过去时，因此选择A。

100. B.　当neither ... nor连接的不是两个分句，是两个并列成分，且不位于句首时主谓不倒装，因此选择B。

101. C.　本题句首有关键词never，否定词提前到句首，句子部分倒装。排除B和D。再根据上下文的时态，选用现在完成时，故选C。本句意为“她从未看到过有人打网球像Robert一样好”。

102. C.　当表示后者与前者具有相同特征的时候，后者用倒装的形式；表示肯定用so，表示否定用nor或neither构成。根据后面一句中的I can't stand all this rain可知，此处与上一句中的I'm sick and tired of the weather表达同样的感受，因此应该用So am I，表示“我也是”。句意为“——我不了解你。我讨厌这种天气。我无法忍受整天下雨。——我也是。”

103. D.　本句是一个倒装句，可还原为：If they had known what was coming next, they might have had second thought.根据had known提示，可知是与过去事实相反，因此虚拟语气主句中应该用would/might +have done，由此可见答案D符合语境。

104. C.　空白处前为否定词“nor”位于句首，句子应该使用部分倒装结构，而且根据语境空白处应使用一般将来时，C选项符合题意。因此，正确答案为C选项。

105. D.　not until位于句首时，主句的谓语要部分倒装，consider having a holiday abroad这个动作发生在retire之后，所以用一般过去时。本句意为“直到三年前从教学岗位退休，他才考虑到国外度假”。

106. C.　本题考查倒装句。nor位于句首引起部分倒装，排除B和D；再根据句意“这并不是（关于）我的故事，它也不是故事的全部。我的故事的结局不同”，选代词it。故答案选C。

107. A.　only后接状语从句前置时，主句主谓要部分倒装；再根据上下文的时态选择A。

108. D.　only后接的状语从句位于句首时，应把主句中动词的助动词提前构成部分倒装；根据上下文选用过去时态，因此选择D。

109. C.　never是否定副词，置于句首，句子要部分倒装；由语意可知说话人以前从未喝过这样特别的饮料，应该用现在完成时，故选C项。

110. B.　only后接状语从句前置时，主句主谓要部分倒装。又因为从前文中的had discussed判断出是过去时间，故选B。本题句意为“只有在讨论这个问题好几个小时之后他们才作出决定”。

第8章　情态动词

1. D.　由a strong-willed man及many years ago可知，是对过去有把握的肯定推测，因此选择D。此处意为“他父亲很多年前一定是个勇敢的男孩”。

2. D.　本句意为“你不必买礼物，不过如果想买的话你可以买”。don't have to意为“不必”，其他选项不符合句意，因此选择D。

3. A.　must意为“必须，一定”，can意为“可以，能够”，may意为“也许”，will意为“意愿”，表示倾向性动作，前半句说“我告诉你事实了”，这里用的是现在完成时，表示过去的动作对现在造成了影响，既然我已经说了，我还必须重复一遍吗？

4. A.　关键词it'll give me horrible dreams说明这部电影使我做恶梦，我后悔看那部电影，对应选项中 shouldn't have done，表示做了本不该做的事，有后悔的意思，因此选择A。

5. A.　关键词he arrived half an hour early说明Mark本来没有必要这么慌张的，因此选择A。

6. B.　由答语I'm afraid not可知，问句是表示请求允许的，因此选择B。

7. A.　由Just be patient可知说话人劝说对方不能指望这个世界变化得那么快。can't在否定句中可以表示推测，译为“不可能”，可以表示能力，译为“不能够”，也可以表示命令，译为“不允许”，但是语气比mustn't弱，具有劝慰的意思，根据句意此题选择A，can't表示劝慰。

8. B.　shall在第二人称中表示允诺，还可以表示强制、命令、威胁和警告。还表示法律条文中的要求或规定，因此选择B。

9. D.　在用could, might表示询问或征求意见的问句中，肯定性应答要用can或may来代替could或might，而在用may或might征求意见的问句中否定应答时要用mustn't，故本题选D。

10. B.　由上文some people are not necessarily shy可以推测出 they may just be quiet people，意为“他们或许仅仅是安静的人”。因此选择B。

11. D.　can do sth. with certainty意为“肯定能做某事”。本句意为“天气是你肯定能够与英国人交谈的为数不多的事情之一”。

12. B.　由but for the help of my English teacher可知，是表示对过去的虚拟，but for the help of my English teacher = If it hadn't been for my English teacher's help.因此选择B。

13. A.　本题句意为“这是办公室！因此你一定知道这里不允许吃东西。”must表示“一定，必须”的意思。

14. A.　本题句意为“你这是什么意思，只有十张票吗? 应该有十二张”。should表示“应该，应当”。

15. C.　本题句意为“把车停在这里的一定是汤姆，因为他是唯一有车的人”。“must +完成式”表示对过去有把握的肯定推测。

16. C.　答话人提了一个建议——你应该关注别人对你的评价的。should可以用来向别人提建议，所以答案为C。

17. B.　由下文可知此句是对将来的虚拟，意为“万一打印机在第一年内出现故障，我们会免费提供维修”。

18. C.　由I saw her there just now,可推测出现在她一定在教室里，因此选择C。

19. B.　由上文I can't leave可得出I must stay here，因此选择B。

20. C.　本题句意为“他不后悔说了他做的事，只是觉得自己本来可以用不同的方式表达出来”。本句表达的是本来能做而事实上没有那样做，因此选择C。

21. D.　may well not do的意思是“有足够充分的理由不做某事”，根据后面的进一步解释就可以知道她是因为讨厌旅行，而且，may well (not) do是一个固定搭配。

22. D.　本句表示过去的决心和意志。would not意为“决不”，因此选择D。

23. A.　由her bike is still here可以得出有把握的否定推测，因此选择A。

24. D.　由What a pity! Considering his ability and experience可得出他本来可以做得更好的结论，因此选择D。

25. C.　本句表示可能性，即“你可以通过标题找到那本书”。因此选用C。

26. B.　由that's not important可知，本句表示房子没有必要很大, 因此选择B。

27. B.　本题句意为“尽管这个听起来似乎是一个很简单的任务，却需要很细心”。although从句表示一种让步的语气，其从句的谓语表示不肯定的委婉的推测语气。因此选择B。

28. A.　本题句意为“——我哪里也没能找到我的钱包。——你可能购物的时候弄丢了。”表示对过去把握不是很大的推测，因此选择A。

29. B.　由you had lunch only two hours ago可以对现在做出有把握的肯定推测——你肯定已经不饿了。因此选择B。

30. B.　本题句意为“我的家乡三月份通常很温暖，不过有时候也有可能相当冷”。can在此表示“有可能”，因此选择B。

31. C.　本题句意为“尽管彼得总体上是很不错的人，他也经常实在很难对付”。与上题一样，can表示可能性。

32. B.　由下文答语：Forget it. I was a bit out of control myself可以知道，对话双方都做了本来不应该做的事情，因此选择B。

33. B.　本题句意为“谢谢你上周所做的艰苦劳动，我觉得没有你我们是不可能成功的”。根据上下文的逻辑关系本句表达的是对过去已经发生的事情的虚拟，因此选择B。

34. C.　本句大意是“The North Lake理应是很美的，可现在被严重污染了”。表示按理说应该发生的情况却没发生，因此选择C。

35. C.　本题句意为“在机场、火车站这样拥挤的地方，你一定要照管好自己的行李”。must意为“一定，务必，千万要”，表示说话人的嘱托，因此选C。

36. C.　由上文的“学期测试得了A”可以推测出“在此之前你一定进行了广泛的阅读”，是对过去有把握的肯定推测，因此选择C。

37. D.　由下文的“否则老师也不会在他身上浪费了时间”可以做出有把握的推测：“老师肯定认为约翰逊值得一教”，因此选择D。

38. D.　由上文的问句可知词典现在不在这里，既然不在这里就可以做出不确定的推测：“你也许是把它放错了地方了”，因此选择D。

39. A.　既然没有亮灯，就可以做出有把握的推测：“他们肯定不在家里”，因此选择A。

40. D.　as if从句用虚拟语气，由前一句是一般现在时可知是对现在的虚拟，其as if从句的谓语动词用过去式，因此选择D。

41. D.　本题句意为“我希望尽可能多的人明天能够参加我们的野餐”。表示希望事情“能够”发生，因此选D。

42. A.　本题句意为“——你贵姓？——Khulaifi，是否需要我给你拼写出来呢？”shall用于第一人称疑问句表示提出建议或请求，根据本题句意应该选A。

43. B.　本题句意为“或许还无法证明我们是伟大的探险家，但是我们在过去的10年间进行了最伟大的行程”。根据题意是对过去不肯定的推测，“may/might+动词完成式”表示对过去发生的行为的推测，故选择B。

44. B.　本题句意为“——可以和你说句话吗，妈妈？——哦，亲爱的，如果你一定要说的话。”if you must意为“如果你一定要这样的话”，是表示接受的一种委婉的补充，根据题意应该选择B。

45. C.　上下文是对现在的虚拟语气，但是fact后接的是一个同位语从句解释一个事实情况是“她不会唱”。因此用一般现在时，选择C。

46. A.　上文表示飞行员工作的某些方面无聊的可能性，下文表示飞行员经常在不方便的时间段里工作的客观性要求，因此选择A。

47. B.　本题句意为“汤姆，你千万不要这样把你所有的衣服丢弃在地上啊！”mustn't意为“不可以”，表示不允许，禁止，根据题意选择B。

48. A.　本题句意为“约翰，你瞧时间，你一定要在这么晚的时候弹钢琴吗？”must意为“一定要，必须”，表示说话人的主观看法，有强烈的感情色彩，根据题意选择A。

49. B.　本题句意为“他肯定已经完成工作，否则他是不会在海边玩得那么开心的”。由下文otherwise, he wouldn't be enjoying himself by the seasides可知是对过去做出有把握的肯定推测，因此选择B。

50. C.　由下文显而易见的理由since you have practiced a lot in the driving school可以做出判断：“按照常理不应有什么通过路考的困难了”，因此选择C。

51. B.　只有couldn't have done可以用于对过去的否定推测，根据when从句的时态是一般过去时，因此选择B。

52. D.　由上文this cake is very sweet可以对过去做出有把握的肯定推测：“你一定放了很多糖”因此选择D。

53. D.　本题句意为“万维网有时候被滑稽地称作‘万等网’，因为它有可能很慢”。can用来表示可能性，因此选择D。

54. B.　由上文的“你已经为我打扫了房间”，可知事情已经做了。由下文的“我能自己做”，可以得出“你本来没有必要为我打扫房间的”。因此选择B

55. C.　由I have already borrowed one可得出结论：“她没必要借给我词典”。因此选C。

56. C.　由his coat's still here可对过去做出有把握的否定推测：“他肯定没有走多远”。因此选择C。

57. D.　由上文可知“你还没有告诉玛丽她的新工作”，再由last week可知“上周本应该告诉她了”。所以选D。

58. A.　根据下文的I am not sure,可知做出的也应该是把握性不大的判断。故选择A。

59. B.　which引导非限制性定语从句，其先行词most plants没有“能力”起身并跑掉，因此选择B。

60. D.　本句题意为“我告诉了你的朋友如何去宾馆，但是也许我应该开车送她到那里。”本来应该开车把她送到那里的，可我只是口头告诉了她如何去宾馆，表示应该做却未做，因此选择D。

61. C.　shall用于第二、三人称表示某个规定或者法律方面的禁止。由上文的sign可知是告示上的规定，故选C。

62. A.　don't have to意为“没必要，不必”，此处大意是上年纪的父母要儿女所做的只是常和他们呆在一起而别无所求，因此选择A。

63. C.　由上文my cat is really fat可作出有把握的肯定推测：“你原来肯定给她太多的食物吃了”。所以选C。

64. A.　答案中只有can可以用于疑问句表示推测，本句是疑问句，因此选择A。

65. C.　由上下文she looks very happy, the exam is not difficult可以做出有把握的肯定推测：“她肯定通过了考试”。所以选择C。

66. B.　由下文的对过去的虚拟语气的表达可知原来的事实是：“他们搞到了两张免费票”。所以选择B。

67. B.　本题句意为“万一你被解雇了，你的健康保险及其他利益都将立刻被中断”。由上下文可知是对将来的虚拟，虚拟语气的条件句省去连词if，从句主谓是部分倒装形式，故选B。

68. D.　must用于条件句中表示说话人温婉的应允：“如果你一定要这样的话”。根据题意选择D。

69. C.　由上文The weather turned out to be fine yesterday可知，“本来没有必要费这么大的劲随身带把雨伞的”。所以选择C。

70. D.　由下文you haven't been in touch with him可知：“你应该给他打个电话”。所以选D。

71. B.　对must疑问句的肯定回答，还需用must。因此选择B。

72. C.　由下文It's his turn tomorrow可以推测：It can't be him today。因此选择C。

73. D.　由上文you worked late yesterday可知：“你今早没有必要来上班”。因此选择D。

74. B.　由下文可知，这是虚拟条件句的表达：“如果让我计划自己想要做的一切的话，我倒是想去西藏尽可能多地旅游”。因此选B。

75. B.　由上文可知我也在高速路上，对旁边正在经过的车的车速就能够做出有把握的推测。所以选择B。

76. D.　既然汤姆上班从不迟到，他今天迟到了就说明他肯定出事了。所以选择D。

77. C.　由下文she isn't sure可知，上文作出的是把握不大的推测。因此选择C。

78. D.　由上文“在非洲研究动物十三年”可以作出有把握的肯定推测：“她一定经历了很多困难”。故选D。

79. B.　前者是因为由补足语necessary引起的虚拟语气的句子要选省略should的动词原形形式；下文是不缺任何成分的表语从句，所以由that引导。

80. D.　shall用于第三人称表示命令、警告或按照规定必须做到的事情。由下文是法官宣布的可知应选D。

81. D.　由整个句子结构可知，冒号后面应接句子，且是表示警示的祈使句的否定句。因此选择D。

82. A.　由I am sure he dosen't wear galsses可作出有把握的否定推测：“那一定不是他”， 故选A。

83. A.　句意表示这是按照规定必须做到的事情。因此选择A。本句意为“该国12岁以下儿童要求必须在成人监护下才能进入”。

84. C.　本题上下文的句意为“——那边站的那个人是谁呢？——如果你一定要知道，她名叫Mabel。”这是表示说话人温婉的应允，因此要用must。

85. A.　本句意为“如果不小心操作，你就不要用我的电脑”。shall用于第二人称表示警告、命令、威胁、承诺等。故选A。

86. C.　本题句意为“你最好告诉生产企业男性顾客也许不会喜欢这套家具的设计”。may用于否定句表示不确定的否定推测。

87. A.　由live on a busy road可作出有把握的肯定推测：“一定会有很大来自车辆的噪音”。故选A。

88. C.　本题句意为“你的房间很脏，你必须在两小时内打扫干净，否则妈妈会很生气的。”本题表示说话人的主观要求，有很强的感情色彩，因此选择C。

89. A.　由下文的“如果你要求了，商场肯定会给你配送的”可知，“你没有必要亲自动手”。所以选择A。

90. D.　由下文“但至少我不会犯愚蠢的错误”可以作出推测：“我也许是慢工出细活”。因此选D。

91. A.　上句意为“他会当选为足球队长吗？”这是对过去推测的疑问句，要用can have done，而其肯定回答要用must have = must have done sth.。故选A。

92. D.　本句意为“当船只驶离泰国，船上的16名船员一定没料到只有一半人可以返航”，这是对过去情况的否定推测，而答案中只有couldn't have thought可表达此用法。因此选择D。

93. A.　固定句型it is recommended that后接的从句用虚拟语气的表达，形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择A。

94. D.　由my mother is a great cook可推测出：“我们永远不可能吃够她做的饭菜”。因此选择D。

95. B.　本题句意为“视察大楼之后，专家们发现了一些问题，如果不视察，这些问题就有可能被忽视了”。otherwise = if they hadn't inspected the building, 表示对过去事情的虚拟表达。因此选择B。

96. D.　由下文she ought to go to the fitness center可知：“她不应该整天都呆在电视前面”。因此选择D。

97. B.　never位于句首引起句子主谓倒装，而D是否定句，因此选择B。

98. C.　本句在语气上表达说话人的主观要求，且状语的逻辑主语与句子的主语应是一致的。因此选择C。

99. D.　由下文he has to stay in bed for a couple of days可知：“他本不应该不经医生允许就返回去工作的”。因此选择D。

100. A.　shall用于第二、三人称表示某个规定或者法律方面的禁止。由traffic regulation可知应该选择A。

101. D.　本题句意为“对于三年级的同学来说，选择上哪所大学在整个中学生活中可能是最令人兴奋的时刻”。can表示有一定把握的推测，但语气要比must弱。因此选择D。

102. C.　由上文“那个年轻人发出那么大的噪音”可知：“他本不应该被允许来参加音乐会的”。因此选择C。

103. A.　由上下文可知是对过去的虚拟：“她本来是可以乘坐九点的火车的”。因此选A。

104. D.　本句意为“胡锦涛总书记要求，全力以赴救治四川地震中受伤的人员”。urged后接的从句用虚拟语气表达主语的主观愿望，其形式为：（should）+动词原形，本句是被动意义，因此选择D。

105. D.　由上文you should have informed me that the lecture was canceled可得出：“我真没有必要冒雨一路跑来啊”。因此选择D。

106. A.　even if引导的从句用虚拟语气，谓语动词用过去式，表示对现在情况的虚拟，主句谓语的虚拟形式为“would +动词原形”，因此选择A。

107. A.　本题句意为“他或许有点懒，不过当他喜欢的时候会狠下功夫的”，此处表示把握不大的推测，因此选择A。

108. D.　由下文“昨天的会议很重要”可得出结论：“昨天的班会你真不应该迟到”，因此选择D。

109. D.　由上文I didn't want one可知，“如果我想要的话，他是会给我一幅画的”。If I had = if I had wanted one，因此选D。

110. D.　由下文可知“Madonna沉溺于跳舞了”，否则的话“她本来是能够成为一个全优生的”，此句表示虚拟，故选D。

111. B.　本题句意为“——好令人吃惊啊！你竟然穿拖鞋上班！——难道你不知道这是一种时尚吗？”should此处意为“竟然”，表示吃惊。因此选择B。

112. B.　本句的意思是“你可以看电视。今晚会有一部不错的好莱坞电影播放”。could do表示建议，意为“你可以做某事”，因此选择B。

113. A.　由上文It's nearly eight o'clock,推测出“我老板此刻应该随时到达”。因此选择A。

114. C.　本句意为“我本来希望去夏威夷，可是没有及时报上名”。had hoped to do sth.意为“本打算做某事没有做成”，因此选择C。

115. D.　由下文it is really adventurous to go there可知“听起来或许是个很完美的目的地”，表示不确定的推测。因此选择D。

116. C.　wish后接虚拟语气从句，由before从句的时态可知，是对过去的虚拟，因此选择C。

117. A.　由下文the window is opened可作出有把握的肯定推测：“他一定回来了”。又由下文句子结构leave it open last night可以作出把握不大的推测：“有可能昨天晚上没关”。因此选择B。

118. B.　本题句意为“有一种可能性——万一突然有声巨响这些动物就有可能被吓坏”。由could be frightened可知这是虚拟形式的谓语，下文应该是if虚拟语气条件句省略了连词引起了从句的主谓倒装。因此选择B。

119. D.　can表示一种很大的可能性，由it is usually warm in spring in Anhui可知，所推测的可能性很大。因此选择D。

120. A.　本句意为“是的，已经到了。您是让他在外面等呢还是让他进来呢？”根据句意，此处选shall用于第三人称疑问句表示征求意见、吩咐或命令。

121. C.　suggest和would rather后接从句分别用虚拟语气，suggest后接从句要用“（should）+动词原形”形式，would rather后要用过去式，因此选择C。

122. C.　本题句意为“女孩儿病得很厉害，否则的话她也不会整天躺在床上了。”由上下文可知otherwise引出的是对现在情况的虚拟语气，因此选择C。

123. A.　前者can't ... too意为“怎么……也不为过”，是固定结构，后者介词短语without your help引出虚拟语气，故选择A。

124. C.　本句意为“这不公平，玛丽就能够熬夜到十点而我却不得不八点就睡觉”。can意为“可以”，表示允许，故选择C。

125. A.　由下文would have gone可知是对过去的虚拟，if从句谓语用过去完成时形式，因此选择A。

126. C.　由上文the meeting is very important与下文he started early enough可推测出：“他理应及时赶到”，因此选C。

127. D.　本题句意为“——玛丽看上去难过又失望。——如果你全国高考考砸了你也会这样的”。由上下文的逻辑关系可知是错综时间虚拟语气的倒装句，从句表示对过去情况的虚拟，主句表示对现在情况的虚拟，so意为“也会如此”。因此选D。

128. C.　本题句意为“你确实准时上交了你的报告，但是你知道，它本来是能够被做得更好的”。could have done better表示本来能做却实际上未做，因此选择C。

129. D.　此句是个间接引语，是妈妈对于孩子的要求，shall经常用于第二、三人称，表示说话人的要求，因此选择D。

130. B.　由下文if从句的语态形式可知主句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

131. D.　would可用来表示对过去常常发生的事情的回忆，由上文时间状语从句的时态是一般过去时，下文有often可知应该选择D。

132. B.　由上文drove at a speed of 150 kms和下文did you go crazy可知是对对方的埋怨和批评：“你有可能丧命的”。本句也是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

133. C.　由上文I am eighteen可知：“你不应该再为我担心了”。因此选择C。

134. D.　由下文$3.99 a pound和Too expensive可得出结论：“这些葡萄理应很好”。因此选择D。

135. B.　mustn't意为“不可以，千万不要”，表示禁止。由下文的pushed him out of the room可知应该选择B。

136. B.　could表示语气委婉的推测：“会议推迟到下周可能更好”。因此选择B。

137. D.　may as well do sth.意为“最好，还是……的好”，是固定句型。因此选D。

138. D.　由上文I have passed the driving test可作出有把握的肯定推测：“你一定花了很多时间练习”。因此选D。

139. D.　由上文的时态是过去时态可知，otherwise引出的是对过去情况的虚拟语气。因此选D。

140. B.　由上文regulations可知是规范条例，而shall用于第三人称表示按照规定必须执行的事情。因此选择B。

141. A.　上文是由于it is required that句式，引出虚拟语气，下文是由于seldom在句首，引起句子主谓倒装。因此选择A。

142. B.　本题句意为“每年免费进行两次身体检查是国有公司必须为员工提供的”。shall用于第三人称表示按照规定必须执行的事情。因此选择B。

143. C.　由上文I am not sure可知下文做出的是把握不大的推测。因此选择C。

144. D.　由上文I lived with my brother this winter and didn't have to pay the rent可知：“我能够成功地做到了节省下我的大部分薪水”。因此选择D。

145. C.　本句意为“不，就买个围巾吧（别的不要）”此句是表达吩咐和叮嘱，should用于第三人称表示吩咐。因此选择C。

146. C.　由上文what？可知：“你不应该在看电视，你本来应该先把作业完成的”。因此选择C。

147. B.　本题上下文的句意为“——Jackie说她因为手头有很多工作不能相助。——嗨，她过去常常那样说——她总是用那样的借口。”would意为“过去常常”，因此选择B。

148. A.　由下文but I didn't have the money可知“如果我有足够的钱，我就会已经买了那个东西的”。此处是虚拟语气的表达形式，因此选择A。

149. C.　由上文“我一直在写这本书”可以做出下文的推测：“下个月的早些时候我应该可以写完的”。因此选择C。

150. A.　shall用于第三人称表示按照规定必须执行的事情。由上文the management rule可知句中讲的是规章制度，因此选择A。

151. C.　由上文I can hear the water running in the bathroom可以对现在做出有把握的肯定推测：“Bira一定又在冲澡”。因此选择C。

152. B.　由but for the sudden rain可知：“我们本应该玩得很开心的，可是没有”。因此选择B，表示对过去情况的虚拟。

153. C.　本题句意为“你可能想像不到一个举止文雅的绅士竟然对一个女士如此粗野”。should此处意为“竟然”，可以表示惊讶和意外。故选择C。

154. A.　由I believe及下文“他没有把时间浪费在后悔上”可知，我做出的是对过去有把握的肯定推测：“shackleton一定对他探险的意外结局感到悲痛不已”。因此选择A。

155. C.　本题句意为“——你找到书本了吗？——没有，我也不肯定到底是落在哪里了。”由上下文可知这是对过去的推测，应用“情态动词+完成式”。因此选择C。

156. D.　本题句意为“Anne，万一你腿更疼了，就别犹豫给我打电话”。should意为“万一”，表示对将来情况的虚拟，因此选择D。

157. D.　前者是非谓语动词作非限制性定语与所修饰的名词the leader成主动关系，等于who found the rule infair for women, 所以用现在分词，后者suggest后接的宾语从句表示主语的主观愿望，用虚拟语气形式“should+动词原形”。因此选择D。

158. C.　本题句意为“万一今天下午老板不回来，你们将只好下周再来”。此句表示对将来情况的虚拟，其条件句省略了连词if，引起从句主谓语倒装。因此选择C。

159. B.　由上文的“既然你下周二要用”，可以做出下文的判断：“下周一下午理应修好”。因此选B。

160. B.　由下文which I think was not necessary at all可知“是对过去是否应该做某事的讨论”。因此选择B。

161. A.　本题句意为“很难说他是个啥种人，有时候很友好，又有时候却可能很冷漠”。此处是表示可能性很大的推测，can意为“很有可能”，可以表示可能性很大的推测。因此选择A。

162. D.　由上文的there was a lot of fun at yeaterday's party和下文的why didn't you可以得出结论：“你本应该来参加晚会的”。因此选择D。

163. B.　本题句意为“——这自行车由他修理吗？——不，我宁愿他让别人修理。”上文表示征求意见，用shall，下文表示虚拟，用过去分词。因此选择B。

164. A.　本题句意为“英语是种语言，世界上很多年轻人都可能说得不完美，但是至少能听懂。”根据句意，上文表示不确定的推测，下文表示能力。因此选择A。

165. C.　need作情态动词时后接动词原形，其否定式在need后直接加not。因此选择C。

166. B.　wish后接从句用虚拟语气，固是对现在情况的虚拟，其形式用过去式，因此选择B。

167. D.　本题句意为“对你来说准时到那里很重要，你应该在8点之前到那里”。should表示“应该”，因此选D。

168. C.　由上文的“不出意外”可以作出下文的“理应获胜”的推测。因此选择C。

169. A.　由if从句的时态可以看出本句是对现在情况的虚拟，因此选择A。

170. D.　既然上文中提到“还没有决定”，就可知道下文做出的是把握不大的推测：“有可能继续深造学业”，因此选D。

171. D.　本题句意为“冬天来了，春天还远吗？”因为是问句表示推测，所以用can。

172. B.　本题句意为“——干嘛偏要弄出这么大噪音呢？”“干吗偏要，为什么一定要”表示主观感情色彩很浓的疑问，指令人不愉快的事情，因此选择B。

173. C.　本题是固定搭配can't ... too much，意为“再怎么也不过分”，因此选择C。

174. C.　由省略了连词if的条件从句的语态形式可以看出，本题是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择C。

175. A.　本题句意为“即使你是个很有经验的老师，有时候也有可能犯一些错误”。can意为“有可能”，表示很大的可能性，根据上下文的句意应该选A。

176. C.　由上文的“你做了如此充分的准备”可得出结论：“不应该有什么问题了”。因此选C。

177. D.　本题句意为“任何学生不经允许夜里十一点后都不能出校”。shall用于第二、三人称表示按照规定必须做到的事情。因此选D。

178. D.　由上文的terrible smell可以做出有把握的肯定推测“鸟一定被烧焦了”，因此选D。

179. A.　由下文的it is Sunday可以知道“你不必要去上班”。因此选A。

180. C.　in case引出的虚拟语气，其形式为“should+动词原形”。因此选C。

181. B.　有下文的she seldom wears red可以肯定地推测出不是她的。因此选B。

182. A.　由句尾感叹号可知是由if only引出的表达强烈愿望的虚拟语气。因此选A。

183. A.　本句意为“可否让我的学生试一试呢？”本句表示建议，shall用于第三人称疑问句表示请求吩咐，提出建议。因此选择A。

184. C.　由上文的every ten minutes可知“应该有一辆快开来了”。本句是there be结构，因此选择C。

185. C.　shall用于第三人称疑问句表示提出建议、请求，征求意见，根据题意：“他们应该一起进来还是逐个进来？”因此选择C。

186. C.　might just as well have done sth.意为“还不如……的好”，是固定句型。因此选择C。

187. D.　由上文received a ticket for speeding可得出结论：“他本不该开得这么快”，表示做了不应该做的事情。因此选择D。

188. C.　由下文谓语动词形式可知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此上文应该选用过去完成时的虚拟语气。故选择C。

189. B.　前者suggest意为“暗示”，后接陈述语气的句子，后者suggest意为“建议”后接虚拟语气的宾语从句，即“（should）+动词原形”结构。因此选择B。

190. C.　“be to do sth.”用于条件句中表示“如果想要”，相当于if ... want to。因此选择C。本句意为“在这样干燥的天气下，要想让花儿活下去，就得给它们浇水”。

191. B.　本句意为“您要他进来吗？”此句表示请求吩咐，征求意见，因此选择B。

192. A.　由下文句子的谓语动词形式是对现在情况的虚拟可知，前文的虚拟语气应该用过去式，此处是省略了if的倒装形式，因此选择A。

193. A.　本题句意为“万一你需要更进一步的信息，请别犹豫与我们联系”。本题是对将来情况虚拟的条件句。因此选择A。

194. A.　由that'll be nice可知主句是一般将来时，而条件句必须用一般现在时表示将来，为了避免重复上文主句中的动词，选择do代替上文动词。因此选择A。

195. C.　由下文句子时态形式可知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，前文应该使用过去完成时。根据句意“若不是因为他的老师”，for不能缺少，因此选择C。

196. D.　由上文是省略了if的倒装形式可知，是对过去情况的虚拟，主句和从句语气形式一致。故选择D。A表示对过去情况肯定的猜测，不符合句意。

197. B.　由下文I missed the directions for writing可知：“我本来是能够做得更好的”。因此选择B。

198. C.　下文是对上文否定句should not use the dictionary all the time while reading所做出的赞同回答。因此选择C。

199. A.　本句意为“好吧，如果你一定要借的话”。此题是表示勉强同意的回答，因此选择A。

200. A.　本句意为“好的，我一定”。此题是对祈使句的肯定回答，因此用will，意为“一定”，表示决心和意志。

201. C.　本题句意为“尽管他伤得很重，他还是成功地对发生的情况进行了解释”。be able to do sth.意为“成功地做到了”，表示过去具体某次成功地做到了某事。因此选择C。

202. D.　wish后接虚拟语气的从句，由上文可知是对将来的虚拟，因此选择D。

203. A.　上文是对过去推测的疑问句，因此用can；下文是对该疑问句所作出的肯定回答用must have，故选择A。

204. B.　由下文主句可知是对将来情况的虚拟，因此从句应该用should，这个条件句省略了连词if，引起了从句主谓的倒装。因此选B。

205. C.　由下文I had a lot of work to do可知：“我本不该去参加那个晚会”。因此选择C。

206. D.　由上文John looks sad及 I have told his the bad news可得出结论：“我真不该在考试前告诉他这个消息”。因此选择D。

207. C.　由上文“她不可能给我选择比这更好的礼物”，言外之意是“她为我选的礼物是最好的了”，由此可做出下文有把握的肯定推测：“她知道了肯定会高兴的”。因此选择C。

208. C.　本句意为“中国人民竟然在这些年取得了如此大的进步真是了不起啊”。根据句意是表示惊讶，而should have done意为“竟然做出了……”可以表示惊讶。因此选择C。

209. B.　may not意为“可以不”，needn't意为“不需要”，can't意为“不可能”，mustn't意为“绝不可能”。本句句意为“既然Suzie不和我们一起吃晚饭，所以我们就不需要买这么多食物”。因此选择B。

210. C.　本题句意为“——你现在一定要打断我吗？难道你没看到我在打电话吗？——对不起，先生，事情很急。”根据语境结合选项的词义，C选项符合题意。因此，正确答案为C选项。

211. C.　shall用于第二、第三人称，表示要求、命令、警告、允诺或威胁。这里是说根据学校规定学生在校时都必须要穿校服。因此选择C。

212. B.　本题句意为“我靠他们足够地近以便听见他们说汉语，而且我会像在中国可能做的那样说‘你好’”。might表示“可能”。故选B。

213. B.　所填情态动词与too构成固定句型can't/couldn't ... too ...，意思是“再……都不为过”，因此选B。

214. A.　此处考查了can的本意“能”，表示“能力”。句意为“我要和John一起去欧洲度假，如果我能找到钱”。

215. C.　由上文it's quite warm here可知道turn the heating on是没有必要的，因此选择C。

216. D.　“needn't+动词原形”表示“没有必要做某事”。本题句意为“我没有必要用闹钟唤醒我，因为每天早上6点火车都经过我的房子”。

217. D.　本题考查“情态动词+完成式”的用法。A项意为“本应该期望而实际上并非如此”；B项意为“一定希望”；C项意为“也许希望”；D项意为“可能希望”。本题句意为“——生日快乐！——谢谢你！这是我所能期望的最好的礼物了。”根据句意可知，应选D项。

218. C.　该句所表达的意思是刚才我不应该吃那么多炸鸡，而实际上是吃了那么多，可以判断用shouldn't have eaten. 答案是 C。

219. C.　mustn't意为“禁止”；shouldn't意为“不应该”；wouldn't意为“不愿意”；mightn't意为“或许不”。本题句意为“几天后，我哥哥打电话说他一切很好，但不愿意说他在哪儿”。根据句意可知，应选C项。

220. C.　本题句意为“如果你非得要抽烟，请到外面去抽”。must意为“（表示主张）一定要，坚持要”，根据后一句please go outside的要求，故选C。

221. D.　本题句意为“——我真不喜欢James。你为何请了他？——别担心。他可能来不了。他说他的计划还没安排好。”题干中的he wasn't certain说明他可能不来，可能来，因此使用不完全否定might not。故选D。

222. B.　本题句意为“现在一些年轻人就是不愿意走出家门接触真正的世界”。mustn't意为“禁止，不允许”；won't意为“不愿意，就是不，偏不”，具有主观性；mightn't意为“可能不”；shouldn't意为“不应该”。根据句意选B。

223. B.　本题句意为“——需要我现在就通知他计划有变吗？——恐怕你得这样做，以防他开会迟到。”must意为“（表示必要、命令或强制）必须，得”，根据后半句句意，选B。

224. C.　本题句意为“——你对将来的商店购物怎么看？——我个人认为会与在家购物并存，但商店购物不会被取代。”根据I think it will exist along with home shopping，排除虚拟的选项D，这是表示将来的时间，考虑到被动语态，选C。

225. D.　本题句意为“——你的新保姆怎么样？——找不到更好的了。我们的孩子们很喜欢她。”should意为“应该”，might意为“可能，可以”，mustn't意为“禁止”，couldn't意为“不可能”，根据句意选D。

226. A.　本题句意为“警方依然没有找到失踪的孩子，但他们现在正在尽其所能。”can意为“可以，能够”，may意为“可能，许可”，must意为“必须”，should意为“应该”，根据句意，选A。

227. C.　本题句意为“——昨晚你为什么没来参加Simon的聚会？——我想来的，但我妈妈就是不愿我这么晚出来。”could意为“可以，能够”，表示可能性或用于婉转语气；might意为“可能”，表示不确定；would意为“愿意，偏要”，表示意志；should意为“应该”，表示建议、命令、决定等。根据题意选C。

228. D.　本题句意为“——妈妈，可以读一个故事给我听吗？——好的，如果你马上上床睡觉的话。”shall用于陈述句中的第二、第三人称时, 表示说话人的意图、允诺、警告、命令、决心等，题中是母亲对儿子的承诺，故选D。

229. A.　本题句意为“在打篮球方面没人能比得上姚明”。can意为“可以，能够”；need意为“需要”；must意为“必须”；might意为“可能”。故根据题意，选A。

230. C.　本题句意为“如果你非得走的话，至少也要等到这暴风雨过去后”。can意为“可以，能够”，may意为“可能，许可”，must意为“（表示主张）一定要，坚持要”，will意为“将要，愿意”，根据后句的劝告，选C。

第9章　虚拟语气

1. D.　由主句谓语动词的形式可知是本句对过去情况的虚拟，因此从句应用过去完成时。D项是省略了连词if，用了倒装形式的过去完成时形式，因此选择D。

2. D.　suggest意为“建议”时，suggest后接的宾语从句其谓语动词要用虚拟形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，因此选D。

3. C.　wish后接宾语从句，其谓语动词要用虚拟语气的形式，由从句的时间last night可以知道是对过去情况的虚拟，需要用过去完成式，因此选C。

4. B.　由主句的谓语动词形式可知是对过去情况的虚拟，条件从句的谓语动词形式要用过去完成时形式，因此选B。

5. C.　order意为“命令”，后接的宾语从句用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选C。

6. C.　insist意为“坚持”，后接的宾语从句表示对将来情况的主观愿望，谓语动词用虚拟语气的形式“（should）+动词原形”。

7. D.　without electricity意为“如果没有电”，相当于虚拟的条件句，其句子的谓语动词要用虚拟形式。由today可知本句是对现在的虚拟形式，因此选择D。

8. B.　demand意为“要求”，后接的宾语从句用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择B。

9. D.　insist意为“坚持”，后接的宾语从句表示主观愿望，其从句的谓语动词用虚拟形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，由上下文可知此处是被动意义，因此选择D。

10. B.　由主句的谓语动词形式可知本句是虚拟语气，由tomorrow可知是对将来情况的虚拟，条件从句的谓语动词形式为“should/were to+动词原形”，因此选择B。

11. B.　it is required that后接的主语从句要用虚拟语气，其形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择B。

12. B.　as though = as if意为“好像”，后接的方式状语从句用虚拟语气，由上文的主句谓语spoke可知道应该是对过去的虚拟，应该用过去完成时形式，故选择B。

13. B.　本题句意为“万一天下雨，我们就会淋湿的”。由上下文的逻辑关系可知是对将来情况的虚拟语气，其从句的谓语动词形式为“should/were to +动词原形”，因此选择B。

14. D.　本题句意为“如果当初认真听老师讲课，现在他就能回答问题了”。由上下文的逻辑关系及now可以知道，主从句是错综时间虚拟语气，从句是对过去情况的虚拟，主句是对现在情况的虚拟，因此选择D。

15. B.　本题句意为“如果他今天动身了，他就能到那里度假了”。本题是对将来情况的虚拟语气，其形式为“（should）/were to +动词原形”，条件状语从句省略了连词if，引起从句主谓语用了倒装形式，因此选择B。

16. A.　由前一句的谓语可知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，but引出的应该是过去的事实，因此要用一般过去时形式的陈述语气，故选择A。

17. B.　it's time that后接的从句要用虚拟语气，表示对现在情况的虚拟，其从句的谓语动词形式用一般过去式，因此选B。

18. C.　it is strange that后接的主语从句其谓语动词要用虚拟语气，其形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择C。

19. D.　由前句的谓语动词的过去式可知，otherwise后接的句子是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done形式，因此选择D。

20. C.　insist意为“坚持”，后接的宾语从句表示对将来情况的主观愿望，其从句谓语动词要用虚拟形式“（should）+动词原形”，但是当坚持的是过去已经发生的事情时，用陈述语气，主句是一般过去式，从句用过去完成时，因此选择C。

21. C.　wish后接的宾语从句用虚拟语气，从wishes可知，本句是对现在情况的虚拟，谓语动词要用一般过去式，因此选择C。

22. C.　without your help相当于虚拟的条件状语从句If it were not for your help，由last match可知，后接的句子相当于是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done形式，因此选择C。

23. C.　本题句意为“我是你的话，我就带把雨伞了”。由主句谓语形式可知是对现在情况的虚拟，所要填入的是条件状语从句省略了连词if，引起了条件状语从句的主谓倒装，因此选择C。

24. C.　本题句意为“当初若是快点儿的话，我就赶上了那班火车”。由if从句的谓语形式可知是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done形式，因此主句谓语选择C。

25. A.　本题句意为“他坚持要约翰做那件事”。insist意为“坚持”，后接的宾语从句表示将来的主观愿望，其从句谓语动词要用虚拟形式“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择A。

26. B.　it's time that后接的从句要用虚拟语气，表示对现在情况的虚拟，其从句的谓语动词形式要用一般过去式，因此选B。

27. D.　本题句意为“James希望他是看足球赛了而不是看电影了”。wish后接的宾语从句其谓语动词用虚拟形式，由上下文的逻辑关系可知这是对过去情况的虚拟，而且成主动关系，因此选择D。

28. B.　由if从句的谓语动词是过去完成时可以知道，主句应是对过去情况的虚拟语气形式would have done,因此选择B。

29. B.　suggest意为“建议”，作此意讲时，suggest后接的宾语从句要用虚拟语气形式“（should）+动词原形”，因此选B。

30. D.　由主句的谓语动词形式可知，条件状语从句是对现在情况的虚拟，其形式为过去式，因此选择D。

31. D.　suggest意为“建议”讲时，suggest后接的宾语从句其谓语动词用虚拟形式“（should）+动词原形”，因此选D。

32. C.　由I didin't go to the party可以知道，wish后接的从句应该是对过去情况的虚拟，其形式与条件从句的形式一样，因此选择C。

33. B.　it's time that后接的从句要用虚拟语气，表示对现在情况的虚拟，其从句的谓语动词形式用过去式，因此选B。

34. B.　由条件从句的谓语动词形式可以得知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

35. B.　本题句意为“你迟到了，若是再早几分钟来，就能见到他了”。由a few minutes earlier可知，上下文都是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

36. A.　本题句意为“我真受不了他了，他总是说起话来就好像什么都懂的似的”。由上下文可知as though后接的方式状语从句是对通常情况的虚拟，应该用一般过去式，故选择A。

37. D.　由上下文的逻辑关系可知，wish后接的从句是对现在情况的虚拟，表示说话人强烈的主观愿望，因此选择D。

38. C.　上文的谓语动词形式表示的是对过去情况的虚拟，而but引出的是过去的事实，因此要用陈述语气，故选择C。

39. A.　本题句意为“如果再下十分钟雨，比赛就会被取消了。”由主句的谓语动词形式可知是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择A。

40. A.　suggest作“建议”讲时，suggest后接的宾语从句其谓语动词用虚拟语气形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，因此选A。

41. A.　由主句谓语动词形式可知，该句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择A。

42. B.　wish后接的宾语从句用虚拟语气，从wish的时态可知是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

43. D.　由主句谓语动词形式would have bought可知，从句应该是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择D。

44. C.　条件状语从句省略了连词if引起从句主谓用了倒装形式，根据主句谓语的形式及时间状语，可判断出本句是对将来情况的虚拟，应用“should/were to +动词原形”形式，因此选择C。

45. C.　suggest作“建议”讲时，suggest后接的宾语从句其谓语动词用虚拟形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，因此选C。

46. C.　由if从句的谓语动词形式可知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此主句谓语动词形式应用would have done,故选择C。

47. C.　本题句意为“如果当初你没有向我们伸出援助之手，我们也许已经失败了”。由主句的谓语动词形式可知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此从句用过去完成时，故选择C。

48. C.　require, deamand, request, recommend后接的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择C。

49. D.　从句是省略了连词if引起的从句主谓语的倒装形式，由其时态可以看出本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择D。

50. D.　由主句的谓语动词形式可以看出本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此主句选择过去完成时形式，故选择D。

51. C.　wish后接的从句是对现在情况的虚拟，从句谓语应用一般过去时，因此选择C。

52. C.　insist意为“坚持”，后接的宾语从句如表示对将来情况的主观愿望，其从句谓语动词用虚拟形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择C。

53. D.　本题句意为“我没有工作，我会找得到的，但是我没有时间”。主句的谓语动词形式would find one表示对现在情况的虚拟，but引出的是现在的事实，应该用陈述语气，因此选择D。

54. A.　insist后接的宾语从句表示对将来情况的主观愿望，其从句谓语动词用虚拟形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择A。

55. C.　由主句的谓语动词形式would have enjoyed可知，本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此if从句要用过去完成时形式，故选择C。

56. C.　由if从句是过去完成时形式，可知主句应该是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择C。

57. B.　本题句意为“若不是我们党的领导，我们就不可能取得了成功”。but for = if it hadn't been for,是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择B。

58. D.　本题句意为“如果你昨夜没有和汤姆一起去参加晚会，就能见到约翰了。”由上下文的逻辑关系可知本句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择D。

59. B.　suggest作“建议”讲时，后接的宾语从句的谓语动词用虚拟形式，即“（should）+动词原形”，因此选B。

60. C.　would rather后接的从句要用虚拟语气，其从句的谓语形式为一般过去式，因此选择C。

61. C.　it's high time that后接的从句要用虚拟语气，表示对现在情况的虚拟，其从句的谓语动词形式用一般过去式，因此选择C。

62. C.　require, deamand, request, recommend后接的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择C。

63. B.　本题句意为“但愿我们老师不再进行考试，我还没有准备好呢”。wish后接从句要用虚拟语气，由上下文的逻辑关系可知，是对将来情况的虚拟，该句意表示即将发生的动作，应用过去将来时，因此选择B。

64. A.　require, deamand, request, recommend后接的主语从句、宾语从句都要用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择A。

65. B.　名词recommendation, advice, order, suggestion，　requirement等后接的表语从句、同位语从句都要用虚拟语气，其形式为“（should）+动词原形”，因此选择B。

66. A.　proposal, suggestion, advice, requirement, denmand, order等后接的同位语从句、表语从句要用虚拟语气，形式为“(should)+动词原形”，因此选择B。

67. B.　同第81、82题。

68. D.　本题句意为“如果当初我们能更细心一点儿，现在就会有更好的结果了”。根据句意是对过去情况的虚拟，因此选择D。

69. C.　本题句意为“Sally肯定没有给我写信，否则到现在我就已经收到信了”。虽然前半句是对现实情况的陈述，但是or后面的情况并未发生，因此要用虚拟语气，表示对过去情况的虚拟，故选择C。

70. D.　此题考查条件状语从句中的虚拟语气，根据句意“如果我有时间，一定会陪你出去”可知从句中用一般过去时表现在情况的虚拟，因此选D。

71. B.　根据主句的谓语动词可知本句是表示与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，从句谓语动词用had done,此处意为“如果当时我的车更加可靠的话”，因此选B。

72. C.　由but引出的句子的时态可知，上文应该是对过去情况的虚拟，意为“我们本来能够共同面对困难的”，因此选C。

73. B.　本题句意为“别对待这个花瓶就好像它是钢制的一样”，这是对现在情况的虚拟，因此用were。

74. D.　在虚拟条件句中，表示与过去事实相反的情况，从句用过去完成时，主句用would have done的形式。本题句意为“如果我们没有做好充分的准备，会议就不会这样成功”。因此选D。

75. D.　本题由时间状语yesterday知道是对过去情况的虚拟，前半句陈述了过去的客观事实“我们在那个小山村迷路”，后半句otherwise意为“否则”，是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done形式，答案为D项。

76. D.　在表示对将来情况的虚拟时，主句中第一人称可用should，其他人称用would；从句中任何人称都用should或were to, 不可用would，因此选择D。

77. D.　本题句意为“他们本该午饭时到达，但他们的航班推迟了”。要表示“本应该做却没有做到”的含义应用should have done，因此选D。

78. A.　本题句意为“——孩子们哪儿去了？这顿饭快要吃不起来了。——我希望他们不要老是迟到。”wish引出虚拟语气，动词应用一般过去时，句中出现always，表示说话人的不满。故选A。

79. C.　本题句意为“或许当初我要是学了理科而不是文科，现在就能给你更多的帮助”。then表示过去的时间，if引导的从句是对过去情况的虚拟，因此使用过去完成时。故选C。

80. D.　本题句意为“我本来可以早点来，但我真不知道他们在等我”。but I didn't know表示了过去时间，因此前句是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done表达，故选D。

81. B.　本题句意为“——我把我的手提包落在火车上了。但幸运的是，有人拾到交给了铁路部门。——失而复得，简直难以置信！我是说，本来可能有人会偷了去。”will have done表示将来可以完成；must have done意为“一定做过某事”，表示对过去事情的肯定推测，都与题意不符。should have done表示“本来应该做某事，而实际没做”，这就意味着希望有人偷包；might have stolen表示过去可能做过，是对过去情况不肯定的推测，根据句意选B。

82. D.　本题句意为“——真可惜你错过了那场有关核污染的讲座。——我本可以去听的，但我当时忙于工作面试。”这是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done表达，故选D。

83. A.　本题句意为“没有你的慷慨帮助，我是不可能度过那段痛苦的时期的”。that bitter period表示过去的时间，是对过去情况的虚拟，表示“原本不能够做某事”，用couldn't have done表达，故选A。

84. B.　本题句意为“不可能是邮递员在门口，才六点钟呢。”这是对目前情况的肯定推测，不涉及虚拟语气，故选B。

85. B.　本题句意为“要不是因为他最近受伤，我们本应该把John的名字加进昨天的比赛名单中”。 but for是虚拟语气的提示，yesterday表示过去的时间，这是对过去情况的虚拟，用would have done表示原本该做却没有做，故选B。

第10章　独立主格结构

1. D.　“with+宾语+补足语”构成独立主格结构作伴随状语，此处意为“低头承认他所做的一切”。

2. A.　独立主格结构作状语，即“with+宾语+不定式作宾语补足语”。不定式表将来，且与宾语用主动形式表示被动，因为不定式动作的执行者是句子的主语。本句意为“有这么多工作要做，所以他不能像平常一样出去散步”。

3. A.　独立主格结构作状语，即“with +宾语+宾语补足语”。第一个空close与宾语成被动关系用过去分词作宾语补足语，第二个空是形容词open作宾语补足语。

4. B.　独立主格结构作状语，因consider与名词是被动关系，因此用过去分词形式。此处意为“一切因素都被考虑进去”。

5. C.　there be结构的独立主格形式there being ...作原因状语，意为“没有时间了”。A项作为原因状语，时态不正确，所以只能选C。

6. C.　独立主格结构作原因状语，逻辑主语与动词之间是系表关系。A项缺少系动词；B项缺少连接前后两个简单句的连词；D项For状语从句，不能置于句首，因此只能选C。

7. B.　独立主格结构作状语，即“with+名词作宾语+介词短语作补足语”，名词前不能省去限定词，意为“他的背靠着墙”。

8. C.　独立主格结构作条件状语，time与permit之间是主动关系，所以permit用现在分词形式，意为“如果时间允许”。

9. C.　独立主格结构作时间状语，goodbye与say之间是被动关系，所以say用过去分词形式，意为“说好再见后”。

10. A.　同第6题。B项缺少系动词；C项缺少连接前后两个简单句的连词；D项中weather是不可数名词，不能用不定冠词a，因此选A。

11. C.　独立主格结构作时间状语，名词the signal与动词give之间是被动完成关系，所以用过去分词形式，意为“给了信号后”。

12. D.　独立主格结构作伴随状语，名词tears与动词roll之间是主动关系，所以roll用现在分词形式，意为“眼泪顺着脸颊流了下来”。

13. B.　独立主格结构作时间状语。名词spring与动词come之间是主动关系，所以come用现在分词形式。A项作为时间状语从句缺少系动词。

14. B.　独立主格结构作原因状语。名词my dictionary与lose之间是被动关系，having been lost既表示被动又表示完成。A项为主动语态；C项作为原因状语从句缺少连词；D项缺少助动词，因此选B。

15. B.　“with+宾语+形容词作宾语补足语”构成独立主格结构作伴随状语。

16. C.　独立主格结构作伴随状语，即“名词+介词短语”，因为没有with，所以名词前不能用限定词。

17. C.　独立主格结构作伴随状语由“with+名词+副词”构成，意为“随着产量上升了60%”。

18. D.　“with+宾语+不定式做宾语补足语”构成独立主格结构，表示将来，且主动形式表示被动。

19. A.　独立主格结构作伴随状语，名词lips与tremble之间是主动关系，因此tremble用现在分词形式。

20. B.　独立主格结构作条件状语，名词things与consider之间是被动关系，因此consider用过去分词形式。

21. A.　本题句意为“有老师在帮助我们，我们肯定会成功”。独立主格结构作条件状语，相当于If the teacher helps us，B项动词不定式表示将来；C项是一个简单句，但缺少连接前后句的连词；D项help是及物动词，但没有宾语，因此不能选择D，除非用with the teacher's help。

22. C.　本题句意为“演讲开始之后，他静悄悄地离开了座位，没有一个人抱怨他的离开干扰了演讲者”。独立主格结构作时间状语，相当于after the leacture had begun。

23. A.　本题句意为“情况就是这样，我没有任何其他选择”。由于上下文没有连词，要用独立主格结构形式，D表示将来，因此选择A。

24. B.　上下文没有连词，而且前后逻辑主语不一致，因此只能用独立主格形式，因为名词darkness与set是主动关系，因此选择B。

25. C.　本题是“with+宾语+宾语补足语”形式，名词factors与consider是被动关系，而且表示完成，因此选择C。

26. D.　由上下文没有连词，而且逻辑主语不一致，因此，此处要用独立主格结构，名词a new technique与work out之间是被动关系，而且表示完成，因此选择D。

27. A.　独立主格结构作伴随状语，名词ear与point是被动关系，意为“耳朵竖着”因此选择A。

28. A.　but连接了两个句子，but之后的分句意为“但是由于工作没有完成，我们没有接受”。名词our work与finish之间是被动关系，构成独立主格结构表示原因，因此选择A。

29. D.　独立主格结构用于补充说明上句中的metals，　each与have是主动关系，因此选择D。

30. C.　独立主格结构作伴随状语，在“（with）+名词+介词短语”结构中，若有with，名词前的限定词不能省略，因此B错误；若没有with，名词前的限定词可以都保留也可以都省略，因此选择C，而不选择A或D。

31. C.　独立主格结构作原因状语，名词production与go up之间是主动关系而且表示完成，因此选择C。

第11章　主谓一致

1. C.　动名词作主语谓语动词用单数，由上下文可知本题是主动语态，因此选择C。

2. A.　前一个主语是poets（诗人）是复数，as是介词，意为“像莎士比亚这样的诗人”，因此应用复数are；后一个主语some指的是works（作品），也是复数，因此选择A。

3. B.　先行词one of the women前受the only修饰时，one是真正的先行词，who是代指the only one，谓语动词与one保持一致，因此选择B。

4. C.　“the number of +名词”意为“……的数量”，作主语时谓语动词用单数，since短语要求句子时态为现在完成时。因此选择C。

5. A.　句子主语是Dr. Smith, together with是介词短语，谓语动词要与Dr. Smith保持一致；this summer是表示将来的时间状语，因此选择A。

6. D.　together with连接两个名词作主语时，谓语动词与前者保持一致；Reading Skills是书名作先行词在定语从句中作主语，从句谓语动词用单数形式。因此选D。

7. B.　either ... or连接两个名词或者代词作主语时，谓语动词的数采用就近原则。“one of +复数名词”作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。因此选B。

8. D.　every ... and (every) ..., each ... and (each) ..., many a ... and (many) a ...连接的两个名词作主语时谓语动词用单数形式；因上句用Did提问，可判断为一般过去时态，因此选择D。

9. B.　a survey是单数名词主语，谓语动词应用单数；three hours of outdoor exercise a week意为“每周三小时的锻炼”，表示一个整体概念，作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。因此选B。

10. A.　the time of days and weeks表示一个整体概念，作主语谓语动词用单数形式。本句意为“我们日复一日地生活着，但是对于大事件，日期和星期都很渺小，一天就更加微不足道”。本句陈述一个通常的事实，时态应用一般现在时。因此选A。

11. A.　分数、百分数作主语，谓语动词与of后接的名词的数保持一致；need后接的动名词主动形式表示被动意义，因此选A。

12. D.　only one-third是only one-third of computers的省略形式，谓语动词与computers保持一致；根据上下文的时态可确定为一般过去式，因此选D。

13. B.　most of ...作主语，谓语动词与其后的从句what has been said保持一致，用单数。故选B。

14. A.　a poet and artist意为“一位作家兼画家”，指同一人既是作家又是画家，作主语谓语动词用单数形式。因此选A。

15. C.　along with连接前后两个名词，真正的主语是前面的Professor Smith，因此选C。

16. D.　“quantities of+名词”作主语，不论该名词是可数名词还是不可数名词，谓语动词都用复数形式。因此选D。

17. A.　with加名词是介词短语作状语，真正的主语是the teacher；根据上下文时态，可确定答案为A。

18. A.　but意为“除了”是介词，谓语动词与no one保持一致。故选A。

19. B.　one前没有限定词时，one of those是先行词在定语从句中作主语，从句谓语动词与those保持一致。故选B。

20. A.　when and where to start是不定式作主语，表示一个整体概念，谓语动词形式用单数。故选A。

21. D.　前者teachers是先行词，在who引导的定语从句中作主语，从句谓语动词与teachers保持一致；后者as well as连接的两个名词作主句的主语，主句的谓语动词与前面的名词Every student保持一致，因此选D。

22. D.　an exhibition作主语，谓语动词形式用单数，由next week可知，应用一般将来时。因此选D。

23. D.　名词percent不能用复数形式，百分数作主语，谓语动词与of后面的名词保持一致，population作主语强调居民而不是人数时，谓语动词用复数。因此选D。

24. A.　many a后要接单数名词，尽管表示复数含义，谓语动词也要用单数形式。故选A。

25. C.　either作主语谓语动词用单数形式，此处谓语是系表结构，因此选C。

26. B.　each of加复数名词作主语，谓语动词用单数形式；由答语so have I可知是句子时态是现在完成时。因此选B。

27. C.　together with连接两个名词或代词作主语时，谓语动词与前面的名词或代词保持一致，由上文可知用一般过去时，因此选择C。

28. D.　the excellent service是抽象概念作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，由上下文可知句子时态应用一般现在时。因此选D。

29. A.　前者是过去分词作定语，表示被动。nobody but意为“除了……外没有别人”，作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择A。

30. A.　spend ... on是固定搭配，先行词the surrounding hills在定语从句中是介词on的宾语，on不能省略, as well as连接两个主语时，谓语动词与前者the park保持一致，因此选择A。

31. D.　前者先行词anyone在定语从句中作主语，谓语动词用单数形式；后者it is required that后接的主语从句用虚拟语气，其谓语动词形式为：（should）+动词原形。因此选D。

32. B.　the following作主语，谓语动词的数要根据表语或上下文所暗示的数保持一致，因此选择B。

33. B.　this kind of book作主语，谓语动词与kind保持一致，用单数形式；books of that kind作主语，谓语动词与books保持一致。故选B。

34. D.　a number of意为“很多”，修饰可数名词，后接复数名词作主语，谓语动词用复数形式。由year by year可知是长期一直在进行的事情，因此选D。

35. D.　such as构成介词短语作插入语，真正的主语是films，因此选择D。

36. D.　由不定式作目的状语可知，其逻辑主语即句子的主语应该是人，所以只能选one作主语。

37. A.　强调句型的省略形式，完整答语应该是it is only 40% of them that have been delivered。B和C为干扰项，误导读者后面为复数形式前面就应该选用复数形式。强调句型没有现在完成时，因此D不正确。

38. C.　与上文的group不同的是，下文的group是强调这个集体名词的整体，所以谓语动词用单数形式，因此选C。

39. C.　表达分数时，分子超过1时分母序数词加s，分数作主语谓语动词与其后接的名词land在数上保持一致。因此选C。

40. D.　“早睡早起”，非谓语动词作主语表示一个抽象的概念，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择D。

41. A.　学科名词作主语谓语动词用单数形式，而且此句表达的是一般概念，应用一般现在时，因此选择A。

42. C.　“the+形容词”表示一类人，作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式；表达一般社会现实用一般现在时，因此选C。

43. A.　every ... and (every) ...连接名词作主语，谓语动词用单数，而且上下文之间是主动语态，因此选择A。

44. B.　“none of+复数名词/代词”作主语，谓语动词用复数形式或与表语保持一致，因此选择B。

45. B.　分数、百分数作主语，谓语动词与of后的名词在数上保持一致。本句中of后的名词homework是不可数名词，谓语动词用单数，又因主谓语是被动关系，因此选B。

46. B.　动名词作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择B。

47. A.“the+形容词”作主语表示一类人时，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择A。

48. D.　but意为“除了”，连接名词或代词作主语时，谓语动词与but前面的名词或代词在数上保持一致。因此选D。

49. A.　neither of作主语谓语动词用单数形式，both of作主语谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择A。

50. C.　all but one中but是介词，意为“除了”，真正的主语是all, all指人时，谓语动词形式用复数，指事情时谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择C。

51. D.　a number of后接复数名词作主语，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择D。

52. A.　some of加名词作主语，谓语动词与名词在数上保持一致，可数名词谓语动词要用复数形式，不可数名词要用单数形式，因此选择A。

53. B.　each作形容词后接单数名词作主语，谓语动词用单数形式；在主语后作同位语，对谓语动词形式没有影响，谓语动词形式与作主语的名词保持一致，选择A。

54. A.　there be后接并列主语时，be动词与就近的主语在数上保持一致，因此选择A。

55. B.　either ... or ...连接两个名词或代词作主语时，谓语与就近的主语在数上保持一致，因此选择B。

56. A.　family是集体名词，前者强调个体成员，谓语动词用复数形式；后者强调整体，谓语动词用单数形式，故选择A。

57. D.　前者是trousers作主语，谓语动词用复数形式；后者是pair作主语，谓语动词与pair保持一致，故选择D。

58. D.　前者our league secretary and monitor（我们的团支书兼班长）是指一个人；后者是“我们的团支书和我们的班长”两个人作主语，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择D。

59. C.　as well as连接的名词作主语，谓语动词与前者保持一致；not only ... but also连接并列主语时谓语动词采取就近原则，因此选择C。

60. C.　who作主语时，谓语动词与表语的数保持一致，因此选择C。

61. A.　most of后接名词作主语，谓语动词形式与名词保持一致，故选择A。

62. C.　the policeman作主语指个人，谓语动词用单数形式，the police是集合名词，作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择C。

63. A.　The glasses作主语时，谓语动词形式用复数；pair作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择A。

64. C.　news意为“新闻”，是不可数名词，作主语时谓语动词用单数形式；those pieces of news作主语，谓语动词形式与pieces保持一致，因此选择C。

65. D.　前者是并列主语，谓语动词用复数形式；后者的主语是Grandpa Wang，谓语动词用单数形式，together with是介词短语作插入语，因此选择D。

66. B.　no one but ...和nobody but ...都意为“除了……没有人……”，作主语时，谓语动词都用单数形式，因此选择B。

67. A.　nothing but two rooms中真正的主语是nothing，谓语动词用单数形式；but是介词，意为“除了……”，故选A。

68. C.　“one of +可数名词复数”作先行词在从句中作主语，从句谓语动词用复数形式；若是one of前有the only修饰时，从句的谓语动词用单数形式，与one保持一致，因此选B。

69. B.　what引导的名词性从句作主语谓语动词用单数形式，当并列从句作主语表示两个不同的概念时谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择B。

70. C.　except是介词，谓语动词的数与picture保持一致，因此选择C。

71. A.　with, along with, together with连接两个名词作主语时，句子的谓语动词的数与介词前面的名词保持一致，因此选择A。

72. C.　分数、百分数后接名词作主语，谓语动词形式与后接的名词在数上保持一致，因此选择C。

73. A.　分数、百分数后接名词作主语，谓语动词形式与后接的名词在数上保持一致，因此选择A。

74. B.　本句是强调句。在强调句中，被强调的是主语时，从句的谓语动词形式与被强调的名词或代词保持一致。

75. A.　前者population作“人口”讲，作主语时谓语动词用单数形式，后者population作“居民”讲，作主语其谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择A。

76. C.　kind/kinds of后接名词作主语时，谓语动词的数与kind/kinds的数保持一致，因此选择C。

77. C.　“half of +名词”作主语，谓语动词的数与名词保持一致，因此选择C。

78. C.　every ... and (every) ...与each ... and(each) ...连接名词作主语，谓语动词用单数，因此选择C。

79. B.　many a后接单数可数名词，尽管意为“许多”，但作主语时谓语动词用单数形式；many后接复数名词，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择B。

80. C.　前者表示一个整体的抽象概念“早睡早起”，作主语谓语动词用单数；后者表示不同的两个概念，作主语谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择C。

81. B.　此句是两个倒装句，系动词应与后面的主语在数上保持一致，因此选择B。本句意为“这就是爱因斯坦，一个成就非凡的简单的人。这就是她说的话”。

82. A.　besides Xiao Wang是介词短语，including its machines是独立分词短语，两者分别作插入语，句子的谓语动词要与主语Xiao Ma和the factory保持一致，故选择A。

83. D.　不定代词作主语谓语动词用单数形式，故选择D。

84. C.　前者Chinese意为“汉语”，是学科名词，作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式；后者The Chinese people意为“中国人民”，作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式，故选择C。

85. C.　little和much作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择C。

86. B.　前者the singer and dancer用一个定冠词修饰两个名词，指一个人，意为“那位歌舞家”，作主语谓语动词用单数；后者the largest of which指the largest island，从句谓语动词用单数形式，故选择B。

87. C.　each作主语谓语动词用单数形式，故选择C。

88. D.　名词性从句作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择D。

89. B.　nobody but Jane意为“除了Jane没有人”，but是介词，谓语动词要与nobody保持一致，因此选择B。

90. D.　but one是介词短语，all指“所有的人”，作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择D。

91. B.　not only ... but also连接两个名词或代词作主语时，谓语动词与就近的主语在数上保持一致，因此选择B。

92. A.　“名词+with短语”作主语，谓语动词与with前的名词在数上保持一致，因此选择A。

93. A.　表示一个整体概念的不定式作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择A。

94. C.　“the number of +名词”作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，“a number of+名词”作主语，谓语动词用复数形式。因此选C。

95. C.　分数作主语谓语动词与of后的名词保持一致；分数的分子超过1时，表示分母的单词后加s，因此选择C。

96. B.　本句是倒装句，谓语动词与后面的主语the teaching buiding在数上保持一致，因此用单数。故选B。

97. A.　all指事物时谓语动词用单数形式，而且与谓语成被动关系，因此选择A。

98. B.　each作主语they的同位语时，谓语动词不受同位语的影响，因此用复数形式。

99. B.　参见第72、73题解释。

100. B.　参见第72、72题解释。

101. C.　参见第72、73题解释。

102. C.　参见第72、73题解释。

103. B.　those指人在从句中作主语时，从句谓语与those保持一致，因此用复数；前后人称代词保持一致，故选B。

104. A.　who引导的从句作由形容词最高级修饰的名词的定语，名词在从句中作主语，从句谓语动词与被修饰的名词即先行词保持一致，因此选A。

105. A.　the whole class是强调集体的个体成员，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择A。

106. A.　the subject of physics意为“物理这一科目”，作主语时谓语动词用单数形式，上下文是主动关系，因此选择A。

107. A.　主语是美国的全称，谓语动词用单数形式，因为表述的是现在的事实用一般现在时，因此选择A。

108. C.　作主语用名词形式blindness，　blindness是抽象名词，作主语时谓语动词用单数形式，故选C。

109. D.　clothes作主语谓语动词用复数形式，hang意为“吊死，绞死”时，过去分词的形式是hanged, hang意为“挂”时，过去分词的形式是hung，本句上下文的意义为“挂”，因此选择D。

110. C.　不定代词nobody作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，上下文表示被动意义，因此选择C。

111. B.　the air in big cities意为“大城市的空气”，作主语谓语动词用单数形式，上下文表示被动意义，因此选B。

112. D.　“the rest+名词”作主语，谓语动词的数与of后接的名词magazines保持一致，上下文表示被动意义，因此选择D。

113. A.　“a large number of +复数名词”作主语，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择A。

114. A.　the Chinese意为“中华民族”，作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式，上下文是系表结构，因此选择A。

115. C.　本题句意为“所有人都到齐了，一切都进展顺利”。all作主语指人时，谓语动词用复数形式，指事情时，谓语动词用单数形式。本句中all在前文指人，后文指情况，因此选择C。

116. B.　定冠词the后接两个名词指代同一个人作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。因此选B。

117. C.　as well as连接名词作主语，谓语动词与前面的名词在数上保持一致，因此选择C。

118. C.　sand意为“沙子”是不可数名词，sands则意为“沙滩”；half his goods意为“他一半的货物”，goods是复数名词，作主语谓语动词用复数形式，选择C。

119. B.　先行词I在定语从句中作主语，从句谓语动词与I 保持一致，因此选择B。

120. A.　“the+形容词”指一类人时，谓语动词用复数形式，本句是系表结构，因此选择A。

121. B.　either作主语谓语动词用单数形式，上下文是系表结构，因此选择B。

122. B.　the police作为集合名词，意为“警察们”，作主语谓语动词用复数形式；由上下文可知时态表示过去；search后面要接搜寻的地点，search for后要接搜寻的事物或人，因此选择B。

123. B.　percent与hundred一样，前面有数词限定时用单数形式；people在此处指居民，谓语动词用复数形式，因此选择B。

124. C.　“名词+of this kind”作主语，谓语动词与名词的数保持一致；此句是系表结构，系动词taste后要接形容词，因此选择C。

125. C.　trousers作主语谓语动词用复数形式，用复数代词指代trousers，因此选择C。

126. B.　本句意为“哪里有垃圾，哪里就有苍蝇”。rubish是不可数名词作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，因此选择B。

127. B.　the Olympic Games作主语，谓语动词要用复数形式，因此选择B。

128. B.　“many a +单数名词”作主语，谓语动词用单数形式，排除A和D；如选C，　come应该用正在进行时，因此只能选B。

129. B.　“no one but+名词”作主语，谓语动词与no one保持一致，用单数形式，因此选择B。

130. D.　本题是“one of +复数名词”作先行词在定语从句中作主语，one前面有the only修饰时，从句谓语动词与one保持一致，用单数形式，因此选择D。

131. A.　together with连接名词作主语时，谓语动词与前面的名词保持一致，上下文是被动关系，因此选择A。

132. A.　the results是复数名词作主语，progress是不可数名词，没有复数形式，因此选择A。

133. C.　钱数作主语表示一个整体概念，谓语动词用单数形式。英语中的度量衡单位名词是可数的，本句中用复数形式，而汉语拼音表示的单位在英语中没有复数形式，因此选择C。

134. C.　参见上题解释，dollar是可数名词，但多少钱表达整体的概念，因此选C。

135. B.　no ... and no ...后接名词作主语时，谓语动词与名词的数保持一致，本句上下文是被动关系，因此选择B。

136. D.　本题第一个空的主语evidence为不可数名词，所以排除A和C；第二空的主语为the increasing use也是不可数名词，所以选择D。本句意为“所有科学证据显示，越来越多化学药品用于农业会损害我们的健康”。

137. B.　前者the one是定语从句的先行词，在定语从句中作主语，从句谓语与the one保持一致，用单数形式；后者先行词是one of those people, 在定语从句中作主语，one前面没有定冠词the，定语从句的谓语要与those people保持一致，需要复数形式，因此选择B。

138. B.　本题主语中心词是the basketball coach，是单数，根据shortly after the match可以推断出题干时态是一般过去时，故选B。当出现as well as时，谓语动词的数应与其前面的主语保持一致。

139. A.　把整个国家视为整体，三分之一的部分也应该用单数；而the majority of citizens指人，是可数名词，此时的谓语动词用复数，表示“大多数公民”因此选择A。

140. D.　定语从句中先行词是the raw materials，故定语从句应与先行词数的一致，用复数，上文时态为过去式，故选D。the rest指代前文的是可数词时，则谓语动词用复数形式；指代前文的是不可数名词时，则谓语动词用单数形式。本题句意为“工厂用了这种原材料的65%，剩余部分省下留作他用。”

第12章　as的用法

1. C.　本题句意为“她脸上有紧张的表情，好像预感到有麻烦”。as though = as if意为“好像”，引导的方式状语从句用虚拟语气，由下文were expecting是虚拟语气形式可知，应该选择C。even though引导让步状语从句，now that引导原因状语从句，从句都不用虚拟语气。even as没有该固定连词。

2. D.　本题句意为“正如预料的那样，很多好建议被代表团提了出来”。as引导非限制性定语从句，先行词指整个主句，根据上下文的句意应该选择D。

3. A.　本题句意为“正如可能预料的那样，对此问题的反应是混杂的”。as引导非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，as从句可以放主句之前，因此选择A。

4. A.　本题句意为“美国人所摄取的蛋白质是他们每天所需的两倍”。英语中，表示倍数的形式之一是“倍数+as+much/many+名词+as”，因此选择A。

5. D.　本句后句意为“但是我受到他噪音的干扰，远没有受到他缺乏才能的困扰大”。not so ... as意为“不如……那样”，是固定搭配，因此选择D。

6. D.　本题句意为“研究表明那些能带来幸福感的东西是无法用钱买到的，（比如）美满的家庭、纯洁的友谊和工作带来的满足感”。such as意为“譬如”，表示罗列，是对前面名词things的解释说明。

7. D.　本题句意为“只要你努力，我不介意你何时完成实验”。as long as意为“只要”，引导条件状语从句。as soon as意为“一……就……”，as far as意为“就……而言，到……程度”，as well as意为“也，同样”，均不符合句意。故选D。

8. D.　本题句意为“除了来自敌人行动的危险，人们还不得不解决衣食、燃料以及几乎所有东西的短缺”。as well as“也，同样，除了……还”。其他选项均不符合句意。故选D。

9. D.　本题句意为“我们希望调控物价的措施，由于由政府调控，一定会成功”。taken by the government是由as引导的状语从句as they are taken by the government的省略形式，若用when, since, after均不合题意，因此选D。

10. A.　本题句意为“她没有朋友说得好，但是她的笔头功夫相当了得”。空白处所填入的应该是副词，修饰行为动词speak，有下文可知是表示“好/不好”之意，因此选择A。

11. C.　本句是省略句，其完整形式为：The piano in the other shop will be cheaper, but it is not as good as the one in this shop. cheap的比较级为cheaper，而as ... as中间的形容词应用原形，因此选择C。

12. A.　本题句意为“学校教育的最大用处不是教会你多少东西，而在于教给你学习的艺术”。上下文之间是not so ... as结构，因此选择A。

13. D.　本题句意为“在德国专家的帮助下这家工厂1993年生产的小汽车是上一年的两倍”。本句是用as ... as结构表示倍数，应把具体倍数放在as ... as结构之前，因此选择D。

14. C.　本题句意为“新的想法往往这样，很多预备活动和乐观的讨论产生不了具体的结果”。此题是定语从句在主句之前，先行词是整个后置的主句，因此选择C。

15. C.　本题句意为“尽管他很聪明，学习却不好”。as引导让步状语从句，从句要用倒装形式，将表语或状语提前至句首，因此选择C。

16. B.　参见第15题。本题意为“尽管他很努力，还是无法取得多少进步”。

17. B.　本题句意为“为了不失去工作汤姆对此事保持沉默”。此题so as to表示目的，其否定式应将not置于不定式小品词to之前，因此选择B。

18. C.　本题句意为“作为物理学的一个专门的分支，流体力学有了很大的进步。”as本句中是介词，表示“作为”。

19. B.　本题句意为“世界上没有哪个国家具有与任何其他国家完全相同的民乐”上下文之间是“the same ... as”结构，意为“与……相同的”，因此选择B。

20. C.　本题句意为“众所周知，二三十年后中国将要成为一个先进的强大的国家”。前者是as引导的非限制性定语从句，先行词指整个主句，后者advanced意为“高级的，先进的，发达的”，而advancing意为“前进中的”，故选C。

21. A.　the same ... as固定搭配，引导定语从句，意为“像……一样的”，因此选择A。

22. B.　本题句意为“正如上面所述的那样，高中学生的数量在增加”。as引导非限制性定语从句时，先行词指整个主句，而且从句可以在主句之前，which引导非限制性定语从句要放在主句之后，因此选择B。

23. D.　本题句意为“尽管我很钦佩作为诗人的大卫，但是我却不喜欢他的为人”。as引导让步状语从句时，要将状语或者表语提前至句首构成倒装句，因此选择D。

24. B.　本题句意为“正如我们知道的那样，宇宙也许是从大爆炸开始的”。as引导的非限制性定语从句，先行词是整个主句，as从句可以位于句首或者主句中间，因此选择B。

25. C.　本题句意为“我不知道你为什么不按照告知的做，这是你第三次这样做了”。as引导的方式状语从句是省略形式，其从句的完整形式为：as (you are) told to (do)，因此选择C。

26. A.　本题句意为“我在电话上解释的是你的请求将要在下次会议上考虑”。所要填入的是连词引导主语从句，并在从句中作宾语，as不可以引导主语从句，因此选择A。

27. C.　本题句意为“那是如此难的一道题，我们中任何人都不能算出来”。本句是固定搭配such ... as引导的定语从句，关系代词as在从句中作主语。故选C。

28. B.　本题句意与上题相同。so ... that引导的是结果状语从句，that在从句中不作任何成分，状语从句不缺任何成分，因此选择B。

29. D.　本题句意为“没有那么多工作可供申请”。固定搭配so ... as引导的定语从句，关系代词as在从句中作主语。so ... that引导结果状语从句时在从句中不作成分，而本题从句缺主语，因此选择D。

30. D.　本题句意为“随着时间的推移，爱因斯坦的理论证明是正确的”。as意为“随着”，引导时间状语从句，prove是连系动词后接形容词作表语，因此选择D。

31. C.　本题句意为“只要让他用自己的方式做，他就一定准时完成工作。”，as long as = so long as“只要”，引导条件状语从句。故选C。

32. B.　本题句意为“科学家们一般认为地球的气候在接下来的50至100年间变暖的程度与冰河时代以来的20000年间一样多”。as much as意为“与……一样多”，表示程度，as long as意为“与……一样长”，作连词短语意为“只要，如果”，故选B。

33. C.　本题句意为“一定来参加我的晚会，并把你妹妹也带来”。as well意为“也，另外”总是放在句尾，根据句意选择C。as a whole意为“作为一个整体”，instead意为“反而，反倒”，表示转折。

34. A.　本题句意为“试图与他那种人辩论没有用，你还是去站在海边与大海辩论的好。”本句是固定句型，might as well do sth.意为“最好做某事，还是做某事的好”，因此选择A。

35. C.　在有前文的情况下as for总是出现在下文的句首，用来引出另外一方或者新的谈话内容，但与前文内容也有一定的联系，起到补充前文又突出后文的作用，使之与前文形成对照，译作“至于”。as to常放于句中，表示“关于……方面，有关……之事”，但只有为了突出要提及的人或事之时，才可将as to置于句首，以示强调。as to只涉及内容，而不涉及讲话人的态度，因此最佳答案C。

36. A.　本题句意为“与跑步一样，学英语也需要意志”。as with意为“与……一样”，根据句意选A。

37. C.　本题句意为“所有礼物必须立刻寄出去以便在圣诞节前被及时收到”。so as to = in order to后接不定式作目的状语，当不定式与其逻辑主语，即句子的主语成被动关系时，不定式用被动形式，因此选C。

38. C.　本题句意为“尽管我去过很多地方，我从来没有见过任何人能够与他匹敌的，无论做什么工作”。as引导让步状语从句时，其从句的表语或者状语要置于句首，由状语前置可知前者选as。第二个空白是-ever连词引导让步状语从句，-ever连词在从句中作主语，只能选whatever。故选C。

39. B.　本题句意为“在采取一切预防措施来保护寄存在我们这里的物品之前，我们对游客财物的损失损坏是不负责的”。根据上下文的逻辑关系应该选择before。

40. C.　本题句意为“正如我们预料的那样，观众的数量远远超过一百人”。as意为“正如”引导的非限制性定语从句，先行词指整个主句，而且从句位于主句中，因此选择C。

41. C.　本题句意为“正如我们知道的那样，物体随着温度的升高与降低而热胀冷缩”。as意为“正如”引导非限制性定语从句，先行词是指整个主句，而且从句位于句首，因此选择C。